Skip to main content

Full text of "The Collected Works of C. G. Jung : Aion"

See other formats


VOLUME  9,ii.  OF  THp 
COLLECTED  WORKS  OF 


AION 


RESEARCHES  INTO  THE  PHENOMENOLOGY 
OF  THE  SELF 

SECOND  EDITION 


BOLUNGEN  SERIES  XX 


PRINCETON 


Second  edition,  s 

THE  COLLECTED  WORKS  OF 

C.  G.JUNG 

VOLUME  9,  PART  II 

AION 

RESEARCHES  INTO  THE 
PHENOMENOLOGY  OF  THE  SELF 

Translated  by  R.  F.  C.  Hull 

A/on,  originally  published  in  1951,  is  one  of 
the  major  works  of  C.  G.  Jung's  later  years. 

The  central  theme  of  the  volume  is  the  sym- 
bolical representation  of  the  psychic  totality 
through  the  concept  of  the  Self,  whose  tradi- 
tional historical  equivalent  is  the  figure  of 
Christ.  Professor  Jung  demonstrates  his  thesis 
by  an  investigation  of  the  A//egor/ae  Christi, 
especially  the  fish  symbol,  but  also  of  Gnostic 
and  alchemical  symbolism,  which  he  treats  as 
phenomena  of  cultural  assimilation.  The  astro- 
logical aspect  of  the  fish  symbol  and,  in  par- 
ticular, the  foretelling  of  the  Antichrist  are  dis- 
cussed in  detail.  The  first  four  chapters,  on  the 
ego,  the  shadow,  and  the  anima  and  animus, 
compose  a  valuable  summation  of  these  key 
concepts  in  Jung's  system  of  psychology. 

As  a  study  of  the  archetype  of  the  self,  Aion 
complements  the  first  part  of  Volume  9,  The 
Archetypes  and  the  Collective  Unconscious, 
which  is  being  published  separately. 

For  the  second  edition,  textual  corrections 
have  been  made  and  the  notes  and  bibliogra- 
phy have  been  brought  up  to  date. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/collectedworksof92cgju 


BOLLINGEN    SERIES   XX 

THE  COLLECTED  WORKS 

OF 

C.    G.    JUNG 

VOLUME  9,  PART  II 

EDITORS 

SIR    HERBERT    READ 

MICHAEL   FORDHAM,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P. 

GERHARD  ADLER,   PH.D. 

William  mcguire,  executive  editor 


The  Mithraic  god  Aion 
Roman,  2iid-^rd  century 


AION 

RESEARCHES  INTO  THE 
PHENOMENOLOGY  OF  THE  SELF 


C.  G.  JUNG 


SECOND   EDITION 


TRANSLATED  BY  R.  F.  C.  HULL 


BOLLINGEN       SERIES     XX 


PRINCETON    UNIVERSITY    PRESS 


COPYRIGHT  ©  1959  BY  BOLLINGEN  FOUNDATION  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 

PUBLISHED    BY    PRINCETON    UNIVERSITY    PRESS 

PRINCETON,  N.  J. 


Second  edition,  with  corrections  and 
minor  revisions,  1968 
Second  printing,   1970 


THIS  EDITION  IS  BEING  PUBLISHED  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  BY  PRINCETON 
UNIVERSITY  PRESS,  AND  IN  ENGLAND  BY 
ROUTLEDGE  AND  KEGAN  PAUL,  LTD.  IN  THE 
AMERICAN  EDITION,  ALL  THE  VOLUMES 
COMPRISING  THE  COLLECTED  WORKS  CON- 
STITUTE NUMBER  XX  IN  BOLLINGEN  SERIES. 
THE  PRESENT  VOLUME  IS  NUMBER  9  OF  THE 
COLLECTED  WORKS,  AND  WAS  THE  EIGHTH 
TO  APPEAR.  IT  IS  IN  TWO  PARTS,  PUBLISHED 
SEPARATELY,  THIS  BEING  PART  II. 


Translated  from  the  first  part  of  Aion:   Untersuchungen  zur  Symbolgeschichte 
(Psychologische  Abhandlungen,  VIII),  published  by  Rascher  Verlag,  Zurich,  1951. 


LIBRARY    OF     CONGRESS    CATALOG     CARD    NUMBER    75-156 

ISBN    O-69I-O9759-3 

MANUFACTURED   IN   THE   UNITED   STATES  OF   AMERICA 


EDITORIAL  NOTE 


Volume  9  of  the  Collected  Works  is  devoted  to  studies  of  the 
specific  archetypes  of  the  collective  unconscious.  Part  I,  entitled 
The  Archetypes  and  the  Collective  Unconscious,  is  composed  of 
shorter  essays;  Part  II,  Aion,  is  a  long  monograph  on  the  arche- 
type of  the  self.  The  author  has  agreed  to  a  modification  of  the 
sub-title  of  Aion,  which  in  the  Swiss  edition  appeared  in  two 
forms,  "Researches  into  the  History  of  Symbols"  and  "Contribu- 
tions to  the  Symbolism  of  the  Self."  The  first  five  chapters  were 
previously  published,  with  small  differences,  in  Psyche  and  Sym- 
bol: A  Selection  from  the  Writings  of  C.  G.  Jung,  edited  by 
Violet  S.  de  Laszlo  (Anchor  Books,  Garden  City,  New  York, 

1958). 


EDITORIAL  NOTE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION 


For  this  edition  corrections  have  been  made  in  the  text  and 
footnotes  and  the  bibliographical  references  have  been  brought 
up  to  date  in  relation  to  the  Collected  Works.  The  translation 
has  been  corrected  in  light  of  further  experience  of  translating 
Jung's  works. 


TRANSLATOR'S  NOTE 


Grateful  acknowledgment  is  made  to  the  following  persons, 
whose  translations  have  been  consulted  during  the  preparation 
of  the  present  work:  Mr.  William  H.  Kennedy,  for  extensive 
use  of  his  translation  of  portions  of  chapters  2  and  3,  issued  as 
"Shadow,  Animus,  and  Anima"  by  the  Analytical  Psychology 
Club  of  New  York,  1950;  Dr.  Hildegarde  Nagel,  for  reference 
to  her  translation  of  the  original  Eranos-Jahrbuch  version  (1949) 
of  "Concerning  the  Self,"  in  Spring,  1951,  which  original  ver- 
sion the  author  later  expanded  into  Aion,  chapters  4  and  5;  and 
Miss  Barbara  Hannah  and  Dr.  Marie-Louise  von  Franz,  for 
helpful  advice  with  the  remaining  chapters.  Especial  thanks  are 
due  to  Mr.  A.  S.  B.  Glover,  who  (unless  otherwise  noted)  trans- 
lated the  Latin  and  Greek  texts  throughout.  References  to  pub- 
lished sources  are  given  for  the  sake  of  completeness. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 

EDITORIAL    NOTES  V 

translator's  note  vi 

LIST    OF    PLATES  viii 

FOREWORD  ix 

I.  The  Ego  3 

II.  The  Shadow  8 

III.  The  Syzygy:  Anima  and  Animus  1 1 

IV.  The  Self  23 

V.  Christ,  a  Symbol  of  the  Self  36 

VI.  The  Sign  of  the  Fishes  72 

VII.  The  Prophecies  of  Nostradamus  95 

VIII.  The  Historical  Significance  of  the  Fish  103 

IX.  The  Ambivalence  of  the  Fish  Symbol  1 1 8 

X.  The  Fish  in  Alchemy  126 
1.  The  Medusa,  126  —  2.  The  Fish,  137  —  3.  The  Fish 
Symbol  of  the  Cathars,  145 

XI.  The  Alchemical  Interpretation  of  the  Fish  154 
XII.  Background  to  the  Psychology  of  Christian 

Alchemical  Symbolism  173 

XIII.  Gnostic  Symbols  of  the  Self  184 

XIV.  The  Structure  and  Dynamics  of  the  Self  222 
XV.  Conclusion  266 

BIBLIOGRAPHY  27 1 

INDEX  3OI 

vii 


LIST   OF   PLATES 

The  Mithraic  god  Aion 

Roman,  2nd~3rd  century.  Museo  Profano,  Vatican,  p:  Alinari. 

frontispiece 

I.  The  Four  Elements 

Michael  Maier,  Scrutinium  chymicum  (1687),  Emblema  XVII,  p.  49. 

following  page      250 

II.  The  Trinity 

From  a  manuscript  by  Joachim  of  Flora.  Graphics  Collection,  Zurich 
Central  Library,  B  x  606.  following  page      254 


Vlll 


FOREWORD 


The  theme  of  this  work 1  is  the  idea  of  the  Aeon  (Greek,  Aion). 
My  investigation  seeks,  with  the  help  of  Christian,  Gnostic,  and 
alchemical  symbols  of  the  self,  to  throw  light  on  the  change  of 
psychic  situation  within  the  "Christian  aeon."  Christian  tradi- 
tion from  the  outset  is  not  only  saturated  with  Persian  and 
Jewish  ideas  about  the  beginning  and  end  of  time,  but  is  filled 
with  intimations  of  a  kind  of  enantiodromian  reversal  of  domi- 
nants. I  mean  by  this  the  dilemma  of  Christ  and  Antichrist. 
Probably  most  of  the  historical  speculations  about  time  and  the 
division  of  time  were  influenced,  as  the  Apocalypse  shows,  by 
astrological  ideas.  It  is  therefore  only  natural  that  my  reflections 
should  gravitate  mainly  round  the  symbol  of  the  Fishes,  for  the 
Pisces  aeon  is  the  synchronistic  concomitant  of  two  thousand 
years  of  Christian  development.  In  this  time-period  not  only 
was  the  figure  of  the  Anthropos  (the  "Son  of  Man")  progres- 
sively amplified  symbolically,  and  thus  assimilated  psychologi- 
cally, but  it  brought  with  it  changes  in  man's  attitude  that  had 
already  been  anticipated  by  the  expectation  of  the  Antichrist 
in  the  ancient  texts.  Because  these  texts  relegate  the  appearance 
of  Antichrist  to  the  end  of  time,  we  are  justified  in  speaking  of 
a  "Christian  aeon,"  which,  it  was  presupposed,  would  find  its 
end  with  the  Second  Coming.  It  seems  as  if  this  expectation 
coincides  with  the  astrological  conception  of  the  "Platonic 
month"  of  the  Fishes. 

i  [In  the  Swiss  edition,  this  foreword  begins  as  follows:  "In  this  volume  (VIII  of 
the  Psychologische  Abhandlungen)  I  am  bringing  out  two  works  which,  despite 
their  inner  and  outer  differences,  belong  together  in  so  far  as  they  both  treat 
of  the  great  theme  of  this  book,  namely  the  idea  of  the  Aeon  (Greek,  Aion). 
While  the  contribution  of  my  co-worker,  Dr.  Marie-Louise  von  Franz,  describes 
the  psychological  transition  from  antiquity  to  Christianity  by  analysing  the  Pas- 
sion of  St.  Perpetua,  my  own  investigation  seeks,  with  the  help  of"  etc.,  as  above. 
Dr.  von  Franz's  "Die  Passio  Perpetuae"  is  omitted  from  the  present  volume. 
—Editors.] 

ix 


FOREWORD 


The  immediate  occasion  for  my  proposing  to  discuss  these 
historical  questions  is  the  fact  that  the  archetypal  image  of 
wholeness,  which  appears  so  frequently  in  the  products  of  the 
unconscious,  has  its  forerunners  in  history.  These  were  identi- 
fied very  early  with  the  figure  of  Christ,  as  I  have  shown  in  my 
book  Psychology  and  Alchemy.2  I  have  been  requested  so  often 
by  my  readers  to  discuss  the  relations  between  the  traditional 
Christ-figure  and  the  natural  symbols  of  wholeness,  or  the 
self,  that  I  finally  decided  to  take  this  task  in  hand.  Considering 
the  unusual  difficulties  of  such  an  undertaking,  my  decision  did 
not  come  easily  to  me,  for,  in  order  to  surmount  all  the  ob- 
stacles and  possibilities  of  error,  a  knowledge  and  caution  would 
be  needed  which,  unfortunately,  are  vouchsafed  me  only  in 
limited  degree.  I  am  moderately  certain  of  my  observations  on 
the  empirical  material,  but  I  am  fully  aware  of  the  risk  I  am 
taking  in  drawing  the  testimonies  of  history  into  the  scope  of 
my  reflections.  I  think  I  also  know  the  responsibility  I  am  tak- 
ing upon  myself  when,  as  though  continuing  the  historical 
process  of  assimilation,  I  add  to  the  many  symbolical  amplifica- 
tions of  the  Christ-figure  yet  another,  the  psychological  one,  or 
even,  so  it  might  seem,  reduce  the  Christ-symbol  to  a  psycho- 
logical image  of  wholeness.  My  reader  should  never  forget,  how- 
ever, that  I  am  not  making  a  confession  of  faith  or  writing  a 
tendentious  tract,  but  am  simply  considering  how  certain 
things  could  be  understood  from  the  standpoint  of  our  modern 
consciousness— things  which  I  deem  it  valuable  to  understand, 
and  which  are  obviously  in  danger  of  being  swallowed  up  in  the 
abyss  of  incomprehension  and  oblivion;  things,  finally,  whose 
understanding  would  do  much  to  remedy  our  philosophic  dis- 
orientation by  shedding  light  on  the  psychic  background  and 
the  secret  chambers  of  the  soul.  The  essence  of  this  book  was 
built  up  gradually,  in  the  course  of  many  years,  in  countless 
conversations  with  people  of  all  ages  and  all  walks  of  life;  with 
people  who  in  the  confusion  and  uprootedness  of  our  society 
were  likely  to  lose  all  contact  with  the  meaning  of  European 
culture  and  to  fall  into  that  state  of  suggestibility  which  is  the 
occasion  and  cause  of  the  Utopian  mass-psychoses  of  our  time. 

I  write  as  a  physician,  with  a  physician's  sense  of  respon- 
sibility, and  not  as  a  proselyte.  Nor  do  I  write  as  a  scholar, 

2  [Ch.  5,  "The  Lapis-Christ  Parallel."] 

X 


FOREWORD 

otherwise  I  would  wisely  barricade  myself  behind  the  safe  walls 
of  my  specialism  and  not,  on  account  of  my  inadequate  knowl- 
edge of  history,  expose  myself  to  critical  attack  and  damage  my 
scientific  reputation.  So  far  as  my  capacities  allow,  restricted  as 
they  are  by  old  age  and  illness,  I  have  made  every  effort  to  docu- 
ment my  material  as  reliably  as  possible  and  to  assist  the  veri- 
fication of  my  conclusions  by  citing  the  sources. 

C.  G.  Jung 
May  1950 


XI 


AION 


RESEARCHES  INTO  THE  PHENOMENOLOGY 
OF  THE  SELF 


These  things  came  to  pass,  they  say,  that  Jesus 
might  be  made  the  first  sacrifice  in  the  discrim- 
ination of  composite  natures. 

Hippolytus,  Elenchos,  VII,  27,  8 


THE  EGO 

Investigation  of  the  psychology  of  the  unconscious  con- 
fronted me  with  facts  which  required  the  formulation  of  new 
concepts.  One  of  these  concepts  is  the  self.  The  entity  so  denoted 
is  not  meant  to  take  the  place  of  the  one  that  has  always  been 
known  as  the  ego,  but  includes  it  in  a  supraordinate  concept. 
We  understand  the  ego  as  the  complex  factor  to  which  all  con- 
scious contents  are  related.  It  forms,  as  it  were,  the  centre  of  the 
field  of  consciousness;  and,  in  so  far  as  this  comprises  the  em- 
pirical personality,  the  ego  is  the  subject  of  all  personal  acts  of 
consciousness.  The  relation  of  a  psychic  content  to  the  ego  forms 
the  criterion  of  its  consciousness,  for  no  content  can  be  con- 
scious unless  it  is  represented  to  a  subject. 

With  this  definition  we  have  described  and  delimited  the 
scope  of  the  subject.  Theoretically,  no  limits  can  be  set  to  the 
field  of  consciousness,  since  it  is  capable  of  indefinite  extension. 
Empirically,  however,  it  always  finds  its  limit  when  it  comes  up 
against  the  unknown.  This  consists  of  everything  we  do  not 
know,  which,  therefore,  is  not  related  to  the  ego  as  the  centre 
of  the  field  of  consciousness.  The  unknown  falls  into  two  groups 
of  objects:  those  which  are  outside  and  can  be  experienced  by 
the  senses,  and  those  which  are  inside  and  are  experienced  im- 
mediately. The  first  group  comprises  the  unknown  in  the  outer 
world;  the  second  the  unknown  in  the  inner  world.  We  call  this 
latter  territory  the  unconscious. 

The  ego,  as  a  specific  content  of  consciousness,  is  not  a  sim- 
ple or  elementary  factor  but  a  complex  one  which,  as  such, 
cannot  be  described  exhaustively.  Experience  shows  that  it  rests 
on  two  seemingly  different  bases:  the  somatic  and  the  psychic. 
The  somatic  basis  is  inferred  from  the  totality  of  endosomatic 
perceptions,  which  for  their  part  are  already  of  a  psychic  nature 
and  are  associated  with  the  ego,  and  are  therefore  conscious. 
They  are  produced  by  endosomatic  stimuli,  only  some  of  which 

3 


AION 


cross  the  threshold  of  consciousness.  A  considerable  proportion 
of  these  stimuli  occur  unconsciously,  that  is,  subliminally.  The 
fact  that  they  are  subliminal  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  their 
status  is  merely  physiological,  any  more  than  this  would  be  true 
of  a  psychic  content.  Sometimes  they  are  capable  of  crossing  the 
threshold,  that  is,  of  becoming  perceptions.  But  there  is  no 
doubt  that  a  large  proportion  of  these  endosomatic  stimuli  are 
simply  incapable  of  consciousness  and  are  so  elementary  that 
there  is  no  reason  to  assign  them  a  psychic  nature— unless  of 
course  one  favours  the  philosophical  view  that  all  life-processes 
are  psychic  anyway.  The  chief  objection  to  this  hardly  demon- 
strable hypothesis  is  that  it  enlarges  the  concept  of  the  psyche 
beyond  all  bounds  and  interprets  the  life-process  in  a  way  not 
absolutely  warranted  by  the  facts.  Concepts  that  are  too  broad 
usually  prove  to  be  unsuitable  instruments  because  they  are  too 
vague  and  nebulous.  I  have  therefore  suggested  that  the  term 
"psychic"  be  used  only  where  there  is  evidence  of  a  will  capable 
of  modifying  reflex  or  instinctual  processes.  Here  I  must  refer 
the  reader  to  my  paper  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche,"  *  where 
I  have  discussed  this  definition  of  the  "psychic"  at  somewhat 
greater  length. 

The  somatic  basis  of  the  ego  consists,  then,  of  conscious  and 
unconscious  factors.  The  same  is  true  of  the  psychic  basis:  on 
the  one  hand  the  ego  rests  on  the  total  field  of  consciousness, 
and  on  the  other,  on  the  sum  total  of  unconscious  contents. 
These  fall  into  three  groups:  first,  temporarily  subliminal  con- 
tents that  can  be  reproduced  voluntarily  (memory);  second, 
unconscious  contents  that  cannot  be  reproduced  voluntarily; 
third,  contents  that  are  not  capable  of  becoming  conscious  at  all. 
Group  two  can  be  inferred  from  the  spontaneous  irruption  of 
subliminal  contents  into  consciousness.  Group  three  is  hypo- 
thetical; it  is  a  logical  inference  from  the  facts  underlying  group 
two.  It  contains  contents  which  have  not  yet  irrupted  into  con- 
sciousness, or  which  never  will. 

When  I  said  that  the  ego  "rests"  on  the  total  field  of  con- 
sciousness I  do  not  mean  that  it  consists  of  this.  Were  that  so,  it 
would  be  indistinguishable  from  the  field  of  consciousness  as  a 
whole.  The  ego  is  only  the  latter's  point  of  reference,  grounded 
on  and  limited  by  the  somatic  factor  described  above, 
l  Pars.  37 iff. 

4 


THE   EGO 


Although  its  bases  are  in  themselves  relatively  unknown  and 
unconscious,  the  ego  is  a  conscious  factor  par  excellence.  It  is 
even  acquired,  empirically  speaking,  during  the  individual's 
lifetime.  It  seems  to  arise  in  the  first  place  from  the  collision 
between  the  somatic  factor  and  the  environment,  and,  once 
established  as  a  subject,  it  goes  on  developing  from  further  col- 
lisions with  the  outer  world  and  the  inner. 

Despite  the  unlimited  extent  of  its  bases,  the  ego  is  never 
more  and  never  less  than  consciousness  as  a  whole.  As  a  con- 
scious factor  the  ego  could,  theoretically  at  least,  be  described 
completely.  But  this  would  never  amount  to  more  than  a  pic- 
ture of  the  conscious  personality;  all  those  features  which  are 
unknown  or  unconscious  to  the  subject  would  be  missing.  A 
total  picture  would  have  to  include  these.  But  a  total  descrip- 
tion of  the  personality  is,  even  in  theory,  absolutely  impossible, 
because  the  unconscious  portion  of  it  cannot  be  grasped  cogni- 
tively.  This  unconscious  portion,  as  experience  has  abundantly 
shown,  is  by  no  means  unimportant.  On  the  contrary,  the  most 
decisive  qualities  in  a  person  are  often  unconscious  and  can  be 
perceived  only  by  others,  or  have  to  be  laboriously  discovered 
with  outside  help. 

Clearly,  then,  the  personality  as  a  total  phenomenon  does 
not  coincide  with  the  ego,  that  is,  with  the  conscious  personality, 
but  forms  an  entity  that  has  to  be  distinguished  from  the  ego. 
Naturally  the  need  to  do  this  is  incumbent  only  on  a  psychology 
that  reckons  with  the  fact  of  the  unconscious,  but  for  such  a 
psychology  the  distinction  is  of  paramount  importance.  Even  for 
jurisprudence  it  should  be  of  some  importance  whether  certain 
psychic  facts  are  conscious  or  not — for  instance,  in  adjudging  the 
question  of  responsibility. 

I  have  suggested  calling  the  total  personality  which,  though 
present,  cannot  be  fully  known,  the  self.  The  ego  is,  by  defini- 
tion, subordinate  to  the  self  and  is  related  to  it  like  a  part  to  the 
whole.  Inside  the  field  of  consciousness  it  has,  as  we  say,  free 
will.  By  this  I  do  not  mean  anything  philosophical,  only  the 
well-known  psychological  fact  of  "free  choice,"  or  rather  the  sub- 
jective feeling  of  freedom.  But,  just  as  our  free  will  clashes  with 
necessity  in  the  outside  world,  so  also  it  finds  its  limits  outside 
the  field  of  consciousness  in  the  subjective  inner  world,  where 
it  comes  into  conflict  with  the  facts  of  the  self.  And  just  as 

5 


AION 


circumstances  or  outside  events  "happen"  to  us  and  limit  our 
freedom,  so  the  self  acts  upon  the  ego  like  an  objective  occur- 
rence which  free  will  can  do  very  little  to  alter.  It  is,  indeed,  well 
known  that  the  ego  not  only  can  do  nothing  against  the  self,  but 
is  sometimes  actually  assimilated  by  unconscious  components 
of  the  personality  that  are  in  the  process  of  development  and 
is  greatly  altered  by  them. 

It  is,  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  impossible  to  give  any  general 
description  of  the  ego  except  a  formal  one.  Any  other  mode  of 
observation  would  have  to  take  account  of  the  individuality 
which  attaches  to  the  ego  as  one  of  its  main  characteristics.  Al- 
though the  numerous  elements  composing  this  complex  factor 
are,  in  themselves,  everywhere  the  same,  they  are  infinitely 
varied  as  regards  clarity,  emotional  colouring,  and  scope.  The 
result  of  their  combination— the  ego— is  therefore,  so  far  as  one 
can  judge,  individual  and  unique,  and  retains  its  identity  up 
to  a  certain  point.  Its  stability  is  relative,  because  far-reaching 
changes  of  personality  can  sometimes  occur.  Alterations  of  this 
kind  need  not  always  be  pathological;  they  can  also  be  develop- 
mental and  hence  fall  within  the  scope  of  the  normal. 

Since  it  is  the  point  of  reference  for  the  field  of  conscious- 
ness, the  ego  is  the  subject  of  all  successful  attempts  at  adapta- 
tion so  far  as  these  are  achieved  by  the  will.  The  ego  therefore 
has  a  significant  part  to  play  in  the  psychic  economy.  Its  position 
there  is  so  important  that  there  are  good  grounds  for  the  prej- 
udice that  the  ego  is  the  centre  of  the  personality,  and  that  the 
field  of  consciousness  is  the  psyche  per  se.  If  we  discount  certain 
suggestive  ideas  in  Leibniz,  Kant,  Schelling,  and  Schopenhauer, 
and  the  philosophical  excursions  of  Carus  and  von  Hartmann,  it 
is  only  since  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  that  modern 
psychology,  with  its  inductive  methods,  has  discovered  the 
foundations  of  consciousness  and  proved  empirically  the  exist- 
ence of  a  psyche  outside  consciousness.  With  this  discovery  the 
position  of  the  ego,  till  then  absolute,  became  relativized;  that 
is  to  say,  though  it  retains  its  quality  as  the  centre  of  the  field  of 
consciousness,  it  is  questionable  whether  it  is  the  centre  of  the 
personality.  It  is  part  of  the  personality  but  not  the  whole  of  it. 
As  I  have  said,  it  is  simply  impossible  to  estimate  how  large  or 
how  small  its  share  is;  how  free  or  how  dependent  it  is  on  the 
qualities  of  this  "extra-conscious"  psyche.  We  can  only  say  that 

6 


THE    EGO 


its  freedom  is  limited  and  its  dependence  proved  in  ways  that 
are  often  decisive.  In  my  experience  one  would  do  well  not  to 
underestimate  its  dependence  on  the  unconscious.  Naturally 
there  is  no  need  to  say  this  to  persons  who  already  overestimate 
the  latter's  importance.  Some  criterion  for  the  right  measure  is 
afforded  by  the  psychic  consequences  of  a  wrong  estimate,  a 
point  to  which  we  shall  return  later  on. 
"  We  have  seen  that,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  psychology  of 
consciousness,  the  unconscious  can  be  divided  into  three  groups 
of  contents.  But  from  the  standpoint  of  the  psychology  of  the 
personality  a  twofold  division  ensues:  an  "extra-conscious" 
psyche  whose  contents  are  personal,  and  an  "extra-conscious" 
psyche  whose  contents  are  impersonal  and  collective.  The  first 
group  comprises  contents  which  are  integral  components  of  the 
individual  personality  and  could  therefore  just  as  well  be  con- 
scious; the  second  group  forms,  as  it  were,  an  omnipresent,  un- 
changing, and  everywhere  identical  quality  or  substrate  of  the 
psyche  per  se.  This  is,  of  course,  no  more  than  a  hypothesis.  But 
we  are  driven  to  it  by  the  peculiar  nature  of  the  empirical  ma- 
terial, not  to  mention  the  high  probability  that  the  general 
similarity  of  psychic  processes  in  all  individuals  must  be  based 
on  an  equally  general  and  impersonal  principle  that  conforms 
to  law,  just  as  the  instinct  manifesting  itself  in  the  individual  is 
only  the  partial  manifestation  of  an  instinctual  substrate  com- 
mon to  all  men. 


II 

THE  SHADOW 

»3  Whereas  the  contents  of  the  personal  unconscious  are  ac- 
quired during  the  individual's  lifetime,  the  contents  of  the  col- 
lective unconscious  are  invariably  archetypes  that  were  present 
from  the  beginning.  Their  relation  to  the  instincts  has  been  dis- 
cussed elsewhere.1  The  archetypes  most  clearly  characterized 
from  the  empirical  point  of  view  are  those  which  have  the  most 
frequent  and  the  most  disturbing  influence  on  the  ego.  These 
are  the  shadow,  the  anima,  and  the  animus.2  The  most  accessible 
of  these,  and  the  easiest  to  experience,  is  the  shadow,  for  its 
nature  can  in  large  measure  be  inferred  from  the  contents  of  the 
personal  unconscious.  The  only  exceptions  to  this  rule  are  those 
rather  rare  cases  where  the  positive  qualities  of  the  personality 
are  repressed,  and  the  ego  in  consequence  plays  an  essentially 
negative  or  unfavourable  role. 

H  The  shadow  is  a  moral  problem  that  challenges  the  whole 
ego-personality,  for  no  one  can  become  conscious  of  the  shadow 
without  considerable  moral  effort.  To  become  conscious  of  it 
involves  recognizing  the  dark  aspects  of  the  personality  as  pres- 
ent and  real.  This  act  is  the  essential  condition  for  any  kind  of 
self-knowledge,  and  it  therefore,  as  a  rule,  meets  with  consider- 
able resistance.  Indeed,  self-knowledge  as  a  psychotherapeutic 
measure  frequently  requires  much  painstaking  work  extending 
over  a  long  period. 

*5  Closer  examination  of  the  dark  characteristics— that  is,  the 
inferiorities  constituting  the  shadow— reveals  that  they  have  an 
emotional  nature,  a  kind  of  autonomy,  and  accordingly  an  ob- 
sessive or,  better,  possessive  quality.  Emotion,  incidentally,  is 

1  "Instinct  and  the  Unconscious"  and  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche,"  pars.  3978. 

2  The  contents  of  this  and  the  following  chapter  are  taken  from  a  lecture  deliv- 
ered to  the  Swiss  Society  for  Practical  Psychology,  in  Zurich,  1948.  The  material 
was  first  published  in  the  Wiener  Zeitschrift  fur  Nervenheilkunde  und  deren 
Grenzgebiete,  I  (1948)  :  4. 

8 


THE    SHADOW 


not  an  activity  of  the  individual  but  something  that  happens  to 
him.  Affects  occur  usually  where  adaptation  is  weakest,  and  at 
the  same  time  they  reveal  the  reason  for  its  weakness,  namely  a 
certain  degree  of  inferiority  and  the  existence  of  a  lower  level 
of  personality.  On  this  lower  level  with  its  uncontrolled  or 
scarcely  controlled  emotions  one  behaves  more  or  less  like  a 
primitive,  who  is  not  only  the  passive  victim  of  his  affects  but 
also  singularly  incapable  of  moral  judgment. 

16  Although,  with  insight  and  good  will,  the  shadow  can  to 
some  extent  be  assimilated  into  the  conscious  personality,  expe- 
rience shows  that  there  are  certain  features  which  offer  the  most 
obstinate  resistance  to  moral  control  and  prove  almost  impos- 
sible to  influence.  These  resistances  are  usually  bound  up  with 
projections,  which  are  not  recognized  as  such,  and  their  recogni- 
tion is  a  moral  achievement  beyond  the  ordinary.  While  some 
traits  peculiar  to  the  shadow  can  be  recognized  without  too 
much  difficulty  as  one's  own  personal  qualities,  in  this  case  both 
insight  and  good  will  are  unavailing  because  the  cause  of  the 
emotion  appears  to  lie,  beyond  all  possibility  of  doubt,  in  the 
other  person.  No  matter  how  obvious  it  may  be  to  the  neutral 
observer  that  it  is  a  matter  of  projections,  there  is  little  hope 
that  the  subject  will  perceive  this  himself.  He  must  be  con- 
vinced that  he  throws  a  very  long  shadow  before  he  is  willing  to 
withdraw  his  emotionally-toned  projections  from  their  object. 

*7  Let  us  suppose  that  a  certain  individual  shows  no  inclina- 
tion whatever  to  recognize  his  projections.  The  projection-mak- 
ing factor  then  has  a  free  hand  and  can  realize  its  object— if  it  has 
one— or  bring  about  some  other  situation  characteristic  of  its 
power.  As  we  know,  it  is  not  the  conscious  subject  but  the 
unconscious  which  does  the  projecting.  Hence  one  meets  with 
projections,  one  does  not  make  them.  The  effect  of  projection  is 
to  isolate  the  subject  from  his  environment,  since  instead  of  a 
real  relation  to  it  there  is  now  only  an  illusory  one.  Projections 
change  the  world  into  the  replica  of  one's  own  unknown  face.  In 
the  last  analysis,  therefore,  they  lead  to  an  autoerotic  or  autistic 
condition  in  which  one  dreams  a  world  whose  reality  remains 
forever  unattainable.  The  resultant  sentiment  d'incompletude 
and  the  still  worse  feeling  of  sterility  are  in  their  turn  explained 
by  projection  as  the  malevolence  of  the  environment,  and  by 
means  of  this  vicious  circle  the  isolation  is  intensified.  The  more 


AION 

projections  are  thrust  in  between  the  subject  and  the  environ- 
ment, the  harder  it  is  for  the  ego  to  see  through  its  illusions.  A 
forty-five-year-old  patient  who  had  suffered  from  a  compulsion 
neurosis  since  he  was  twenty  and  had  become  completely  cut  off 
from  the  world  once  said  to  me:  "But  I  can  never  admit  to  my- 
self that  I've  wasted  the  best  twenty-five  years  of  my  life!" 

18  It  is  often  tragic  to  see  how  blatantly  a  man  bungles  his  own 
life  and  the  lives  of  others  yet  remains  totally  incapable  of  see- 
ing how  much  the  whole  tragedy  originates  in  himself,  and  how 
he  continually  feeds  it  and  keeps  it  going.  Not  consciously,  of 
course— for  consciously  he  is  engaged  in  bewailing  and  cursing  a 
faithless  world  that  recedes  further  and  further  into  the  dis- 
tance. Rather,  it  is  an  unconscious  factor  which  spins  the  illu- 
sions that  veil  his  world.  And  what  is  being  spun  is  a  cocoon, 
which  in  the  end  will  completely  envelop  him. 

J9  One  might  assume  that  projections  like  these,  which  are  so 
very  difficult  if  not  impossible  to  dissolve,  would  belong  to  the 
realm  of  the  shadow— that  is,  to  the  negative  side  of  the  person- 
ality. This  assumption  becomes  untenable  after  a  certain  point, 
because  the  symbols  that  then  appear  no  longer  refer  to  the 
same  but  to  the  opposite  sex,  in  a  man's  case  to  a  woman  and 
vice  versa.  The  source  of  projections  is  no  longer  the  shadow— 
which  is  always  of  the  same  sex  as  the  subject— but  a  contrasexual 
figure.  Here  we  meet  the  animus  of  a  woman  and  the  anima  of  a 
man,  two  corresponding  archetypes  whose  autonomy  and  uncon- 
sciousness explain  the  stubbornness  of  their  projections.  Though 
the  shadow  is  a  motif  as  well  known  to  mythology  as  anima  and 
animus,  it  represents  first  and  foremost  the  personal  uncon- 
scious, and  its  content  can  therefore  be  made  conscious  without 
too  much  difficulty.  In  this  it  differs  from  anima  and  animus, 
for  whereas  the  shadow  can  be  seen  through  and  recognized 
fairly  easily,  the  anima  and  animus  are  much  further  away  from 
consciousness  and  in  normal  circumstances  are  seldom  if  ever 
realized.  With  a  little  self-criticism  one  can  see  through  the 
shadow— so  far  as  its  nature  is  personal.  But  when  it  appears  as 
an  archetype,  one  encounters  the  same  difficulties  as  with  anima 
and  animus.  In  other  words,  it  is  quite  within  the  bounds  of 
possibility  for  a  man  to  recognize  the  relative  evil  of  his  nature, 
but  it  is  a  rare  and  shattering  experience  for  him  to  gaze  into 
the  face  of  absolute  evil. 

10 


Ill 

THE  SYZYGY:  ANIMA  AND  ANIMUS 

2°  What,  then,  is  this  projection-making  factor?  The  East  calls 
it  the  "Spinning  Woman"  x— Maya,  who  creates  illusion  by  her 
dancing.  Had  we  not  long  since  known  it  from  the  symbolism 
of  dreams,  this  hint  from  the  Orient  would  put  us  on  the  right 
track:  the  enveloping,  embracing,  and  devouring  element  points 
unmistakably  to  the  mother,2  that  is,  to  the  son's  relation  to  the 
real  mother,  to  her  imago,  and  to  the  woman  who  is  to  become 
a  mother  for  him.  His  Eros  is  passive  like  a  child's;  he  hopes  to 
be  caught,  sucked  in,  enveloped,  and  devoured.  He  seeks,  as  it 
were,  the  protecting,  nourishing,  charmed  circle  of  the  mother, 
the  condition  of  the  infant  released  from  every  care,  in  which 
the  outside  world  bends  over  him  and  even  forces  happiness 
upon  him.  No  wonder  the  real  world  vanishes  from  sight! 

21  If  this  situation  is  dramatized,  as  the  unconscious  usually 
dramatizes  it,  then  there  appears  before  you  on  the  psychological 
stage  a  man  living  regressively,  seeking  his  childhood  and  his 
mother,  fleeing  from  a  cold  cruel  world  which  denies  him  under- 
standing. Often  a  mother  appears  beside  him  who  apparently 
shows  not  the  slightest  concern  that  her  little  son  should  become 
a  man,  but  who,  with  tireless  and  self-immolating  effort,  neglects 
nothing  that  might  hinder  him  from  growing  up  and  marrying. 
You  behold  the  secret  conspiracy  between  mother  and  son,  and 
how  each  helps  the  other  to  betray  life. 

22  Where  does  the  guilt  lie?  With  the  mother,  or  with  the  son? 
Probably  with  both.  The  unsatisfied  longing  of  the  son  for  life 
and  the  world  ought  to  be  taken  seriously.  There  is  in  him  a 

1  Erwin  Rousselle,  "Seelische  Fiihrung  im  lebenden  Taoismus,"  PI.  I,  pp.  150,  170. 
Rousselle  calls  the  spinning  woman  the  "animal  soul."  There  is  a  saying  that 
runs,  "The  spinner  sets  in  motion."  I  have  denned  the  anima  as  a  personification 
of  the  unconscious. 

2  Here  and  in  what  follows,  the  word  "mother"  is  not  meant  in  the  literal  sense 
but  as  a  symbol  of  everything  that  functions  as  a  mother. 

11 


AION 

desire  to  touch  reality,  to  embrace  the  earth  and  fructify  the 
field  of  the  world.  But  he  makes  no  more  than  a  series  of  fitful 
starts,  for  his  initiative  as  well  as  his  staying  power  are  crippled 
by  the  secret  memory  that  the  world  and  happiness  may  be  had 
as  a  gift— from  the  mother.  The  fragment  of  world  which  he,  like 
every  man,  must  encounter  again  and  again  is  never  quite  the 
right  one,  since  it  does  not'fall  into  his  lap,  does  not  meet  him 
half  way,  but  remains  resistant,  has  to  be  conquered,  and  sub- 
mits only  to  force.  It  makes  demands  on  the  masculinity  of  a 
man,  on  his  ardour,  above  all  on  his  courage  and  resolution 
when  it  comes  to  throwing  his  whole  being  into  the  scales.  For 
this  he  would  need  a  faithless  Eros,  one  capable  of  forgetting  his 
mother  and  undergoing  the  pain  of  relinquishing  the  first  love 
of  his  life.  The  mother,  foreseeing  this  danger,  has  carefully  in- 
culcated into  him  the  virtues  of  faithfulness,  devotion,  loyalty, 
so  as  to  protect  him  from  the  moral  disruption  which  is  the  risk 
of  every  life  adventure.  He  has  learnt  these  lessons  only  too  well, 
and  remains  true  to  his  mother.  This  naturally  causes  her  the 
deepest  anxiety  (when,  to  her  greater  glory,  he  turns  out  to  be 
a  homosexual,  for  example)  and  at  the  same  time  affords  her  an 
unconscious  satisfaction  that  is  positively  mythological.  For,  in 
the  relationship  now  reigning  between  them,  there  is  consum- 
mated the  immemorial  and  most  sacred  archetype  of  the  mar- 
riage of  mother  and  son.  What,  after  all,  has  commonplace 
reality  to  offer,  with  its  registry  offices,  pay  envelopes,  and 
monthly  rent,  that  could  outweigh  the  mystic  awe  of  the  hieros 
gamos?  Or  the  star-crowned  woman  whom  the  dragon  pursues, 
or  the  pious  obscurities  veiling  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb? 

23  This  myth,  better  than  any  other,  illustrates  the  nature  of 
the  collective  unconscious.  At  this  level  the  mother  is  both  old 
and  young,  Demeter  and  Persephone,  and  the  son  is  spouse  and 
sleeping  suckling  rolled  into  one.  The  imperfections  of  real  life, 
with  its  laborious  adaptations  and  manifold  disappointments, 
naturally  cannot  compete  with  such  a  state  of  indescribable  ful- 
filment. 

24  In  the  case  of  the  son,  the  projection-making  factor  is  iden- 
tical with  the  mother-imago,  and  this  is  consequently  taken  to 
be  the  real  mother.  The  projection  can  only  be  dissolved  when 
the  son  sees  that  in  the  realm  of  his  psyche  there  is  an  imago  not 
only  of  the  mother  but  of  the  daughter,  the  sister,  the  beloved, 

12 


the  syzygy:  anima  and  animus 


the  heavenly  goddess,  and  the  chthonic  Baubo.  Every  mother 
and  every  beloved  is  forced  to  become  the  carrier  and  embodi- 
ment of  this  omnipresent  and  ageless  image,  which  corresponds 
to  the  deepest  reality  in  a  man.  It  belongs  to  him,  this  perilous 
image  of  Woman;  she  stands  for  the  loyalty  which  in  the  inter- 
ests of  life  he  must  sometimes  forgo;  she  is  the  much  needed 
compensation  for  the  risks,  struggles,  sacrifices  that  all  end  in 
disappointment;  she  is  the  solace  for  all  the  bitterness  of  life. 
And,  at  the  same  time,  she  is  the  great  illusionist,  the  seductress, 
who  draws  him  into  life  with  her  Maya— and  not  only  into  life's 
reasonable  and  useful  aspects,  but  into  its  frightful  paradoxes 
and  ambivalences  where  good  and  evil,  success  and  ruin,  hope 
and  despair,  counterbalance  one  another.  Because  she  is  his 
greatest  danger  she  demands  from  a  man  his  greatest,  and  if  he 
has  it  in  him  she  will  receive  it. 

25  This  image  is  "My  Lady  Soul,"  as  Spitteler  called  her.  I  have 
suggested  instead  the  term  "anima,"  as  indicating  something 
specific,  for  which  the  expression  "soul"  is  too  general  and  too 
vague.  The  empirical  reality  summed  up  under  the  concept  of 
the  anima  forms  an  extremely  dramatic  content  of  the  uncon- 
scious. It  is  possible  to  describe  this  content  in  rational,  scien- 
tific language,  but  in  this  way  one  entirely  fails  to  express  its 
living  character.  Therefore,  in  describing  the  living  processes  of 
the  psyche,  I  deliberately  and  consciously  give  preference  to 
a  dramatic,  mythological  way  of  thinking  and  speaking,  because 
this  is  not  only  more  expressive  but  also  more  exact  than  an 
abstract  scientific  terminology,  which  is  wont  to  toy  with  the 
notion  that  its  theoretic  formulations  may  one  fine  day  be 
resolved  into  algebraic  equations. 

*6  The  projection-making  factor  is  the  anima,  or  rather  the 
unconscious  as  represented  by  the  anima.  Whenever  she  appears, 
in  dreams,  visions,  and  fantasies,  she  takes  on  personified  form, 
thus  demonstrating  that  the  factor  she  embodies  possesses  all  the 
outstanding  characteristics  of  a  feminine  being.3  She  is  not  an 
invention  of  the  conscious,  but  a  spontaneous  product  of  the 

3  Naturally,  she  is  a  typical  figure  in  belles-lettres.  Recent  publications  on  the 
subject  of  the  anima  include  Linda  Fierz-David,  The  Dream  of  Poliphilo,  and  my 
"Psychology  of  the  Transference."  The  anima  as  a  psychological  idea  first  appears 
in  the  i6th-cent.  humanist  Richardus  Vitus.  Cf.  my  Mysterium  Coniunctionis, 
pars.  9 iff. 

13 


AION 


unconscious.  Nor  is  she  a  substitute  figure  for  the  mother.  On 
the  contrary,  there  is  every  likelihood  that  the  numinous  quali- 
ties which  make  the  mother-imago  so  dangerously  powerful 
derive  from  the  collective  archetype  of  the  anima,  which  is  in- 
carnated anew  in  every  male  child. 

27  Since  the  anima  is  an  archetype  that  is  found  in  men,  it  is 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  an  equivalent  archetype  must  be 
present  in  women;  for  just  as  the  man  is  compensated  by  a 
feminine  element,  so  woman  is  compensated  by  a  masculine 
one.  I  do  not,  however,  wish  this  argument  to  give  the  impres- 
sion that  these  compensatory  relationships  were  arrived  at  by 
deduction.  On  the  contrary,  long  and  varied  experience  was 
needed  in  order  to  grasp  the  nature  of  anima  and  animus  em- 
pirically. Whatever  we  have  to  say  about  these  archetypes,  there- 
fore, is  either  directly  verifiable  or  at  least  rendered  probable 
by  the  facts.  At  the  same  time,  I  am  fully  aware  that  we  are  dis- 
cussing pioneer  work  which  by  its  very  nature  can  only  be 
provisional. 

28  Just  as  the  mother  seems  to  be  the  first  carrier  of  the  projec- 
tion-making factor  for  the  son,  so  is  the  father  for  the  daughter. 
Practical  experience  of  these  relationships  is  made  up  of  many 
individual  cases  presenting  all  kinds  of  variations  on  the  same 
basic  theme.  A  concise  description  of  them  can,  therefore,  be 
no  more  than  schematic. 

29  Woman  is  compensated  by  a  masculine  element  and  there- 
fore her  unconscious  has,  so  to  speak,  a  masculine  imprint.  This 
results  in  a  considerable  psychological  difference  between  men 
and  women,  and  accordingly  I  have  called  the  projection-mak- 
ing factor  in  women  the  animus,  which  means  mind  or  spirit. 
The  animus  corresponds  to  the  paternal  Logos  just  as  the 
anima  corresponds  to  the  maternal  Eros.  But  I  do  not  wish  or 
intend  to  give  these  two  intuitive  concepts  too  specific  a  defini- 
tion. I  use  Eros  and  Logos  merely  as  conceptual  aids  to  describe 
the  fact  that  woman's  consciousness  is  characterized  more  by 
the  connective  quality  of  Eros  than  by  the  discrimination  and 
cognition  associated  with  Logos.  In  men,  Eros,  the  function  of 
relationship,  is  usually  less  developed  than  Logos.  In  women,  on 
the  other  hand,  Eros  is  an  expression  of  their  true  nature,  while 
their  Logos  is  often  only  a  regrettable  accident.  It  gives  rise  to 
misunderstandings  and  annoying  interpretations  in  the  family 

14 


the  syzygy:  anima  and  animus 


circle  and  among  friends.  This  is  because  it  consists  of  opinions 
instead  of  reflections,  and  by  opinions  I  mean  a  priori  assump- 
tions that  lay  claim  to  absolute  truth.  Such  assumptions,  as 
everyone  knows,  can  be  extremely  irritating.  As  the  animus  is 
partial  to  argument,  he  can  best  be  seen  at  work  in  disputes 
where  both  parties  know  they  are  right.  Men  can  argue  in  a  very 
womanish  way,  too,  when  they  are  anima-possessed  and  have 
thus  been  transformed  into  the  animus  of  their  own  anima. 
With  them  the  question  becomes  one  of  personal  vanity  and 
touchiness  (as  if  they  were  females);  with  women  it  is  a  question 
of  power,  whether  of  truth  or  justice  or  some  other  "ism" — for 
the  dressmaker  and  hairdresser  have  already  taken  care  of  their 
vanity.  The  "Father"  (i.e.,  the  sum  of  conventional  opinions) 
always  plays  a  great  role  in  female  argumentation.  No  matter 
how  friendly  and  obliging  a  woman's  Eros  may  be,  no  logic  on 
earth  can  shake  her  if  she  is  ridden  by  the  animus.  Often  the 
man  has  the  feeling— and  he  is  not  altogether  wrong— that  only 
seduction  or  a  beating  or  rape  would  have  the  necessary  power 
of  persuasion.  He  is  unaware  that  this  highly  dramatic  situa- 
tion would  instantly  come  to  a  banal  and  unexciting  end  if  he 
were  to  quit  the  field  and  let  a  second  woman  carry  on  the  battle 
(his  wife,  for  instance,  if  she  herself  is  not  the  fiery  war  horse). 
This  sound  idea  seldom  or  never  occurs  to  him,  because  no  man 
can  converse  with  an  animus  for  five  minutes  without  becom- 
ing the  victim  of  his  own  anima.  Anyone  who  still  had  enough 
sense  of  humour  to  listen  objectively  to  the  ensuing  dialogue 
would  be  staggered  by  the  vast  number  of  commonplaces,  mis- 
applied truisms,  cliches  from  newspapers  and  novels,  shop- 
soiled  platitudes  of  every  description  interspersed  with  vulgar 
abuse  and  brain-splitting  lack  of  logic.  It  is  a  dialogue  which, 
irrespective  of  its  participants,  is  repeated  millions  and  millions 
of  times  in  all  the  languages  of  the  world  and  always  remains 
essentially  the  same. 
3°  This  singular  fact  is  due  to  the  following  circumstance: 
when  animus  and  anima  meet,  the  animus  draws  his  sword  of 
power  and  the  anima  ejects  her  poison  of  illusion  and  seduc- 
tion. The  outcome  need  not  always  be  negative,  since  the  two 
are  equally  likely  to  fall  in  love  (a  special  instance  of  love  at  first 
sight).  The  language  of  love  is  of  astonishing  uniformity,  using 
the  well-worn  formulas  with  the  utmost  devotion  and  fidelity, 

15 


AION 


so  that  once  again  the  two  partners  find  themselves  in  a  banal 
collective  situation.  Yet  they  live  in  the  illusion  that  they  are 
related  to  one  another  in  a  most  individual  way. 

31  In  both  its  positive  and  its  negative  aspects  the  anima/animus 
relationship  is  always  full  of  "animosity,"  i.e.,  it  is  emotional, 
and  hence  collective.  Affects  lower  the  level  of  the  relationship 
and  bring  it  closer  to  the  common  instinctual  basis,  which  no 
longer  has  anything  individual  about  it.  Very  often  the  rela- 
tionship runs  its  course  heedless  of  its  human  performers,  who 
afterwards  do  not  know  what  happened  to  them. 

32  Whereas  the  cloud  of  "animosity"  surrounding  the  man  is 
composed  chiefly  of  sentimentality  and  resentment,  in  woman  it 
expresses  itself  in  the  form  of  opinionated  views,  interpreta- 
tions, insinuations,  and  misconstructions,  which  all  have  the 
purpose  (sometimes  attained)  of  severing  the  relation  between 
two  human  beings.  The  woman,  like  the  man,  becomes  wrapped 
in  a  veil  of  illusions  by  her  demon-familiar,  and,  as  the  daughter 
who  alone  understands  her  father  (that  is,  is  eternally  right  in 
everything),  she  is  translated  to  the  land  of  sheep,  where  she  is 
put  to  graze  by  the  shepherd  of  her  soul,  the  animus. 

33  Like  the  anima,  the  animus  too  has  a  positive  aspect. 
Through  the  figure  of  the  father  he  expresses  not  only  conven- 
tional opinion  but— equally— what  we  call  "spirit,"  philosophical 
or  religious  ideas  in  particular,  or  rather  the  attitude  resulting 
from  them.  Thus  the  animus  is  a  psychopomp,  a  mediator  be- 
tween the  conscious  and  the  unconscious  and  a  personification 
of  the  latter.  Just  as  the  anima  becomes,  through  integration, 
the  Eros  of  consciousness,  so  the  animus  becomes  a  Logos;  and 
in  the  same  way  that  the  anima  gives  relationship  and  related- 
ness  to  a  man's  consciousness,  the  animus  gives  to  woman's 
consciousness  a  capacity  for  reflection,  deliberation,  and  self- 
knowledge. 

34  The  effect  of  anima  and  animus  on  the  ego  is  in  principle 
the  same.  This  effect  is  extremely  difficult  to  eliminate  because, 
in  the  first  place,  it  is  uncommonly  strong  and  immediately  fills 
the  ego-personality  with  an  unshakable  feeling  of  Tightness  and 
righteousness.  In  the  second  place,  the  cause  of  the  effect  is  pro- 
jected and  appears  to  lie  in  objects  and  objective  situations. 
Both  these  characteristics  can,  I  believe,  be  traced  back  to  the 
peculiarities  of  the  archetype.  For  the  archetype,  of  course,  exists 

16 


the  syzygy:  anima  and  animus 


a  priori.  This  may  possibly  explain  the  often  totally  irrational 
yet  undisputed  and  indisputable  existence  of  certain  moods  and 
opinions.  Perhaps  these  are  so  notoriously  difficult  to  influence 
because  of  the  powerfully  suggestive  effect  emanating  from  the 
archetype.  Consciousness  is  fascinated  by  it,  held  captive,  as  if 
hypnotized.  Very  often  the  ego  experiences  a  vague  feeling  of 
moral  defeat  and  then  behaves  all  the  more  defensively,  de- 
fiantly, and  self-righteously,  thus  setting  up  a  vicious  circle 
which  only  increases  its  feeling  of  inferiority.  The  bottom  is 
then  knocked  out  of  the  human  relationship,  for,  like  megalo- 
mania, a  feeling  of  inferiority  makes  mutual  recognition  im- 
possible, and  without  this  there  is  no  relationship. 
35  As  I  said,  it  is  easier  to  gain  insight  into  the  shadow  than 
into  the  anima  or  animus.  With  the  shadow,  we  have  the  advan- 
tage of  being  prepared  in  some  sort  by  our  education,  which 
has  always  endeavoured  to  convince  people  that  they  are  not 
one-hundred-per-cent  pure  gold.  So  everyone  immediately  un- 
derstands what  is  meant  by  "shadow,"  "inferior  personality," 
etc.  And  if  he  has  forgotten,  his  memory  can  easily  be  refreshed 
by  a  Sunday  sermon,  his  wife,  or  the  tax  collector.  With  the 
anima  and  animus,  however,  things  are  by  no  means  so  simple. 
Firstly,  there  is  no  moral  education  in  this  respect,  and  secondly, 
most  people  are  content  to  be  self-righteous  and  prefer  mutual 
vilification  (if  nothing  worse!)  to  the  recognition  of  their  pro- 
jections. Indeed,  it  seems  a  very  natural  state  of  affairs  for  men 
to  have  irrational  moods  and  women  irrational  opinions.  Pre- 
sumably this  situation  is  grounded  on  instinct  and  must  remain 
as  it  is  to  ensure  that  the  Empedoclean  game  of  the  hate  and 
love  of  the  elements  shall  continue  for  all  eternity.  Nature  is 
conservative  and  does  not  easily  allow  her  courses  to  be  altered; 
she  defends  in  the  most  stubborn  way  the  inviolability  of  the 
preserves  where  anima  and  animus  roam.  Hence  it  is  much  more 
difficult  to  become  conscious  of  one's  anima/animus  projections 
than  to  acknowledge  one's  shadow  side.  One  has,  of  course,  to 
overcome  certain  moral  obstacles,  such  as  vanity,  ambition,  con- 
ceit, resentment,  etc.,  but  in  the  case  of  projections  all  sorts  of 
purely  intellectual  difficulties  are  added,  quite  apart  from  the 
contents  of  the  projection  which  one  simply  doesn't  know  how 
to  cope  with.  And  on  top  of  all  this  there  arises  a  profound 
doubt  as  to  whether  one  is  not  meddling  too  much  with  nature's 

17 


AION 


business  by  prodding  into  consciousness  things  which  it  would 
have  been  better  to  leave  asleep. 

36  Although  there  are,  in  my  experience,  a  fair  number  of  peo- 
ple who  can  understand  without  special  intellectual  or  moral 
difficulties  what  is  meant  by  anima  and  animus,  one  finds  very 
many  more  who  have  the  greatest  trouble  in  visualizing  these 
empirical  concepts  as  anything  concrete.  This  shows  that  they 
fall  a  little  outside  the  usual  range  of  experience.  They  are 
unpopular  precisely  because  they  seem  unfamiliar.  The  conse- 
quence is  that  they  mobilize  prejudice  and  become  taboo  like 
everything  else  that  is  unexpected. 

37  So  if  we  set  it  up  as  a  kind  of  requirement  that  projections 
should  be  dissolved,  because  it  is  wholesomer  that  way  and  in 
every  respect  more  advantageous,  we  are  entering  upon  new 
ground.  Up  till  now  everybody  has  been  convinced  that  the  idea 
"my  father,"  "my  mother,"  etc.,  is  nothing  but  a  faithful  reflec- 
tion of  the  real  parent,  corresponding  in  every  detail  to  the 
original,  so  that  when  someone  says  "my  father"  he  means  no 
more  and  no  less  than  what  his  father  is  in  reality.  This  is  actu- 
ally what  he  supposes  he  does  mean,  but  a  supposition  of  iden- 
tity by  no  means  brings  that  identity  about.  This  is  where  the 
fallacy  of  the  enkekalymmenos  ('the  veiled  one')  comes  in.4  If 
one  includes  in  the  psychological  equation  X's  picture  of  his 
father,  which  he  takes  for  the  real  father,  the  equation  will  not 
work  out,  because  the  unknown  quantity  he  has  introduced  does 
not  tally  with  reality.  X  has  overlooked  the  fact  that  his  idea  of 
a  person  consists,  in  the  first  place,  of  the  possibly  very  incom- 
plete picture  he  has  received  of  the  real  person  and,  in  the  sec- 
ond place,  of  the  subjective  modifications  he  has  imposed  upon 
this  picture.  X's  idea  of  his  father  is  a  complex  quantity  for 
which  the  real  father  is  only  in  part  responsible,  an  indefinitely 
larger  share  falling  to  the  son.  So  true  is  this  that  every  time  he 
criticizes  or  praises  his  father  he  is  unconsciously  hitting  back 
at  himself,  thereby  bringing  about  those  psychic  consequences 
that  overtake  people  who  habitually  disparage  or  overpraise 
themselves.  If,  however,  X  carefully  compares  his  reactions  with 
reality,  he  stands  a  chance  of  noticing  that  he  has  miscalculated 

*  The  fallacy,  which  stems  from  Eubulides  the  Megarian,  runs:  "Can  you  recog- 
nize your  father?"  Yes.  "Can  you  recognize  this  veiled  one?"  No.  "This  veiled  one 
is  your  father.  Hence  you  can  recognize  your  father  and  not  recognize  him." 

18 


the  syzygy:  anima  and  animus 


somewhere  by  not  realizing  long  ago  from  his  father's  behaviour 
that  the  picture  he  has  of  him  is  a  false  one.  But  as  a  rule  X  is 
convinced  that  he  is  right,  and  if  anybody  is  wrong  it  must  be 
the  other  fellow.  Should  X  have  a  poorly  developed  Eros,  he 
will  be  either  indifferent  to  the  inadequate  relationship  he  has 
with  his  father  or  else  annoyed  by  the  inconsistency  and  general 
incomprehensibility  of  a  father  whose  behaviour  never  really 
corresponds  to  the  picture  X  has  of  him.  Therefore  X  thinks  he 
has  every  right  to  feel  hurt,  misunderstood,  and  even  betrayed. 

38  One  can  imagine  how  desirable  it  would  be  in  such  cases  to 
dissolve  the  projection.  And  there  are  always  optimists  who  be- 
lieve that  the  golden  age  can  be  ushered  in  simply  by  telling  peo- 
ple the  right  way  to  go.  But  just  let  them  try  to  explain  to  these 
people  that  they  are  acting  like  a  dog  chasing  its  own  tail.  To 
make  a  person  see  the  shortcomings  of  his  attitude  considerably 
more  than  mere  "telling"  is  needed,  for  more  is  involved  than 
ordinary  common  sense  can  allow.  What  one  is  up  against  here 
is  the  kind  of  fateful  misunderstanding  which,  under  ordinary 
conditions,  remains  forever  inaccessible  to  insight.  It  is  rather 
like  expecting  the  average  respectable  citizen  to  recognize  him- 
self as  a  criminal. 

39  I  mention  all  this  just  to  illustrate  the  order  of  magnitude 
to  which  the  anima/animus  projections  belong,  and  the  moral 
and  intellectual  exertions  that  are  needed  to  dissolve  them.  Not 
all  the  contents  of  the  anima  and  animus  are  projected,  how- 
ever. Many  of  them  appear  spontaneously  in  dreams  and  so  on, 
and  many  more  can  be  made  conscious  through  active  imagina- 
tion. In  this  way  we  find  that  thoughts,  feelings,  and  affects  are 
alive  in  us  which  we  would  never  have  believed  possible.  Nat- 
urally, possibilities  of  this  sort  seem  utterly  fantastic  to  any- 
one who  has  not  experienced  them  himself,  for  a  normal  per- 
son "knows  what  he  thinks."  Such  a  childish  attitude  on  the 
part  of  the  "normal  person"  is  simply  the  rule,  so  that  no  one 
without  experience  in  this  field  can  be  expected  to  understand 
the  real  nature  of  anima  and  animus.  With  these  reflections  one 
gets  into  an  entirely  new  world  of  psychological  experience, 
provided  of  course  that  one  succeeds  in  realizing  it  in  prac- 
tice. Those  who  do  succeed  can  hardly  fail  to  be  impressed  by 
all  that  the  ego  does  not  know  and  never  has  known.  This  in- 
crease in  self-knowledge  is  still  very  rare  nowadays  and  is  usually 

19 


AION 

paid  for  in  advance  with  a  neurosis,  if  not  with  something  worse. 
4°  The  autonomy  of  the  collective  unconscious  expresses  itself 
in  the  figures  of  anima  and  animus.  They  personify  those  of  its 
contents  which,  when  withdrawn  from  projection,  can  be  in- 
tegrated into  consciousness.  To  this  extent,  both  figures  repre- 
sent functions  which  filter  the  contents  of  the  collective  uncon- 
scious through  to  the  conscious  mind.  They  appear  or  behave 
as  such,  however,  only  so  long  as  the  tendencies  of  the  conscious 
and  unconscious  do  not  diverge  too  greatly.  Should  any  tension 
arise,  these  functions,  harmless  till  then,  confront  the  conscious 
mind  in  personified  form  and  behave  rather  like  systems  split 
off  from  the  personality,  or  like  part  souls.  This  comparison  is 
inadequate  in  so  far  as  nothing  previously  belonging  to  the  ego- 
personality  has  split  off  from  it;  on  the  contrary,  the  two  figures 
represent  a  disturbing  accretion.  The  reason  for  their  behaving 
in  this  way  is  that  though  the  contents  of  anima  and  animus  can 
be  integrated  they  themselves  cannot,  since  they  are  archetypes. 
As  such  they  are  the  foundation  stones  of  the  psychic  structure, 
which  in  its  totality  exceeds  the  limits  of  consciousness  and 
therefore  can  never  become  the  object  of  direct  cognition. 
Though  the  effects  of  anima  and  animus  can  be  made  conscious, 
they  themselves  are  factors  transcending  consciousness  and  be- 
yond the  reach  of  perception  and  volition.  Hence  they  remain 
autonomous  despite  the  integration  of  their  contents,  and  for 
this  reason  they  should  be  borne  constantly  in  mind.  This  is 
extremely  important  from  the  therapeutic  standpoint,  because 
constant  observation  pays  the  unconscious  a  tribute  that  more 
or  less  guarantees  its  co-operation.  The  unconscious  as  we  know 
can  never  be  "done  with"  once  and  for  all.  It  is,  in  fact,  one  of 
the  most  important  tasks  of  psychic  hygiene  to  pay  continual 
attention  to  the  symptomatology  of  unconscious  contents  and 
processes,  for  the  good  reason  that  the  conscious  mind  is  always 
in  danger  of  becoming  one-sided,  of  keeping  to  well-worn  paths 
and  getting  stuck  in  blind  alleys.  The  complementary  and  com- 
pensating function  of  the  unconscious  ensures  that  these  dan- 
gers, which  are  especially  great  in  neurosis,  can  in  some  measure 
be  avoided.  It  is  only  under  ideal  conditions,  when  life  is  still 
simple  and  unconscious  enough  to  follow  the  serpentine  path  of 
instinct  without  hesitation  or  misgiving,  that  the  compensation 
works  with  entire  success.  The  more  civilized,  the  more  uncon- 

20 


the  syzygy:  anima  and  animus 


scious  and  complicated  a  man  is,  the  less  he  is  able  to  follow  his 
instincts.  His  complicated  living  conditions  and  the  influence 
of  his  environment  are  so  strong  that  they  drown  the  quiet  voice 
of  nature.  Opinions,  beliefs,  theories,  and  collective  tendencies 
appear  in  its  stead  and  back  up  all  the  aberrations  of  the  con- 
scious mind.  Deliberate  attention  should  then  be  given  to  the 
unconscious  so  that  the  compensation  can  set  to  work.  Hence  it 
is  especially  important  to  picture  the  archetypes  of  the  uncon- 
scious not  as  a  rushing  phantasmagoria  of  fugitive  images  but  as 
constant,  autonomous  factors,  which  indeed  they  are. 

Both  these  archetypes,  as  practical  experience  shows,  possess 
a  fatality  that  can  on  occasion  produce  tragic  results.  They  are 
quite  literally  the  father  and  mother  of  all  the  disastrous  entan- 
glements of  fate  and  have  long  been  recognized  as  such  by  the 
whole  world.  Together  they  form  a  divine  pair,5  one  of  whom, 
in  accordance  with  his  Logos  nature,  is  characterized  by  pneuma 
and  nous,  rather  like  Hermes  with  his  ever-shifting  hues,  while 
the  other,  in  accordance  with  her  Eros  nature,  wears  the  features 
of  Aphrodite,  Helen  (Selene),  Persephone,  and  Hecate.  Both  of 
them  are  unconscious  powers,  "gods"  in  fact,  as  the  ancient 
world  quite  rightly  conceived  them  to  be.  To  call  them  by  this 
name  is  to  give  them  that  central  position  in  the  scale  of 
psychological  values  which  has  always  been  theirs  whether  con- 
sciously acknowledged  or  not;  for  their  power  grows  in  propor- 
tion to  the  degree  that  they  remain  unconscious.  Those  who  do 
not  see  them  are  in  their  hands,  just  as  a  typhus  epidemic  flour- 
ishes best  when  its  source  is  undiscovered.  Even  in  Christianity 
the  divine  syzygy  has  not  become  obsolete,  but  occupies  the 
highest  place  as  Christ  and  his  bride  the  Church.6  Parallels  like 
these  prove  extremely  helpful  in  our  attempts  to  find  the  right 

5  Naturally  this  is  not  meant  as  a  psychological  definition,  let  alone  a  metaphysi- 
cal one.  As  I  pointed  out  in  "The  Relations  between  the  Ego  and  the  Uncon- 
scious" (pars.  296!!.),  the  syzygy  consists  of  three  elements:  the  femininity  pertain- 
ing to  the  man  and  the  masculinity  pertaining  to  the  woman;  the  experience 
which  man  has  of  woman  and  vice  versa;  and,  finally,  the  masculine  and  femi- 
nine archetypal  image.  The  first  element  can  be  integrated  into  the  personality 
by  the  process  of  conscious  realization,  but  the  last  one  cannot. 

6  "For  the  Scripture  says,  God  made  man  male  and  female;  the  male  is  Christ, 
the  female  is  the  Church." — Second  Epistle  of  Clement  to  the  Corinthians,  xiv,  2 
(trans,  by  Lake,  I,  p.  151).  In  pictorial  representations,  Mary  often  takes  the  place 
of  the  Church. 

21 


AION 

criterion  for  gauging  the  significance  of  these  two  archetypes. 
What  we  can  discover  about  them  from  the  conscious  side  is  so 
slight  as  to  be  almost  imperceptible.  It  is  only  when  we  throw 
light  into  the  dark  depths  of  the  psyche  and  explore  the  strange 
and  tortuous  paths  of  human  fate  that  it  gradually  becomes  clear 
to  us  how  immense  is  the  influence  wielded  by  these  two  factors 
that  complement  our  conscious  life. 
42  Recapitulating,  I  should  like  to  emphasize  that  the  integra- 
tion of  the  shadow,  or  the  realization  of  the  personal  uncon- 
scious, marks  the  first  stage  in  the  analytic  process,  and  that  with- 
out it  a  recognition  of  anima  and  animus  is  impossible.  The 
shadow  can  be  realized  only  through  a  relation  to  a  partner,  and 
anima  and  animus  only  through  a  relation  to  a  partner  of  the 
opposite  sex,  because  only  in  such  a  relation  do  their  projec- 
tions become  operative.  The  recognition  of  the  anima  gives  rise, 
in  a  man,  to  a  triad,  one  third  of  which  is  transcendent:  the 
masculine  subject,  the  opposing  feminine  subject,  and  the  tran- 
scendent anima.  With  a  woman  the  situation  is  reversed.  The 
missing  fourth  element  that  would  make  the  triad  a  quaternity 
is,  in  a  man,  the  archetype  of  the  Wise  Old  Man,  which  I  have 
not  discussed  here,  and  in  a  woman  the  Chthonic  Mother. 
These  four  constitute  a  half  immanent  and  half  transcendent 
quaternity,  an  archetype  which  I  have  called  the  marriage 
quaternio.7  The  marriage  quaternio  provides  a  schema  not 
only  for  the  self  but  also  for  the  structure  of  primitive  society 
with  its  cross-cousin  marriage,  marriage  classes,  and  division  of 
settlements  into  quarters.  The  self,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  God- 
image,  or  at  least  cannot  be  distinguished  from  one.  Of  this  the 
early  Christian  spirit  was  not  ignorant,  otherwise  Clement  of 
Alexandria  could  never  have  said  that  he  who  knows  himself 
knows  God.8 

7  "The  Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  425ff.  Cf.  infra,  pars.  3583.,  the 
Naassene  quaternio. 

8  Cf.  infra,  par.  347. 


22 


IV 

THE  SELF1 

43  We  shall  now  turn  to  the  question  of  whether  the  increase 
in  self-knowledge  resulting  from  the  withdrawal  of  impersonal 
projections— in  other  words,  the  integration  of  the  contents  of 
the  collective  unconscious— exerts  a  specific  influence  on  the  ego- 
personality.  To  the  extent  that  the  integrated  contents  are  parts 
of  the  self,  we  can  expect  this  influence  to  be  considerable. 
Their  assimilation  augments  not  only  the  area  of  the  field  of 
consciousness  but  also  the  importance  of  the  ego,  especially 
when,  as  usually  happens,  the  ego  lacks  any  critical  approach  to 
the  unconscious.  In  that  case  it  is  easily  overpowered  and  be- 
comes identical  with  the  contents  that  have  been  assimilated. 
In  this  way,  for  instance,  a  masculine  consciousness  comes  under 
the  influence  of  the  anima  and  can  even  be  possessed  by  her. 

44  I  have  discussed  the  wider  effects  of  the  integration  of  un- 
conscious contents  elsewhere  2  and  can  therefore  omit  going  into 
details  here.  I  should  only  like  to  mention  that  the  more  numer- 
ous and  the  more  significant  the  unconscious  contents  which  are 
assimilated  to  the  ego,  the  closer  the  approximation  of  the  ego 
to  the  self,  even  though  this  approximation  must  be  a  never- 
ending  process.  This  inevitably  produces  an  inflation  of  the  ego,3 
unless  a  critical  line  of  demarcation  is  drawn  between  it  and  the 
unconscious  figures.  But  this  act  of  discrimination  yields  prac- 
tical results  only  if  it  succeeds  in  fixing  reasonable  boundaries 
to  the  ego  and  in  granting  the  figures  of  the  unconscious— the 
self,  anima,  animus,  and  shadow— relative  autonomy  and  reality 

1  The  material  for  this  chapter  is  drawn  from  a  paper,  "t)ber  das  Selbst,"  pub- 
lished in  the  Eranos-Jahrbuch  1948. 

2  "The  Relations  between  the  Ego  and  the  Unconscious." 

3  In  the  sense  of  the  words  used  in  I  Cor.  5  :  2:  "Infiati  estis  [ire^vatdjfjievoi]  et  non 
magis  luctum  habuistis"  (And  you  are  puffed  up,  and  have  not  rather  mourned)— 
with  reference  to  a  case  of  tolerated  incest  with  the  mother  ("that  a  man  should 
have  his  father's  wife"). 

23 


AION 

(of  a  psychic  nature).  To  psychologize  this  reality  out  of  exist- 
ence either  is  ineffectual,  or  else  merely  increases  the  inflation 
of  the  ego.  One  cannot  dispose  of  facts  by  declaring  them  unreal. 
The  projection-making  factor,  for  instance,  has  undeniable 
reality.  Anyone  who  insists  on  denying  it  becomes  identical  with 
it,  which  is  not  only  dubious  in  itself  but  a  positive  danger  to  the 
well-being  of  the  individual.  Everyone  who  has  dealings  with 
such  cases  knows  how  perilous  an  inflation  can  be.  No  more  than 
a  flight  of  steps  or  a  smooth  floor  is  needed  to  precipitate  a  fatal 
fall.  Besides  the  "pride  goeth  before  a  fall"  motif  there  are  other 
factors  of  a  no  less  disagreeable  psychosomatic  and  psychic 
nature  which  serve  to  reduce  "puffed-up-ness."  This  condition 
should  not  be  interpreted  as  one  of  conscious  self-aggrandize- 
ment. Such  is  far  from  being  the  rule.  In  general  we  are  not 
directly  conscious  of  this  condition  at  all,  but  can  at  best  infer 
its  existence  indirectly  from  the  symptoms.  These  include  the  re- 
actions of  our  immediate  environment.  Inflation  magnifies  the 
blind  spot  in  the  eye,  and  the  more  we  are  assimilated  by  the 
projection-making  factor,  the  greater  becomes  the  tendency  to 
identify  with  it.  A  clear  symptom  of  this  is  our  growing  disin- 
clination to  take  note  of  the  reactions  of  the  environment  and 
pay  heed  to  them. 

45  It  must  be  reckoned  a  psychic  catastrophe  when  the  ego  is 
assimilated  by  the  self.  The  image  of  wholeness  then  remains 
in  the  unconscious,  so  that  on  the  one  hand  it  shares  the  archaic 
nature  of  the  unconscious  and  on  the  other  finds  itself  in  the 
psychically  relative  space-time  continuum  that  is  characteristic 
of  the  unconscious  as  such.4  Both  these  qualities  are  numinous 
and  hence  have  an  unlimited  determining  effect  on  ego-con- 
sciousness, which  is  differentiated,  i.e.,  separated,  from  the  un- 
conscious and  moreover  exists  in  an  absolute  space  and  an 
absolute  time.  It  is  a  vital  necessity  that  this  should  be  so.  If, 
therefore,  the  ego  falls  for  any  length  of  time  under  the  control 
of  an  unconscious  factor,  its  adaptation  is  disturbed  and  the  way 
opened  for  all  sorts  of  possible  accidents. 

46  Hence  it  is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  the  ego  should 
be  anchored  in  the  world  of  consciousness  and  that  conscious- 
ness should  be  reinforced  by  a  very  precise  adaptation.  For  this, 
certain  virtues  like  attention,  conscientiousness,  patience,  etc., 
4  Cf.  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche,"  pars.  414s.,  439,ff. 

24 


THE    SELF 


are  of  great  value  on  the  moral  side,  just  as  accurate  observation 
of  the  symptomatology  of  the  unconscious  and  objective  self- 
criticism  are  valuable  on  the  intellectual  side. 

47  However,  accentuation  of  the  ego  personality  and  the  world 
of  consciousness  may  easily  assume  such  proportions  that  the 
figures  of  the  unconscious  are  psychologized  and  the  self  conse- 
quently becomes  assimilated  to  the  ego.  Although  this  is  the 
exact  opposite  of  the  process  we  have  just  described  it  is  fol- 
lowed by  the  same  result:  inflation.  The  world  of  consciousness 
must  now  be  levelled  down  in  favour  of  the  reality  of  the  un- 
conscious. In  the  first  case,  reality  had  to  be  protected  against  an 
archaic,  "eternal"  and  "ubiquitous"  dream-state;  in  the  second, 
room  must  be  made  for  the  dream  at  the  expense  of  the  world  of 
consciousness.  In  the  first  case,  mobilization  of  all  the  virtues  is 
indicated;  in  the  second,  the  presumption  of  the  ego  can  only 
be  damped  down  by  moral  defeat.  This  is  necessary,  because 
otherwise  one  will  never  attain  that  median  degree  of  modesty 
which  is  essential  for  the  maintenance  of  a  balanced  state.  It  is 
not  a  question,  as  one  might  think,  of  relaxing  morality  itself 
but  of  making  a  moral  effort  in  a  different  direction.  For  in- 
stance, a  man  who  is  not  conscientious  enough  has  to  make  a 
moral  effort  in  order  to  come  up  to  the  mark;  while  for  one  who 
is  sufficiently  rooted  in  the  world  through  his  own  efforts  it  is  no 
small  moral  achievement  to  inflict  defeat  on  his  virtues  by 
loosening  his  ties  with  the  world  and  reducing  his  adaptive  per- 
formance. (One  thinks  in  this  connection  of  Brother  Klaus,  now 
canonized,  who  for  the  salvation  of  his  soul  left  his  wife  to  her 
own  devices,  along  with  numerous  progeny.) 

48  Since  real  moral  problems  all  begin  where  the  penal  code 
leaves  off,  their  solution  can  seldom  or  never  depend  on  prece- 
dent, much  less  on  precepts  and  commandments.  The  real  moral 
problems  spring  from  conflicts  of  duty.  Anyone  who  is  suf- 
ficiently humble,  or  easy-going,  can  always  reach  a  decision  with 
the  help  of  some  outside  authority.  But  one  who  trusts  others  as 
little  as  himself  can  never  reach  a  decision  at  all,  unless  it  is 
brought  about  in  the  manner  which  Common  Law  calls  an  "Act 
of  God."  The  Oxford  Dictionary  defines  this  concept  as  the 
"action  of  uncontrollable  natural  forces."  In  all  such  cases  there 
is  an  unconscious  authority  which  puts  an  end  to  doubt  by 
creating  a  fait  accompli.  (In  the  last  analysis  this  is  true  also  of 

25 


AION 

those  who  get  their  decision  from  a  higher  authority,  only  in 
more  veiled  form.)  One  can  describe  this  authority  either  as  the 
"will  of  God"  or  as  an  "action  of  uncontrollable  natural  forces," 
though  psychologically  it  makes  a  good  deal  of  difference  how 
one  thinks  of  it.  The  rationalistic  interpretation  of  this  inner 
authority  as  "natural  forces"  or  the  instincts  satisfies  the  modern 
intellect  but  has  the  great  disadvantage  that  the  apparent  vic- 
tory of  instinct  offends  our  moral  self-esteem;  hence  we  like  to 
persuade  ourselves  that  the  matter  has  been  decided  solely  by 
the  rational  motions  of  the  will.  Civilized  man  has  such  a  fear 
of  the  "crimen  laesae  maiestatis  humanae"  that  whenever  pos- 
sible he  indulges  in  a  retrospective  coloration  of  the  facts  in 
order  to  cover  up  the  feeling  of  having  suffered  a  moral  defeat. 
He  prides  himself  on  what  he  believes  to  be  his  self-control  and 
the  omnipotence  of  his  will,  and  despises  the  man  who  lets  him- 
self be  outwitted  by  mere  nature. 
49  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  inner  authority  is  conceived  as 
the  "will  of  God"  (which  implies  that  "natural  forces"  are  divine 
forces),  our  self-esteem  is  benefited  because  the  decision  then 
appears  to  be  an  act  of  obedience  and  the  result  a  divine  inten- 
tion. This  way  of  looking  at  it  can,  with  some  show  of  justice, 
be  accused  not  only  of  being  very  convenient  but  of  cloaking 
moral  laxity  in  the  mantle  of  virtue.  The  accusation,  however, 
is  justified  only  when  one  is  in  fact  knowingly  hiding  one's  own 
egoistic  opinion  behind  a  hypocritical  facade  of  words.  But  this 
is  by  no  means  the  rule,  for  in  most  cases  instinctive  tendencies 
assert  themselves  for  or  against  one's  subjective  interests  no 
matter  whether  an  outside  authority  approves  or  not.  The  inner 
authority  does  not  need  to  be  consulted  first,  as  it  is  present  at 
the  outset  in  the  intensity  of  the  tendencies  struggling  for  deci- 
sion. In  this  struggle  the  individual  is  never  a  spectator  only; 
he  takes  part  in  it  more  or  less  "voluntarily"  and  tries  to  throw 
the  weight  of  his  feeling  of  moral  freedom  into  the  scales  of 
decision.  Nevertheless,  it  remains  a  matter  of  doubt  how  much 
his  seemingly  free  decision  has  a  causal,  and  possibly  uncon- 
scious, motivation.  This  may  be  quite  as  much  an  "act  of  God" 
as  any  natural  cataclysm.  The  problem  seems  to  me  unanswer- 
able, because  we  do  not  know  where  the  roots  of  the  feeling  of 
moral  freedom  lie;  and  yet  they  exist  no  less  surely  than  the 
instincts,  which  are  felt  as  compelling  forces. 

26 


THE  SELF 


50  All  in  all,  it  is  not  only  more  beneficial  but  more  "cor- 
rect" psychologically  to  explain  as  the  "will  of  God"  the  natural 
forces  that  appear  in  us  as  instincts.  In  this  way  we  find  our- 
selves living  in  harmony  with  the  habitus  of  our  ancestral  psy- 
chic life;  that  is,  we  function  as  man  has  functioned  at  all  times 
and  in  all  places.  The  existence  of  this  habitus  is  proof  of  its  via- 
bility, for,  if  it  were  not  viable,  all  those  who  obeyed  it  would 
long  since  have  perished  of  maladaptation.  On  the  other  hand, 
by  conforming  to  it  one  has  a  reasonable  life  expectancy.  When 
an  habitual  way  of  thinking  guarantees  as  much  as  this  there  is 
not  only  no  ground  for  declaring  it  incorrect  but,  on  the  con- 
trary, every  reason  to  take  it  as  "true"  or  "correct"  in  the  psy- 
chological sense.  Psychological  truths  are  not  metaphysical 
insights;  they  are  habitual  modes  of  thinking,  feeling,  and  be- 
having which  experience  has  proved  appropriate  and  useful. 

51  So  when  I  say  that  the  impulses  which  we  find  in  ourselves 
should  be  understood  as  the  "will  of  God,"  I  wish  to  emphasize 
that  they  ought  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  arbitrary  wishing  and 
willing,  but  as  absolutes  which  one  must  learn  how  to  handle 
correctly.  The  will  can  control  them  only  in  part.  It  may  be  able 
to  suppress  them,  but  it  cannot  alter  their  nature,  and  what  is 
suppressed  comes  up  again  in  another  place  in  altered  form,  but 
this  time  loaded  with  a  resentment  that  makes  the  otherwise 
harmless  natural  impulse  our  enemy.  I  should  also  like  the  term 
"God"  in  the  phrase  "the  will  of  God"  to  be  understood  not  so 
much  in  the  Christian  sense  as  in  the  sense  intended  by  Diotima, 
when  she  said:  "Eros,  dear  Socrates,  is  a  mighty  daemon."  The 
Greek  words  daimon  and  daimonion  express  a  determining 
power  which  comes  upon  man  from  outside,  like  providence  or 
fate,  though  the  ethical  decision  is  left  to  man.  He  must  know, 
however,  what  he  is  deciding  about  and  what  he  is  doing.  Then, 
if  he  obeys  he  is  following  not  just  his  own  opinion,  and  if  he 
rejects  he  is  destroying  not  just  his  own  invention. 

52  The  purely  biological  or  scientific  standpoint  falls  short  in 
psychology  because  it  is,  in  the  main,  intellectual  only.  That 
this  should  be  so  is  not  a  disadvantage,  since  the  methods  of 
natural  science  have  proved  of  great  heuristic  value  in  psycho- 
logical research.  But  the  psychic  phenomenon  cannot  be  grasped 
in  its  totality  by  the  intellect,  for  it  consists  not  only  of  mean- 
ing but  also  of  value,  and  this  depends  on  the  intensity  of  the 

27 


AION 


accompanying  feeling-tones.  Hence  at  least  the  two  "rational" 
functions B  are  needed  in  order  to  map  out  anything  like  a  com- 
plete diagram  of  a  given  psychic  content. 
53  If,  therefore,  in  dealing  with  psychic  contents  one  makes 
allowance  not  only  for  intellectual  judgments  but  for  value 
judgments  as  well,  not  only  is  the  result  a  more  complete  picture 
of  the  content  in  question,  but  one  also  gets  a  better  idea  of  the 
particular  position  it  holds  in  the  hierarchy  of  psychic  contents 
in  general.  The  feeling-value  is  a  very  important  criterion  which 
psychology  cannot  do  without,  because  it  determines  in  large 
measure  the  role  which  the  content  will  play  in  the  psychic 
economy.  That  is  to  say,  the  affective  value  gives  the  measure  of 
the  intensity  of  an  idea,  and  the  intensity  in  its  turn  expresses 
that  idea's  energic  tension,  its  effective  potential.  The  shadow, 
for  instance,  usually  has  a  decidedly  negative  feeling- value, 
while  the  anima,  like  the  animus,  has  more  of  a  positive  one. 
Whereas  the  shadow  is  accompanied  by  more  or  less  definite 
and  describable  feeling-tones,  the  anima  and  animus  exhibit 
feeling  qualities  that  are  harder  to  define.  Mostly  they  are  felt 
to  be  fascinating  or  numinous.  Often  they  are  surrounded  by  an 
atmosphere  of  sensitivity,  touchy  reserve,  secretiveness,  painful 
intimacy,  and  even  absoluteness.  The  relative  autonomy  of  the 
anima-  and  animus-figures  expresses  itself  in  these  qualities.  In 
order  of  affective  rank  they  stand  to  the  shadow  very  much  as 
the  shadow  stands  in  relation  to  ego-consciousness.  The  main 
affective  emphasis  seems  to  lie  on  the  latter;  at  any  rate  it  is 
able,  by  means  of  a  considerable  expenditure  of  energy,  to 
repress  the  shadow,  at  least  temporarily.  But  if  for  any  reason 
the  unconscious  gains  the  upper  hand,  then  the  valency  of  the 
shadow  and  of  the  other  figures  increases  proportionately,  so 
that  the  scale  of  values  is  reversed.  What  lay  furthest  away  from 
waking  consciousness  and  seemed  unconscious  assumes,  as  it 
were,  a  threatening  shape,  and  the  affective  value  increases  the 
higher  up  the  scale  you  go:  ego-consciousness,  shadow,  anima, 
self.  This  reversal  of  the  conscious  waking  state  occurs  regularly 
during  the  transition  from  waking  to  sleeping,  and  what  then 
emerge  most  vividly  are  the  very  things  that  were  unconscious 
by  day.  Every  abaissement  du  niveau  mental  brings  about  a 
relative  reversal  of  values. 


5  Cf.  Psychological  Types,  Deis.,  "Rational"  and  "Irrational. 

28 


THE   SELF 


54  I  am  speaking  here  of  the  subjective  feeling- value,  which  is 
subject  to  the  more  or  less  periodic  changes  described  above. 
But  there  are  also  objective  values  which  are  founded  on  a  con- 
sensus omnium— moral,  aesthetic,  and  religious  values,  for 
instance,  and  these  are  universally  recognized  ideals  or  feeling- 
toned  collective  ideas  (Levy-Bruhl's  "representations  collec- 
tives").6 The  subjective  feeling-tones  or  "value  quanta"  are 
easily  recognized  by  the  kind  and  number  of  constellations,  or 
symptoms  of  disturbance,7  they  produce.  Collective  ideals  often 
have  no  subjective  feeling-tone,  but  nevertheless  retain  their 
feeling-value.  This  value,  therefore,  cannot  be  demonstrated 
by  subjective  symptoms,  though  it  may  be  by  the  attributes 
attaching  to  these  collective  ideas  and  by  their  characteristic 
symbolism,  quite  apart  from  their  suggestive  effect. 

55  The  problem  has  a  practical  aspect,  since  it  may  easily  hap- 
pen that  a  collective  idea,  though  significant  in  itself,  is— be- 
cause of  its  lack  of  subjective  feeling- tone— represented  in  a 
dream  only  by  a  subsidiary  attribute,  as  when  a  god  is  repre- 
sented by  his  theriomorphic  attribute,  etc.  Conversely,  the  idea 
may  appear  in  consciousness  lacking  the  affective  emphasis  that 
properly  belongs  to  it,  and  must  then  be  transposed  back  into 
its  archetypal  context— a  task  that  is  usually  discharged  by  poets 
and  prophets.  Thus  Holderlin,  in  his  "Hymn  to  Liberty,"  lets 
this  concept,  worn  stale  by  frequent  use  and  misuse,  rise  up 
again  in  its  pristine  splendour: 

Since  her  arm  out  of  the  dust  has  raised  me, 
Beats  my  heart  so  boldly  and  serene; 
And  my  cheek  still  tingles  with  her  kisses, 
Flushed  and  glowing  where  her  lips  have  been. 
Every  word  she  utters,  by  her  magic 
Rises  new-created,  without  flaw; 
Hearken  to  the  tidings  of  my  goddess, 
Hearken  to  the  Sovereign,  and  adore!  8 

56  It  is  not  difficult  to  see  here  that  the  idea  of  liberty  has  been 
changed  back  to  its  original  dramatic  state— into  the  shining 


6  Les  Fonctions  mentales  dans  les  societis  inferieures. 
1  "On  Psychic  Energy,"  pars.  14ft.,  2off. 
ZSamtliche  Werke,  I,  p.  126. 

29 


AION 


figure  of  the  anima,  freed  from  the  weight  of  the  earth  and  the 
tyranny  of  the  senses,  the  psychopomp  who  leads  the  way  to  the 
Elysian  fields. 

57  The  first  case  we  mentioned,  where  the  collective  idea  is 
represented  in  a  dream  by  a  lowly  aspect  of  itself,  is  certainly  the 
more  frequent:  the  "goddess"  appears  as  a  black  cat,  and  the 
Deity  as  the  lapis  exilis  (stone  of  no  worth).  Interpretation  then 
demands  a  knowledge  of  certain  things  which  have  less  to  do 
with  zoology  and  mineralogy  than  with  the  existence  of  an  his- 
torical consensus  omnium  in  regard  to  the  object  in  question. 
These  "mythological"  aspects  are  always  present,  even  though 
in  a  given  case  they  may  be  unconscious.  If  for  instance  one 
doesn't  happen  to  recall,  when  considering  whether  to  paint  the 
garden  gate  green  or  white,  that  green  is  the  colour  of  life  and 
hope,  the  symbolic  aspect  of  "green"  is  nevertheless  present  as 
an  unconscious  sous-entendu.  So  we  find  something  which  has 
the  highest  significance  for  the  life  of  the  unconscious  standing 
lowest  on  the  scale  of  conscious  values,  and  vice  versa.  The  fig- 
ure of  the  shadow  already  belongs  to  the  realm  of  bodiless  phan- 
toms—not to  speak  of  anima  and  animus,  which  do  not  seem  to 
appear  at  all  except  as  projections  upon  our  fellow  human  be- 
ings. As  for  the  self,  it  is  completely  outside  the  personal  sphere, 
and  appears,  if  at  all,  only  as  a  religious  mythologem,  and  its 
symbols  range  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest.  Anyone  who  iden- 
tifies with  the  daylight  half  of  his  psychic  life  will  therefore 
declare  the  dreams  of  the  night  to  be  null  and  void,  notwith- 
standing that  the  night  is  as  long  as  the  day  and  that  all  con- 
sciousness is  manifestly  founded  on  unconsciousness,  is  rooted 
in  it  and  every  night  is  extinguished  in  it.  What  is  more,  psycho- 
pathology  knows  with  tolerable  certainty  what  the  unconscious 
can  do  to  the  conscious,  and  for  this  reason  devotes  to  the  un- 
conscious an  attention  that  often  seems  incomprehensible  to  the 
layman.  We  know,  for  instance,  that  what  is  small  by  day  is  big 
at  night,  and  the  other  way  round;  thus  we  also  know  that 
besides  the  small  by  day  there  always  looms  the  big  by  night, 
even  when  it  is  invisible. 

58  This  knowledge  is  an  essential  prerequisite  for  any  integra- 
tion—that is  to  say  a  content  can  only  be  integrated  when  its 
double  aspect  has  become  conscious  and  when  it  is  grasped  not 
merely  intellectually  but  understood  according  to  its  feeling- 

30 


THE    SELF 


value.  Intellect  and  feeling,  however,  are  difficult  to  put  into 
one  harness— they  conflict  with  one  another  by  definition.  Who- 
ever identifies  with  an  intellectual  standpoint  will  occasionally 
find  his  feeling  confronting  him  like  an  enemy  in  the  guise  of 
the  anima;  conversely,  an  intellectual  animus  will  make  violent 
attacks  on  the  feeling  standpoint.  Therefore,  anyone  who  wants 
to  achieve  the  difficult  feat  of  realizing  something  not  only  intel- 
lectually, but  also  according  to  its  feeling-value,  must  for  better 
or  worse  come  to  grips  with  the  anima /animus  problem  in  order 
to  open  the  way  for  a  higher  union,  a  coniunctio  oppositorum. 
This  is  an  indispensable  prerequisite  for  wholeness. 
59  Although  "wholeness"  seems  at  first  sight  to  be  nothing  but 
an  abstract  idea  (like  anima  and  animus),  it  is  nevertheless  em- 
pirical in  so  far  as  it  is  anticipated  by  the  psyche  in  the  form  of 
spontaneous  or  autonomous  symbols.  These  are  the  quaternity 
or  mandala  symbols,  which  occur  not  only  in  the  dreams  of 
modern  people  who  have  never  heard  of  them,  but  are  widely 
disseminated  in  the  historical  records  of  many  peoples  and  many 
epochs.  Their  significance  as  symbols  of  unity  and  totality  is 
amply  confirmed  by  history  as  well  as  by  empirical  psychology. 
What  at  first  looks  like  an  abstract  idea  stands  in  reality  for 
something  that  exists  and  can  be  experienced,  that  demonstrates 
its  a  priori  presence  spontaneously.  Wholeness  is  thus  an  objec- 
tive factor  that  confronts  the  subject  independently  of  him,  like 
anima  or  animus;  and  just  as  the  latter  have  a  higher  position  in 
the  hierarchy  than  the  shadow,  so  wholeness  lays  claim  to  a  posi- 
tion and  a  value  superior  to  those  of  the  syzygy.  The  syzygy 
seems  to  represent  at  least  a  substantial  portion  of  it,  if  not  ac- 
tually two  halves  of  the  totality  formed  by  the  royal  brother- 
sister  pair,  and  hence  the  tension  of  opposites  from  which  the 
divine  child  9  is  born  as  the  symbol  of  unity. 

Unity  and  totality  stand  at  the  highest  point  on  the  scale  of 
objective  values  because  their  symbols  can  no  longer  be  distin- 
guished from  the  imago  Dei.  Hence  all  statements  about  the 
God-image  apply  also  to  the  empirical  symbols  of  totality.  Expe- 
rience shows  that  individual  mandalas  are  symbols  of  order,  and 
that  they  occur  in  patients  principally  during  times  of  psychic 

»C£.  my  "Psychology  of  the  Child  Archetype";   also  Psychology  and  Alchemy, 
index,  s.v.  "Alius  Philosophorum,"  "child,"  "hermaphrodite." 

31 


60 


AION 

disorientation  or  re-orientation.  As  magic  circles  they  bind  and 
subdue  the  lawless  powers  belonging  to  the  world  of  darkness, 
and  depict  or  create  an  order  that  transforms  the  chaos  into  a 
cosmos.10  The  mandala  at  first  comes  into  the  conscious  mind  as 
an  unimpressive  point  or  dot,11  and  a  great  deal  of  hard  and 
painstaking  work  as  well  as  the  integration  of  many  projections 
are  generally  required  before  the  full  range  of  the  symbol  can 
be  anything  like  completely  understood.  If  this  insight  were 
purely  intellectual  it  could  be  achieved  without  much  difficulty, 
for  the  world-wide  pronouncements  about  the  God  within  us 
and  above  us,  about  Christ  and  the  corpus  mysticum,  the  per- 
sonal and  suprapersonal  atman,  etc.,  are  all  formulations  that 
can  easily  be  mastered  by  the  philosophic  intellect.  This  is  the 
common  source  of  the  illusion  that  one  is  then  in  possession  of 
the  thing  itself.  But  actually  one  has  acquired  nothing  more 
than  its  name,  despite  the  age-old  prejudice  that  the  name  mag- 
ically represents  the  thing,  and  that  it  is  sufficient  to  pronounce 
the  name  in  order  to  posit  the  thing's  existence.  In  the  course 
of  the  millennia  the  reasoning  mind  has  been  given  every  oppor- 
tunity to  see  through  the  futility  of  this  conceit,  though  that  has 
done  nothing  to  prevent  the  intellectual  mastery  of  a  thing  from 
being  accepted  at  its  face  value.  It  is  precisely  our  experiences 
in  psychology  which  demonstrate  as  plainly  as  could  be  wished 
that  the  intellectual  "grasp"  of  a  psychological  fact  produces  no 
more  than  a  concept  of  it,  and  that  a  concept  is  no  more  than  a 
name,  a  flatus  vocis.  These  intellectual  counters  can  be  bandied 
about  easily  enough.  They  pass  lightly  from  hand  to  hand,  for 
they  have  no  weight  or  substance.  They  sound  full  but  are  hol- 
low; and  though  purporting  to  designate  a  heavy  task  and  obli- 
gation, they  commit  us  to  nothing.  The  intellect  is  undeniably 
useful  in  its  own  field,  but  is  a  great  cheat  and  illusionist  outside 
of  it  whenever  it  tries  to  manipulate  values. 
61  It  would  seem  that  one  can  pursue  any  science  with  the  intel- 
lect alone  except  psychology,  whose  subject— the  psyche— has 
more  than  the  two  aspects  mediated  by  sense-perception  and 
thinking.  The  function  of  value— feeling— is  an  integral  part  of 
our  conscious  orientation  and  ought  not  to  be  missing  in  a  psy- 
chological judgment  of  any  scope,  otherwise  the  model  we  are 
trying  to  build  of  the  real  process  will  be  incomplete.  Every 

10  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  Part  II,  ch.  3.  11  [Cf.  infra,  par.  340.] 

32 


THE    SELF 


psychic  process  has  a  value  quality  attached  to  it,  namely  its 
feeling-tone.  This  indicates  the  degree  to  which  the  subject  is 
affected  by  the  process  or  how  much  it  means  to  him  (in  so  far 
as  the  process  reaches  consciousness  at  all).  It  is  through  the 
"affect"  that  the  subject  becomes  involved  and  so  comes  to  feel 
the  whole  weight  of  reality.  The  difference  amounts  roughly  to 
that  between  a  severe  illness  which  one  reads  about  in  a  text- 
book and  the  real  illness  which  one  has.  In  psychology  one  pos- 
sesses nothing  unless  one  has  experienced  it  in  reality.  Hence  a 
purely  intellectual  insight  is  not  enough,  because  one  knows 
only  the  words  and  not  the  substance  of  the  thing  from  inside. 

62  There  are  far  more  people  who  are  afraid  of  the  unconscious 
than  one  would  expect.  They  are  even  afraid  of  their  own 
shadow.  And  when  it  comes  to  the  anima  and  animus,  this  fear 
turns  to  panic.  For  the  syzygy  does  indeed  represent  the  psychic 
contents  that  irrupt  into  consciousness  in  a  psychosis  (most 
clearly  of  all  in  the  paranoid  forms  of  schizophrenia).12  The 
overcoming  of  this  fear  is  often  a  moral  achievement  of  un- 
usual magnitude,  and  yet  it  is  not  the  only  condition  that  must 
be  fulfilled  on  the  way  to  a  real  experience  of  the  self. 

63  The  shadow,  the  syzygy,  and  the  self  are  psychic  factors  of 
which  an  adequate  picture  can  be  formed  only  on  the  basis  of 
a  fairly  thorough  experience  of  them.  Just  as  these  concepts 
arose  out  of  an  experience  of  reality,  so  they  can  be  elucidated 
only  by  further  experience.  Philosophical  criticism  will  find 
everything  to  object  to  in  them  unless  it  begins  by  recognizing 
that  they  are  concerned  with  facts,  and  that  the  "concept"  is 
simply  an  abbreviated  description  or  definition  of  these  facts. 
Such  criticism  has  as  little  effect  on  the  object  as  zoological  criti- 
cism on  a  duck-billed  platypus.  It  is  not  the  concept  that  mat- 
ters; the  concept  is  only  a  word,  a  counter,  and  it  has  meaning 
and  use  only  because  it  stands  for  a  certain  sum  of  experience. 
Unfortunately  I  cannot  pass  on  this  experience  to  my  public. 
I  have  tried  in  a  number  of  publications,  with  the  help  of  case 
material,  to  present  the  nature  of  these  experiences  and  also  the 
method  of  obtaining  them.  Wherever  my  methods  were  really 
applied  the  facts  I  give  have  been  confirmed.  One  could  see  the 

12  A  classic  case  is  the  one  published  by  Nelken:  "Analytische  Beobachtungen 
uber  Phantasien  eines  Schizophrenen."  Another  is  Schreber's  Memoirs  of  My 
Nervous  Illness. 


33 


AION 


moons  of  Jupiter  even  in  Galileo's  day  if  one  took  the  trouble 
to  use  his  telescope. 

64  Outside  the  narrower  field  of  professional  psychology  these 
figures  meet  with  understanding  from  all  who  have  any  knowl- 
edge of  comparative  mythology.  They  have  no  difficulty  in  rec- 
ognizing the  shadow  as  the  adverse  representative  of  the  dark 
chthonic  world,  a  figure  whose  characteristics  are  universal.  The 
syzygy  is  immediately  comprehensible  as  the  psychic  prototype 
of  all  divine  couples.  Finally  the  self,  on  account  of  its  empirical 
peculiarities,  proves  to  be  the  eidos  behind  the  supreme  ideas 
of  unity  and  totality  that  are  inherent  in  all  monotheistic  and 
monistic  systems. 

65  I  regard  these  parallels  as  important  because  it  is  possible, 
through  them,  to  relate  so-called  metaphysical  concepts,  which 
have  lost  their  root  connection  with  natural  experience,  to  liv- 
ing, universal  psychic  processes,  so  that  they  can  recover  their 
true  and  original  meaning.  In  this  way  the  connection  is  re- 
established between  the  ego  and  projected  contents  now  formu- 
lated as  "metaphysical"  ideas.  Unfortunately,  as  already  said, 
the  fact  that  metaphysical  ideas  exist  and  are  believed  in  does 
nothing  to  prove  the  actual  existence  of  their  content  or  of  the 
object  they  refer  to,  although  the  coincidence  of  idea  and  reality 
in  the  form  of  a  special  psychic  state,  a  state  of  grace,  should  not 
be  deemed  impossible,  even  if  the  subject  cannot  bring  it  about 
by  an  act  of  will.  Once  metaphysical  ideas  have  lost  their  capac- 
ity to  recall  and  evoke  the  original  experience  they  have  not 
only  become  useless  but  prove  to  be  actual  impediments  on  the 
road  to  wider  development.  One  clings  to  possessions  that  have 
once  meant  wealth;  and  the  more  ineffective,  incomprehensible, 
and  lifeless  they  become  the  more  obstinately  people  cling  to 
them.  (Naturally  it  is  only  sterile  ideas  that  they  cling  to;  living 
ideas  have  content  and  riches  enough,  so  there  is  no  need  to 
cling  to  them.)  Thus  in  the  course  of  time  the  meaningful  turns 
into  the  meaningless.  This  is  unfortunately  the  fate  of  meta- 
physical ideas. 

66  Today  it  is  a  real  problem  what  on  earth  such  ideas  can 
mean.  The  world— so  far  as  it  has  not  completely  turned  its  back 
on  tradition— has  long  ago  stopped  wanting  to  hear  a  "message"; 
it  would  rather  be  told  what  the  message  means.  The  words  that 
resound  from  the  pulpit  are  incomprehensible  and  cry  for  an 

34 


THE    SELF 


explanation.  How  has  the  death  of  Christ  brought  us  redemp- 
tion when  no  one  feels  redeemed?  In  what  way  is  Jesus  a  God- 
man  and  what  is  such  a  being?  What  is  the  Trinity  about,  and 
the  parthenogenesis,  the  eating  of  the  body  and  the  drinking  of 
the  blood,  and  all  the  rest  of  it?  What  connection  can  there  be 
between  the  world  of  such  concepts  and  the  everyday  world, 
whose  material  reality  is  the  concern  of  natural  science  on  the 
widest  possible  scale?  At  least  sixteen  hours  out  of  twenty-four 
we  live  exclusively  in  this  everyday  world,  and  the  remaining 
eight  we  spend  preferably  in  an  unconscious  condition.  Where 
and  when  does  anything  take  place  to  remind  us  even  remotely 
of  phenomena  like  angels,  miraculous  feedings,  beatitudes, 
the  resurrection  of  the  dead,  etc.?  It  was  therefore  something  of 
a  discovery  to  find  that  during  the  unconscious  state  of  sleep 
intervals  occur,  called  "dreams,"  which  occasionally  contain 
scenes  having  a  not  inconsiderable  resemblance  to  the  motifs  of 
mythology.  For  myths  are  miracle  tales  and  treat  of  all  those 
things  which,  very  often,  are  also  objects  of  belief. 
67  In  the  everyday  world  of  consciousness  such  things  hardly 
exist;  that  is  to  say,  until  1933  only  lunatics  would  have  been 
found  in  possession  of  living  fragments  of  mythology.  After  this 
date  the  world  of  heroes  and  monsters  spread  like  a  devastating 
fire  over  whole  nations,  proving  that  the  strange  world  of  myth 
had  suffered  no  loss  of  vitality  during  the  centuries  of  reason 
and  enlightenment.  If  metaphysical  ideas  no  longer  have  such  a 
fascinating  effect  as  before,  this  is  certainly  not  due  to  any  lack 
of  primitivity  in  the  European  psyche,  but  simply  and  solely  to 
the  fact  that  the  erstwhile  symbols  no  longer  express  what  is 
now  welling  up  from  the  unconscious  as  the  end-result  of  the 
development  of  Christian  consciousness  through  the  centuries. 
This  end-result  is  a  true  antimimon  pneuma,  a  false  spirit  of 
arrogance,  hysteria,  woolly-mindedness,  criminal  amorality,  and 
doctrinaire  fanaticism,  a  purveyor  of  shoddy  spiritual  goods, 
spurious  art,  philosophical  stutterings,  and  Utopian  humbug, 
fit  only  to  be  fed  wholesale  to  the  mass  man  of  today.  That  is 
what  the  post-Christian  spirit  looks  like. 


35 


CHRIST,  A  SYMBOL  OF  THE  SELF 

68  The  dechristianization  of  our  world,  the  Luciferian  develop- 
ment of  science  and  technology,  and  the  frightful  material  and 
moral  destruction  left  behind  by  the  second  World  War  have 
been  compared  more  than  once  with  the  eschatological  events 
foretold  in  the  New  Testament.  These,  as  we  know,  are  con- 
cerned with  the  coming  of  the  Antichrist:  "This  is  Antichrist, 
who  denieth  the  Father  and  the  Son."  x  "Every  spirit  that  dis- 
solved! Jesus  ...  is  Antichrist  ...  of  whom  you  have  heard 
that  he  cometh."  2  The  Apocalypse  is  full  of  expectations  of  ter- 
rible things  that  will  take  place  at  the  end  of  time,  before  the 
marriage  of  the  Lamb.  This  shows  plainly  that  the  anima  Chris- 
tiana has  a  sure  knowledge  not  only  of  the  existence  of  an 
adversary  but  also  of  his  future  usurpation  of  power. 

69  Why— my  reader  will  ask— do  I  discourse  here  upon  Christ 
and  his  adversary,  the  Antichrist?  Our  discourse  necessarily 
brings  us  to  Christ,  because  he  is  the  still  living  myth  of  our 
culture.  He  is  our  culture  hero,  who,  regardless  of  his  historical 
existence,  embodies  the  myth  of  the  divine  Primordial  Man,  the 
mystic  Adam.  It  is  he  who  occupies  the  centre  of  the  Christian 
mandala,  who  is  the  Lord  of  the  Tetramorph,  i.e.,  the  four  sym- 
bols of  the  evangelists,  which  are  like  the  four  columns  of  his 
throne.  He  is  in  us  and  we  in  him.  His  kingdom  is  the  pearl  of 
great  price,  the  treasure  buried  in  the  field,  the  grain  of  mus- 
tard seed  which  will  become  a  great  tree,  and  the  heavenly 

1 1  John  2  :  22  (DV). 

2  I  John  4  :  3  (DV).  The  traditional  view  of  the  Church  is  based  on  II  Thessalo- 
nians  2  :  3ff.,  which  speaks  of  the  apostasy,  of  the  SivOpw-rros  rijs  avofxias  (man  of 
lawlessness)  and  the  vlbs  rijs  d7rw\et'as  (son  of  perdition)  who  herald  the  coming  of 
the  Lord.  This  "lawless  one"  will  set  himself  up  in  the  place  of  God,  but  will 
finally  be  slain  by  the  Lord  Jesus  "with  the  breath  of  his  mouth."  He  will  work 
wonders  /car'  evepyeiav  rod  oarava.  (according  to  the  working  of  Satan).  Above  all, 
he  will  reveal  himself  by  his  lying  and  deceitfulness.  Daniel  1 1  :  36ft.  is  regarded 
as  a  prototype. 

36 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF   THE   SELF 


city.8  As  Christ  is  in  us,  so  also  is  his  heavenly  kingdom.4 
7°  These  few,  familiar  references  should  be  sufficient  to  make 
the  psychological  position  of  the  Christ  symbol  quite  clear. 
Christ  exemplifies  the  archetype  of  the  self.5  He  represents  a 
totality  of  a  divine  or  heavenly  kind,  a  glorified  man,  a  son  of 
God  sine  macula  peccati,  unspotted  by  sin.  As  Adam  secundus 
he  corresponds  to  the  first  Adam  before  the  Fall,  when  the  latter 
was  still  a  pure  image  of  God,  of  which  Tertullian  (d.  222)  says: 
"And  this  therefore  is  to  be  considered  as  the  image  of  God  in 
man,  that  the  human  spirit  has  the  same  motions  and  senses  as 
God  has,  though  not  in  the  same  way  as  God  has  them."  6  Origen 
(185-254)  is  very  much  more  explicit:  The  imago  Dei  imprinted 
on  the  soul,  not  on  the  body,7  is  an  image  of  an  image,  "for  my 
soul  is  not  directly  the  image  of  God,  but  is  made  after  the  like- 
ness of  the  former  image."8  Christ,  on  the  other  hand,  is  the 

3  For  "city"  cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pp.  104s. 

4  'H  paaiXela  rov  6eov  ivrbs  vfiwv  toriv  (The  kingdom  of  God  is  within  you  [or 
"among  you"]).  "The  kingdom  of  God  cometh  not  with  observation:  neither  shall 
they  say,  Lo  here!  or,  lo  there!"  for  it  is  within  and  everywhere.  (Luke  17  :  2of.) 
"It  is  not  of  this  [external]  world."  (John  18  :  36.)  The  likeness  of  the  kingdom 
of  God  to  man  is  explicitly  stated  in  the  parable  of  the  sower  (Matthew  13  :  24, 
Cf.  also  Matthew  13  :  45,  18  :  23,  22  :  2).  The  papyrus  fragments  from  Oxyrhyn- 
chus  say:  .  .  .  if  /3ao-[i\eta  riav  ovpavtav]  ivrbs  v/xcov  [£]<TTt  [xai  forris  Sip  eavrbv] 
yvu>  ravTtjv  evp'ij[cei\  eavrovs  yvwaeade  kt\.  (The  kingdom  of  heaven  is  within  you, 
and  whosoever  knoweth  himself  shall  find  it.  Know  yourselves.)  Cf.  James,  The 
Apocryphal  New  Testament,  p.  26,  and  Grenfell  and  Hunt,  New  Sayings  of 
Jesus,  p.  15. 

5  Cf.  my  observations  on  Christ  as  archetype  in  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the 
Dogma  of  the  Trinity,"  pars.  226ff. 

6  "Et  haec  ergo  imago  censenda  est  Dei  in  homine,  quod  eosdem  motus  et  sensus 
habeat  humanus  animus,  quos  et  Deus,  licet  non  tales  quales  Deus"  (Adv.  Mar- 
cion.,  II,  xvi;  in  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  2,  col.  304). 

7  Contra  Celsum,  VIII,  49  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11,  col.  1590):  "In  anima,  non  in 
corpore  impressus  sit  imaginis  conditoris  character"  (The  character  of  the  image 
of  the  Creator  is  imprinted  on  the  soul,  not  on  the  body).  (Cf.  trans,  by  H.  Chad- 
wick,  p.  488.) 

8  In  Lucam  homilia,  VIII  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  13,  col.  1820):  "Si  considerem  Domi- 
num  Salvatorem  imaginem  esse  invisibilis  Dei,  et  videam  animam  meam  factam 
ad  imaginem  conditoris,  ut  imago  esset  imaginis:  neque  enim  anima  mea  spe- 
cialiter  imago  est  Dei,  sed  ad  similitudinem  imaginis  prioris  effecta  est"  (If  I 
consider  that  the  Lord  and  Saviour  is  the  image  of  the  invisible  God,  I  see  that 
my  soul  is  made  after  the  image  of  the  Creator,  so  as  to  be  an  image  of  an  image; 
for  my  soul  is  not  directly  the  image  of  God,  but  is  made  after  the  likeness  of  the 
former  image). 

37 


AION 

true  image  of  God,9  after  whose  likeness  our  inner  man  is  made, 
invisible,  incorporeal,  incorrupt,  and  immortal.10  The  God- 
image  in  us  reveals  itself  through  "prudentia,  iustitia,  modera- 
tio,  virtus,  sapientia  et  disciplina."  u 
71  St.  Augustine  (354-430)  distinguishes  between  the  God- 
image  which  is  Christ  and  the  image  which  is  implanted  in 
man  as  a  means  or  possibility  of  becoming  like  God.12  The  God- 
image  is  not  in  the  corporeal  man,  but  in  the  anima  rationalis, 
the  possession  of  which  distinguishes  man  from  animals.  "The 
God-image  is  within,  not  in  the  body.  .  .  .  Where  the  under- 
standing is,  where  the  mind  is,  where  the  power  of  investigating 
truth  is,  there  God  has  his  image."  13  Therefore  we  should  re- 
mind ourselves,  says  Augustine,  that  we  are  fashioned  after  the 
image  of  God  nowhere  save  in  the  understanding:  ".  .  .  but 
where  man  knows  himself  to  be  made  after  the  image  of  God, 

9  De  principiis,  I,  ii,  8  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11,  col.  156):  "Salvator  figura  est  sub- 
stantiae  vel  subsistentiae  Dei"  (The  Saviour  is  the  figure  of  the  substance  or  sub- 
sistence of  God).  In  Genesim  homilia,  I,  13  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  156):  "Quae 
est  ergo  alia  imago  Dei  ad  cuius  imaginis  similitudinem  factus  est  homo,  nisi 
Salvator  noster,  qui  est  primogenitus  omnis  creaturae?"  (What  else  therefore  is 
the  image  of  God  after  the  likeness  of  which  image  man  was  made,  but  our 
Saviour,  who  is  the  first  born  of  every  creature?)  Selecta  in  Genesim,  IX,  6 
(Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  107):  "Imago  autem  Dei  invisibilis  salvator"  (But  the 
image  of  the  invisible  God  is  the  saviour). 

10  in  Gen.  horn.,  I,  13  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  155):  "Is  autem  qui  ad  imaginem 
Dei  factus  est  et  ad  similitudinem,  interior  homo  noster  est,  invisibilis  et  incor- 
poralis,  et  incorruptus  atque  immortalis"  (But  that  which  is  made  after  the  image 
and  similitude  of  God  is  our  inner  man,  invisible,  incorporeal,  incorrupt,  and 
immortal). 

11  De  princip.,  IV,  37  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11,  col.  412). 

12  Retractationes,  I,  xxvi  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  32,  col.  626):  "(Unigenitus)  .  .  .  tan- 
tummodo  imago  est,  non  ad  imaginem"  (The  Only-Begotten  .  .  .  alone  is  the 
image,  not  after  the  image). 

13  Enarrationes  in  Psalmos,  XLVIII,  Sermo  II  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  36,  col.  564): 
"Imago  Dei  intus  est,  non  est  in  corpore  .  .  .  ubi  est  intellectus,  ubi  est  mens, 
ubi  ratio  investigandae  veritatis  etc.  ibi  habet  Deus  imaginem  suam."  Also  ibid., 
Psalm  XLII,  6  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  36,  col.  480):  "Ergo  intelligimus  habere  nos 
aliquid  ubi  imago  Dei  est,  mentem  scilicet  atque  rationem"  (Therefore  we  under- 
stand that  we  have  something  in  which  the  image  of  God  is,  namely  mind  and 
reason).  Sermo  XC,  10  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  38,  col.  566):  "Veritas  quaeritur  in  Dei 
imagine"  (Truth  is  sought  in  the  image  of  God),  but  against  this  the  Liber  de 
vera  religione  says:  "in  interiore  homine  habitat  Veritas"  (truth  dwells  in  the 
inner  man).  From  this  it  is  clear  that  the  imago  Dei  coincides  with  the  interior 
homo. 

38 


CHRIST,    A    SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


there  he  knows  there  is  something  more  in  him  than  is  given  to 
the  beasts."  14  From  this  it  is  clear  that  the  God-image  is,  so  to 
speak,  identical  with  the  anima  rationalis.  The  latter  is  the 
higher  spiritual  man,  the  homo  coelestis  of  St  Paul.15  Like 
Adam  before  the  Fall,  Christ  is  an  embodiment  of  the  God- 
image,16  whose  totality  is  specially  emphasized  by  St.  Augustine. 
"The  Word,"  he  says,  "took  on  complete  manhood,  as  it  were  in 
its  fulness:  the  soul  and  body  of  a  man.  And  if  you  would  have 
me  put  it  more  exactly— since  even  a  beast  of  the  field  has  a  'soul' 
and  a  body— when  I  say  a  human  soul  and  human  flesh,  I  mean 
he  took  upon  him  a  complete  human  soul."  17 
72  The  God-image  in  man  was  not  destroyed  by  the  Fall  but 
was  only  damaged  and  corrupted  ("deformed"),  and  can  be 
restored  through  God's  grace.  The  scope  of  the  integration  is 
suggested  by  the  descensus  ad  inferos,  the  descent  of  Christ's 
soul  to  hell,  its  work  of  redemption  embracing  even  the  dead. 
The  psychological  equivalent  of  this  is  the  integration  of  the 
collective  unconscious  which  forms  an  essential  part  of  the  indi- 
viduation process.  St.  Augustine  says:  "Therefore  our  end  must 
be  our  perfection,  but  our  perfection  is  Christ,"  18  since  he  is  the 
perfect  God-image.  For  this  reason  he  is  also  called  "King."  His 
bride  (sponsa)  is  the  human  soul,  which  "in  an  inwardly  hidden 
spiritual  mystery  is  joined  to  the  Word,  that  two  may  be  in  one 
flesh,"  to  correspond  with  the  mystic  marriage  of  Christ  and  the 
Church.19  Concurrently  with   the  continuance  of  this   hieros 

14  Enarr.  in  Ps.,  LIV,  3  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  36,  col.  629):  "...  ubi  autem  homo 
ad  imaginem  Dei  factum  se  novit,  ibi  aliquid  in  se  agnoscit  amplius  esse  quam 
datum  est  pecoribus." 

15  1  Cor.  15  :  47. 

16  In  Joannis  Evangelium,  Tract.  LXXVIII,  3  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  35,  col.  1836): 
"Christus  est  Deus,  anima  rationalis  et  caro"  (Christ  is  God,  a  rational  soul  and 
a  body). 

17  Sermo  CCXXXVII,  4  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  38,  col.  1124):  "(Verbum)  suscepit  totum 
quasi  plenum  hominem,  animam  et  corpus  hominis.  Et  si  aliquid  scrupulosius 
vis  audire;  quia  animam  et  carnem  habet  et  pecus,  cum  dico  animam  humanam 
et  carnem  humanam,  totam  animam  humanam  accepit." 

18  Enarr.  in  Ps.,  LIV,  1  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  36,  col.  628). 

19  Contra  Faustum,  XXII,  38  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  42,  col.  424):  "Est  enim  et  sancta 
Ecclesia  Domino  Jesu  Christo  in  occulto  uxor.  Occulte  quippe  atque  intus  in 
abscondito  secreto  spirituali  anima  humana  inhaeret  Verbo  Dei,  ut  sint  duo  in 
carne  una."  Cf.  St.  Augustine's  Reply  to  Faustus  the  Manichaean  (trans,  by 
Richard  Stothert,  p.  433):  "The  holy  Church,  too,  is  in  secret  the  spouse  of  the 

39 


AION 

gamos  in  the  dogma  and  rites  of  the  Church,  the  symbolism 
developed  in  the  course  of  the  Middle  Ages  into  the  alchemical 
conjunction  of  opposites,  or  "chymical  wedding,"  thus  giving 
rise  on  the  one  hand  to  the  concept  of  the  lapis  philosophorum, 
signifying  totality,  and  on  the  other  hand  to  the  concept  of 
chemical  combination. 
73  The  God-image  in  man  that  was  damaged  by  the  first  sin 
can  be  ''reformed"20  with  the  help  of  God,  in  accordance  with 
Romans  12:2:  "And  be  not  conformed  to  this  world,  but  be 
transformed  by  the  renewal  of  your  mind,  that  you  may  prove 
what  is  .  .  .  the  will  of  God"  (RSV).  The  totality  images  which 
the  unconscious  produces  in  the  course  of  an  individuation 
process  are  similar  "reformations"  of  an  a  priori  archetype  (the 
mandala). 21  As  I  have  already  emphasized,  the  spontaneous  sym- 
bols of  the  self,  or  of  wholeness,  cannot  in  practice  be  distin- 
guished from  a  God-image.  Despite  the  word  ^era^op^ovaBe  ('be 
transformed')  in  the  Greek  text  of  the  above  quotation,  the 
"renewal"  (dyaKaiVwo-is,  reformatio)  of  the  mind  is  not  meant  as 
an  actual  alteration  of  consciousness,  but  rather  as  the  restora- 
tion of  an  original  condition,  an  apocatastasis.  This  is  in  exact 
agreement  with  the  empirical  findings  of  psychology,  that  there 
is  an  ever-present  archetype  of  wholeness22  which  may  easily 
disappear  from  the  purview  of  consciousness  or  may  never  be 
perceived  at  all  until  a  consciousness  illuminated  by  conversion 
recognizes  it  in  the  figure  of  Christ.  As  a  result  of  this  "anam- 
nesis" the  original  state  of  oneness  with  the  God-image  is  re- 
stored. It  brings  about  an  integration,  a  bridging  of  the  split  in 
the  personality  caused  by  the  instincts  striving  apart  in  different 
and  mutually  contradictory  directions.  The  only  time  the  split 

Lord  Jesus  Christ.  For  it  is  secretly,  and  in  the  hidden  depths  of  the  spirit,  that 
the  soul  of  man  is  joined  to  the  word  of  God,  so  that  they  are  two  in  one  flesh." 
St.  Augustine  is  referring  here  to  Eph.  5  :  3 if.:  "For  this  cause  shall  a  man  leave 
his  father  and  mother,  and  shall  be  joined  unto  his  wife,  and  they  two  shall  be 
one  flesh.  This  is  a  great  mystery:  but  I  speak  concerning  Christ  and  the  Church." 

20  Augustine,  De  Trinitate,  XIV,  22  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  42,  col.  1053):  "Reforma- 
mini  in  novitate  mentis  vostrae,  ut  incipiat  ilia  imago  ab  illo  reformari,  a  quo 
formata  est"  (Be  reformed  in  the  newness  of  your  mind;  the  beginning  of  the 
image's  reforming  must  come  from  him  who  first  formed  it)  (trans,  by  John 
Burnaby,  p.  120). 

21  Cf.  "Concerning  Mandala  Symbolism,"  in  Part  I  of  vol.  9. 

22  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  323ft. 

40 


CHRIST,   A   SYMBOL   OF   THE   SELF 


does  not  occur  is  when  a  person  is  still  as  legitimately  uncon- 
scious of  his  instinctual  life  as  an  animal.  But  it  proves  harmful 
and  impossible  to  endure  when  an  artificial  unconsciousness— 
a  repression— no  longer  reflects  the  life  of  the  instincts. 

74  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  original  Christian  concep- 
tion of  the  imago  Dei  embodied  in  Christ  meant  an  all- 
embracing  totality  that  even  includes  the  animal  side  of  man. 
Nevertheless  the  Christ-symbol  lacks  wholeness  in  the  modern 
psychological  sense,  since  it  does  not  include  the  dark  side  of 
things  but  specifically  excludes  it  in  the  form  of  a  Luciferian 
opponent.  Although  the  exclusion  of  the  power  of  evil  was 
something  the  Christian  consciousness  was  well  aware  of,  all  it 
lost  in  effect  was  an  insubstantial  shadow,  for,  through  the  doc- 
trine of  the  privatio  boni  first  propounded  by  Origen,  evil  was 
characterized  as  a  mere  diminution  of  good  and  thus  deprived 
of  substance.  According  to  the  teachings  of  the  Church,  evil  is 
simply  "the  accidental  lack  of  perfection."  This  assumption 
resulted  in  the  proposition  "omne  bonum  a  Deo,  omne  malum 
ab  homine."  Another  logical  consequence  was  the  subsequent 
elimination  of  the  devil  in  certain  Protestant  sects. 

75  Thanks  to  the  doctrine  of  the  privatio  boni,  wholeness 
seemed  guaranteed  in  the  figure  of  Christ.  One  must,  however, 
take  evil  rather  more  substantially  when  one  meets  it  on  the 
plane  of  empirical  psychology.  There  it  is  simply  the  opposite 
of  good.  In  the  ancient  world  the  Gnostics,  whose  arguments 
were  very  much  influenced  by  psychic  experience,  tackled  the 
problem  of  evil  on  a  broader  basis  than  the  Church  Fathers.  For 
instance,  one  of  the  things  they  taught  was  that  Christ  "cast  off 
his  shadow  from  himself."  23  If  we  give  this  view  the  weight  it 

23  Irenaeus  (Adversus  haereses,  II,  5,  1)  records  the  Gnostic  teaching  that  when 
Christ,  as  the  demiurgic  Logos,  created  his  mother's  being,  he  "cast  her  out  of 
the  Pleroma— that  is,  he  cut  her  off  from  knowledge."  For  creation  took  place 
outside  the  pleroma,  in  the  shadow  and  the  void.  According  to  Valentinus  {Adv. 
haer.,  I,  11,  1),  Christ  did  not  spring  from  the  Aeons  of  the  pleroma,  but  from  the 
mother  who  was  outside  it.  She  bore  him,  he  says,  "not  without  a  kind  of 
shadow."  But  he,  "being  masculine, '  cast  off  the  shadow  from  himself  and 
returned  to  the  Pleroma  (/cat  tovtov  [Xpierbv]  p.kv  are  &ppeva  vwapxovTa  diroKo^apra 
&<p'  eavrov  tt\v  aiaav,  avahpap-eiv  els  rb  ITX^pw^ia  kt\.),  while  his  mother,  "being  left 
behind  in  the  shadow,  and  deprived  of  spiritual  substance, '  there  gave  birth  to 
the  real  "Demiurge  and  Pantokrator  of  the  lower  world. '  But  the  shadow  which 
lies  over  the  world  is,  as  we  know  from  the  Gospels,  the  princeps  huius  mundi, 
the  devil.  Cf.  The  Writings  of  Irenaeus,  I,  pp.  45L 

41 


AION 

deserves,  we  can  easily  recognize  the  cut-off  counterpart  in  the 
figure  of  Antichrist.  The  Antichrist  develops  in  legend  as  a  per- 
verse imitator  of  Christ's  life.  He  is  a  true  avn/u/xov  wvevfia,  an 
imitating  spirit  of  evil  who  follows  in  Christ's  footsteps  like  a 
shadow  following  the  body.  This  complementing  of  the  bright 
but  one-sided  figure  of  the  Redeemer— we  even  find  traces  of  it 
in  the  New  Testament— must  be  of  especial  significance.  And 
indeed,  considerable  attention  was  paid  to  it  quite  early. 

76  If  we  see  the  traditional  figure  of  Christ  as  a  parallel  to  the 
psychic  manifestation  of  the  self,  then  the  Antichrist  would  cor- 
respond to  the  shadow  of  the  self,  namely  the  dark  half  of  the 
human  totality,  which  ought  not  to  be  judged  too  optimistically. 
So  far  as  we  can  judge  from  experience,  light  and  shadow  are  so 
evenly  distributed  in  man's  nature  that  his  psychic  totality 
appears,  to  say  the  least  of  it,  in  a  somewhat  murky  light.  The 
psychological  concept  of  the  self,  in  part  derived  from  our 
knowledge  of  the  whole  man,  but  for  the  rest  depicting  itself 
spontaneously  in  the  products  of  the  unconscious  as  an  arche- 
typal quaternity  bound  together  by  inner  antinomies,  cannot 
omit  the  shadow  that  belongs  to  the  light  figure,  for  without  it 
this  figure  lacks  body  and  humanity.  In  the  empirical  self,  light 
and  shadow  form  a  paradoxical  unity.  In  the  Christian  concept, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  archetype  is  hopelessly  split  into  two 
irreconcilable  halves,  leading  ultimately  to  a  metaphysical  dual- 
ism—the final  separation  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  from  the 
fiery  world  of  the  damned. 

77  For  anyone  who  has  a  positive  attitude  towards  Christianity 
the  problem  of  the  Antichrist  is  a  hard  nut  to  crack.  It  is  noth- 
ing less  than  the  counterstroke  of  the  devil,  provoked  by  God's 
Incarnation;  for  the  devil  attains  his  true  stature  as  the  adver- 
sary of  Christ,  and  hence  of  God,  only  after  the  rise  of  Chris- 
tianity, while  as  late  as  the  Book  of  Job  he  was  still  one  of  God's 
sons  and  on  familiar  terms  with  Yahweh.24  Psychologically  the 
case  is  clear,  since  the  dogmatic  figure  of  Christ  is  so  sublime 
and  spotless  that  everything  else  turns  dark  beside  it.  It  is,  in 
fact,  so  one-sidedly  perfect  that  it  demands  a  psychic  comple- 
ment to  restore  the  balance.  This  inevitable  opposition  led  very 
early  to  the  doctrine  of  the  two  sons  of  God,  of  whom  the  elder 

24  Cf.  R.  Scharf,  "Die  Gestalt  des  Satans  im  Alten  Testament." 

42 


CHRIST,    A    SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


was  called  Satanael.25  The  coming  of  the  Antichrist  is  not  just  a 
prophetic   prediction— it   is   an   inexorable   psychological    law 
whose  existence,  though  unknown  to  the  author  of  the  Johan- 
nine  Epistles,  brought  him  a  sure  knowledge  of  the  impending 
enantiodromia.  Consequently  he  wrote  as  if  he  were  conscious 
of  the  inner  necessity  for  this  transformation,  though  we  may  be 
sure  that  the  idea  seemed  to  him  like  a  divine  revelation.  In 
reality   every   intensified   differentiation   of   the    Christ-image 
brings  about  a  corresponding  accentuation  of  its  unconscious 
complement,  thereby  increasing  the  tension  between  above  and 
below. 
78         In  making  these  statements  we  are  keeping  entirely  within 
the  sphere  of  Christian  psychology  and  symbolism.  A  factor  that 
no  one  has  reckoned  with,  however,  is  the  fatality  inherent  in 
the  Christian  disposition  itself,  which  leads  inevitably  to  a  re- 
versal of  its  spirit — not  through  the  obscure  workings  of  chance 
but  in  accordance  with  psychological  law.  The  ideal  of  spiritu- 
ality striving  for  the  heights  was  doomed  to  clash  with  the  ma- 
terialistic earth-bound  passion  to  conquer  matter  and  master  the 
world.  This  change  became  visible  at  the  time  of  the  "Renais- 
sance." The  word  means  "rebirth,"  and  it  referred  to  the  re- 
newal of  the  antique  spirit.  We  know  today  that  this  spirit  was 
chiefly  a  mask;  it  was  not  the  spirit  of  antiquity  that  was  reborn, 
but  the  spirit  of  medieval  Christianity  that  underwent  strange 
pagan  transformations,  exchanging  the  heavenly  goal  for  an 
earthly  one,  and  the  vertical  of  the  Gothic  style  for  a  horizontal 
perspective  (voyages  of  discovery,  exploration  of  the  world  and 
of  nature).  The  subsequent  developments  that  led  to  the  En- 
lightenment and  the  French  Revolution  have  produced  a  world- 
wide situation  today  which  can  only  be  called  "antichristian"  in 
a  sense  that  confirms  the  early  Christian  anticipation  of  the  "end 
of  time."  It  is  as  if,  with  the  coming  of  Christ,  opposites  that 
were  latent  till  then  had  become  manifest,  or  as  if  a  pendu- 
lum had  swung  violently  to  one  side  and  were  now  carrying  out 
the  complementary  movement  in  the  opposite  direction.  No 
tree,  it  is  said,  can  grow  to  heaven  unless  its  roots  reach  down  to 
hell.  The  double  meaning  of  this  movement  lies  in  the  nature  of 
the  pendulum.  Christ  is  without  spot,  but  right  at  the  begin- 
ning of  his  career  there  occurs  the  encounter  with  Satan,  the 
25  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  par.  271. 

43 


AION 


Adversary,  who  represents  the  counterpole  of  that  tremendous 
tension  in  the  world  psyche  which  Christ's  advent  signified.  He 
is  the  "mysterium  iniquitatis"  that  accompanies  the  "sol  iusti- 
tiae"  as  inseparably  as  the  shadow  belongs  to  the  light,  in  exactly 
the  same  way,  so  the  Ebionites26  and  Euchites27  thought,  that 
one  brother  cleaves  to  the- other.  Both  strive  for  a  kingdom:  one 
for  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  the  other  for  the  "principatus  huius 
mundi."  We  hear  of  a  reign  of  a  "thousand  years"  and  of  a  "com- 
ing of  the  Antichrist,"  just  as  if  a  partition  of  worlds  and  epochs 
had  taken  place  between  two  royal  brothers.  The  meeting  with 
Satan  was  therefore  more  than  mere  chance;  it  was  a  link  in  the 
chain. 
79  Just  as  we  have  to  remember  the  gods  of  antiquity  in  order 
to  appreciate  the  psychological  value  of  the  anima /animus 
archetype,  so  Christ  is  our  nearest  analogy  of  the  self  and  its 
meaning.  It  is  naturally  not  a  question  of  a  collective  value 
artificially  manufactured  or  arbitrarily  awarded,  but  of  one  that 
is  effective  and  present  per  se,  and  that  makes  its  effectiveness 
felt  whether  the  subject  is  conscious  of  it  or  not.  Yet,  although 
the  attributes  of  Christ  (consubstantiality  with  the  Father,  co- 
eternity,  filiation,  parthenogenesis,  crucifixion,  Lamb  sacrificed 
between  opposites,  One  divided  into  Many,  etc.)  undoubtedly 
mark  him  out  as  an  embodiment  of  the  self,  looked  at  from  the 
psychological  angle  he  corresponds  to  only  one  half  of  the  arche- 
type. The  other  half  appears  in  the  Antichrist.  The  latter  is 
just  as  much  a  manifestation  of  the  self,  except  that  he  consists 
of  its  dark  aspect.  Both  are  Christian  symbols,  and  they  have  the 
same  meaning  as  the  image  of  the  Saviour  crucified  between  two 
thieves.  This  great  symbol  tells  us  that  the  progressive  develop- 
ment and  differentiation  of  consciousness  leads  to  an  ever  more 
menacing  awareness  of  the  conflict  and  involves  nothing  less 
than  a  crucifixion  of  the  ego,  its  agonizing  suspension  between 
irreconcilable  opposites.28  Naturally  there  can  be  no  question 

26  Jewish  Christians  who  formed  a  Gnostic-syncretistic  party. 

27  A  Gnostic  sect  mentioned  in  Epiphanius,  Panarium  adversus  octoginta  haereses, 
LXXX,  1-3,  and  in  Michael  Psellus,  De  daemonibus  (in  Marsilius  Ficinus,  Auc- 
tores  Platonici  [Iamblichus  de  mysteriis  Aegyptiorum],  Venice,  1497). 

28  "Oportuit  autem  ut  alter  illorum  extremorum  isque  optimus  appellaretur  Dei 
films  propter  suam  excellentiam;  alter  vero  ipsi  ex  diametro  oppositus,  mali  dae- 
monis,  Satanae  diabolique  filius  diceretur"  (But  it  is  fitting  that  one  of  these  two 
extremes,  and  that  the  best,  should  be  called  the  Son  of  God  because  of  his  excel- 


44 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF   THE    SELF 


of  a  total  extinction  of  the  ego,  for  then  the  focus  of  conscious- 
ness would  be  destroyed,  and  the  result  would  be  complete  un- 
consciousness. The  relative  abolition  of  the  ego  affects  only 
those  supreme  and  ultimate  decisions  which  confront  us  in 
situations  where  there  are  insoluble  conflicts  of  duty.  This 
means,  in  other  words,  that  in  such  cases  the  ego  is  a  suffering 
bystander  who  decides  nothing  but  must  submit  to  a  decision  and 
surrender  unconditionally.  The  "genius"  of  man,  the  higher 
and  more  spacious  part  of  him  whose  extent  no  one  knows,  has 
the  final  word.  It  is  therefore  well  to  examine  carefully  the  psy- 
chological aspects  of  the  individuation  process  in  the  light  of 
Christian  tradition,  which  can  describe  it  for  us  with  an  exact- 
ness and  impressiveness  far  surpassing  our  feeble  attempts,  even 
though  the  Christian  image  of  the  self— Christ— lacks  the  shadow 
that  properly  belongs  to  it. 
80  The  reason  for  this,  as  already  indicated,  is  the  doctrine  of 
the  Summum  Bonum.  Irenaeus  says  very  rightly,  in  refuting  the 

lence,  and  the  other,  diametrically  opposed  to  him,  the  son  of  the  evil  demon,  of 
Satan  and  the  devil)  (Origen,  Contra  Celsum,  VI,  45;  in  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11,  col. 
1367;  cf.  trans,  by  Chadwick,  p.  362).  The  opposites  even  condition  one  another: 
"Ubi  quid  malum  est  .  .  .  ibi  necessario  bonum  esse  malo  contrarium.  .  .  . 
Alterum  ex  altero  sequitur:  proinde  aut  utrumque  tollendum  est  negandumque 
bona  et  mala  esse;  aut  admisso  altero  maximeque  malo,  bonum  quoque  admissum 
oportet."  (Where  there  is  evil  .  .  .  there  must  needs  be  good  contrary  to  the 
evil.  .  .  .  The  one  follows  from  the  other;  hence  we  must  either  do  away  with 
both,  and  deny  that  good  and  evil  exist,  or  if  we  admit  the  one,  and  particularly 
evil,  we  must  also  admit  the  good.)  (Contra  Celsum,  II,  51;  in  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11, 
col.  878;  cf.  trans,  by  Chadwick,  p.  106.)  In  contrast  to  this  clear,  logical  statement 
Origen  cannot  help  asserting  elsewhere  that  the  "Powers,  Thrones,  and  Prin- 
cipalities" down  to  the  evil  spirits  and  impure  demons  "do  not  have  it— the  con- 
trary virtue— substantially"  ("non  substantialiter  id  habeant  scl.  virtus  adversaria"), 
and  that  they  were  not  created  evil  but  chose  the  condition  of  wickedness 
("malitiae  gradus")  of  their  own  free  will.  (De  principiis,  I,  vin,  4;  in  Migne,  P.G., 
vol.  11,  col.  179.)  Origen  is  already  committed,  at  least  by  implication,  to  the 
definition  of  God  as  the  Summum  Bonum,  and  hence  betrays  the  inclination  to 
deprive  evil  of  substance.  He  comes  very  close  to  the  Augustinian  conception  of 
the  privatio  boni  when  he  says:  "Certum  namque  est  malum  esse  bono  carere" 
(For  it  is  certain  that  to  be  evil  means  to  be  deprived  of  good).  But  this  sentence 
is  immediately  preceded  by  the  following:  "Recedere  autem  a  bono,  non  aliud  est 
quam  effici  in  malo"  (To  turn  aside  from  good  is  nothing  other  than  to  be  per- 
fected in  evil)  (De  principiis,  II,  ix,  2;  in  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11,  cols.  226-27).  This 
shows  clearly  that  an  increase  in  the  one  means  a  diminution  of  the  other,  so 
that  good  and  evil  represent  equivalent  halves  of  an  opposition. 

45 


AION 

Gnostics,  that  exception  must  be  taken  to  the  "light  of  their 
Father,"  because  it  "could  not  illuminate  and  fill  even  those 
things  which  were  within  it," 29  namely  the  shadow  and  the 
void.  It  seemed  to  him  scandalous  and  reprehensible  to  suppose 
that  within  the  pleroma  of  light  there  could  be  a  "dark  and 
formless  void."  For  the  Christian  neither  God  nor  Christ  could 
be  a  paradox;  they  had  to  have  a  single  meaning,  and  this  holds 
true  to  the  present  day.  No  one  knew,  and  apparently  (with  a 
few  commendable  exceptions)  no  one  knows  even  now,  that  the 
hybris  of  the  speculative  intellect  had  already  emboldened  the 
ancients  to  propound  a  philosophical  definition  of  God  that 
more  or  less  obliged  him  to  be  the  Summum  Bonum.  A  Protes- 
tant theologian  has  even  had  the  temerity  to  assert  that  "God 
can  only  be  good."  Yahweh  could  certainly  have  taught  him  a 
thing  or  two  in  this  respect,  if  he  himself  is  unable  to  see  his 
intellectual  trespass  against  God's  freedom  and  omnipotence. 
This  forcible  usurpation  of  the  Summum  Bonum  naturally  has 
its  reasons,  the  origins  of  which  lie  far  back  in  the  past  (though 
I  cannot  enter  into  this  here).  Nevertheless,  it  is  the  effective 
source  of  the  concept  of  the  privatio  boni,  which  nullifies  the 
reality  of  evil  and  can  be  found  as  early  as  Basil  the  Great 
(330-79)  and  Dionysius  the  Areopagite  (2nd  half  of  the  4th 
century),  and  is  fully  developed  in  Augustine. 

81  The  earliest  authority  of  all  for  the  later  axiom  "Omne 
bonum  a  Deo,  omne  malum  ab  homine"  is  Tatian  (2nd  cen- 
tury), who  says:  "Nothing  evil  was  created  by  God;  we  ourselves 
have  produced  all  wickedness."  30  This  view  is  also  adopted  by 
Theophilus  of  Antioch  (2nd  century)  in  his  treatise  Ad  Autoly- 
cum.sl 

82  Basil  says: 

You  must  not  look  upon  God  as  the  author  of  the  existence  of  evil, 
nor  consider  that  evil  has  any  subsistence  in  itself  [tStav  inrooratnv 
rov  kclkov  dvai\.  For  evil  does  not  subsist  as  a  living  being  does,  nor 
can  we  set  before  our  eyes  any  substantial  essence  [ovaiav  ewiroo-Tarov] 
thereof.  For  evil  is  the  privation  [cn-ep^cn?]  of  good.  .  .  .  And  thus 
evil  does  not  inhere  in  its  own  substance  [£v  ISia  v-n-dpia],  but  arises 

29  Adv.  haer.,  II,  4,  3.  30  Oratio  ad  Graecos  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  6,  col.  829). 

31  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  6,  col.  1080. 

46 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF   THE   SELF 


from  the  mutilation  [n-qpwfiamv]  of  the  soul.32  Neither  is  it  uncreated, 
as  the  wicked  say  who  set  up  evil  for  the  equal  of  good  .  .  .  nor  is 
it  created.  For  if  all  things  are  of  God,  how  can  evil  arise  from 
good?  33 

83  Another  passage  sheds  light  on  the  logic  of  this  statement.  In 
the  second  homily  of  the  Hexaemeron,  Basil  says: 

It  is  equally  impious  to  say  that  evil  has  its  origin  from  God,  be- 
cause the  contrary  cannot  proceed  from  the  contrary.  Life  does  not 
engender  death,  darkness  is  not  the  origin  of  light,  sickness  is  not 
the  maker  of  health.  .  .  .  Now  if  evil  is  neither  uncreated  nor 
created  by  God,  whence  comes  its  nature?  That  evil  exists  no  one 
living  in  the  world  will  deny.  What  shall  we  say,  then?  That  evil  is 
not  a  living  and  animated  entity,  but  a  condition  [Sia&o-is]  of  the  soul 
opposed  to  virtue,  proceeding  from  light-minded  [paOvfiots]  persons 
on  account  of  their  falling  away  from  good.  .  .  .  Each  of  us  should 
acknowledge  that  he  is  the  first  author  of  the  wickedness  in  him.34 

84  The  perfectly  natural  fact  that  when  you  say  "high"  you 
immediately  postulate  "low"  is  here  twisted  into  a  causal  rela- 
tionship and  reduced  to  absurdity,  since  it  is  sufficiently  obvious 
that  darkness  produces  no  light  and  light  produces  no  darkness. 
The  idea  of  good  and  evil,  however,  is  the  premise  for  any  moral 
judgment.  They  are  a  logically  equivalent  pair  of  opposites  and, 
as  such,  the  sine  qua  non  of  all  acts  of  cognition.  From  the 
empirical  standpoint  we  cannot  say  more  than  this.  And  from 
this  standpoint  we  would  have  to  assert  that  good  and  evil,  being 
coexistent  halves  of  a  moral  judgment,  do  not  derive  from  one 
another  but  are  always  there  together.  Evil,  like  good,  belongs 
to  the  category  of  human  values,  and  we  are  the  authors  of  moral 
value  judgments,  but  only  to  a  limited  degree  are  we  authors  of 
the  facts  submitted  to  our  moral  judgment.  These  facts  are 
called  by  one  person  good  and  by  another  evil.  Only  in  capital 
cases  is  there  anything  like  a  consensus  generalis.  If  we  hold  with 
Basil  that  man  is  the  author  of  evil,  we  are  saying  in  the  same 
breath  that  he  is  also  the  author  of  good.  But  man  is  first  and 

32  Basil  thought  that  the  darkness  of  the  world  came  from  the  shadow  cast  by  the 
body  of  heaven.  Hexaemeron,  II,  5  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  29,  col.  40). 

33  Homilia:  Quod  Deus  non  est  auctor  malorum  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  31,  col.  341). 

34  De  spiritu  sancto  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  29,  col.  37).  Cf.  Nine  Homilies  of  the 
Hexaemeron,  trans,  by  Blomfield  Jackson,  pp.  6if. 

47 


AION 

foremost  the  author  merely  of  judgments;  in  relation  to  the  facts 
judged,  his  responsibility  is  not  so  easy  to  determine.  In  order 
to  do  this,  we  would  have  to  give  a  clear  definition  of  the  extent 
of  his  free  will.  The  psychiatrist  knows  what  a  desperately  diffi- 
cult task  this  is. 
85  For  these  reasons  the  psychologist  shrinks  from  metaphysical 
assertions  but  must  criticize  the  admittedly  human  foundations 
of  the  privatio  boni.  When  therefore  Basil  asserts  on  the  one 
hand  that  evil  has  no  substance  of  its  own  but  arises  from  a 
"mutilation  of  the  soul,"  and  if  on  the  other  hand  he  is  con- 
vinced that  evil  really  exists,  then  the  relative  reality  of  evil  is 
grounded  on  a  real  "mutilation"  of  the  soul  which  must  have  an 
equally  real  cause.  If  the  soul  was  originally  created  good,  then 
it  has  really  been  corrupted  and  by  something  that  is  real,  even 
if  this  is  nothing  more  than  carelessness,  indifference,  and  frivol- 
ity, which  are  the  meaning  of  the  word  paBvjda.  When  something 
—I  must  stress  this  with  all  possible  emphasis— is  traced  back  to 
a  psychic  condition  or  fact,  it  is  very  definitely  not  reduced  to 
nothing  and  thereby  nullified,  but  is  shifted  on  to  the  plane  of 
psychic  reality,  which  is  very  much  easier  to  establish  empirically 
than,  say,  the  reality  of  the  devil  in  dogma,  who  according  to  the 
authentic  sources  was  not  invented  by  man  at  all  but  existed 
long  before  he  did.  If  the  devil  fell  away  from  God  of  his  own 
free  will,  this  proves  firstly  that  evil  was  in  the  world  before 
man,  and  therefore  that  man  cannot  be  the  sole  author  of  it, 
and  secondly  that  the  devil  already  had  a  "mutilated"  soul  for 
which  we  must  hold  a  real  cause  responsible.  The  basic  flaw  in 
Basil's  argument  is  the  petitio  principii  that  lands  him  in  in- 
soluble contradictions:  it  is  laid  down  from  the  start  that  the 
independent  existence  of  evil  must  be  denied  even  in  face  of  the 
eternity  of  the  devil  as  asserted  by  dogma.  The  historical  reason 
for  this  was  the  threat  presented  by  Manichaean  dualism.  This 
is  especially  clear  in  the  treatise  of  Titus  of  Bostra  (d.  c.  370), 
entitled  Adversus  Manichaeos^  where  he  states  in  refutation 
of  the  Manichaeans  that,  so  far  as  substance  is  concerned,  there 
is  no  such  thing  as  evil. 

John  Chrysostom  (c.  344-407)  uses,  instead  of  o-rep^ats  (priva- 
tio), the  expression  Iktpott^  tov  ko.\ov  (deviation,  or  turning  away, 

35  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  18,  cols.  n$2t. 

48 


86 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


from  good).  He  says:  "Evil  is  nothing  other  than  a  turning  away 
from  good,  and  therefore  evil  is  secondary  in  relation  to  good."  36 

87  Dionysius  the  Areopagite  gives  a  detailed  explanation  of  evil 
in  the  fourth  chapter  of  De  divinis  nominibus.  Evil,  he  says,  can- 
not come  from  good,  because  if  it  came  from  good  it  would  not 
be  evil.  But  since  everything  that  exists  comes  from  good,  every- 
thing is  in  some  way  good,  but  "evil  does  not  exist  at  all"  (to 

8c   KCLKOV   OVTC    OV   IcTTlV) . 

88  Evil  in  its  nature  is  neither  a  thing  nor  does  it  bring  anything 
forth. 

Evil  does  not  exist  at  all  and  is  neither  good  nor  productive  of 

good  \ovk  ecrrt  Ka66\ov  to  kclkov  ovt€  ayadbv  ovre  dya0o7roi6vj . 

All  things  which  are,  by  the  very  fact  that  they  are,  are  good  and 
come  from  good;  but  in  so  far  as  they  are  deprived  of  good,  they 
are  neither  good  nor  do  they  exist. 

That  which  has  no  existence  is  not  altogether  evil,  for  the  abso- 
lutely non-existent  will  be  nothing,  unless  it  be  thought  of  as  sub- 
sisting in  the  good  superessentially  [Kara  to  wrcpovmov].  Good,  then, 
as  absolutely  existing  and  as  absolutely  non-existing,  will  stand  in 
the  foremost  and  highest  place  [ttoWw  npoTepov  wrepi8pvp.£vov],  while 
evil  is  neither  in  that  which  exists  nor  in  that  which  does  not  exist 
[to  8c  kclkov  ovtc  iv  Tois  ovctlv,  ovtc  iv  tois  p,yj  ovctlv]-37 

89  These  quotations  show  with  what  emphasis  the  reality  of 
evil  was  denied  by  the  Church  Fathers.  As  already  mentioned, 
this  hangs  together  with  the  Church's  attitude  to  Manichaean 
dualism,  as  can  plainly  be  seen  in  St.  Augustine.  In  his  polemic 
against  the  Manichaeans  and  Marcionites  he  makes  the  follow- 
ing declaration: 

For  this  reason  all  things  are  good,  since  some  things  are  better  than 
others  and  the  goodness  of  the  less  good  adds  to  the  glory  of  the 
better.  .  .  .  Those  things  we  call  evil,  then,  are  defects  in  good 
things,  and  quite  incapable  of  existing  in  their  own  right  outside 
good  things.  .  .  .  But  those  very  defects  testify  to  the  natural  good- 
ness of  things.  For  what  is  evil  by  reason  of  a  defect  must  obviously 
be  good  of  its  own  nature.  For  a  defect  is  something  contrary  to 
nature,  something  which  damages  the  nature  of  a  thing— and  it  can 

36  Responsiones  ad  orthodoxas  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  6,  cols.  1313-14). 

37  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  3,  cols.  716-18.  Cf.  the  Works  of  Dionysius  the  Areopagite, 
trans,  by  John  Parker,  I,  pp.  53ft*. 

49 


AION 

do  so  only  by  diminishing  that  thing's  goodness.  Evil  therefore  is 
nothing  but  the  privation  of  good.  And  thus  it  can  have  no  existence 
anywhere  except  in  some  good  thing.  ...  So  there  can  be  things 
which  are  good  without  any  evil  in  them,  such  as  God  himself,  and 
the  higher  celestial  beings;  but  there  can  be  no  evil  things  without 
good.  For  if  evils  cause  no  damage  to  anything,  they  are  not  evils;  if 
they  do  damage  something,  they  diminish  its  goodness;  and  if  they 
damage  it  still  more,  it  is  because  it  still  has  some  goodness  which 
they  diminish;  and  if  they  swallow  it  up  altogether,  nothing  of  its 
nature  is  left  to  be  damaged.  And  so  there  will  be  no  evil  by  which 
it  can  be  damaged,  since  there  is  then  no  nature  left  whose  goodness 
any  damage  can  diminish.38 

9°         The  Liber  Sententiarum   ex   Augustino   says   (CLXXVI): 
"Evil  is  not  a  substance,39  for  as  it  has  not  God  for  its  author,  it 

38  "Nunc  vero  ideo  sunt  omnia  bona,  quia  sunt  aliis  alia  meliora,  et  bonitas 
inferiorum  addit  laudibus  meliorum.  .  .  .  Ea  vero  quae  dicuntur  mala,  aut  vitia 
sunt  rerum  bonarum,  quae  omnino  extra  res  bonas  per  se  ipsa  alicubi  esse  non 
possunt.  .  .  .  Sed  ipsa  quoque  vitia  testimonium  perhibent  bonitati  naturarum. 
Quod  enim  malum  est  per  vitium,  profecto  bonum  est  per  naturam.  Vitium 
quippe  contra  naturam  est,  quia  naturae  nocet;  nee  noceret,  nisi  bonum  eius 
minueret.  Non  est  ergo  malum  nisi  privatio  boni.  Ac  per  hoc  nusquam  est  nisi 
in  re  aliqua  bona.  ...  Ac  per  hoc  bona  sine  malis  esse  possunt,  sicut  ipse  Deus, 
et  quaeque  superiora  coelestia;  mala  vero  sine  bonis  esse  non  possunt.  Si  enim 
nihil  nocent,  mala  non  sunt;  si  autem  nocent,  bonum  minuunt;  et  si  amplius 
nocent,  habent  adhuc  bonum  quod  minuant;  et  si  totum  consumunt,  nihil 
naturae  remanebit  qui  noceatur;  ac  per  hoc  nee  malum  erit  a  quo  noceatur, 
quando  natura  defuerit,  cuius  bonum  nocendo  minuatur."  {Contra  adversarium 
legis  et  prophetarum,  I,  41".;  in  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  42,  cols.  606-7.)  Although  the 
Dialogus  Quaestionum  LXV  is  not  an  authentic  writing  of  Augustine's,  it  reflects 
his  standpoint  very  clearly.  Quaest.  XVI:  "Cum  Deus  omnia  bona  creaverit, 
nihilque  sit  quod  non  ab  illo  conditum  sit,  unde  malum?  Resp.  Malum  natura 
non  est;  sed  privatio  boni  hoc  nomen  accepit.  Denique  bonum  potest  esse  sine 
malo,  sed  malum  non  potest  esse  sine  bono,  nee  potest  esse  malum  ubi  non  fuerit 
bonum.  .  .  .  Ideoque  quando  dicimus  bonum,  naturam  laudamus;  quando  dici- 
mus  malum,  non  naturam  sed  vitium,  quod  est  bonae  naturae  contrarium  repre- 
hendimus."  (Question  XVI:  Since  God  created  all  things  good  and  there  is 
nothing  which  was  not  created  by  him,  whence  arises  evil?  Answer:  Evil  is  not  a 
natural  thing,  it  is  rather  the  name  given  to  the  privation  of  good.  Thus  there  can 
be  good  without  evil,  but  there  cannot  be  evil  without  good,  nor  can  there  be  evil 
where  there  is  no  good.  .  .  .  Therefore,  when  we  call  a  thing  good,  we  praise  its 
inherent  nature;  when  we  call  a  thing  evil,  we  blame  not  its  nature,  but  some 
defect  in  it  contrary  to  its  nature,  which  is  good.) 

39  "Iniquity  has  no  substance"  (CCXXVIII).  "There  is  a  nature  in  which  there  is 
no  evil— in  which,  indeed,  there  can  be  no  evil.  But  it  is  impossible  for  a  nature 
to  exist  in  which  there  is  no  good"  (CLX). 

50 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


does  not  exist;  and  so  the  defect  of  corruption  is  nothing  else 
than  the  desire  or  act  of  a  misdirected  will."  40  Augustine  agrees 
with  this  when  he  says:  "The  steel  is  not  evil;  but  the  man  who 
uses  the  steel  for  a  criminal  purpose,  he  is  evil."  41 

These  quotations  clearly  exemplify  the  standpoint  of  Diony- 
sius  and  Augustine:  evil  has  no  substance  or  existence  in  itself, 
since  it  is  merely  a  diminution  of  good,  which  alone  has  sub- 
stance. Evil  is  a  vitium,  a  bad  use  of  things  as  a  result  of  errone- 
ous decisions  of  the  will  (blindness  due  to  evil  desire,  etc.). 
Thomas  Aquinas,  the  great  theoretician  of  the  Church,  says  with 
reference  to  the  above  quotation  from  Dionysius: 

One  opposite  is  known  through  the  other,  as  darkness  is  known 
through  light.  Hence  also  what  evil  is  must  be  known  from  the 
nature  of  good.  Now  we  have  said  above  that  good  is  everything 
appetible;  and  thus,  since  every  nature  desires  its  own  being  and  its 
own  perfection,  it  must  necessarily  be  said  that  the  being  and  per- 
fection of  every  created  thing  is  essentially  good.  Hence  it  cannot 
be  that  evil  signifies  a  being,  or  any  form  or  nature.  Therefore  it 
must  be  that  by  the  name  of  evil  is  signified  the  absence  of  good.42 

Evil  is  not  a  being,  whereas  good  is  a  being.43 

That  every  agent  works  for  an  end  clearly  follows  from  the  fact 
that  every  agent  tends  to  something  definite.  Now  that  to  which 
an  agent  tends  definitely  must  needs  be  befitting  to  that  agent,  since 
the  latter  would  not  tend  to  it  save  on  account  of  some  fittingness 
thereto.  But  that  which  is  befitting  to  a  thing  is  good  for  it.  There- 
fore every  agent  works  for  a  good.44 

St.  Thomas  himself  recalls  the  saying  of  Aristotle  that  "the 
thing  is  the  whiter,  the  less  it  is  mixed  with  black,"  45  without 
mentioning,  however,  that  the  reverse  proposition:  "the  thing  is 
the  blacker,  the  less  it  is  mixed  with  white,"  not  only  has  the 
same  validity  as  the  first  but  is  also  its  logical  equivalent.  He 

40  Augustini  Opera  omnia,  Maurist  edn.,  X,  Part  2,  cols.  2561-2618. 

41  Sermones  supposititii,  Sermo  I,  3,  Maurist  edn.,  V,  col.  2287. 

42  Summa  theologica,  I,  q.  48,  ad  1  (trans,  by  the  Fathers  of  the  English  Dominican 
Province,  II,  p.  264).  43  Ibid.,  I,  q.  48,  ad  3  (trans.,  p.  268). 

44".  .  .  Quod  autem  conveniens  est  alicui  est  illi  bonum.  Ergo  omne  agens  agit 
propter  bonum"  (Summa  contra  Gentiles,  III,  ch.  3,  trans,  by  the  English 
Dominican  Fathers,  vol.  Ill,  p.  7). 

45  Summa  theologica,  I,  q.  48,  ad  2  (trans.,  II,  p.  266,  citing  Aristotle's  Topics, 
iii,  4). 

51 


AION 


might  also  have  mentioned  that  not  only  darkness  is  known 
through  light,  but  that,  conversely,  light  is  known  through  dark- 
ness. 

93  As  only  that  which  works  is  real,  so,  according  to  St.  Thomas, 
only  good  is  real  in  the  sense  of  "existing."  His  argument,  how- 
ever, introduces  a  good  that  is  tantamount  to  "convenient,  suf- 
ficient, appropriate,  suitable."  One  ought  therefore  to  translate 
"omne  agens  agit  propter  bonum"  as:  "Every  agent  works  for 
the  sake  of  what  suits  it."  That's  what  the  devil  does  too,  as  we 
all  know.  He  too  has  an  "appetite"  and  strives  after  perfection— 
not  in  good  but  in  evil.  Even  so,  one  could  hardly  conclude  from 
this  that  his  striving  is  "essentially  good." 

94  Obviously  evil  can  be  represented  as  a  diminution  of  good, 
but  with  this  kind  of  logic  one  could  just  as  well  say:  The  tem- 
perature of  the  Arctic  winter,  which  freezes  our  noses  and  ears, 
is  relatively  speaking  only  a  little  below  the  heat  prevailing  at 
the  equator.  For  the  Arctic  temperature  seldom  falls  much  lower 
than  2300  C.  above  absolute  zero.  All  things  on  earth  are 
"warm"  in  the  sense  that  nowhere  is  absolute  zero  even  approxi- 
mately reached.  Similarly,  all  things  are  more  or  less  "good," 
and  just  as  cold  is  nothing  but  a  diminution  of  warmth,  so  evil 
is  nothing  but  a  diminution  of  good.  The  privatio  boni  argu- 
ment remains  a  euphemistic  petitio  principii  no  matter  whether 
evil  is  regarded  as  a  lesser  good  or  as  an  effect  of  the  finiteness 
and  limitedness  of  created  things.  The  false  conclusion  neces- 
sarily follows  from  the  premise  "Deus  =  Summum  Bonum," 
since  it  is  unthinkable  that  the  perfect  good  could  ever  have 
created  evil.  It  merely  created  the  good  and  the  less  good  (which 
last  is  simply  called  "worse"  by  laymen).46  Just  as  we  freeze 
miserably  despite  a  temperature  of  2300  above  absolute  zero,  so 
there  are  people  and  things  that,  although  created  by  God,  are 
good  only  to  the  minimal  and  bad  to  the  maximal  degree. 

95  It  is  probably  from  this  tendency  to  deny  any  reality  to  evil 
that  we  get  the  axiom  "Omne  bonum  a  Deo,  omne  malum  ab 
homine."  This  is  a  contradiction  of  the  truth  that  he  who 
created  the  heat  is  also  responsible  for  the  cold  ("the  goodness 
of  the  less  good").  We  can  certainly  hand  it  to  Augustine  that 

46  in  the  Decrees  of  the  4th  Lateran  Council  we  read:  "For  the  devil  and  the 
other  demons  as  created  by  God  were  naturally  good,  but  became  evil  of  their 
own  motion."  Denzinger  and  Bannwart,  Enchiridion  symbolorum,  p.  189. 

52 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF   THE    SELF 


all  natures  are  good,  yet  just  not  good  enough  to  prevent  their 
badness  from  being  equally  obvious. 


96  One  could  hardly  call  the  things  that  have  happened,  and 
still  happen,  in  the  concentration  camps  of  the  dictator  states  an 
"accidental  lack  of  perfection"— it  would  sound  like  mockery. 

97  Psychology  does  not  know  what  good  and  evil  are  in  them- 
selves; it  knows  them  only  as  judgments  about  relationships. 
"Good"  is  what  seems  suitable,  acceptable,  or  valuable  from  a 
certain  point  of  view;  evil  is  its  opposite.  If  the  things  we  call 
good  are  "really"  good,  then  there  must  be  evil  things  that  are 
"real"  too.  It  is  evident  that  psychology  is  concerned  with  a 
more  or  less  subjective  judgment,  i.e.,  with  a  psychic  antithesis 
that  cannot  be  avoided  in  naming  value  relationships:  "good" 
denotes  something  that  is  not  bad,  and  "bad"  something  that  is 
not  good.  There  are  things  which  from  a  certain  point  of  view 
are  extremely  evil,  that  is  to  say  dangerous.  There  are  also  things 
in  human  nature  which  are  very  dangerous  and  which  therefore 
seem  proportionately  evil  to  anyone  standing  in  their  line  of 
fire.  It  is  pointless  to  gloss  over  these  evil  things,  because  that 
only  lulls  one  into  a  sense  of  false  security.  Human  nature  is 
capable  of  an  infinite  amount  of  evil,  and  the  evil  deeds  are  as 
real  as  the  good  ones  so  far  as  human  experience  goes  and  so  far 
as  the  psyche  judges  and  differentiates  between  them.  Only  un- 
consciousness makes  no  difference  between  good  and  evil.  Inside 
the  psychological  realm  one  honestly  does  not  know  which  of 
them  predominates  in  the  world.  We  hope,  merely,  that  good 
does— i.e.,  what  seems  suitable  to  us.  No  one  could  possibly  say 
what  the  general  good  might  be.  No  amount  of  insight  into  the 
relativity  and  fallibility  of  our  moral  judgment  can  deliver  us 
from  these  defects,  and  those  who  deem  themselves  beyond  good 
and  evil  are  usually  the  worst  tormentors  of  mankind,  because 
they  are  twisted  with  the  pain  and  fear  of  their  own  sickness. 

98  Today  as  never  before  it  is  important  that  human  beings 
should  not  overlook  the  danger  of  the  evil  lurking  within  them. 
It  is  unfortunately  only  too  real,  which  is  why  psychology  must 
insist  on  the  reality  of  evil  and  must  reject  any  definition  that 
regards  it  as  insignificant  or  actually  non-existent.  Psychology  is 
an  empirical  science  and  deals  with  realities.  As  a  psychologist, 

53 


AION 


therefore,  I  have  neither  the  inclination  nor  the  competence 
to  mix  myself  up  with  metaphysics.  Only,  I  have  to  get  polemical 
when  metaphysics  encroaches  on  experience  and  interprets  it 
in  a  way  that  is  not  justified  empirically.  My  criticism  of  the 
privatio  boni  holds  only  so  far  as  psychological  experience  goes. 
From  the  scientific  point  of  view  the  privatio  boni,  as  must  be 
apparent  to  everyone,  is  founded  on  a  petitio  principii,  where 
what  invariably  comes  out  at  the  end  is  what  you  put  in  at  the 
beginning.  Arguments  of  this  kind  have  no  power  of  convic- 
tion. But  the  fact  that  such  arguments  are  not  only  used  but  are 
undoubtedly  believed  is  something  that  cannot  be  disposed  of 
so  easily.  It  proves  that  there  is  a  tendency,  existing  right  from 
the  start,  to  give  priority  to  "good,"  and  to  do  so  with  all  the 
means  in  our  power,  whether  suitable  or  unsuitable.  So  if  Chris- 
tian metaphysics  clings  to  the  privatio  boni,  it  is  giving  expres- 
sion to  the  tendency  always  to  increase  the  good  and  diminish 
the  bad.  The  privatio  boni  may  therefore  be  a  metaphysical 
truth.  I  presume  to  no  judgment  on  this  matter.  I  must  only 
insist  that  in  our  field  of  experience  white  and  black,  light  and 
dark,  good  and  bad,  are  equivalent  opposites  which  always  predi- 
cate one  another. 
99  This  elementary  fact  was  correctly  appreciated  in  the  so- 
called  Clementine  Homilies,47  a  collection  of  Gnostic-Christian 
writings  dating  from  about  a.d.  150.  The  unknown  author  un- 
derstands good  and  evil  as  the  right  and  left  hand  of  God,  and 
views  the  whole  of  creation  in  terms  of  syzygies,  or  pairs  of  oppo- 
sites. In  much  the  same  way  the  follower  of  Bardesanes,  Marinus, 
sees  good  as  "light"  and  pertaining  to  the  right  hand  (8e£idV),  and 
evil  as  "dark"  and  pertaining  to  the  left  hand  (aptarepov)  ,48  The 
left  also  corresponds  to  the  feminine.  Thus  in  Irenaeus  (Adv. 
haer.,  I,  30,  3),  Sophia  Prounikos  is  called  Sinistra.  Clement 
finds  this  altogether  compatible  with  the  idea  of  God's  unity. 

■*7  Harnack  (Lehrbuch  der  Dogmengeschichte,  p.  332)  ascribes  the  Clementine 
Homilies  to  the  beginning  of  the  4th  cent,  and  is  of  the  opinion  that  they  contain 
"no  source  that  could  be  attributed  with  any  certainty  to  the  2nd  century."  He 
thinks  that  Islam  is  far  superior  to  this  theology.  Yahweh  and  Allah  are  un- 
reflected  God-images,  whereas  in  the  Clementine  Homilies  there  is  a  psychological 
and  reflective  spirit  at  work.  It  is  not  immediately  evident  why  this  should  bring 
about  a  disintegration  of  the  God-concept,  as  Harnack  thinks.  Fear  of  psychology 
should  not  be  carried  too  far. 
48  Der  Dialog  des  Adamantius,  HI,  4  (ed.  by  van  de  Sande  Bakhuyzen,  p.  1 19). 

54 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


Provided  that  one  has  an  anthropomorphic  God-image — and 
every  God-image  is  anthropomorphic  in  a  more  or  less  subtle 
way — the  logic  and  naturalness  of  Clement's  view  can  hardly 
be  contested.  At  all  events  this  view,  which  may  be  some  two 
hundred  years  older  than  the  quotations  given  above,  proves 
that  the  reality  of  evil  does  not  necessarily  lead  to  Manichaean 
dualism  and  so  does  not  endanger  the  unity  of  the  God-image. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  guarantees  that  unity  on  a  plane  beyond 
the  crucial  difference  between  the  Yahwistic  and  the  Christian 
points  of  view.  Yahweh  is  notoriously  unjust,  and  injustice  is 
not  good.  The  God  of  Christianity,  on  the  other  hand,  is  only 
good.  There  is  no  denying  that  Clement's  theology  helps  us  to 
get  over  this  contradiction  in  a  way  that  fits  the  psychological 
facts. 

It  is  therefore  worth  following  up  Clement's  line  of  thought 
a  little  more  closely.  "God,"  he  says,  "appointed  two  king- 
doms [BaaiXelas]  and  two  ages  [afovas],  determining  that  the  pres- 
ent world  should  be  given  over  to  evil  [wovrjpu],  because  it  is  small 
and  passes  quickly  away.  But  he  promised  to  preserve  the  future 
world  for  good,  because  it  is  great  and  eternal."  Clement  goes 
on  to  say  that  this  division  into  two  corresponds  to  the  structure 
of  man:  the  body  comes  from  the  female,  who  is  characterized 
by  emotionality;  the  spirit  comes  from  the  male,  who  stands  for 
rationality.  He  calls  body  and  spirit  the  "two  triads."  49 

Man  is  a  compound  of  two  mixtures  [4>vpaixa.Twv,  lit.  'pastes'],  the 
female  and  the  male.  Wherefore  also  two  ways  have  been  laid  before 
him — those  of  obedience  and  of  disobedience  to  law;  and  two  king- 
doms have  been  established — the  one  called  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
and  the  other  the  kingdom  of  those  who  are  now  rulers  upon 
earth.  ...  Of  these  two,  the  one  does  violence  to  the  other.  More- 
over these  two  rulers  are  the  swift  hands  of  God. 

That  is  a  reference  to  Deuteronomy  32  :  39:  "I  will  kill  and  I 
will  make  to  live"  (DV).  He  kills  with  the  left  hand  and  saves 
with  the  right. 

49  The  female  or  somatic  triad  consist  of  kiridvu'ta  (desire),  dpyri  (anger),  and 
X6x7?  (grief);  the  male,  of  \oy  107x6s  (reflection),  yvwais  (knowledge),  and  <j,6fios 
(fear).  Cf.  the  triad  of  functions  in  "The  Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairy- 
tales," Part  I  of  vol.  9,  pars.  425ft. 

55 


AION 


These  two  principles  have  not  their  substance  outside  of  God,  for 
there  is  no  other  primal  source  [dpx7?]-  Nor  have  they  been  sent  forth 
from  God  as  animals,  for  they  were  of  the  same  mind  [6/xdSo|ot]  with 
him.  .  .  .  But  from  God  were  sent  forth  the  four  first  elements- 
hot  and  cold,  moist  and  dry.  In  consequence  of  this,  he  is  the 
Father  of  every  substance  [ovo-i'as],  but  not  of  the  knowledge  which 
arises  from  the  mixing  of  the  elements.50  For  when  these  were  com- 
bined from  without,  choice  [irpoaipecn<i]  was  begotten  in  them  as  a 
child.51 

That  is  to  say,  through  the  mixing  of  the  four  elements  in- 
equalities arose  which  caused  uncertainty  and  so  necessitated 
decisions  or  acts  of  choice.  The  four  elements  form  the  fourfold 
substance  of  the  body  (reTpaytvrjs  tov  crw/xaros  ovcria)  and  also  of 
evil  (tov  irovrjpov).  This  substance  was  "carefully  discriminated 
and  sent  forth  from  God,  but  when  it  was  combined  from  with- 
out, according  to  the  will  of  him  who  sent  it  forth,  there  arose, 
as  a  result  of  the  combination,  the  preference  which  rejoices  in 

evils  [17  kclkoi<;  x<Lipov<ra  7r/ooatpco-t?]."  52 

101  The  last  sentence  is  to  be  understood  as  follows:  The  four- 
fold substance  is  eternal  (oiW  dei)  and  God's  child.  But  the 
tendency  to  evil  was  added  from  outside  to  the  mixture  willed 

by  God   (/caTa  rrjv  tov   deov   fiovkrjcnv  e|o>   Trj  Kpdau  o~o(x(Si^r)Ktv).    Thus 

evil  is  not  created  by  God  or  by  any  one  else,  nor  was  it  pro- 
jected out  of  him,  nor  did  it  arise  of  itself.  Peter,  who  is  engaged 
in  these  reflections,  is  evidently  not  quite  sure  how  the  matter 
stands. 

102  It  seems  as  if,  without  God's  intending  it  (and  possibly  with- 
out his  knowing  it)  the  mixture  of  the  four  elements  took  a 
wrong  turning,  though  this  is  rather  hard  to  square  with  Clem- 
ent's idea  of  the  opposite  hands  of  God  "doing  violence  to  one 
another."  Obviously  Peter,  the  leader  of  the  dialogue,  finds  it 
rather  difficult  to  attribute  the  cause  of  evil  to  the  Creator  in 
so  many  words. 

">3  The  author  of  the  Homilies  espouses  a  Petrine  Christianity 
distinctly  "High  Church"  or  ritualistic  in  flavour.  This,  taken 

50  p.  de  Lagarde  (Clementina,  p.  190)  has  here  .  .  .  wdffTjs  ovcrlas  .  .  .  otfcrrjs 
yvwfirjs-  The  reading  ov  ttjs  seems  to  me  to  make  more  sense. 

51  Ch.  Ill:  Tys  fierh  ry\v  icpaaiv. 

52  The  Clementine  Homilies  and  the  Apostolical  Constitutions,  trans,  by  Thomas 
Smith  et  al.,  pp.  3i2ff.  (slightly  modified). 

56 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF   THE   SELF 


together  with  his  doctrine  of  the  dual  aspect  of  God,  brings  him 
into  close  relationship  with  the  early  Jewish-Christian  Church, 
where,  according  to  the  testimony  of  Epiphanius,  we  find  the 
Ebionite  notion  that  God  had  two  sons,  an  elder  one,  Satan, 
and  a  younger  one,  Christ.53  Michaias,  one  of  the  speakers  in  the 
dialogue,  suggests  as  much  when  he  remarks  that  if  good  and 
evil  were  begotten  in  the  same  way  they  must  be  brothers.54 

In  the  (Jewish-Christian?)  apocalypse,  the  "Ascension  of 
Isaiah,"  we  find,  in  the  middle  section,  Isaiah's  vision  of  the 
seven  heavens  through  which  he  was  rapt.55  First  he  saw  Sam- 
mael  and  his  hosts,  against  whom  a  "great  battle"  was  raging  in 
the  firmament.  The  angel  then  wafted  him  beyond  this  into  the 
first  heaven  and  led  him  before  a  throne.  On  the  right  of  the 
throne  stood  angels  who  were  more  beautiful  than  the  angels  on 
the  left.  Those  on  the  right  "all  sang  praises  with  one  voice," 
but  the  ones  on  the  left  sang  after  them,  and  their  singing  was 
not  like  the  singing  of  the  first.  In  the  second  heaven  all  the 
angels  were  more  beautiful  than  in  the  first  heaven,  and  there 
was  no  difference  between  them,  either  here  or  in  any  of  the 
higher  heavens.  Evidently  Sammael  still  has  a  noticeable  influ- 
ence on  the  first  heaven,  since  the  angels  on  the  left  are  not  so 
beautiful  there.  Also,  the  lower  heavens  are  not  so  splendid  as 
the  upper  ones,  though  each  surpasses  the  other  in  splendour. 
The  devil,  like  the  Gnostic  archons,  dwells  in  the  firmament, 
and  he  and  his  angels  presumably  correspond  to  astrological 
gods  and  influences.  The  gradation  of  splendour,  going  all  the 
way  up  to  the  topmost  heaven,  shows  that  his  sphere  interpene- 
trates with  the  divine  sphere  of  the  Trinity,  whose  light  in  turn 
filters  down  as  far  as  the  lowest  heaven.  This  paints  a  picture  of 
complementary  opposites  balancing  one  another  like  right  and 
left  hands.  Significantly  enough,  this  vision,  like  the  Clementine 
Homilies,  belongs  to  the  pre-Manichaean  period  (second  cen- 
tury), when  there  was  as  yet  no  need  for  Christianity  to  fight 
against  its  Manichaean  competitors.  It  might  easily  be  a  descrip- 

53  Panarium,  ed.  by  Oehler,  I,  p.  267. 

54  Clement.  Horn.  XX,  ch.  VII.  Since  there  is  no  trace  in  pseudo-Clement  of  the 
defensive  attitude  towards  Manichaean  dualism  which  is  so  characteristic  of  the 
later  writers,  it  is  possible  that  the  Homilies  date  back  to  the  beginning  of  the  3rd 
cent.,  if  not  earlier. 

55  Hennecke,  N eutestamentliche  Apokryphen,  pp.  3ogff. 

57 


AION 


tion  of  a  genuine  yang-yin  relationship,  a  picture  that  comes 
closer  to  the  actual  truth  than  the  privatio  boni.  Moreover,  it 
does  not  damage  monotheism  in  any  way,  since  it  unites  the 
opposites  just  as  yang  and  yin  are  united  in  Tao  (which  the 
Jesuits  quite  logically  translated  as  "God").  It  is  as  if  Mani- 
chaean  dualism  first  made  the  Fathers  conscious  of  the  fact  that 
until  then,  without  clearly  realizing  it,  they  had  always  believed 
firmly  in  the  substantiality  of  evil.  This  sudden  realization 
might  well  have  led  them  to  the  dangerously  anthropomorphic 
assumption  that  what  man  cannot  unite,  God  cannot  unite 
either.  The  early  Christians,  thanks  to  their  greater  unconscious- 
ness, were  able  to  avoid  this  mistake. 

1Q5  Perhaps  we  may  risk  the  conjecture  that  the  problem  of  the 
Yahwistic  God-image,  which  had  been  constellated  in  men's 
minds  ever  since  the  Book  of  Job,  continued  to  be  discussed  in 
Gnostic  circles  and  in  syncretistic  Judaism  generally,  all  the 
more  eagerly  as  the  Christian  answer  to  this  question— namely 
the  unanimous  decision  in  favour  of  God's  goodness 56— did  not 
satisfy  the  conservative  Jews.  In  this  respect,  therefore,  it  is  sig- 
nificant that  the  doctrine  of  the  two  antithetical  sons  of  God 
originated  with  the  Jewish  Christians  living  in  Palestine.  Inside 
Christianity  itself  the  doctrine  spread  to  the  Bogomils  and 
Cathars;  in  Judaism  it  influenced  religious  speculation  and 
found  lasting  expression  in  the  two  sides  of  the  cabalistic  Tree 
of  the  Sephiroth,  which  were  named  hesed  (love)  and  din  (jus- 
tice). A  rabbinical  scholar,  Zwi  Werblowsky,  has  been  kind 
enough  to  put  together  for  me  a  number  of  passages  from 
Hebrew  literature  which  have  bearing  on  this  problem. 

106  R.  Joseph  taught:  "What  is  the  meaning  of  the  verse,  'And 
none  of  you  shall  go  out  at  the  door  of  his  house  until  the 
morning?'  (Exodus  12  :  22.)  57  Once  permission  has  been  granted 
to  the  destroyer,  he  does  not  distinguish  between  the  righteous 
and  the  wicked.  Indeed,  he  even  begins  with  the  righteous."  58 
Commenting  on  Exodus  33  :  5  ("If  for  a  single  moment  I  should 
go  up  among  you,  I  would  consume  you"),  the  midrash  says: 
"Yahweh  means  he  could  wax  wroth  with  you  for  a  moment— 

66  Cf.  Matt.  19:  17  and  Mark  10:  18. 

57  A  reference  to  the  slaying  of  the  first-born  in  Egypt. 

58  Nezikin  I,  Baba  Kamma  60  (in  The  Babylonian  Talmud,  trans,  and  ed.  by 
Isidore  Epstein,  p.  348  [hereafter  abbr.  BT\,  slightly  modified). 

58 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF    THE    SELF 


for  that  is  the  length  of  his  wrath,  as  is  said  in  Isaiah  26  :  20, 
'Hide  yourselves  for  a  little  moment  until  the  wrath  is  past'— 
and  destroy  you."  Yahweh  gives  warning  here  of  his  unbridled 
irascibility.  If  in  this  moment  of  divine  wrath  a  curse  is  uttered, 
it  will  indubitably  be  effective.  That  is  why  Balaam,  "who 
knows  the  thoughts  of  the  Most  High,"  59  when  called  upon  by 
Balak  to  curse  Israel,  was  so  dangerous  an  enemy,  because  he 
knew  the  moment  of  Yahweh's  wrath.60 

i°7  God's  love  and  mercy  are  named  his  right  hand,  but  his 
justice  and  his  administration  of  it  are  named  his  left  hand. 
Thus  we  read  in  I  Kings  22  :  19:  "I  saw  the  Lord  sitting  on  his 
throne,  and  all  the  host  of  heaven  standing  beside  him  on  his 
right  hand  and  on  his  left."  The  midrash  comments:  "Is  there 
right  and  left  on  high?  This  means  that  the  intercessors  stand 
on  the  right  and  the  accusers  on  the  left."  61  The  comment  on 
Exodus  15:6  ("Thy  right  hand,  O  Lord,  glorious  in  power,  thy 
right  hand,  O  Lord,  shatters  the  enemy")  runs:  "When  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  perform  God's  will,  they  make  the  left  hand  his 
right  hand.  When  they  do  not  do  his  will,  they  make  even  the 
right  hand  his  left  hand."62  "God's  left  hand  dashes  to  pieces; 
his  right  hand  is  glorious  to  save."  63 

108  The  dangerous  aspect  of  Yahweh's  justice  comes  out  in  the 
following  passage:  "Even  so  said  the  Holy  One,  blessed  be  He: 
If  I  create  the  world  on  the  basis  of  mercy  alone,  its  sins  will  be 
great;  but  on  the  basis  of  justice  alone  the  world  cannot  exist. 
Hence  I  will  create  it  on  the  basis  of  justice  and  mercy,  and  may 
it  then  stand!"64  The  midrash  on  Genesis  18  :  23  (Abraham's 
plea  for  Sodom)  says  (Abraham  speaking):  "If  thou  desirest  the 
world  to  endure,  there  can  be  no  absolute  justice,  while  if  thou 
desirest  absolute  justice,  the  world  cannot  endure.  Yet  thou 
wouldst  hold  the  cord  by  both  ends,  desiring  both  the  world  and 
absolute  justice.  Unless  thou  forgoest  a  little,  the  world  cannot 
endure."  65 

59  Numbers  24:  16.  60  Zera'im  I,  Berakoth  7a  (BT,  p.  31). 

61  Midrash  Tanchuma  Shemoth  XVII. 

62  Cf.  Pentateuch  with  Targum  Onkelos  .  .  .  and  Rashi's  Commentary,  trans,  by 
M.  Rosenbaum  and  A.  M.  Silbermann,  II,  p.  76. 

63  Midrash  on  Song  of  Sol.  2  :  6. 

64  Bereshith  Rabba  XII,  15  (Midrash  Rabbah  translated  into  English,  ed.  by 
H.  Freedman  and  M.  Simon,  I,  p.  99;  slightly  modified). 

65  Ibid.  XXXIX,  6  (p.  315). 

59 


AION 

109  Yahweh  prefers  the  repentant  sinners  even  to  the  righteous, 
and  protects  them  from  his  justice  by  covering  them  with  his 
hand  or  by  hiding  them  under  his  throne.66 

no  With  reference  to  Habakkuk  2  :  3  ("For  still  the  vision  awaits 
its  time.  ...  If  it  seem  slow,  wait  for  it"),  R.  Jonathan  says: 
"Should  you  say,  We  wait  [for  his  coming]  but  He  does  not,  it 
stands  written  (Isaiah  30  :  18),  'Therefore  will  the  Lord  wait, 
that  he  may  be  gracious  unto  you.'  .  .  .  But  since  we  wait  and 
he  waits  too.  what  delays  his  coming?  Divine  justice  delays  it."  67 
It  is  in  this  sense  that  we  have  to  understand  the  prayer  of 
R.  Jochanan:  "May  it  be  thy  will,  O  Lord  our  God,  to  look  upon 
our  shame  and  behold  our  evil  plight.  Clothe  thyself  in  thy 
mercies,  cover  thyself  in  thy  strength,  wrap  thyself  in  thy  lov- 
ing-kindness, and  gird  thyself  with  thy  graciousness,  and  may 
thy  goodness  and  gentleness  come  before  thee."  68  God  is  prop- 
erly exhorted  to  remember  his  good  qualities.  There  is  even  a 
tradition  that  God  prays  to  himself:  "May  it  be  My  will  that 
My  mercy  may  suppress  My  anger,  and  that  My  compassion  may 
prevail  over  My  other  attributes."  69  This  tradition  is  borne  out 
by  the  following  story: 

R.  Ishmael  the  son  of  Elisha  said:  I  once  entered  the  innermost 
sanctuary  to  offer  incense,  and  there  I  saw  Akathriel 70  Jah  Jahweh 
Zebaoth71  seated  upon  a  high  and  exalted  throne.  He  said  to  me, 
Ishmael,  my  son,  bless  me!  And  I  answered  him:  May  it  be  Thy 
will  that  Thy  mercy  may  suppress  Thy  anger,  and  that  Thy  com- 
passion may  prevail  over  Thy  other  attributes,  so  that  Thou  mayest 
deal  with  Thy  children  according  to  the  attribute  of  mercy  and 
stop  short  of  the  limit  of  strict  justice!  And  He  nodded  to  me  with 
His  head.?2 

111  It  is  not  difficult  to  see  from  these  quotations  what  was  the 
effect  of  Job's  contradictory  God-image.  It  became  a  subject  for 
religious  speculation  inside  Judaism  and,  through  the  medium 

66  Mo'ed  IV,  Pesahim  119  (BT,  p.  613);  Nezikin  VI,  Sanhedrin  II,  103  (BT, 
pp.  6g8ff.).  67  Nezikin  VI,  Sanhedrin  II,  97  (BT,  p.  659;  modified). 

QSZera'im  I,  Berakoth  16b  (BT,  p.  98;  slightly  modified).  69  Ibid.  7a  (p.  30). 

70  "Akathriel"  is  a  made-up  word  composed  of  ktr  =  kether  (throne)  and  el,  the 
name  of  God. 

71  A  string  of  numinous  God  names,  usually  translated  as  "the  Lord  of  Hosts." 

72  Zera'im  I,  Berakoth  7  (BT,  p.  30;  slightly  modified). 

60 


CHRIST,    A    SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


of  the  Cabala,  it  evidently  had  an  influence  on  Jakob  Bohme.  In 
his  writings  we  find  a  similar  ambivalence,  namely  the  love  and 
the  "wrath-fire"  of  God,  in  which  Lucifer  burns  for  ever.73 

Since  psychology  is  not  metaphysics,  no  metaphysical  dualism 
can  be  derived  from,  or  imputed  to,  its  statements  concerning 
the  equivalence  of  opposites.74  It  knows  that  equivalent  oppo- 
sites  are  necessary  conditions  inherent  in  the  act  of  cognition, 
and  that  without  them  no  discrimination  would  be  possible. 
It  is  not  exactly  probable  that  anything  so  intrinsically  bound 
up  with  the  act  of  cognition  should  be  at  the  same  time  a  prop- 
erty of  the  object.  It  is  far  easier  to  suppose  that  it  is  primarily 
our  consciousness  which  names  and  evaluates  the  differences  be- 
tween things,  and  perhaps  even  creates  distinctions  where  no 
differences  are  discernible. 

I  have  gone  into  the  doctrine  of  the  privatio  boni  at  such 
length  because  it  is  in  a  sense  responsible  for  a  too  optimistic 
conception  of  the  evil  in  human  nature  and  for  a  too  pessimistic 
view  of  the  human  soul.  To  offset  this,  early  Christianity,  with 
unerring  logic,  balanced  Christ  against  an  Antichrist.  For  how 
can  you  speak  of  "high"  if  there  is  no  "low,"  or  "right"  if  there 
is  no  "left,"  of  "good"  if  there  is  no  "bad,"  and  the  one  is  as  real 
as  the  other?  Only  with  Christ  did  a  devil  enter  the  world  as  the 
real  counterpart  of  God,  and  in  early  Jewish-Christian  circles 
Satan,  as  already  mentioned,  was  regarded  as  Christ's  elder 
brother. 

But  there  is  still  another  reason  why  I  must  lay  such  critical 
stress  on  the  privatio  boni.  As  early  as  Basil  wre  meet  with  the 
tendency  to  attribute  evil  to  the  disposition  (SmfleoW)  of  the  soul, 
and  at  the  same  time  to  give  it  a  "non-existent"  character.  Since, 
according  to  this  author,   evil  originates   in   human   frivolity 

73  Aurora,  trans,  by  John  Sparrow,  p.  423. 

74  My  learned  friend  Victor  White,  O.P.,  in  his  Dominican  Studies  (II,  p.  399), 
thinks  he  can  detect  a  Manichaean  streak  in  me.  I  don't  go  in  for  metaphysics, 
but  ecclesiastical  philosophy  undoubtedly  does,  and  for  this  reason  I  must  ask 
what  are  we  to  make  of  hell,  damnation,  and  the  devil,  if  these  things  are  eternal? 
Theoretically  they  consist  of  nothing,  and  how  does  that  square  with  the  dogma 
of  eternal  damnation?  But  if  they  consist  of  something,  that  something  can  hardly 
be  good.  So  where  is  the  danger  of  dualism?  In  addition  to  this  my  critic  should 
know  how  very  much  I  stress  the  unity  of  the  self,  this  central  archetype  which 
is  a  complexio  oppositorum  par  excellence,  and  that  my  leanings  are  therefore 
towards  the  very  reverse  of  dualism. 

6l 


AION 


and  therefore  owes  its  existence  to  mere  negligence,  it  exists, 
so  to  speak,  only  as  a  by-product  of  psychological  oversight,  and 
this  is  such  a  quantite  negligeable  that  evil  vanishes  altogether 
in  smoke.  Frivolity  as  a  cause  of  evil  is  certainly  a  factor  to  be 
taken  seriously,  but  it  is  a  factor  that  can  be  got  rid  of  by  a 
change  of  attitude.  We  can  act  differently,  if  we  want  to.  Psy- 
chological causation  is  something  so  elusive  and  seemingly  un- 
real that  everything  which  is  reduced  to  it  inevitably  takes  on 
the  character  of  futility  or  of  a  purely  accidental  mistake  and  is 
thereby  minimized  to  the  utmost.  It  is  an  open  question  how 
much  of  our  modern  undervaluation  of  the  psyche  stems  from 
this  prejudice.  This  prejudice  is  all  the  more  serious  in  that  it 
causes  the  psyche  to  be  suspected  of  being  the  birthplace  of  all 
evil.  The  Church  Fathers  can  hardly  have  considered  what  a 
fatal  power  they  were  ascribing  to  the  soul.  One  must  be  posi- 
tively blind  not  to  see  the  colossal  role  that  evil  plays  in  the 
world.  Indeed,  it  took  the  intervention  of  God  himself  to  deliver 
humanity  from  the  curse  of  evil,  for  without  his  intervention 
man  would  have  been  lost.  If  this  paramount  power  of  evil  is 
imputed  to  the  soul,  the  result  can  only  be  a  negative  inflation 
—i.e.,  a  daemonic  claim  to  power  on  the  part  of  the  unconscious 
which  makes  it  all  the  more  formidable.  This  unavoidable  con- 
sequence is  anticipated  in  the  figure  of  the  Antichrist  and  is 
reflected  in  the  course  of  contemporary  events,  whose  nature  is 
in  accord  with  the  Christian  aeon  of  the  Fishes,  now  running 
to  its  end. 
li5  In  the  world  of  Christian  ideas  Christ  undoubtedly  repre- 
sents the  self.75  As  the  apotheosis  of  individuality,  the  self  has 
the  attributes  of  uniqueness  and  of  occurring  once  only  in  time. 
But  since  the  psychological  self  is  a  transcendent  concept,  ex- 
pressing the  totality  of  conscious  and  unconscious  contents,  it 

75  It  has  been  objected  that  Christ  cannot  have  been  a  valid  symbol  of  the  self, 
or  was  only  an  illusory  substitute  for  it.  I  can  agree  with  this  view  only  if  it  refers 
strictly  to  the  present  time,  when  psychological  criticism  has  become  possible, 
but  not  if  it  pretends  to  judge  the  pre-psychological  age.  Christ  did  not  merely 
symbolize  wholeness,  but,  as  a  psychic  phenomenon,  he  was  wholeness.  This  is 
proved  by  the  symbolism  as  well  as  by  the  phenomenology  of  the  past,  for  which— 
be  it  noted— evil  was  a  privatio  boni.  The  idea  of  totality  is,  at  any  given  time, 
as  total  as  one  is  oneself.  Who  can  guarantee  that  our  conception  of  totality  is 
not  equally  in  need  of  completion?  The  mere  concept  of  totality  does  not  by  any 
means  posit  it. 

62 


CHRIST,    A    SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


can  only  be  described  in  antinomial  terms; 76  that  is,  the  above 
attributes  must  be  supplemented  by  their  opposites  if  the  tran- 
scendental situation  is  to  be  characterized  correctly.  We  can  do 
this  most  simply  in  the  form  of  a  quaternion  of  opposites: 

UNITEMPORAL 


UNIQUE 


UNIVERSAL 


ETERNAL 


This  formula  expresses  not  only  the  psychological  self  but 
also  the  dogmatic  figure  of  Christ.  As  an  historical  personage 
Christ  is  unitemporal  and  unique;  as  God,  universal  and  eternal. 
Likewise  the  self:  as  the  essence  of  individuality  it  is  unitempo- 
ral and  unique;  as  an  archetypal  symbol  it  is  a  God-image  and 
therefore  universal  and  eternal.77  Now  if  theology  describes 
Christ  as  simply  "good"  and  "spiritual,"  something  "evil"  and 
"material" — or  "chthonic" — is  bound  to  arise  on  the  other 
side,  to  represent  the  Antichrist.  The  resultant  quaternion  of 
opposites  is  united  on  the  psychological  plane  by  the  fact  that 
the  self  is  not  deemed  exclusively  "good"  and  "spiritual";  conse- 
quently its  shadow  turns  out  to  be  much  less  black.  A  further 
result  is  that  the  opposites  of  "good"  and  "spiritual"  need  no 
longer  be  separated  from  the  whole: 


GOOD 


SPIRITUAL 


MATERIAL   OR   CHTHONIC 


76  Just  as  the  transcendent  nature  of  light  can  only  be  expressed  through  the 
image  of  waves  and  particles. 

77  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  323ft.,  and  "The  Relations  between  the  Ego 
and  the  Unconscious,"  pars.  398ft. 

63 


AION 

1  »7  This  quaternio  characterizes  the  psychological  self.  Being  a 
totality,  it  must  by  definition  include  the  light  and  dark  aspects, 
in  the  same  way  that  the  self  embraces  both  masculine  and 
feminine  and  is  therefore  symbolized  by  the  marriage  qua- 
ternio.18 This  last  is  by  no  means  a  new  discovery,  since  accord- 
ing to  Hippolytus  it  was  known  to  the  Naassenes.79  Hence 
individuation  is  a  "mysterium  coniunctionis,"  the  self  being  ex- 
perienced as  a  nuptial  union  of  opposite  halves 80  and  depicted 
as  a  composite  whole  in  mandalas  that  are  drawn  spontaneously 
by  patients. 

118  It  was  known,  and  stated,  very  early  that  the  man  Jesus,  the 
son  of  Mary,  was  the  principium  individuationis.  Thus  Basili- 
des 81  is  reported  by  Hippolytus  as  saying:  ''Now  Jesus  became  the 
first  sacrifice  in  the  discrimination  of  the  natures  [<f>v\oicpivri<ris], 
and  the  Passion  came  to  pass  for  no  other  reason  than  the  dis- 
crimination of  composite  things.  For  in  this  manner,  he  says,  the 
sonship  that  had  been  left  behind  in  a  formless  state  [anopsia]  .  .  , 
needed  separating  into  its  components  [<pv\oKpivqOrjvai\,  in  the 
same  way  that  Jesus  was  separated."82  According  to  the  rather 
complicated  teachings  of  Basilides,  the  "non-existent"  God  be- 
got a  threefold  sonship  (vlorijs).  The  first  "son,"  whose  nature 
was  the  finest  and  most  subtle,  remained  up  above  with  the 
Father.  The  second  son,  having  a  grosser  (iraxv^pio-Tepa)  nature, 
descended  a  bit  lower,  but  received  "some  such  wins:  as  that 
with  which  Plato  .  .  .  equips  the  soul  in  his  Phaedrus."  83  The 
third  son,  as  his  nature  needed  purifying  (air oKaOdpms),  fell  deep- 
est into  "formlessness."  This  third  "sonship"  is  obviously  the 
grossest  and  heaviest  because  of  its  impurity.  In  these  three 
emanations  or  manifestations  of  the  non-existent  God  it  is  not 
hard  to  see  the  trichotomy  of  spirit,  soul,  and  body  (irvev/«m#cov, 
\pvxiKov,  uapKLKov).  Spirit  is  the  finest  and  highest;  soul,  as  the 
ligamentum  spiritus  et  corporis,  is  grosser  than  spirit,  but  has 
"the  wings  of  an  eagle,"  84  so  that  it  may  lift  its  heaviness  up  to 

78  Cf.  "The  Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  425s. 

79  Elenchos,  V,  8,  2  (trans,  by  F.  Legge,  I,  p.  131).  Cf.  infra,  pars.  358ft. 

80 Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  334,  and  "The  Psychology  of  the  Transference," 
pars.  457ft.  81  Basilides  lived  in  the  2nd  cent. 

82  Elenchos,  VII,  27,  12  (cf.  Legge  trans.,  II,  p.  79). 

83  Ibid.,  VII,  22,  10  (cf.  II,  pp.  69-70). 

84  Ibid.,  VII,  22,  15  (II,  p.  70).  The  eagle  has  the  same  significance  in  alchemy. 

64 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


the  higher  regions.  Both  are  of  a  "subtle"  nature  and  dwell,  like 
the  ether  and  the  eagle,  in  or  near  the  region  of  light,  whereas  the 
body,  being  heavy,  dark,  and  impure,  is  deprived  of  the  light 
but  nevertheless  contains  the  divine  seed  of  the  third  sonship, 
though  still  unconscious  and  formless.  This  seed  is  as  it  were 
awakened  by  Jesus,  purified  and  made  capable  of  ascension 
(avaS pofxrj),85  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  the  opposites  were  sepa- 
rated in  Jesus  through  the  Passion  (i.e.,  through  his  division 
into  four).86  Jesus  is  thus  the  prototype  for  the  awakening  of  the 
third  sonship  slumbering  in  the  darkness  of  humanity.  He  is  the 
"spiritual  inner  man."  87  He  is  also  a  complete  trichotomy  in 
himself,  for  Jesus  the  son  of  Mary  represents  the  incarnate  man, 
but  his  immediate  predecessor  is  the  second  Christ,  the  son  of 
the  highest  archon  of  the  hebdomad,  and  his  first  prefiguration 
is  Christ  the  son  of  the  highest  archon  of  the  ogdoad,  the 
demiurge  Yahweh.88  This  trichotomy  of  Anthropos  figures  cor- 
responds exactly  to  the  three  sonships  of  the  non-existing  God 
and  to  the  division  of  human  nature  into  three  parts.  We  have 
therefore  three  trichotomies: 

85  This  word  also  occurs  in  the  well-known  passage  about  the  krater  in  Zosimos. 
(Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs,  III,  li,  8:  dva8pap.€  eirl  rb  yivos  rb  adv. 
86 1  must  say  a  word  here  about  the  horos  doctrine  of  the  Valentinians  in 
Irenaeus  (Adv.  haer,  I,  2,  2ff.)  Horos  (boundary)  is  a  "power"  or  numen  iden- 
tical with  Christ,  or  at  least  proceeding  from  him.  It  has  the  following  synonyms: 
bpodeT7)s  (boundary-fixer),  fieraywyevs  (he  who  leads  across),  Kap-Kiarr\%  (eman- 
cipator), \vrpwTT]$  (redeemer),  cravpos  (cross).  In  this  capacity  he  is  the  regulator 
and  mainstay  of  the  universe,  like  Jesus.  When  Sophia  was  "formless  and  shape- 
less as  an  embryo,  Christ  took  pity  on  her,  stretched  her  out  through  his  Cross 
and  gave  her  form  through  his  power,"  so  that  at  least  she  acquired  substance 
(Adv.  haer.,  I,  4).  He  also  left  behind  for  her  an  "intimation  of  immortality." 
The  identity  of  the  Cross  with  Horos,  or  with  Christ,  is  clear  from  the  text,  an 
image  that  we  find  also  in  Paulinus  of  Nola: 

".  .  .  regnare  deum  super  omnia  Christum, 
qui  cruce  dispensa  per  quattuor  extima  ligni 
quattuor  adtingit  dimensum  partibus  orbem, 
ut  trahat  ad  uitam  populos  ex  omnibus  oris." 

(Christ  reigns  over  all  things  as  God,  who,  on  the  outstretched  cross,  reaches  out 
through  the  four  extremities  of  the  wood  to  the  four  parts  of  the  wide  world, 
that  he  may  draw  unto  life  the  peoples  from  all  lands.)  (Carmina,  ed.  by  Wilhelm 
Hartel,  Carm.  XIX,  639*?.,  p.  140.)  For  the  Cross  as  God's  "lightning"  cf.  "A 
Study  in  the  Process  of  Individuation,"  pars.  535L 

87  Elenchos,  VII,  27,  5  (Legge  trans.,  II,  p.  78). 

88  Ibid.,  VII,  26,  5  (II,  p.  75). 

65 


AION 
I  II  III 

First  sonship  Christ  of  the  Ogdoad  Spirit 

Second  sonship  Christ  of  the  Hebdomad  Soul 

Third  sonship  Jesus  the  Son  of  Mary  Body 

119  It  is  in  the  sphere  of  the  dark,  heavy  body  that  we  must  look 
for  the  a/xoP<f>La,  the  "formlessness"  wherein  the  third  sonship  lies 
hidden.  As  suggested  above,  this  formlessness  seems  to  be  prac- 
tically the  equivalent  of  "unconsciousness."  G.  Quispel  has 
drawn  attention  to  the  concepts  of  ayvuala  in  Epiphanius 89  and 
kvbr\rov  in  Hippolytus,90  which  are  best  translated  by  "uncon- 
scious." 'AfjLop4>ia,  ayvuvia,  and  b.v6r)rov  all  refer  to  the  initial  state 
of  things,  to  the  potentiality  of  unconscious  contents,  aptly 
formulated  by  Basilides  as  ovk  bv  cnrkpua  tov  kogixov  iro\vtJiop<pov  bixov 
kclI  iroXvovaiov  (the  non-existent,  many-formed,  and  all-empower- 
ing seed  of  the  world).91 

120  This  picture  of  the  third  sonship  has  certain  analogies  with 
the  medieval  filius  philosophorum  and  the  filius  macrocosmi, 
who  also  symbolize  the  world-soul  slumbering  in  matter.92  Even 
with  Basilides  the  body  acquires  a  special  and  unexpected  sig- 
nificance, since  in  it  and  its  materiality  is  lodged  a  third  of  the 
revealed  Godhead.  This  means  nothing  less  than  that  matter  is 
predicated  as  having  considerable  numinosity  in  itself,  and  I 
see  this  as  an  anticipation  of  the  "mystic"  significance  which 
matter  subsequently  assumed  in  alchemy  and— later  on— in 
natural  science.  From  a  psychological  point  of  view  it  is  par- 

89  Panarium,  XXXI,  5  (Oehler  edn.,  I,  p.  314). 

90  Elenchos,  VII,  22,  16  (Legge  trans.,  II,  p.  71).  Cf.  infra,  pars.  298ft. 

91  Ibid.,  20,  5  (cf.  II,  p.  66).  Quispel,  "Note  sur  'Basilide'." 

92  With  reference  to  the  psychological  nature  of  Gnostic  sayings,  see  Quispel's 
"Philo  und  die  altchristliche  Haresie,"  p.  432,  where  he  quotes  Irenaeus  (Adv. 
haer.,  II,  4,  2):  "Id  quod  extra  et  quod  intus  dicere  eos  secundum  agnitionem  et 
ignorantiam,  sed  non  secundum  localem  sententiam"  (In  speaking  of  what  is 
outward  and  what  is  inward,  they  refer,  not  to  place,  but  to  what  is  known  and 
what  is  not  known).  (Cf.  Legge,  I,  p.  127.)  The  sentence  that  follows  immediately 
after  this— "But  in  the  Pleroma,  or  in  that  which  is  contained  by  the  Father, 
everything  that  the  demiurge  or  the  angels  have  created  is  contained  by  the 
unspeakable  greatness,  as  the  centre  in  a  circle"— is  therefore  to  be  taken  as  a 
description  of  unconscious  contents.  Quispel's  view  of  projection  calls  for  the 
critical  remark  that  projection  does  not  do  away  with  the  reality  of  a  psychic 
content.  Nor  can  a  fact  be  called  "unreal"  merely  because  it  cannot  be  described 
as  other  than  "psychic."  Psyche  is  reality  par  excellence. 

66 


CHRIST,    A    SYMBOL    OF    THE    SELF 


ticularly  important  that  Jesus  corresponds  to  the  third  sonship 
and  is  the  prototype  of  the  "awakener"  because  the  opposites 
were  separated  in  him  through  the  Passion  and  so  became  con- 
scious, whereas  in  the  third  sonship  itself  they  remain  uncon- 
scious so  long  as  the  latter  is  formless  and  undifferentiated.  This 
amounts  to  saying  that  in  unconscious  humanity  there  is  a  latent 
seed  that  corresponds  to  the  prototype  Jesus.  Just  as  the  man 
Jesus  became  conscious  only  through  the  light  that  emanated 
from  the  higher  Christ  and  separated  the  natures  in  him,  so  the 
seed  in  unconscious  humanity  is  awakened  by  the  light  emanat- 
ing from  Jesus,  and  is  thereby  impelled  to  a  similar  discrimina- 
tion of  opposites.  This  view  is  entirely  in  accord  with  the  psy- 
chological fact  that  the  archetypal  image  of  the  self  has  been 
shown  to  occur  in  dreams  even  when  no  such  conceptions  exist 
in  the  conscious  mind  of  the  dreamer.93 


I  would  not  like  to  end  this  chapter  without  a  few  final  re- 
marks that  are  forced  on  me  by  the  importance  of  the  material 
we  have  been  discussing.  The  standpoint  of  a  psychology  whose 
subject  is  the  phenomenology  of  the  psyche  is  evidently  some- 
thing that  is  not  easy  to  grasp  and  is  very  often  misunderstood. 
If,  therefore,  at  the  risk  of  repeating  myself,  I  come  back  to 
fundamentals,  I  do  so  only  in  order  to  forestall  certain  wrong 
impressions  which  might  be  occasioned  by  what  I  have  said, 
and  to  spare  my  reader  unnecessary  difficulties. 

The  parallel  I  have  drawn  here  between  Christ  and  the  self 
is  not  to  be  taken  as  anything  more  than  a  psychological  one, 
just  as  the  parallel  with  the  fish  is  mythological.  There  is  no 
question  of  any  intrusion  into  the  sphere  of  metaphysics,  i.e.,  of 
faith.  The  images  of  God  and  Christ  which  man's  religious 
fantasy  projects  cannot  avoid  being  anthropomorphic  and  are 
admitted  to  be  so;  hence  they  are  capable  of  psychological  elu- 
cidation like  any  other  symbols.  Just  as  the  ancients  believed 
that  they  had  said  something  important  about  Christ  with  their 
fish  symbol,  so  it  seemed  to  the  alchemists  that  their  parallel 
with  the  stone  served  to  illuminate  and  deepen  the  meaning  of 
the  Christ-image.  In  the  course  of  time,  the  fish  symbolism 

93  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  52ft.,  122ft.,  and  "A  Study  in  the  Process  of 
Individuation,"  pars.  542,  550,  58 if. 

67 


AION 

disappeared  completely,  and  so  likewise  did  the  lapis  philoso- 
phorum.  Concerning  this  latter  symbol,  however,  there  are 
plenty  of  statements  to  be  found  which  show  it  in  a  special  light 
—views  and  ideas  which  attach  such  importance  to  the  stone 
that  one  begins  to  wonder  whether,  in  the  end,  it  was  Christ  who 
was  taken  as  a  symbol  of  the  stone  rather  than  the  other  way 
round.  This  marks  a  development  which — with  the  help  of  cer- 
tain ideas  in  the  epistles  of  John  and  Paul — includes  Christ  in 
the  realm  of  immediate  inner  experience  and  makes  him  appear 
as  the  figure  of  the  total  man.  It  also  links  up  directly  with  the 
psychological  evidence  for  the  existence  of  an  archetypal  con- 
tent possessing  all  those  qualities  which  are  characteristic  of  the 
Christ-image  in  its  archaic  and  medieval  forms.  Modern  psy- 
chology is  therefore  confronted  with  a  question  very  like  the 
one  that  faced  the  alchemists:  Is  the  self  a  symbol  of  Christ,  or 
is  Christ  a  symbol  of  the  self? 
23  In  the  present  study  I  have  affirmed  the  latter  alternative. 
I  have  tried  to  show  how  the  traditional  Christ-image  concen- 
trates upon  itself  the  characteristics  of  an  archetype— the  arche- 
type of  the  self.  My  aim  and  method  do  not  purport  to  be  any- 
thing more  in  principle  than,  shall  we  say,  the  efforts  of  an  art 
historian  to  trace  the  various  influences  which  have  contributed 
towards  the  formation  of  a  particular  Christ-image.  Thus  we 
find  the  concept  of  the  archetype  in  the  history  of  art  as  well  as 
in  philology  and  textual  criticism.  The  psychological  archetype 
differs  from  its  parallels  in  other  fields  only  in  one  respect:  it 
refers  to  a  living  and  ubiquitous  psychic  fact,  and  this  naturally 
shows  the  whole  situation  in  a  rather  different  light.  One  is  then 
tempted  to  attach  greater  importance  to  the  immediate  and  liv- 
ing presence  of  the  archetype  than  to  the  idea  of  the  historical 
Christ.  As  I  have  said,  there  is  among  certain  of  the  alchemists, 
too,  a  tendency  to  give  the  lapis  priority  over  Christ.  Since  I 
am  far  from  cherishing  any  missionary  intentions,  I  must  ex- 
pressly emphasize  that  I  am  not  concerned  here  with  confessions 
of  faith  but  with  proven  scientific  facts.  If  one  inclines  to  regard 
the  archetype  of  the  self  as  the  real  agent  and  hence  takes  Christ 
as  a  symbol  of  the  self,  one  must  bear  in  mind  that  there  is  a 
considerable  difference  between  perfection  and  completeness. 
The  Christ-image  is  as  good  as  perfect  (at  least  it  is  meant  to  be 
so),  while  the  archetype  (so  far  as  known)  denotes  completeness 

68 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF   THE   SELF 


but  is  far  from  being  perfect.  It  is  a  paradox,  a  statement  about 
something  indescribable  and  transcendental.  Accordingly  the 
realization  of  the  self,  which  would  logically  follow  from  a  rec- 
ognition of  its  supremacy,  leads  to  a  fundamental  conflict,  to  a 
real  suspension  between  opposites  (reminiscent  of  the  crucified 
Christ  hanging  between  two  thieves),  and  to  an  approximate 
state  of  wholeness  that  lacks  perfection.  To  strive  after  teleiosis 
in  the  sense  of  perfection  is  not  only  legitimate  but  is  inborn 
in  man  as  a  peculiarity  which  provides  civilization  with  one  of 
its  strongest  roots.  This  striving  is  so  powerful,  even,  that  it  can 
turn  into  a  passion  that  draws  everything  into  its  service.  Nat- 
ural as  it  is  to  seek  perfection  in  one  way  or  another,  the  arche- 
type fulfils  itself  in  completeness,  and  this  is  a  TeAetWi?  of  quite 
another  kind.  Where  the  archetype  predominates,  completeness 
is  forced  upon  us  against  all  our  conscious  strivings,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  archaic  nature  of  the  archetype.  The  individual 
may  strive  after  perfection  ("Be  you  therefore  perfect— ri Add- 
as also  your  heavenly  Father  is  perfect."  94)  but  must  suffer  from 
the  opposite  of  his  intentions  for  the  sake  of  his  completeness. 
"I  find  then  a  law,  that,  when  I  would  do  good,  evil  is  present 
with  me."95 
»24  The  Christ-image  fully  corresponds  to  this  situation:  Christ 
is  the  perfect  man  who  is  crucified.  One  could  hardly  think  of  a 
truer  picture  of  the  goal  of  ethical  endeavour.  At  any  rate  the 
transcendental  idea  of  the  self  that  serves  psychology  as  a  work- 
ing hypothesis  can  never  match  that  image  because,  although  it 
is  a  symbol,  it  lacks  the  character  of  a  revelatory  historical  event. 
Like  the  related  ideas  of  atman  and  tao  in  the  East,  the  idea  of 
the  self  is  at  least  in  part  a  product  of  cognition,  grounded 
neither  on  faith  nor  on  metaphysical  speculation  but  on  the 
experience  that  under  certain  conditions  the  unconscious  spon- 
taneously brings  forth  an  archetypal  symbol  of  wholeness.  From 
this  we  must  conclude  that  some  such  archetype  occurs  uni- 
versally and  is  endowed  with  a  certain  numinosity.  And  there  is 
in  fact  any  amount  of  historical  evidence  as  well  as  modern  case 
material  to  prove  this.90  These  naive  and  completely  uninflu- 
enced pictorial  representations  of  the  symbol  show  that  it  is 
given   central   and  supreme   importance  precisely   because   it 

94  Matt.  5  :  48  (DV).  95  Rom.  7:21  (AV). 

96  Cf.  the  last  two  papers  in  Part  I  of  vol.  9. 

69 


AION 


stands  for  the  conjunction  of  opposites.  Naturally  the  conjunc- 
tion can  only  be  understood  as  a  paradox,  since  a  union  of  oppo- 
sites can  be  thought  of  only  as  their  annihilation.  Paradox  is  a 
characteristic  of  all  transcendental  situations  because  it  alone 
gives  adequate  expression  to  their  indescribable  nature. 

25  Whenever  the  archetype  of  the  self  predominates,  the  in- 
evitable psychological  consequence  is  a  state  of  conflict  vividly 
exemplified  by  the  Christian  symbol  of  crucifixion— that  acute 
state  of  unredeemedness  which  comes  to  an  end  only  with  the 
words  "consummatum  est."  Recognition  of  the  archetype,  there- 
fore, does  not  in  any  way  circumvent  the  Christian  mystery; 
rather,  it  forcibly  creates  the  psychological  preconditions  with- 
out which  "redemption"  would  appear  meaningless.  "Redemp- 
tion" does  not  mean  that  a  burden  is  taken  from  one's  shoulders 
which  one  was  never  meant  to  bear.  Only  the  "complete"  per- 
son knows  how  unbearable  man  is  to  himself.  So  far  as  I  can 
see,  no  relevant  objection  could  be  raised  from  the  Christian 
point  of  view  against  anyone  accepting  the  task  of  individuation 
imposed  on  us  by  nature,  and  the  recognition  of  our  whole- 
ness  or  completeness,  as  a  binding  personal  commitment.  If  he 
does  this  consciously  and  intentionally,  he  avoids  all  the  un- 
happy consequences  of  repressed  individuation.  In  other  words, 
if  he  voluntarily  takes  the  burden  of  completeness  on  himself, 
he  need  not  find  it  "happening"  to  him  against  his  will  in  a 
negative  form.  This  is  as  much  as  to  say  that  anyone  who  is 
destined  to  descend  into  a  deep  pit  had  better  set  about  it  with 
all  the  necessary  precautions  rather  than  risk  falling  into  the 
hole  backwards. 

126  The  irreconcilable  nature  of  the  opposites  in  Christian  psy- 
chology is  due  to  their  moral  accentuation.  This  accentuation 
seems  natural  to  us,  although,  looked  at  historically,  it  is  a  legacy 
from  the  Old  Testament  with  its  emphasis  on  righteousness  in 
the  eyes  of  the  law.  Such  an  influence  is  notably  lacking  in  the 
East,  in  the  philosophical  religions  of  India  and  China.  Without 
stopping  to  discuss  the  question  of  whether  this  exacerbation  of 
the  opposites,  much  as  it  increases  suffering,  may  not  after  all 
correspond  to  a  higher  degree  of  truth,  I  should  like  merely  to 
express  the  hope  that  the  present  world  situation  may  be  looked 
upon  in  the  light  of  the  psychological  rule  alluded  to  above.  To- 
day humanity,  as  never  before,  is  split  into  two  apparently  irrec- 

70 


CHRIST,    A   SYMBOL   OF    THE    SELF 


oncilable  halves.  The  psychological  rule  says  that  when  an  in- 
ner situation  is  not  made  conscious,  it  happens  outside,  as  fate. 
That  is  to  say,  when  the  individual  remains  undivided  and 
does  not  become  conscious  of  his  inner  opposite,  the  world  must 
perforce  act  out  the  conflict  and  be  torn  into  opposing  halves. 


7» 


VI 

THE  SIGN  OF  THE  FISHES 

l27  The  figure  of  Christ  is  not  as  simple  and  unequivocal  as  one 
could  wish.  I  am  not  referring  here  to  the  enormous  difficulties 
arising  out  of  a  comparison  of  the  Synoptic  Christ  with  the 
Johannine  Christ,  but  to  the  remarkable  fact  that  in  the  herme- 
neutic  writings  of  the  Church  Fathers,  which  go  right  back  to 
the  days  of  primitive  Christianity,  Christ  has  a  number  of  sym- 
bols or  "allegories"  in  common  with  the  devil.  Of  these  I  would 
mention  the  lion,  snake  (coluber,  'viper'),  bird  (devil  =  noc- 
turna  avis),  raven  (Christ  =  nycticorax,  'night-heron'),  eagle, 
and  fish.  It  is  also  worth  noting  that  Lucifer,  the  Morning  Star, 
means  Christ  as  well  as  the  devil.1  Apart  from  the  snake,  the  fish 
is  one  of  the  oldest  allegories.  Nowadays  we  would  prefer  to  call 
them  symbols,  because  these  synonyms  always  contain  more  than 
mere  allegories,  as  is  particularly  obvious  in  the  case  of  the  fish 
symbol.  It  is  unlikely  that  'IxOv?  is  simply  an  anagrammatic 
abbreviation  of  'if^o-oik]  Xfpioro?]  ®[eov]  Y[ids]  25[©«jp],2  but  rather 

1  Early  collections  of  such  allegories  in  the  Ancoratus  of  Epiphanius,  and  in 
Augustine,  Contra  Faustum.  For  nycticorax  and  aquila  see  Eucherius,  Liber  for- 
mularum  spiritalis  intelligentiae,  cap.  5  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  50,  col.  740). 

2  Augustine  (City  of  God,  trans,  by  J.  Healey,  II,  p.  196)  relates  how  the  former 
proconsul  Flaccianus,  with  whom  he  had  a  conversation  about  Jesus,  produced  a 
book  containing  the  songs  of  the  Erythraean  Sibyl,  and  showed  him  the  passage 
where  the  above  words,  forming  the  acrostic  'ixOvs,  are  themselves  the  acrostic 
for  a  whole  poem,  an  apocalyptic  prophecy  of  the  Sibyls: 

"Iudicii  signum  tell  us  sudore  madescet, 
E  coelo  Rex  adveniet  per  saecla  futurus: 
Scilicet  in  carne  praesens  ut  iudicet  orbem. 
Unde  Deum  cement  incredulus  atque  fidelis 
Celsum  cum  Sanctis,  aevi  iam  termino  in  ipso. 
Sic  animae  cum  carne  aderunt  quasjudicat  ipse  .  .  ." 
(In  sign  of  doomsday  the  whole  earth  shall  sweat. 
Ever  to  reign  a  king  in  heavenly  seat 
Shall  come  to  judge  all  flesh.  The  faithful  and 
Unfaithful  too  before  this  God  shall  stand, 
Seeing  him  high  with  saints  in  time's  last  end. 
78 


THE    SIGN    OF   THE    FISHES 


the  symbolical  designation  for  something  far  more  complex.  (As 
I  have  frequently  pointed  out  in  my  other  writings,  I  do  not 
regard  the  symbol  as  an  allegory  or  a  sign,  but  take  it  in  its 
proper  sense  as  the  best  possible  way  of  describing  and  formu- 
lating an  object  that  is  not  completely  knowable.  It  is  in  this 
sense  that  the  creed  is  called  a  "symbolum.")  The  order  of  the 
words  gives  one  more  the  impression  that  they  were  put  together 
for  the  purpose  of  explaining  an  already  extant  and  widely  dis- 
seminated "Ichthys."3  For  the  fish  symbol,  in  the  Near  and 
Middle  East  especially,  has  a  long  and  colourful  prehistory,  from 
the  Babylonian  fish-god  Oannes  and  his  priests  who  clothed 
themselves  in  fish-skins,  to  the  sacred  fish-meals  in  the  cult  of  the 
Phoenician  goddess  Derceto-Atargatis  and  the  obscurities  of  the 
Abercius  inscription.4  The  symbol  ranges  from  the  redeemer- 
fish  of  Manu  in  farthest  India  to  the  Eucharistic  fish-feast  cele- 
brated by  the  "Thracian  riders"  in  the  Roman  Empire.5  For  our 
purpose  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  go  into  this  voluminous  ma- 
terial more  closely.  As  Doelger  and  others  have  shown,  there 
are  plenty  of  occasions  for  fish  symbolism  within  the  original, 
purely  Christian  world  of  ideas.  I  need  only  mention  the  regen- 
eration in  the  font,  in  which  the  baptized  swim  like  fishes.6 
2g  In  view  of  this  wide  distribution  of  the  fish  symbol,  its 
appearance  at  a  particular  place  or  at  a  particular  moment  in 
the  history  of  the  world  is  no  cause  for  wonder.  But  the  sudden 
activation  of  the  symbol,  and  its  identification  with  Christ  even 
in  the  early  days  of  the  Church,  lead  one  to  conjecture  a  second 

Corporeal  shall  he  sit,  and  thence  extend 
His  doom  on  souls  .  .  .)  (Ibid.,  p.  437.) 

The  Greek  original  is  in  Oracula  Sibyllina,  ed.  John  Geffcken,  p.  142.  [For  Augus- 
tine's explanation  of  the  discrepancy  in  the  acrostic,  see  Healey  trans.,  II,  p.  196.— 
Editors.] 

3  Cf.  Jeremias,  The  Old  Testament  in  the  Light  of  the  Ancient  East,  I,  p.  76,  n.  2. 

4  From  this  inscription  I  will  cite  only  the  middle  portion,  which  says:  "Every- 
where I  had  a  travelling  companion,  since  I  had  Paul  sitting  in  the  chariot.  But 
everywhere  Faith  drew  me  onward,  and  everywhere  he  set  before  me  for  food  a 
fish  from  the  source,  exceeding  great  and  pure,  which  a  holy  virgin  had  caught. 
And  he  offered  this  fish  to  the  friends  to  eat,  having  good  wine,  a  mixed  drink 
with  bread."  See  Ramsay,  "The  Cities  and  Bishoprics  of  Phrygia,"  p.  424. 

5  Cf.  the  material  in  Goodenough,  Jewish  Symbols  in  the  Greco-Roman  Period, 
V,  pp.  i3ff. 

6  Doelger,  TXGTS:  Das  Fischsymbol  in  friihchristlicher  Zeit. 

73 


AION 


source.  This  source  is  astrology,  and  it  seems  that  Friedrich 
Muenter 7  was  the  first  to  draw  attention  to  it.  Jeremias 8  adopts 
the  same  view  and  mentions  that  a  Jewish  commentary  on 
Daniel,  written  in  the  fourteenth  century,  expected  the  coming 
of  the  Messiah  in  the  sign  of  the  Fishes.  This  commentary  is 
mentioned  by  Muenter  in  a  later  publication  9  as  stemming  from 
Don  Isaac  Abarbanel,  who  was  born  in  Lisbon  in  1437  and  died 
in  Venice  in  1508.10  It  is  explained  here  that  the  House  of  the 
Fishes  (X)  is  the  house  of  justice  and  of  brilliant  splendour 
(U  in  ^).  Further,  that  in  anno  mundi  2365,11  a  great  conjunc- 
tion of  Saturn  (f?)  and  Jupiter  (U )  took  place  in  Pisces.12  These 
two  great  planets,  he  says,  are  also  the  most  important  for  the 
destiny  of  the  world,  and  especially  for  the  destiny  of  the  Jews. 
The  conjunction  took  place  three  years  before  the  birth  of 
Moses.  (This  is  of  course  legendary.)  Abarbanel  expects  the 
coming  of  the  Messiah  when  there  is  a  conjunction  of  Jupiter 
and  Saturn  in  Pisces.  He  was  not  the  first  to  express  such  expec- 
tations. Four  hundred  years  earlier  we  find  similar  pronounce- 
ments; for  instance,  Rabbi  Abraham  ben  Hiyya,  who  died  about 
1136,  is  said  to  have  decreed  that  the  Messiah  was  to  be  ex- 
pected in  1464,  at  the  time  of  the  great  conjunction  in  Pisces; 
and  the  same  is  reported  of  Solomon  ben  Gabirol  (1 020-70). 13 
These  astrological  ideas  are  quite  understandable  when  one  con- 
siders that  Saturn  is  the  star  of  Israel,  and  that  Jupiter  means 
the  "king"  (of  justice).  Among  the  territories  ruled  by  the 
Fishes,  the  house  of  Jupiter,  are  Mesopotamia,  Bactria,  the  Red 
Sea,  and  Palestine.14  Chiun  (Saturn)  is  mentioned  in  Amos  5  :  26 

7  Sinnbilder  und  Kunstvorstellungen  der  alten  Christen  (1825),  P-  49*  Muenter 
mentions  Abrabanel  (sic)  here,  "who  in  all  probability  drew  on  older  sources." 

8  Op.  cit.,  p.  76. 

9  Der  Stern  der  Weisen  (1827),  pp.  54&\ 

10  Isaac  Abravanel  (Abarbanel)  ben  Jehuda,  Ma'yene  ha-Yeshu'ah  ("Sources  of 
Salvation" — A  Commentary  on  Daniel.  Ferrara,  1551). 

11  Corresponding  to  1396  b.c. 

12  Actually  the  conjunction  took  place  in  Sagittarius  (/*).  The  coniunctiones 
magnae  of  the  water  trigon  (£2>,  TIT..  X)  fall  m  tne  years  1800  to  1600  and  1000 
to  800  B.C. 

13  Anger,  "Der  Stern  der  Weisen  und  das  Geburtsjahr  Christi,"  p.  396,  and  Ger- 
hardt,  Der  Stern  des  Messias,  pp.  54L 

1*  Gerhardt,  p.  57.  Ptolemy  and,  following  him,  the  Middle  Ages  associate  Pales- 
tine with  Aries. 

74 


THE    SIGN    OF   THE    FISHES 


as  "the  star  of  your  god."15  James  of  Sarug  (d.  521)  says  the 
Israelites  worshipped  Saturn.  The  Sabaeans  called  him  the  "god 
of  the  Jews." 16  The  Sabbath  is  Saturday,  Saturn's  Day.  Al- 
bumasar 17  testifies  that  Saturn  is  the  star  of  Israel.18  In  medieval 
astrology  Saturn  was  believed  to  be  the  abode  of  the  devil.19 
Both  Saturn  and  Ialdabaoth,  the  demiurge  and  highest  archon, 
have  lion's  faces.  Origen  elicits  from  the  diagram  of  Celsus  that 
Michael,  the  first  angel  of  the  Creator,  has  "the  shape  of  a 
lion."  20  He  obviously  stands  in  the  place  of  Ialdabaoth,  who  is 
identical  with  Saturn,  as  Origen  points  out.21  The  demiurge  of 
the  Naassenes  is  a  "fiery  god,  the  fourth  by  number."  22  Accord- 
ing to  the  teachings  of  Apelles,  who  had  connections  with 
Marcion,  there  was  a  "third  god  who  spoke  to  Moses,  a  fiery 
one,  and  there  was  also  a  fourth,  the  author  of  evil."  23  Between 
the  god  of  the  Naassenes  and  the  god  of  Apelles  there  is  evi- 
dently a  close  relationship,  and  also,  it  appears,  with  Yahweh, 
the  demiurge  of  the  Old  Testament. 
!29  Saturn  is  a  "black"  star,24  anciently  reputed  a  "maleficus." 
"Dragons,  serpents,  scorpions,  viperes,  renards,  chats  et  souris, 
oiseaux  nocturnes  et  autres  engeances  sournoises  sont  le  lot  de 
Saturne,"  says  Bouche-Leclercq.25  Remarkably  enough,  Saturn's 
animals  also  include  the  ass,26  which  on  that  account  was  rated 

15  "Ye  have  borne  Siccuth  your  king  and  Chiun  your  images,  the  star  of  your  god, 
which  ye  made  to  yourselves"  (RV).  Stephen  refers  to  this  in  his  defence  (Acts 
7 :  43):  "And  you  took  unto  you  the  tabernacle  of  Moloch  and  the  star  of  your 
god  Rempham."  "Rempham"  ("Pofupa),  is  a  corruption  of  Kewan  (Chiun). 

16  Dozy  and  de  Goeje,  "Nouveaux  documents  pour  1'etude  de  la  religion  des 
Harraniens,"  p.  350.  17  Abu  Ma'shar,  d.  885. 

18  Gerhardt,  p.  57.  Also  Pierre  dAilly,  Concordantia  astronomie  cum  theologia, 
etc.,  fol.  g4  (Venice,  1490):  "But  Saturn,  as  Messahali  says,  has  a  meaning  which 
concerns  the  Jewish  people  or  their  faith." 

19  Reitzenstein,  Poimandres,  p.  76. 

20  Contra  Celsum,  VI,  30  (trans,  by  H.  Chadwick,  p.  345). 

21  Ibid.,  VI,  31:  "But  they  say  that  this  angel  like  unto  a  lion  has  a  necessary 
connection  with  the  star  Saturn."  Cf.  Pistis  Sophia,  trans,  by  Mead,  p.  47,  and 
Bousset,  Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis,  pp.  352ft. 

22  Hippolytus,  Elenchos,  V,  7,  30  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  128). 

23  ibid.,  VII,  38,  i  (cf.  Legge  trans.,  II,  p.  96). 

24  Hence  the  image  of  Saturn  worshipped  by  the  Sabaeans  was  said  to  be  made  of 
lead  or  black  stone.  (Chwolsohn,  Die  Ssabier  und  der  Ssabismus,  II,  p.  383.) 

25  L'Astrologie  grecque,  p.  317. 

26  Bouche-Leclercq  (p.  318)  conjectures  one  of  the  known  classical  "etymologies," 
namely  an  onos  (ass)  contained  in  Kronos  (Saturn),  based  on  a  joke  aimed  at  the 

75 


AION 


a  theriomorphic  form  of  the  Jewish  god.  A  pictorial  representa- 
tion of  it  is  the  well-known  mock  crucifixion  on  the  Palatine.27 
Similar  traditions  can  be  found  in  Plutarch,28  Diodorus,  Jose- 
phus,29  and  Tacitus.30  Sabaoth,  the  seventh  archon,  has  the  form 
of  an  ass.31  Tertullian  is  referring  to  these  rumours  when  he  says: 
"You  are  under  the  delusion  that  our  God  is  an  ass's  head,"  and 
that  "we  do  homage  only  to  an  ass."  32  As  we  have  indicated,  the 
ass  is  sacred  to  the  Egyptian  Set.33  In  the  early  texts,  however, 
the  ass  is  the  attribute  of  the  sun-god  and  only  later  became  an 
emblem  of  the  underworldly  Apep  and  of  evil  (Set).34 
3°  According  to  medieval  tradition,  the  religion  of  the  Jews 
originated  in  a  conjunction  of  Jupiter  with  Saturn,  Islam  in 
U   6    2  ,  Christianity  in  if   6    S  ,  and  the  Antichrist  in  U   6    d  .35 


Megarian  philosopher  Diodoros.  But  the  reason  for  the  Saturn-ass  analogy  prob- 
ably lies  deeper,  that  is,  in  the  nature  of  the  ass  itself,  which  was  regarded  as  a 
"cold,  intractable,  slow-witted,  long-lived  animal."  (From  the  Greek  bestiary  cited 
by  Bouch£-Leclercq.)  In  Polemon's  bestiary  I  find  the  following  description  of  the 
wild  ass:  "Given  to  flight,  timid,  stupid,  untamed,  lustful,  jealous,  killing  its 
females"  (Scriptores  physio gnomici  graeci  et  latini,  I,  p.  182). 
27  A  possible  model  might  be  the  Egyptian  tradition  of  the  martyrdom  of  Set, 
depicted  at  Denderah.  He  is  shown  tied  to  the  "slave's  post,"  has  an  ass's  head, 
and  Horus  stands  before  him  with  a  knife  in  his  hand.  (Mariette,  Denderah, 
plates  vol.  IV,  pi.  56.)  28  Quaestiones  convivales,  IV,  5. 

29  Contra  Apionem,  II,  7-8  (8off.).  (Cf.  trans,  by  H.  St.  J.  Thackeray  and  R.  Mar- 
cus, I,  pp.  325ff.)  30  The  Histories,  trans,  by  W.  H.  Fyfe,  II,  pp.  204ff. 

31  Epiphanius,  Panarium,  ed.  Oehler,  I,  p.  184. 

32  Apologeticus  adversus  gentes,  XVI  (Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  1,  cols.  364-65;  cf.  trans. 
by  S.  Thelwall,  I,  pp.  84f.). 

33  Plutarch,  De  hide  et  Osiride,  in  Moralia,  pp.  77,  123.  In  ch.  31  Plutarch  states 
that  the  legend  of  Set's  flight  on  an  ass  and  of  the  fathering  of  his  two  sons 
Hierosolymus  and  Judaeus  is  not  Egyptian,  but  pertained  to  the  'IouSca/cd. 

34  in  the  Papyrus  of  Ani  (ed.  E.  A.  W.  Budge,  p.  248)  a  hymn  to  Ra  says:  "May 
I  advance  upon  the  earth;  may  I  smite  the  Ass;  may  I  crush  the  evil  one  (Sebau); 
may  I  destroy  Apep  in  his  hour." 

35  Albumasar,  Lib.  II,  De  magnis  coniunctionibus,  tract.  I,  diff.  4,  p.  a8r  (1489):  "If 
(Jupiter)  is  in  conjunction  with  Saturn,  it  signifies  that  the  faith  of  the  citizens 
thereof  is  Judaism.  .  .  .  And  if  the  moon  is  in  conjunction  with  Saturn  it  sig- 
nifies doubt  and  revolution  and  change,  and  this  by  reason  of  the  speed  of  the 
corruption  of  the  moon  and  the  rapidity  of  its  motion  and  the  shortness  of  its  de- 
lay in  the  sign."  Cf.  also  Pierre  d'Ailly,  Concordantia,  etc.,  fol.  d8r.  J.  H.  Heideg- 
ger (Quaestiones  ad  textum  Lucae  VII,  12-ij,  1655)  says  in  ch.  IX  that  Abu 
Mansor  (=  Albumasar),  in  his  sixth  tractate,  in  the  Introductio  maior,  connects 
the  life  of  Christ,  like  that  of  Mahomet,  with  the  stars.  Cardan  ascribes  £    c5   H 

76 


THE    SIGN    OF   THE    FISHES 


Unlike  Saturn,  Jupiter  is  a  beneficent  star.  In  the  Iranian  view 
Jupiter  signifies  life,  Saturn  death.36  The  conjunction  of  the 
two  therefore  signifies  the  union  of  extreme  opposites.  In  the 
year  7  B.a  this  famed  conjunction  took  place  no  less  than  three 
times  in  the  sign  of  the  Fishes.  The  greatest  approximation 
occurred  on  May  29  of  that  year,  the  planets  being  only  0.21 
degrees  apart,  less  than  half  the  width  of  the  full  moon.37  The 
conjunction  took  place  in  the  middle  of  the  commissure,  "near 
the  bend  in  the  line  of  the  Fishes."  From  the  astrological  point 
of  view  this  conjunction  must  appear  especially  significant,  be- 
cause the  approximation  of  the  two  planets  was  exceptionally 
large  and  of  an  impressive  brilliance.  In  addition,  seen  helio- 
centrically,  it  took  place  near  the  equinoctial  point,  which  at 
that  time  was  located  between  T  and  X,  that  is,  between  fire 
and  water.38  The  conjunction  was  characterized  by  the  important 
fact  that  Mars  was  in  opposition  ( $  <?  U  *? ),  which  means,  astro- 
logically,  that  the  planet  correlated  with  the  instincts  stood  in 
a  hostile  relationship  to  it,  which  is  peculiarly  characteristic  of 
Christianity.  If  we  accept  Gerhardt's  calculation  that  the  con- 
junction took  place  on  May  29,  in  the  year  7  B.C.,  then  the  posi- 
tion of  the  sun— especially  important  in  a  man's  nativity— at 
Christ's  birth  would  be  in  the  double  sign  of  the  Twins.39  One 


to  Christianity,  £  <$  T?  to  Judaism,  $  d  $  to  Islam,  and  according  to 
him  £  (5  9  signifies  idolatry  ("Commentarium  in  Ptolemaeum  De  astrorum 
Judiciis,"  p.  188). 

36  Christensen,  Le  Premier  Homme  et  le  premier  roi  dans  I'histoire  legendaire 
des  Iraniens,  part  1,  p.  24.  37  Gerhardt,  Stern  des  Messias,  p.  74. 

38  Calculated  on  the  basis  of  Peters  and  Knobel,  Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars. 

39  Medieval  astrologers  cast  a  number  of  ideal  horoscopes  for  Christ.  Albumasar 
and  Albertus  Magnus  took  Virgo  as  the  ascendent;  Pierre  d'Ailly  (1356-1420),  on 
the  other  hand,  took  Libra,  and  so  did  Cardan.  Pierre  d'Ailly  says:  "For  Libra 
is  the  human  sign,  that  is,  of  the  Liberator  of  men,  [the  sign]  of  a  prudent  and 
just  and  spiritual  man"  (Concordantia,  etc.,  cap.  2).  Kepler,  in  his  Discurs  von 
der  grossen  Conjunction  (1623;  p.  701),  says  that  God  himself  marked  "such 
great  conjunctions  as  these  with  extraordinary  and  marvellous  stars  visible  in 
high  heaven,  also  with  notable  works  of  his  divine  Providence."  He  continues: 
"Accordingly  he  appointed  the  birth  of  his  Son  Christ  our  Saviour  exactly  at 
the  time  of  the  great  conjunction  in  the  signs  of  the  Fishes  and  the  Ram,  near 
the  equinoctial  point."  Seen  heliocentrically,  the  conjunction  took  place  just 
in  front  of  the  equinoctial  point,  and  this  gives  it  a  special  significance  astro- 
logically.  Pierre  d'Ailly  (Concordantia,  etc.,  fol.  br)  says:  "But  a  great  conjunc- 
tion is  that  of  Saturn  and  Jupiter  in  the  beginning  of  the  Ram."  These  con- 

77 


AION 


thinks  involuntarily  of  the  ancient  Egyptian  pair  of  hostile 
brothers,  Horus  and  Set,  the  sacrificer  and  the  sacrificed  (cf. 
n.  27,  on  Set's  "martyrdom"),  who  in  a  sense  prefigure  the  drama 
of  the  Christian  myth.  In  the  Egyptian  myth  it  is  the  evil  one 
who  is  sacrificed  on  the  "slave's  post."  40  But  the  pair  of  brothers 
Heru-ur  (the  "older  Horus")  and  Set  are  sometimes  pictured  as 
having  one  body  with  two  heads.  The  planet  Mercury  is  corre- 
lated with  Set,  and  this  is  interesting  in  view  of  the  tradition  that 
Christianity  originated  in  a  conjunction  of  Jupiter  with  Mer- 
cury. In  the  New  Kingdom  (XlXth  dynasty)  Set  appears  as 
Sutech  in  the  Nile  delta.  In  the  new  capital  built  by  Rameses 
II,  one  district  was  dedicated  to  Amon,  the  other  to  Sutech.41  It 
was  here  that  the  Jews  were  supposed  to  have  done  slave-labour. 
131  In  considering  the  double  aspect  of  Christ,  mention  might 

be  made  of  the  legend  of  Pistis  Sophia  (3rd  cent.),  which  also 
originated  in  Egypt.  Mary  says  to  Jesus: 

When  thou  wert  a  child,  before  the  spirit  had  descended  upon  thee, 
when  thou  wert  in  the  vineyard  with  Joseph,  the  spirit  came  down 
from  the  height,  and  came  unto  me  in  the  house,  like  unto  thee, 
and  I  knew  him  not,  but  thought  that  he  was  thou.  And  he  said 
unto  me,  "Where  is  Jesus,  my  brother,  that  I  may  go  to  meet  him?" 
And  when  he  had  said  this  unto  me,  I  was  in  doubt,  and  thought 
it  was  a  phantom  tempting  me.  I  seized  him  and  bound  him  to  the 
foot  of  the  bed  which  was  in  my  house,  until  I  had  gone  to  find  you 
in  the  field,  thee  and  Joseph;  and  I  found  you  in  the  vineyard, 
where  Joseph  was  putting  up  the  vine-poles.  And  it  came  to  pass, 
when  thou  didst  hear  me  saying  this  thing  unto  Joseph,  that  thou 
didst  understand,  and  thou  wert  joyful,  and  didst  say,  "Where  is 

junctions  occur  every  20  years  and  take  place  every  200  years  in  the  same  trigon. 
But  the  same  position  can  only  recur  every  800  years.  The  most  significant  posi- 
tions are  those  between  two  trigons.  Albumasar  (Be  magnis  coniunc,  tract.  3, 
diff.  i,  fol.  D  8r)  says  they  manifest  themselves  "in  changes  of  parties  and  offices 
and  in  changes  of  the  laws  and  ...  in  the  coming  of  prophets  and  of  prophesy- 
ing and  of  miracles  in  parties  and  offices  of  state." 

40  Crucifixion  was  a  well-known  punishment  for  slaves.  The  Cross  with  a  snake 
on  it,  instead  of  the  Crucified,  is  often  found  in  medieval  times  [Psychology  and 
Alchemy,  fig.  217],  and  also  in  the  dreams  and  fantasy-images  of  modern  people 
who  know  nothing  of  this  tradition.  A  characteristic  dream  of  this  sort  is  the 
following:  The  dreamer  was  watching  a  Passion  play  in  the  theatre.  On  the  way 
to  Golgotha,  the  actor  taking  the  part  of  the  Saviour  suddenly  changed  into  a 
snake  or  crocodile.        4iErman,  Die  Religion  der  Agypter,  p.  137. 

78 


THE   SIGN    OF   THE   FISHES 


he,  that  I  may  see  him?"  And  it  came  to  pass,  when  Joseph  heard 
thee  say  these  words,  that  he  was  disturbed.  We  went  up  together, 
entered  into  the  house  and  found  the  spirit  bound  to  the  bed,  and 
we  gazed  upon  thee  and  him,  and  found  that  thou  wert  like  unto 
him.  And  he  that  was  bound  to  the  bed  was  unloosed,  he  embraced 
thee  and  kissed  thee,  and  thou  also  didst  kiss  him,  and  you  became 
one.42 

l32  It  appears  from  the  context  of  this  fragment  that  Jesus  is 
the  "truth  sprouting  from  the  earth,"  whereas  the  spirit  that 
resembled  him  is  "justice  [Sikcuoo-wt?]  looking  down  from  heaven." 
The  text  says:  "Truth  is  the  power  which  issued  from  thee  when 
thou  wast  in  the  lower  regions  of  chaos.  For  this  cause  thy  power 
hath  said  through  David,  'Truth  hath  sprouted  out  of  the 
earth,'  because  thou  wert  in  the  lower  regions  of  chaos."43 
Jesus,  accordingly,  is  conceived  as  a  double  personality,  part  of 
which  rises  up  from  the  chaos  or  hyle,  while  the  other  part 
descends  as  pneuma  from  heaven. 

'33  One  could  hardly  find  the  ^vkoKpiv^o-^,  or  'discrimination  of 
the  natures'  that  characterizes  the  Gnostic  Redeemer,  exempli- 
fied more  graphically  than  in  the  astrological  determination  of 
time.  The  astrological  statements  that  were  quite  possible  in 
antiquity  all  point  to  the  prominent  double  aspect  M  of  the  birth 
that  occurred  at  this  particular  moment  of  time,  and  one  can 
understand  how  plausible  was  the  astrological  interpretation  of 
the  Christ-Antichrist  myth  when  it  entered  into  manifestation 
at  the  time  of  the  Gnostics.  A  fairly  old  authority,  earlier 
anyway  than  the  sixth  century,  which  bears  striking  witness  to 
the  antithetical  nature  of  the  Fishes  is  the  Talmud.  This  says: 

Four  thousand  two  hundred  and  ninety-one  years  after  the  Creation 
[a.d.  530],  the  world  will  be  orphaned.  There  will  follow  the  war  of 
the  tanninim  [sea-monsters],  the  war  of  Gog  and  Magog,45  and  then 

42  Pistis  Sophia,  Mead  trans.,  pp.   n8f.,  slightly  modified. 

43  Cf.  the  fish  that  Augustine  says  was  "drawn  from  the  deep." 

44  In  this  connection  mention  should  be  made  of  the  "Saviour  of  the  twins" 
((Twriipes)  in  Pistis  Sophia  (Mead  trans.,  pp.  2,  17,  and  elsewhere). 

45  Also  mentioned  in  the  Chronique  of  Tabari  (I,  ch.  23,  p.  67).  There  Anti- 
christ is  the  king  of  the  Jews,  who  appears  with  Gog  and  Magog.  This  may  be  an 
allusion  to  Rev.  20  :  7L:  "And  when  the  thousand  years  are  expired,  Satan  shall 
be  loosed  out  of  his  prison,  and  shall  go  out  to  deceive  the  nations  which  are 

79 


AION 


the  Messianic  era;  only  after  seven  thousand  years  will  the  Holy 
One,  blessed  be  He,  set  up  his  world  anew.  R.  Abba,  the  son  of 
Raba,  said,  It  was  taught:  after  five  thousand  years.46 

The  Talmud  commentator  Solomon  ben  Isaac,  alias  Rashi 
(1039-1105),  remarks  that  the  tanninim  are  fishes,  presumably 
basing  himself  on  an  older  source,  since  he  does  not  give  this 
as  his  own  opinion,  as  he  usually  does.  This  remark  is  important, 
firstly  because  it  takes  the  battle  of  the  fishes  as  an  eschatological 
event  (like  the  fight  between  Behemoth  and  Leviathan),  and 
secondly  because  it  is  probably  the  oldest  testimony  to  the  anti- 
thetical nature  of  the  fishes.  From  about  this  period,  too— the 
eleventh  century— comes  the  apocryphal  text  of  a  Johannine 
Genesis  in  which  the  two  fishes  are  mentioned,  this  time  in  un- 
mistakably astrological  form.46a  Both  documents  fall  within  the 
critical  epoch  that  opened  with  the  second  millennium  of  the 
Christian  era,  about  which  I  shall  have  more  to  say  in  due 
course. 


in  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  Gog  and  Magog,  to  gather  them  together  to 
battle"  (AV). 

Graf  von  Wackerbarth  (Merkwiirdige  Geschichte  der  weltberuhmten  Gog 
und  Magog,  p.  19)  relates  from  an  English  "History  of  the  World,"  which  came 
out  in  German  in  1760,  that  the  Arab  writers  say  the  "Yajui"  were  "of  more 
than  ordinary  size,"  whereas  the  "Majui"  were  "not  more  than  three  spans 
high."  This  story,  despite  the  obscurity  of  its  origins,  points  to  the  antithetical 
nature  of  Gog  and  Magog,  who  thus  form  a  parallel  to  the  Fishes.  Augustine 
interprets  "the  nations  which  are  in  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  Gog  and 
Magog"  as,  respectively  (Gog),  tectum,  'roof  or  'house,'  and  (Magog)  de  tecto, 
'he  that  comes  out  of  the  house':  "Ut  illae  sint  tectum,  ipse  de  tecto."  That  is  to 
say  the  nations  are  the  house,  but  the  devil  dwells  in  the  house  and  comes  out  of 
it.  (City  of  God,  Healey  trans.,  II,  p.  286.)  On  Augustine  is  based  the  Com- 
pendium theologicae  veritatis  (Venice,  1492),  which  was  attributed  in  turn  to 
Albertus  Magnus,  Hugh  of  Strasbourg,  and  John  of  Paris.  It  is  our  main  source 
for  the  Antichrist  legend.  With  reference  to  Augustine  it  says  (Libell.  7,  cap.  11) 
that  Gog  means  "occultatio"  (concealment),  Magog  "detectio"  (revelation).  This 
corroborates  the  antithetical  nature  of  Gog  and  Magog  at  least  for  the  Middle 
Ages.  It  is  another  instance  of  the  motif  of  the  hostile  brothers,  or  of  duplication. 
Albumasar  (tract.  4,  diff.  12,  f.  8r)  calls  the  sixth  "clima"  (inclination  towards  the 
Pole)  that  of  Gog  and  Magog,  and  correlates  it  with  Gemini  and  Virgo. 
MNezikin  VI,  Sanhedrin  II  (BT,  p.  658).  R.  Hanan  ben  Tahlifa,  into  whose 
mouth  this  prophecy  is  put,  is  mentioned  in  the  list  of  Amoraim  (teachers  of 
the  Talmud)  and  lived  in  the  2nd  cent.  a.d.  46a  Cf.  infra,  pars.  225ft. 

80 


THE    SIGN    OF    THE    FISHES 


134  The  year  531  is  characterized  astronomically  by  a  conjunc- 
tion of  U  and  ^>  in  Gemini.  This  sign  stands  for  a  pair  of 
brothers,  and  they  too  have  a  somewhat  antithetical  nature.  The 
Greeks  interpreted  them  as  the  Dioscuri  ('boys  of  Zeus'),  the 
sons  of  Leda  who  were  begotten  by  the  swan  and  hatched  out 
of  an  egg.  Pollux  was  immortal,  but  Castor  shared  the  human 
lot.  Another  interpretation  takes  them  as  representing  Apollo 
and  Heracles  or  Apollo  and  Dionysus.  Both  interpretations  sug- 
gest a  certain  polarity.  Astronomically,  at  any  rate,  the  air  sign 
Gemini  stands  in  a  quartile  and  therefore  unfavourable  aspect 
to  the  conjunction  that  took  place  in  the  year  7  b.c.  The  inner 
polarity  of  X  may  perhaps  shed  light  on  the  prophecy  about  the 
war  of  the  tanninim,  which  Rashi  interprets  as  fishes.  From  the 
dating  of  Christ's  birth  it  would  appear,  as  said,  that  the  sun 
was  in  Gemini.  The  motif  of  the  brothers  is  found  very  early 
in  connection  with  Christ,  for  instance  among  the  Jewish  Chris- 
tians and  Ebionites.47 

135  From  all  this  we  may  risk  the  conjecture  that  the  Talmudic 
prophecy  was  based  on  astrological  premises. 

136  The  precession  of  the  equinoxes  was  a  fact  well  known  to 
the  astrologers  of  antiquity.  Origen,  helped  out  by  the  observa- 
tions and  calculations  of  Hipparchus,48  uses  it  as  a  cogent  argu- 
ment against  an  astrology  based  on  the  so-called  "morphomata" 
(the  actual  constellations).49  Naturally  this  does  not  apply  to  the 
distinction  already  drawn  in  ancient  astrology  between  the 
morphomata  and  the  £coSia  vo-qra  (the  fictive  signs  of  the  zodiac).50 
If  we  take  the  7,000  years  mentioned  in  the  prophecy  as  anno 
mundi  7000,  the  year  denoted  would  be  a.d.  3239.  By  then  the 

47  Epiphanius,  Panarium,  XXX  (Oehler  edn.,  I,  pp.  24off.). 

48  Hipparchus  is  supposed  to  have  discovered  the  precession.  Cf.  Boll,  Sphaera, 
p.  199,  n.  1. 

4©  Origen,  Commentaria  in  Genesim,  torn.  Ill,  i,  14,  11  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12, 
col.  79):  "There  is  indeed  a  theory  that  the  zodiacal  circle,  just  like  the  planets, 
is  carried  back  from  setting  to  rising  [or:  from  west  to  east],  within  a  century  by 
one  degree;  .  .  .  since  the  twelfth  part  [1  zodion]  is  one  thing  when  conceived  in 
the  mind,  another  when  perceived  by  the  senses;  yet  from  thut  which  is  conceived 
only  in  the  mind,  and  can  scarcely,  or  not  even  scarcely,  be  held  for  certain,  the 
truth  of  the  matter  appears."  The  Platonic  year  was  then  reckoned  as  36,000 
years.  Tycho  Brahe  reckoned  it  at  24,120  years.  The  constant  for  the  precession 
is  50.3708  seconds  and  the  total  cycle  (3600)  takes  25,725.6  years. 
60  Bouch£-Leclercq,  p.  591,  n.  2;  Knapp,  Antiskia;  Boll,  Sphaera. 

8l 


AION 

spring-point  will  have  moved  from  its  present  position  18  de- 
grees into  Aquarius,  the  next  aeon,  that  of  the  Water  Carrier. 
As  an  astrologer  of  the  second  or  third  century  would  be 
acquainted  with  the  precession,  we  may  surmise  that  these  dates 
were  based  on  astrological  considerations.  At  all  events  the  Mid- 
dle Ages  were  much  concerned  with  the  calculation  of  coniunc- 
tiones  maximae  and  magnae,  as  we  know  from  Pierre  d'Ailly 
and  Cardan.51  Pierre  d'Ailly  reckoned  that  the  first  coniunctio 
maxima  (U  6  ^  in  T)  after  the  creation  of  the  world  took 
place  in  5027  B.C.,  while  Cardan  relegated  the  tenth  conjunction 
to  a.d.  3613.52  Both  of  them  assumed  the  lapse  of  too  large  an 
interval  between  conjunctions  in  the  same  sign.  The  correct 
astronomical  interval  is  about  795  years.  Cardan's  conjunction 
would  accordingly  take  place  in  the  year  a.d.  3234.  For  astro- 
logical speculation  this  date  is  naturally  of  the  greatest  impor- 
tance. 
l37  As  to  the  5,000  years,  the  date  we  get  is  a.d.  1 239.  This  was  an 
epoch  noted  for  its  spiritual  instability,  revolutionary  heresies 
and  chiliastic  expectations,  and  at  the  same  time  it  saw  the 
founding  of  the  mendicant  orders,  which  injected  new  life  into 
monasticism.  One  of  the  most  powerful  and  influential  voices 
to  announce  the  coming  of  a  "new  age  of  the  spirit"  was  Joachim 
of  Flora  (d.  1202),  whose  teachings  were  condemned  by  the 
Fourth  Lateran  Council  in  1215.  He  expected  the  opening  of 
the  seventh  seal  in  the  fairly  near  future,  the  advent  of  the 
"everlasting  gospel"  and  the  reign  of  the  "intellectus  spiritu- 
alis,"  the  age  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  This  third  aeon,  he  says,  had 
already  begun  with  St.  Benedict,  the  founder  of  the  Benedictine 
Order  (the  first  monastery  was  supposed  to  have  been  built  a 
few  years  after  529).  One  of  Joachim's  followers,  the  Franciscan 
friar  Gerard  of  Borgo  San  Donnino,  proclaimed  in  his  Intro- 
ductorius  in  evangelium  aeternum,  which  appeared  in  1254  in 
Paris,  that  Joachim's  three  main  treatises  were  in  fact  the  ever- 
lasting gospel,  and  that  in  the  year  1260  this  would  replace  the 

51  The  theory  of  the  conjunctions  was  set  down  in  writing  by  the  Arabs  about 
the  middle  of  the  9th  cent.,  more  particularly  by  Messahala.  Cf.  Strauss,  Die 
Astrologie  des  Johannes  Kepler. 

52  With  his  estimate  of  960  years  between  two  coniunctiones  maximae,  Pierre 
d'Ailly  would  also  arrive  at  a.d.  3613. 

82 


THE   SIGN    OF    THE    FISHES 


gospel  of  Jesus  Christ.53  As  we  know,  Joachim  saw  monasticism  as 
the  true  vehicle  of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  for  this  reason  he  dated 
the  secret  inception  of  the  new  era  from  the  lifetime  of  St.  Bene- 
dict, whose  founding  of  the  Benedictine  Order  revived  monas- 
ticism in  the  West. 

To  Pierre  d'Ailly  the  time  of  Pope  Innocent  III  ( 1 1 98-1 2 1 6) 
had  already  seemed  significant.  About  the  year  1 189,  he  says,  the 
revolutions  of  Saturn  were  once  again  completed  ("completae 
anno  Christi  1 189  vel  circiter").  He  complains  that  the  Pope  had 
condemned  a  treatise  of  Abbot  Joachim,54  and  also  the  heretical 
doctrine  of  Almaricus.55  This  last  is  the  theological  philosopher 
Amalric  of  Bene  (d.  1204),  who  took  part  in  the  widespread 
Holy  Ghost  movement  of  that  age.  It  was  then,  too,  he  says,  that 
the  Dominican  and  Franciscan  mendicant  orders  came  into 
existence,  "which  was  a  great  and  wonderful  thing  for  the  Chris- 
tian church."  Pierre  d'Ailly  thus  lays  stress  on  the  same  phe- 
nomena that  struck  us  as  being  characteristic  of  the  time,  and 
further  regards  this  epoch  as  having  been  foretold  in  astrology. 

The  date  for  the  founding  of  the  monastery  of  Monte  Cas- 
sino  brings  us  very  close  to  the  year  530,  which  the  Talmud 
prophesied  would  be  a  critical  one.  In  Joachim's  view  not  only 
does  a  new  era  begin  then,  but  a  new  "status"  of  the  world— the 
age  of  monasticism  and  the  reign  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Its  begin- 
ning still  comes  within  the  domain  of  the  Son,  but  Joachim  sur- 
mises in  a  psychologically  correct  manner  that  a  new  status— 
or,  as  we  would  say,  a  new  attitude— would  appear  first  as  a  more 
or  less  latent  preliminary  stage,  which  would  then  be  followed 
by  the  fructification  the  flower  and  the  fruit.  In  Joachim's  day 
the  fruition  was  still  in  abeyance,  but  one  could  observe  far  and 
wide  an  uncommon  agitation  and  commotion  of  men's  spirits. 
Everyone  felt  the  rushing  wind  of  the  pneuma;  it  was  an  age  of 
new  and  unprecedented  ideas  which  were  blazoned  abroad  by 
the  Cathari,  Patarenes,  Concorricci,  Waldenses,  Poor  Men  of 

53  This  period  around  the  year  1240  would,  from  the  astrological  standpoint,  be 
characterized  by  the  great  conjunction  of  Jupiter  and  Saturn  in  Libra,  in  1246. 
Libra  is  another  double  sign  with  a  pneumatic  nature  (air  trigon),  like  Gemini, 
and  for  this  reason  it  was  taken  by  Pierre  d'Ailly  as  Christ's  ascendent. 

54  At  the  Lateran  Council,  1215.  Cf.  Denzinger  and  Bannwart,  Enchiridion  sym- 
bolorum,  pp.  io,off. 

55  "His  teaching  is  to  be  held  not  so  much  heretical  as  insane,"  says  the  decree. 

83 


AION 


Lyons,  Beghards,  Brethren  of  the  Free  Spirit,  "Bread  through 
God,"  56  and  whatever  else  these  movements  were  called.  Their 
visible  beginnings  all  lay  in  the  early  years  of  the  eleventh  cen- 
tury. The  contemporary  documents  amassed  by  Hahn  throw  a 
revealing  light  on  the  ideas  current  in  these  circles: 

Item,  they  believe  themselves  to  be  God  by  nature  without  dis- 
tinction .  .  .  and  that  they  are  eternal.  .  .  . 

Item,  that  they  have  no  need  of  God  or  the  Godhead. 

Item,  that  they  constitute  the  kingdom  of  heaven. 

Item,  that  they  are  immutable  in  the  new  rock,  that  they  rejoice 
in  naught  and  are  troubled  by  naught. 

Item,  that  a  man  is  bound  to  follow  his  inner  instinct  rather 
than  the  truth  of  the  Gospel  which  is  preached  every  day.  .  .  . 
They  say  that  they  believe  the  Gospel  to  contain  poetical  matters 
which  are  not  true.57 

l4°  These  few  examples  may  suffice  to  show  what  kind  of  spirit 
animated  these  movements.  They  were  made  up  of  people  who 
identified  themselves  (or  were  identified)  with  God,  who  deemed 
themselves  supermen,  had  a  critical  approach  to  the  gospels,  fol- 
lowed the  promptings  of  the  inner  man,  and  understood  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  to  be  within.  In  a  sense,  therefore,  they  were 
modern  in  their  outlook,  but  they  had  a  religious  inflation 
instead  of  the  rationalistic  and  political  psychosis  that  is  the 
affliction  of  our  day.  We  ought  not  to  impute  these  extremist 
ideas  to  Joachim,  even  though  he  took  part  in  that  great  move- 
ment of  the  spirit  and  was  one  of  its  outstanding  figures.  One 
must  ask  oneself  what  psychological  impulse  could  have  moved 

56  Hahn,  Geschichte  der  Ketzer  im  Mittelalter,  II,  p.  779:  ".  .  .  some  who  under 
the  name  of  a  false  and  pretended  religious  order,  whom  the  common  folk 
call  Beghards  and  Schwestrones  or  'Brod  durch  Gott';  but  they  call  themselves 
Little  Brethren  and  Sisters  of  the  fellowship  of  the  Free  Spirit  and  of  Voluntary 
Poverty." 

57  "Item  credunt  se  esse  Deum  per  naturam  sine  distinctione  .  .  .  se  esse 
aeternos  .  .  . 

"Item  quod  nullo  indigent  nee  Deo  nee  Deitate. 

"Item  quod  sunt  ipsum  regnum  coelorum. 

"Item  quod  sunt  etiam  immutabiles  in  nova  rupe,  quod  de  nullo  gaudent,  et 
de  nullo  turbantur. 

"Item  quod  homo  magis  tenetur  sequi  instinctum  interiorem  quam  veritatero 
Evangelii  quod  cottidie  praedicatur  .  .  .  dicunt,  se  credere  ibi  (in  Evangelio) 
esse  poetica  quae  non  sunt  vera."  (Hahn,  II,  pp.  77gf.) 

84 


THE    SIGN    OF    THE    FISHES 


him  and  his  adherents  to  cherish  such  bold  expectations  as  the 
substitution  of  the  "everlasting  gospel"  for  the  Christian  mes- 
sage or  the  supersession  of  the  second  Person  in  the  Godhead  by 
the  third,  who  would  reign  over  the  new  era.  This  thought  is  so 
heretical  and  subversive  that  it  could  never  have  occurred  to  him 
had  he  not  felt  himself  supported  and  swept  along  by  the  revolu- 
tionary currents  of  the  age.  He  felt  it  as  a  revelation  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  whose  life  and  procreative  power  no  church  could  bring 
to  a  stop.  The  numinosity  of  this  feeling  was  heightened  by  the 
temporal  coincidence— "synchronicity"— of  the  epoch  he  lived 
in  with  the  beginning  of  the  sphere  of  the  "antichristian"  fish  in 
Pisces.  In  consequence,  one  might  feel  tempted  to  regard  the 
Holy  Ghost  movement  and  Joachim's  central  ideas  as  a  direct 
expression  of  the  antichristian  psychology  that  was  then  dawn- 
ing. At  any  rate  the  Church's  condemnation  is  thoroughly  under- 
standable, for  in  many  ways  his  attitude  to  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ  comes  very  close  to  open  insurrection,  if  not  downright 
apostasy.  But  if  we  allow  some  credence  to  the  conviction  of  these 
innovators  that  they  were  moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  then  an- 
other interpretation  becomes  not  only  possible  but  even  prob- 
able. 

That  is  to  say,  just  as  Joachim  supposed  that  the  status  of 
the  Holy  Ghost  had  secretly  begun  with  St.  Benedict,  so  we 
might  hazard  the  conjecture  that  a  new  status  was  secretly 
anticipated  in  Joachim  himself.  Consciously,  of  course,  he 
thought  he  was  bringing  the  status  of  the  Holy  Ghost  into 
reality,  just  as  it  is  certain  that  St.  Benedict  had  nothing  else  in 
mind  than  to  put  the  Church  on  a  firm  footing  and  deepen  the 
meaning  of  the  Christian  life  through  monasticism.  But,  uncon- 
sciously—and this  is  psychologically  what  probably  happened— 
Joachim  could  have  been  seized  by  the  archetype  of  the  spirit. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  his  activities  were  founded  on  a  numi- 
nous experience,  which  is,  indeed,  characteristic  of  all  those  who 
are  gripped  by  an  archetype.  He  understood  the  spirit  in  the 
dogmatic  sense  as  the  third  Person  of  the  Godhead,  for  no  other 
way  was  possible,  but  not  in  the  sense  of  the  empirical  arche- 
type. This  archetype  is  not  of  uniform  meaning,  but  was  orig- 
inally an  ambivalent  dualistic  figure  58  that  broke  through  again 

68  Cf.  "The  Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairytales,"  pars.  3g6ff. 

85 


AION 


in  the  alchemical  concept  of  spirit  after  engendering  the  most 
contradictory  manifestations  within  the  Holy  Ghost  movement 
itself.  The  Gnostics  in  their  day  had  already  had  clear  inti- 
mations of  this  dualistic  figure.  It  was  therefore  very  natural, 
in  an  age  which  coincided  with  the  beginning  of  the  second  Fish 
and  which  was,  so  to  speak,  forced  into  ambiguity,  that  an 
espousal  of  the  Holy  Ghost  in  its  Christian  form  should  at  the 
same  time  help  the  archetype  of  the  spirit  to  break  through  in 
all  its  characteristic  ambivalence.  It  would  be  unjust  to  class  so 
worthy  a  personage  as  Joachim  with  the  bigoted  advocates  of 
that  revolutionary  and  anarchic  turbulence,  which  is  what  the 
Holy  Ghost  movement  turned  into  in  so  many  places.  We  must 
suppose,  rather,  that  he  himself  unwittingly  ushered  in  a  new 
"status,"  a  religious  attitude  that  was  destined  to  bridge  and 
compensate  the  frightful  gulf  that  had  opened  out  between 
Christ  and  Antichrist  in  the  eleventh  century.  The  antichristian 
era  is  to  blame  that  the  spirit  became  non-spiritual  and  that  the 
vitalizing  archetype  gradually  degenerated  into  rationalism, 
intellectualism,  and  doctrinairism,  all  of  which  leads  straight  to 
the  tragedy  of  modern  times  now  hanging  over  our  heads  like  a 
sword  of  Damocles.  In  the  old  formula  for  the  Trinity,  as 
Joachim  knew  it,  the  dogmatic  figure  of  the  devil  is  lacking, 
for  then  as  now  he  led  a  questionable  existence  somewhere  on 
the  fringes  of  theological  metaphysics,  in  the  shape  of  the  mys- 
terium  iniquitatis.  Fortunately  for  us,  the  threat  of  his  coming 
had  already  been  foretold  in  the  New  Testament— for  the  less 
he  is  recognized  the  more  dangerous  he  is.  Who  would  suspect 
him  under  those  high-sounding  names  of  his,  such  as  public 
welfare,  lifelong  security,  peace  among  the  nations,  etc.?  He 
hides  under  idealisms,  under  -isms  in  general,  and  of  these  the 
most  pernicious  is  doctrinairism,  that  most  unspiritual  of  all 
the  spirit's  manifestations.  The  present  age  must  come  to  terms 
drastically  with  the  facts  as  they  are,  with  the  absolute  opposition 
that  is  not  only  tearing  the  world  asunder  politically  but  has 
planted  a  schism  in  the  human  heart.  We  need  to  find  our  way 
back  to  the  original,  living  spirit  which,  berause  of  its  ambiva- 
lence, is  also  a  mediator  and  uniter  of  opposites,59  an  idea  that 
preoccupied  the  alchemists  for  many  centuries. 

59  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  pars.  284ft:.,  and  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the 
Dogma  of  the  Trinity,"  pars.  257ft. 

86 


THE   SIGN    OF    THE    FISHES 


l42  If,  as  seems  probable,  the  aeon  of  the  fishes  is  ruled  by  the 
archetypal  motif  of  the  hostile  brothers,  then  the  approach  of 
the  next  Platonic  month,  namely  Aquarius,  will  constellate  the 
problem  of  the  union  of  opposites.  It  will  then  no  longer  be 
possible  to  write  off  evil  as  the  mere  privation  of  good;  its  real 
existence  will  have  to  be  recognized.  This  problem  can  be 
solved  neither  by  philosophy,  nor  by  economics,  nor  by  politics, 
but  only  by  the  individual  human  being,  via  his  experience  of 
the  living  spirit,  whose  fire  descended  upon  Joachim,  one  of 
many,  and,  despite  all  contemporary  misunderstandings,  was 
handed  onward  into  the  future.  The  solemn  proclamation  of 
the  Assumptio  Mariae  which  we  have  experienced  in  our  own 
day  is  an  example  of  the  way  symbols  develop  through  the  ages. 
The  impelling  motive  behind  it  did  not  come  from  the  ecclesi- 
astical authorities,  who  had  given  clear  proof  of  their  hesitation 
by  postponing  the  declaration  for  nearly  a  hundred  years,60  but 
from  the  Catholic  masses,  who  have  insisted  more  and  more 
vehemently  on  this  development.  Their  insistence  is,  at  bottom, 
the  urge  of  the  archetype  to  realize  itself.61 

43  The  repercussions  of  the  Holy  Ghost  movement  spread,  in 
the  years  that  followed,  to  four  minds  of  immense  significance 
for  the  future.  These  were  Albertus  Magnus  (1193-1280);  his 
pupil  Thomas  Aquinas,  the  philosopher  of  the  Church  and  an 
adept  in  alchemy  (as  also  was  Albertus);  Roger  Bacon  (c.  1214-c. 
1294),  the  English  forerunner  of  inductive  science;  and  finally 
Meister  Eckhart  (c.  1260-1327),  the  independent  religious 
thinker,  now  enjoying  a  real  revival  after  six  hundred  years  of 
obscurity.  Some  people  have  rightly  seen  the  Holy  Ghost  move- 
ment as  the  forerunner  of  the  Reformation.  At  about  the  time 
of  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries  we  find  also  the  begin- 
nings of  Latin  alchemy,  whose  philosophical  and  spiritual  con- 
tent I  have  tried  to  elucidate  in  my  book  Psychology  and  Al- 
chemy. The  image  mentioned  above  (par.  139)  of  "immutability 
in  the  new  rock"  bears  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  central  idea 
of  philosophical  alchemy,  the  lapis  philosophorum,  which  is 
used  as  a  parallel  to  Christ,  the  "rock,"  the  "stone,"  the  "corner- 

60  [Although  Mary's  Immaculate  Conception  was  declared  de  fide  by  Pope 
Pius  IX  in  1854,  by  the  bull  Ineffabilis  Deus,  her  Assumption  was  not  defined  as 
part  of  divine  revelation  until  1950.— Editors.] 

61  fCf.  "Psychology  and  Religion,"  par.  122,  and  "Answer  to  Job,"  pars.  748ft  ] 

87 


AION 


stone."  Priscillian  (4th  cent.)  says:  "We  have  Christ  for  a  rock, 
Jesus  for  a  cornerstone." 62  An  alchemical  text  speaks  of  the 
"rock  which  is  smitten  thrice  with  Moses'  rod,  so  that  the  waters 
flow  forth  freely." 63  The  lapis  is  called  a  "sacred  rock"  and  is 
described  as  having  four  parts.64  St.  Ambrose  says  the  water 
from  the  rock  is  a  prefiguration  of  the  blood  that  flowed  from 
Christ's  side.65  Another  alchemical  text  mentions  the  "water 
from  the  rock"  as  the  equivalent  of  the  universal  solvent,  the 
aqua  permanens.QQ  Khunrath,  in  his  somewhat  florid  language, 
even  speaks  of  the  "Petroleum  sapientum."  67  By  the  Naassenes, 
Adam  was  called  the  "rock"  and  the  "cornerstone."68  Both 
these  allegories  of  Christ  are  mentioned  by  Epiphanius  in  his 
Ancoratus,  and  also  by  Firmicus  Maternus.69  This  image,  com- 
mon to  ecclesiastical  and  alchemical  language  alike,  goes  back  to 
I  Corinthians  10  :  4  and  I  Peter  2  :  4. 
l44  The  new  rock,  then,  takes  the  place  of  Christ,  just  as  the 
everlasting  gospel  was  meant  to  take  the  place  of  Christ's  mes- 
sage. Through  the  descent  and  indwelling  of  the  Holy  Ghost 
the  vloTijs,  sonship,  is  infused  into  every  individual,  so  that 
everybody  who  possesses  the  Holy  Ghost  will  be  a  new  rock,  in 
accordance  with  I  Peter  2:5:  "Be  you  also  as  living  stones  built 
up." 70  This  is  a  logical  development  of  the  teaching  about  the 

62  Opera,  ed.  G.  Schepps,  p.  24. 

63  Cf.  Aurora  Consurgens  (ed.  von  Franz),  p.  127:  "this  great  and  wide  sea  smote 
the  rock  and  the  metallic  waters  flowed  forth." 

64  Musaeum  hermeticum  (1678),  p.  212:  "Our  stone  is  called  the  sacred  rock,  and 
is  understood  or  signified  in  four  ways."  Cf.  Ephesians  3:18.  The  Pyramid  Text 
of  Pepi  I  mentions  a  god  of  resurrection  with  four  faces:  "Homage  to  thee,  O 
thou  who  hast  four  faces.  .  .  .  Thou  art  endowed  with  a  soul,  and  thou  dost 
rise  (like  the  sun)  in  thy  boat  .  .  .  carry  thou  this  Pepi  with  thee  in  the  cabin 
of  thy  boat,  for  this  Pepi  is  the  son  of  the  Scarab."  (Budge,  Gods  of  the  Egyptians, 
I,  p.  85.) 

65  Explanationes  in  Psalmos,  XXXVIII:  "In  the  shadow  there  was  water  from 
the  rock,  as  it  were  the  blood  of  Christ." 

66  Mylius,  Philosophia  reformata  (1622),  p.  112:  "Whence  the  philosopher  brought 
forth  water  from  the  rock  and  oil  out  of  the  flinty  stone." 

67  Von  hylealischen  Chaos  (1597),  p.  272. 

68  Hippolytus,  Elenchos,  V,  7,  34I  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  129).  Reference  is  also 
made  here  to  the  "stone  cut  from  the  mountain  without  hands"  (Daniel  2  :  45), 
a  metaphor  used  by  the  alchemists. 

69  De  errore  projanarum  religionum,  20,   1. 

70  Cf.  the  building  of  the  seamless  tower  (church)  with  "living  stones"  in  the 
"Shepherd"  of  Hermas. 

88 


THE    SIGN    OF   THE    FISHES 


Paraclete  and  the  filiation,  as  stated  in  Luke  6  :  35:  "You  shall 
be  sons  of  the  Highest,"  and  John  10  :  34:  "Is  it  not  written  in 
your  law:  I  said,  you  are  gods?"  The  Naassenes,  as  we  know,  had 
already  made  use  of  these  allusions  and  thus  anticipated  a 
whole  tract  of  historical  development— a  development  that  led 
via  monasticism  to  the  Holy  Ghost  movement,  via  the  The- 
ologia  Germanica  direct  to  Luther,  and  via  alchemy  to  modern 
science. 

l45  Let  us  now  turn  back  to  the  theme  of  Christ  as  the  fish.  Ac- 
cording to  Doelger,  the  Christian  fish  symbol  first  appeared  in 
Alexandria  around  a.d.  200; 71  similarly,  the  baptismal  bath  was 
described  as  a  piscina  (fish-pond)  quite  early.  This  presupposes 
that  the  believers  were  fishes,  as  is  in  fact  suggested  by  the  gos- 
pels (for  instance  Matt.  4  :  19).  There  Christ  wants  to  make 
Peter  and  Andrew  "fishers  of  men,"  and  the  miraculous  draught 
of  fishes  (Luke  5  :  10)  is  used  by  Christ  himself  as  a  paradigm 
for  Peter's  missionary  activity. 

46  A  direct  astrological  aspect  of  Christ's  birth  is  given  us  in 
Matthew  2  :  iff.  The  Magi  from  the  East  were  star-gazers  who, 
beholding  an  extraordinary  constellation,  inferred  an  equally 
extraordinary  birth.  This  anecdote  proves  that  Christ,  possibly 
even  at  the  time  of  the  apostles,  was  viewed  from  the  astro- 
logical standpoint  or  was  at  least  brought  into  connection  with 

71  Doelger,  IX8T2:  Das  Fischsymbol,  I,  p.  18.  Though  the  Abercius  inscription, 
which  dates  from  the  beginning  of  the  3rd  cent,  (after  a.d.  216),  is  of  importance 
in  this  connection,  it  is  of  doubtful  Christian  origin.  Dieterich  (Die  Grabschrift 
des  Aberkios),  in  the  course  of  a  brilliant  argument,  demonstrates  that  the  "holy 
shepherd"  mentioned  in  the  inscription  is  Attis,  the  Lord  of  the  sacred  Ram 
and  the  thousand-eyed  shepherd  of  glittering  stars.  One  of  his  special  forms 
was  Elogabal  of  Emera,  the  god  of  the  emperor  Heliogabalus,  who  caused  the 
hieros  gamos  of  his  god  to  be  celebrated  with  Urania  of  Carthage,  also  called 
Virgo  coelestis.  Heliogabalus  was  a  gallus  (priest)  of  the  Great  Mother,  whose 
fish  only  the  priests  might  eat.  The  fish  had  to  be  caught  by  a  virgin.  It  is  con- 
jectured that  Abercius  had  this  inscription  written  in  commemoration  of  his 
journey  to  Rome  to  the  great  hieros  gamos,  sometime  after  a.d.  216.  For  the  same 
reasons  there  are  doubts  about  the  Christianity  of  the  Pectorios  inscription  at 
Autun,  in  which  the  fish  figures  too:  *'E(T0ie  irv  .  .  .  ,  ixOvv  lxtj3V  iraXa/xcus 
'Ix&vi  x°PTa%  &Pa  XtXat'w  Seo-Trora  awrep'.  "Eat  .  .  .  (reading  uncertain),  holding 
the  fish  in  the  hands.  Nourish  now  with  the  fish,  I  yearn,  Lord  Saviour."  Prob- 
able reading:  mvawv  instead  of  ireivawv.  Cf.  Cabrol  and  Leclercq,  Dictionnaire 
d'archeologie  chretienne,  XIII,  cols.  2884ff.,  "Pectorios."  The  first  three  distichs 
of  the  inscription  make  the  acrostic  Ichthys.  Dating  is  uncertain  (3rd~5th  cent.). 
Cf.  Doelger,  I,  pp.  i2ff. 

89 


AION 


astrological  myths.  The  latter  alternative  is  fully  confirmed 
when  we  consider  the  apocalyptic  utterances  of  St.  John.  Since 
this  exceedingly  complex  question  has  been  discussed  by  those 
who  are  more  qualified  than  I,  we  can  support  our  argument 
on  the  well-attested  fact  that  glimpses  of  astrological  mythology 
may  be  caught  behind  the  stories  of  the  worldly  and  other- 
worldly life  of  the  Redeemer.72 
HI  Above  all  it  is  the  connections  with  the  age  of  the  Fishes 
which  are  attested  by  the  fish  symbolism,  either  contemporane- 
ously with  the  gospels  themselves  (''fishers  of  men,"  fishermen 
as  the  first  disciples,  miracle  of  loaves  and  fishes),  or  immedi- 
ately afterwards  in  the  post-apostolic  era.  The  symbolism  shows 
Christ  and  those  who  believe  in  him  as  fishes,  fish  as  the  food 
eaten  at  the  Agape,73  baptism  as  immersion  in  a  fish-pond,  etc. 
At  first  sight,  all  this  points  to  no  more  than  the  fact  that  the 
fish  symbols  and  mythologems  which  have  always  existed  had 
assimilated  the  figure  of  the  Redeemer;  in  other  words,  it  was 
a  symptom  of  Christ's  assimilation  into  the  world  of  ideas  pre- 
vailing at  that  time.  But,  to  the  extent  that  Christ  was  regarded 
as  the  new  aeon,  it  would  be  clear  to  anyone  acquainted  with 
astrology  that  he  was  born  as  the  first  fish  of  the  Pisces  era,  and 
was  doomed  to  die  as  the  last  ram 74  (apvLov,  lamb)  of  the  declining 
Aries  era.75  Matthew  27  :  15ft.  hands  down  this  mythologem  in 

72  1  refer  particularly  to  Boll,  Aus  der  Offenbarung  Johannis.  The  writings  of 
Arthur  Drews  have  treated  the  astrological  parallels  with— one  can  well  say— 
monomaniacal  thoroughness,  not  altogether  to  the  advantage  of  this  idea.  See 
Der  Sternenhimmel  in  der  Dichiung  und  Religion  der  alten  Volker  und  des 
Christentums. 

73  Religious  meal.  According  to  Tertullian  (Adversus  Marcionem,  I,  cap.  XIV; 
Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  2,  col.  262)  the  fish  signifies  "the  holier  food."  Cf.  also  Gooden- 
ough,  Jewish  Symbols,  V,  pp.  41ft. 

74  0rigen,  In  Genesim  horn.  VIII,  9  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  208):  "We  said 
.  .  .  that  Isaac  bore  the  form  of  Christ,  but  that  the  ram  also  seems  no  less  to 
bear  the  form  of  Christ."  Augustine  (City  of  God,  XVI,  32,  1)  asks:  "Who  was 
that  ram  by  the  offering  whereof  was  made  a  complete  sacrifice  in  typical 
blood  .  .  .  who  was  prefigured  thereby  but  Jesus  .  .  .  ?"  For  the  Lamb  as 
Aries  in  the  Apocalypse  see  Boll,  Aus  der  Offenbarung  Johannis. 

75Eisler,  Orpheus— The  Fisher,  pp.  5 iff.  There  is  also  a  wealth  of  material  in 
Eisler's  paper  "Der  Fisch  als  Sexualsymbol,"  though  it  contains  little  that  would 
help  to  interpret  the  fish-symbol,  since  the  question  puts  the  cart  before  the 
horse.  It  has  long  been  known  that  all  the  instinctual  forces  of  the  psyche  are  in- 
volved in  the  formation  of  symbolic  images,  hence  sexuality  as  well.  Sex  is  not 

90 


THE    SIGN    OF    THE    FISHES 


the  form  of  the  old  sacrifice  of  the  seasonal  god.  Significantly 
enough,  Jesus's  partner  in  the  ceremony  is  called  Barabbas,  "son 
of  the  father."  There  would  be  some  justification  for  drawing 
a  parallel  between  the  tension  of  opposites  in  early  Christian 
psychology  and  the  fact  the  zodiacal  sign  for  Pisces  (K)  fre- 
quently shows  two  fishes  moving  in  opposite  directions,  but 
only  if  it  could  be  proved  that  their  contrary  movement  dates 
from  pre-Christian  times  or  is  at  least  contemporary  with  Christ. 
Unfortunately,  I  know  of  no  pictorial  representation  from  this 
period  that  would  give  us  any  information  about  the  position  of 
the  fishes.  In  the  fine  bas-relief  of  the  zodia  from  the  Little 
Metropolis  in  Athens,  Pisces  and  Aquarius  are  missing.  There 
is  one  representation  of  the  fishes,  near  the  beginning  of  our 
era,  that  is  certainly  free  from  Christian  influence.  This  is  the 
globe  of  the  heavens  from  the  Farnese  Atlas  in  Naples.  The  first 
fish,  depicted  north  of  the  equator,  is  vertical,  with  its  head 
pointing  to  the  celestial  Pole;  the  second  fish,  south  of  the 
equator,  is  horizontal,  with  its  head  pointing  West.  The  picture 
follows  the  astronomical  configuration  and  is  therefore  natural- 
istic.76 The  zodiac  from  the  temple  of  Hathor  at  Denderah  (ist 
cent,  b.c.)  shows  the  fishes,  but  they  both  face  the  same  way.  The 
planisphere  of  Timochares,77  mentioned  by  Hipparchus,  has 
only  one  fish  where  Pisces  should  be.  On  coins  and  gems  from 
the  time  of  the  emperors,  and  also  on  Mithraic  monuments,78 
the  fishes  are  shown  either  facing  the  same  way  or  moving 
in  opposite  directions.79  The  polarity  which  the  fishes  later 
acquired  may  perhaps  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  astronomical 
constellation  shows  the  first  (northerly)  fish  as  vertical,  and  the 
second  (southerly)  fish  as  horizontal.  They  move  almost  at  right 


"symbolized"  in  these  images,  but  leaps  to  the  eye,  as  Eisler's  material  clearly 
shows.  In  whatsoever  a  man  is  involved,  there  his  sexuality  will  appear  too.  The 
indubitably  correct  statement  that  St.  Peter's  is  made  of  stone,  wood,  and  metal 
hardly  helps  us  to  interpret  its  meaning,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  fish  symbol 
if  one  continues  to  be  astonished  that  this  image,  like  all  others,  has  its  manifest 
sexual  components.  With  regard  to  the  terminology,  it  should  be  noted  that 
something  known  is  never  "symbolized,"  but  can  only  be  expressed  allegorically 
or  semiotically .  76  Thiele,  Antike  Himmelsbilder,  p.  29. 

77  Boll,  Sphaera,  PL  I,  and  Eisler,  The  Royal  Art  of  Astrology,  PL  5,  following 
p.  164.  78  Gaedechens,  Der  Marmorne  Himmels globus. 

79  Cumont,  Textes  et  monuments,  II. 

91 


AION 


angles  to  one  another  and  hence  form  a  cross.  This  counter- 
movement,  which  was  unknown  to  the  majority  of  the  oldest 
sources,  was  much  emphasized  in  Christian  times,  and  this  leads 
one  to  suspect  a  certain  tendentiousness.80 
»48  Although  no  connection  of  any  kind  can  be  proved  be- 
tween the  figure  of  Christ  and  the  inception  of  the  astrological 
age  of  the  fishes,  the  simultaneity  of  the  fish  symbolism  of  the 
Redeemer  with  the  astrological  symbol  of  the  new  aeon  seems 
to  me  important  enough  to  warrant  the  emphasis  we  place  upon 
it.  If  we  try  to  follow  up  the  complicated  mythological  ramifica- 
tions of  this  parallel,  we  do  so  with  intent  to  throw  light  on  the 
multifarious  aspects  of  an  archetype  that  manifests  itself  on  the 
one  hand  in  a  personality,  and  on  the  other  hand  synchro- 
nistically, in  a  moment  of  time  determined  in  advance,  before 
Christ's  birth.  Indeed,  long  before  that,  the  archetype  had  been 
written  in  the  heavens  by  projection,  so  as  then,  "when  the  time 
was  fulfilled,"  to  coincide  with  the  symbols  produced  by  the 
new  era.  The  fish,  appropriately  enough,  belongs  to  the  winter 
rainy  season,  like  Aquarius  and  Capricorn  (atyoKepw?,  the  goat- 
fish).81  As  a  zodiacal  sign,  therefore,  it  is  not  in  the  least  remark- 
able. It  becomes  a  matter  for  astonishment  only  when,  through 
the  precession  of  the  equinoxes,  the  spring-point  moves  into  this 
sign  and  thus  inaugurates  an  age  in  which  the  "fish"  was  used 
as  a  name  for  the  God  who  became  a  man,  who  was  born  as  a 
fish  and  was  sacrificed  as  a  ram,  who  had  fishermen  for  disciples 
and  wanted  to  make  them  fishers  of  men,  who  fed  the  multitude 
with  miraculously  multiplying  fishes,  who  was  himself  eaten  as  a 
fish,  the  "holier  food,"  and  whose  followers  are  little  fishes,  the 
"pisciculi."  Assume,  if  you  like,  that  a  fairly  widespread  knowl- 
edge of  astrology  would  account  for  at  least  some  of  this  sym- 

80  See  the  two  fishes  in  Lambspringk's  symbols  (Mus.  herm.,  p.  343),  represent- 
ing at  the  same  time  the  opposites  to  be  united.  Aratus  (Phaenomena,  Mair 
trans.,  p.  401)  mentions  only  the  higher  position  of  the  northern  fish  as  com- 
pared with  the  southern  one,  without  emphasizing  their  duality  or  opposition. 
Their  double  character  is,  however,  stressed  in  modern  astrological  speculation. 
(E.  M.  Smith,  The  Zodia,  p.  279.)  Senard  (Le  Zodiaque,  p.  446)  says:  "The  fish 
.  .  .  swimming  from  above  downwards  symbolizes  the  movement  of  involution 
of  Spirit  in  Matter;  that  .  .  .  which  swims  from  below  upwards,  the  movement 
of  evolution  of  the  Spirit-Matter  composite  returning  to  its  Unique  Principle." 

81  Capricorn  V3  or  3. 

9* 


THE    SIGN    OF   THE    FISHES 


bolism  in  certain  Gnostic-Christian  circles.82  But  this  assump- 
tion does  not  apply  when  it  comes  to  eyewitness  accounts  in 
the  synoptic  gospels.  There  is  no  evidence  of  any  such  thing.  We 
have  no  reason  whatever  to  suppose  that  those  stories  are  dis- 
guised astrological  myths.  On  the  contrary,  one  gets  the  impres- 
sion that  the  fish  episodes  are  entirely  natural  happenings  and 
that  there  is  nothing  further  to  be  looked  for  behind  them. 
They  are  "Just  So"  stories,  quite  simple  and  natural,  and  one 
wonders  whether  the  whole  Christian  fish  symbolism  may  not 
have  come  about  equally  fortuitously  and  without  premedita- 
tion. Hence  one  could  speak  just  as  well  of  the  seemingly  for- 
tuitous coincidence  of  this  symbolism  with  the  name  of  the  new 
aeon,  the  more  so  as  the  age  of  the  fishes  seems  to  have  left  no 
very  clear  traces  in  the  cultures  of  the  East.  I  could  not  main- 
tain with  any  certainty  that  this  is  correct,  because  I  know  far 
too  little  about  Indian  and  Chinese  astrology.  As  against  this, 
the  fact  that  the  traditional  fish  symbolism  makes  possible  a 
verifiable  prediction  that  had  already  been  made  in  the  New 
Testament  is  a  somewhat  uncomfortable  proposition  to  swallow. 
The  northerly,  or  easterly,  fish,  which  the  spring-point 
entered  at  about  the  beginning  of  our  era,83  is  joined  to  the 
southerly,  or  westerly,  fish  by  the  so-called  commissure.  This 
consists  of  a  band  of  faint  stars  forming  the  middle  sector  of  the 
constellation,  and  the  spring-point  gradually  moved  along  its 
southern  edge.  The  point  where  the  ecliptic  intersects  with  the 
meridian  at  the  tail  of  the  second  fish  coincides  roughly  with  the 
sixteenth  century,  the  time  of  the  Reformation,  which  as  we 
know  is  so  extraordinarily  important  for  the  history  of  Western 
symbols.  Since  then  the  spring-point  has  moved  along  the  south- 
ern edge  of  the  second  fish,  and  will  enter  Aquarius  in  the 


82  A  clear  reference  to  astrology  can  be  found  in  Pistis  Sophia,  where  Jesus  con- 
verses with  the  "ordainers  of  the  nativity":  "But  Jesus  answered  and  said  to 
Mary:  If  the  ordainers  of  the  nativity  find  Heimarmene  and  the  Sphere  turned 
to  the  left  in  accordance  with  their  first  circulation,  then  their  words  will  be 
true,  and  they  will  say  what  must  come  to  pass.  But  if  they  find  Heimarmene  or 
the  Sphere  turned  to  the  right,  then  they  will  not  say  anything  true,  because 
I  have  changed  their  influences  and  their  squares  and  their  triangles  and  their 
octants."  (Cf.  Mead  trans.,  p.  29.) 

83  The  meridian  of  the  star  "O"  in  the  commissure  passed  through  the  spring- 
point  in  a.d.  n,  and  that  of  the  star  "a  113"  in  146  B.C.  Calculated  on  the  basis 
of  Peters  and  Knobel,  Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars. 

93 


AION 

course  of  the  third  millennium.84  Astrologically  interpreted,  the 
designation  of  Christ  as  one  of  the  fishes  identifies  him  with  the 
first  fish,  the  vertical  one.  Christ  is  followed  by  the  Antichrist,  at 
the  end  of  time.  The  beginning  of  the  enantiodromia  would  fall, 
logically,  midway  between  the  two  fishes.  We  have  seen  that 
this  is  so.  The  time  of  the  Renaissance  begins  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  second  fish,  and  with  it  comes  that  spirit  which 
culminates  in  the  modern  age.85 

84  Since  the  delimitation  of  the  constellations  is  known  to  be  somewhat  arbitrary, 
this  date  is  very  indefinite.  It  refers  to  the  actual  constellation  of  fixed  stars, 
not  to  the  zodion  noeton,  i.e.,  the  zodiac  divided  into  sectors  of  300  each.  Astro- 
logically the  beginning  of  the  next  aeon,  according  to  the  starting-point  you 
select,  falls  between  a.d.  2000  and  2200.  Starting  from  star  "O"  and  assuming 
a  Platonic  month  of  2,143  years,  one  would  arrive  at  a.d.  2154  for  the  beginning 
of  the  Aquarian  Age,  and  at  a.d.  1997  if  you  start  from  star  "a  113."  The  latter 
date  agrees  with  the  longitude  of  the  stars  in  Ptolemy's  Almagest. 

85  Modern  astrological  speculation  likewise  associates  the  Fishes  with  Christ:  "The 
fishes  .  .  .  the  inhabitants  of  the  waters,  are  fitly  an  emblem  of  those  whose 
life  being  hid  with  Christ  in  God,  come  out  of  the  waters  of  judgment  without 
being  destroyed  [an  allusion  to  the  fishes  which  were  not  drowned  in  the 
Deluge!— C.G.J. ]  and  shall  find  their  true  sphere  where  life  abounds  and  death 
is  not:  where,  for  ever  surrounded  with  the  living  water  and  drinking  from  its 
fountain,  they  'shall  not  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life.'  .  .  .  Those  who  shall 
dwell  for  ever  in  the  living  water  are  one  with  Jesus  Christ  the  Son  of  God, 
the  Living  One."  (Smith,  The  Zodia,  pp.  28of.) 


94 


VIT 

THE  PROPHECIES  OF  NOSTRADAMUS 

l5°  The  course  of  our  religious  history  as  well  as  an  essential 
part  of  our  psychic  development  could  have  been  predicted 
more  or  less  accurately,  both  as  regards  time  and  content,  from 
the  precession  of  the  equinoxes  through  the  constellation  of 
Pisces.  The  prediction,  as  we  saw,  was  actually  made  and  coin- 
cides with  the  fact  that  the  Church  suffered  a  schism  in  the  six- 
teenth century.  After  that  an  enantiodromian  process  set  in 
which,  in  contrast  to  the  "Gothic"  striving  upwards  to  the 
heights,  could  be  described  as  a  horizontal  movement  outwards, 
namely  the  voyages  of  discovery  and  the  conquest  of  Nature. 
The  vertical  was  cut  across  by  the  horizontal,  and  man's  spiritual 
and  moral  development  moved  in  a  direction  that  grew  more 
and  more  obviously  antichristian,  so  that  today  we  are  con- 
fronted with  a  crisis  of  Western  civilization  whose  outcome 
appears  to  be  exceedingly  dubious. 

'51  With  this  background  in  mind,  I  would  like  to  mention  the 
astrological  prophecies  of  Nostradamus,  written  in  a  letter1  to 
Henry  II  of  France,  on  June  27,  1558.  After  detailing  a  year 
characterized,  among  other  things,  by  U  6  V  with  $  □  £  ,2 
he  says: 

1  Printed  in  the  Amsterdam  edition  of  the  Vrayes  Centuries  et  Propheties  de 
Maistre  Michel  Nostredame  (1667),  PP-  9^- 

2  According  to  the  old  tradition  the  conjunction  of  Jupiter  and  Mercury,  as 
mentioned  above,  is  characteristic  of  Christianity.  The  quartile  aspect  between 
Mercury  and  Mars  "injures"  Mercury  by  "martial"  violence.  According  to 
Cardan,  $  £  $  signifies  "the  law  of  Mahomet"  (Comment,  in  Ptol.,  p.  188). 
This  aspect  could  therefore  indicate  an  attack  by  Islam.  Albumasar  regards 
IX  c5  $  in  the  same  way:  "And  if  Mars  shall  be  in  conjunction  with  him 
(Jupiter),  it  signifies  the  fiery  civilization  and  the  pagan  faith"  (De  magn.  con- 
iunct.,  tract.  I,  cliff.  4,  p.  a8r).  On  the  analogy  of  history  the  evil  events  to  come 
are  ascribed  to  the  crescent  moon,  but  one  never  reflects  that  the  opponent  of 
Christianity   dwells   in   the   European    unconscious.    History   repeats   itself. 

95 


AION 


Then  the  beginning  of  that  year  shall  see  a  greater  persecution 
against  the  Christian  Church  than  ever  was  in  Africa,3  and  it  shall 
be  in  the  year  1792,  at  which  time  everyone  will  think  it  a  renova- 
tion of  the  age.  .  .  .  And  at  that  time  and  in  those  countries  the 
infernal  power  shall  rise  against  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ.  This 
shall  be  the  second  Antichrist,  which  shall  persecute  the  said  Church 
and  its  true  vicar  by  means  of  the  power  of  temporal  kings,  who 
through  their  ignorance  shall  be  seduced  by  tongues  more  sharp 
than  any  sword  in  the  hands  of  a  madman.  .  .  .  The  persecution 
of  the  clergy  shall  have  its  beginning  in  the  power  of  the  Northern 
Kings  joined  by  the  Eastern  ones.  And  that  persecution  shall  last 
eleven  years,  or  a  little  less,  at  which  time  the  chief  Northern  king 
shall  fail.4 

»52  However,  Nostradamus  thinks  that  "a  united  Southern  king" 
will  outlast  the  Northern  one  by  three  years.  He  sees  a  return 
of  paganism  ("the  sanctuary  destroyed  by  paganism"),  the  Bible 
will  be  burned,  and  an  immense  blood-bath  will  take  place:  "So 
great  tribulations  as  ever  did  happen  since  the  first  foundation 
of  the  Christian  Church."  All  Latin  countries  will  be  affected 
by  it. 

»53  There  are  historical  determinants  that  may  have  moved 
Nostradamus  to  give  the  year  1792  as  the  beginning  of  the  new 
aeon.  For  instance,  Cardinal  Pierre  d'Ailly,  basing  himself  on 
Albumasar,  writes  in  his  Concordantia  5  on  the  eighth  coniunc- 
tio  maxima  (U  6  ^  in  t),  which  had  been  calculated  for  1693: 

And  after  that  shall  be  the  fulfilment  of  ten  revolutions  of  Saturn 
in  the  year  1789,  and  this  will  happen  after  the  said  conjunction, 
in  the  course  of  ninety-seven  years  or  thereabouts.  .  .  .  This  being 
so,  we  say  that  if  the  world  shall  endure  until  then,  which  God 
alone  knows,  then  there  will  be  many  and  great  and  marvellous 
changes  and  transformations  of  the  world,  especially  as  concerns 
law-giving  and  religious  sects,  for  the  said  conjunction  and  the 
revolutions  of  Saturn  will  coincide  with  the  revolution  or  reversal 
of  the  upper  orb,  i.e.,  the  eighth  sphere,  and  from  these  and  other 
premises  the  change  of  sects  will  be  known.  .  .  .  Whence  it  may 

3  Where  Roman  Christendom  succumbed  to  Islam. 

4  The  Complete  Prophecies  of  Nostradamus,  trans,  and  ed.  by  H.  C.  Roberts, 
pp.  23 iff. 

5  D  7V  to  8r,  div.  2,  cap.  60  and  61.  Cf.  also  Thorndike,  A  History  of  Magic  and 
Experimental  Science,  IV,  p.  102. 

96 


THE    PROPHECIES    OF    NOSTRADAMUS 


be  concluded  with  some  probability  that  this  is  the  time  when  the 
Antichrist  shall  come  with  his  law  and  his  damnable  sects,  which 
are  utterly  contrary  and  inimical  to  the  law  of  Christ;  for,  being 
human,  we  can  have  no  certainty  with  regard  to  the  time  and  the 
moment  of  his  coming.  ,  .  .  Yet,  despite  the  indeterminate  state- 
ment that  he  will  come  at  approximately  that  time,  it  is  possible  to 
have  a  probable  conjecture  and  a  credible  hypothesis  in  accordance 
with  the  astronomical  indications.  If,  therefore,  the  astronomers 
say  that  a  change  of  sects  will  occur  about  that  time,  then,  according 
to  them,  a  Mighty  One  will  come  after  Mahomet,  who  will  set  up  an 
evil  and  magical  law.  Thus  we  may  surmise  with  credible  prob- 
ability that  after  the  sect  of  Mahomet  none  other  will  come  save 
the  law  of  the  Antichrist.6 

l54  In  connection  with  the  calculation  of  the  year  1693,  Pierre 
d'Ailly  quotes  Albumasar  as  saying  that  the  first  coniunctio 
maxima  of  Saturn  and  Jupiter  took  place  anno  mundi  3200.  To 
this  Albumasar  added  960  years,  which  brings  us  to  a.d.  1693  as 
the  year  of  the  eighth  coniunctio  maxima.1  In  Part  III  of  his 
book,  chapter  17,  Pierre  d'Ailly  criticizes  this  view  and  calls  it  a 
"false  deduction."  In  his  treatise  against  "superstitiosos  astrono- 
mos,"  1410,  he  maintains  that  the  Christian  religion  should  not 
be  brought  under  astrological  laws.  He  was  alluding  in  particu- 
lar to  Roger  Bacon,  who  had  revived  the  theory  that  Christianity 
was  under  the  influence  of  the  planet  Mercury.  Pierre  d'Ailly 

6  "Et  post  illam  erit  complementura  10  revolutionum  saturnalium  anno  Christi 
1789  et  hoc  erit  post  dictam  coniunctionem  per  annos  97  vel  prope.  .  .  .  His 
itaque  praesuppositis  dicimus  quod  si  mundus  usque  ad  ilia  tempora  duraverit, 
quod  solus  deus  novit,  multae  tunc  et  magnae  et  mirabiles  alterationes  mundi 
et  mutationes  futurae  sunt,  et  maxime  circa  leges  et  sectas,  nam  cum  praedicta 
coniunctione  et  illis  revolutionibus  Saturni  ad  hoc  concurret  revolutio  seu 
reversio  superioris  orbis,  id  est,  octavae  sphaerae  per  quam  et  per  alia  praemissa 
cognoscitur  sectarum  mutatio  .  .  .  Unde  ex  his  probabiliter  concluditur  quod 
forte  circa  ilia  tempora  veniet  Antichristus  cum  lege  sua  vel  secta  damnabili, 
quae  maxime  adversa  erit  et  contraria  legi  Christi;  nam  licet  de  adventu  sui 
determinato  tempore  vel  momento  haberi  non  possit  humanitus  certitudo.  .  .  . 
Tamen  indeterminate  loquendo  quod  circa  ilia  tempora  venturus  sit  potest 
haberi  probabilis  coniectura  et  verisimilis  suspicio  per  astronomica  iudicia.  Cum 
enim  dictum  sit  secundum  astronomos  circa  ilia  tempora  fieri  mutationem 
sectarum  et  secundum  eos  post  machometum  erit  aliquis  potens,  qui  legem 
foedam  et  magicam  constituet.  Ideo  verisimili  probabilitate  credi  potest,  quod 
post  sectam  machometi  nulla  secta  veniet,  nisi  lex  antichristi." 

7  Concordantia,  etc.,  fol.  b  5. 

97 


AION 

held  that  only  superstitions  and  heretical  opinions  were  astro- 
logically  influenced,  and  especially  the  coming  of  the  Anti- 
christ.8 

»55  We  are  probably  right  in  assuming  that  these  calculations 
were  known  to  Nostradamus,  who  proposed  1792  as  an  improve- 
ment on  1789.  Both  dates  are  suggestive,  and  a  knowledge  of  sub- 
sequent events  confirms  that  the  things  that  happened  around 
that  time  were  significant  forerunners  of  developments  in  our 
own  day.  The  enthronement  of  the  "Deesse  Raison"  was,  in  fact, 
an  anticipation  of  the  antichristian  trend  that  was  pursued  from 
then  onwards. 

J56  The  "renovation  of  the  age"  might  mean  a  new  aeon,  and 
it  coincides  in  a  remarkable  way  with  the  new  system  of  dating, 
the  revolutionary  calendar,  which  began  with  September  22, 
1792,  and  had  a  distinctly  antichristian  character.9  What  had 
been  brewing  up  long  beforehand  then  became  a  manifest 
event;  in  the  French  Revolution  men  witnessed  the  enantio- 
dromia  that  had  set  in  with  the  Renaissance  and  ran  parallel 
with  the  astrological  fish  symbol.  The  time  seemed  a  significant 
one  astrologically,  for  a  variety  of  reasons.  In  the  first  place  this 
was  the  moment  when  the  precession  of  the  equinoxes  reached 
the  tail  of  the  second  fish.10  Then,  in  the  year  1791,  Saturn  was 
in  T,  a  fiery  sign.  Besides  that,  tradition  made  use  of  the 
theory  of  maximal  conjunctions  u  and  regarded  the  year  of  the 
eighth  coniunctio  maxima— 1693— as  a  starting-point  for  future 
calculations.12  This  critical  year  was  combined  with  another 

8  Cf.  Thorndike,  IV,  p.  103. 

9  In  classical  usage  renovatio  can  have  the  meaning  of  the  modern  word  "revolu- 
tion," whereas  even  in  late  Latin  revolutio  still  retains  its  original  meaning  of 
"revolving."  As  the  text  shows,  Nostradamus  thought  of  this  moment  (1791)  as 
the  climax  of  a  long-standing  persecution  of  the  Church.  One  is  reminded  of 
Voltaire's  "£crasez  l'infame!" 

10  There  is  nothing  to  suggest  that  a  conscious  attempt  was  made  to  prophesy 
on  the  basis  of  the  precession. 

11  Conjunctions  in  Aries  were  regarded  as  such,  at  least  as  a  rule.  o°  Aries  is  the 
spring-point. 

12 1  cannot  claim  to  have  understood  Pierre  d'Ailly's  argument.  Here  is  the 
text  (Second  treatise,  ch.  60,  "De  octava  coniunctione  maxima"):  "Et  post 
illam  erit  complementum  10  revolutionum  saturnalium  anno  Christi  1789  et  hoc 
erit  post  dictam  coniunctionem  per  annos  97  vel  prope  et  inter  dictam  coniunc- 
tionem  et  illud  complementum  dictarum  10  revolutionum  erit  status  octavae 
sphaerae  circiter  per  annos  25  quod  sic  patet:  quia  status  octavae  sphaerae  erit 

98 


THE    PROPHECIES    OF    NOSTRADAMUS 


tradition  basing  itself  on  periods  of  ten  revolutions  of  Saturn, 
each  period  taking  three  hundred  years.  Pierre  d'Ailly  cites 
Albumasar,  who  says  in  his  Magnae  coniunctiones:  "They  said 
that  the  change  shall  come  when  ten  revolutions  of  Saturn  have 
been  completed,  and  that  the  permutation  of  Saturn  is  particu- 
larly appropriate  to  the  movable  signs"  (r,  So,  =^=,  V3).13  Accord- 
ing to  Pierre  d'Ailly,  a  Saturn  period  came  to  an  end  in  1 1  B.C., 
and  he  connects  this  with  the  appearance  of  Christ.  Another 
period  ended  in  a.d.  289;  this  he  connects  with  Manichaeism. 
The  year  589  foretells  Islam,  and  1189  the  significant  reign  of 
Pope  Innocent  III;  1489  announces  a  schism  of  the  Church,  and 
1789  signalizes— by  inference— the  coming  of  the  Antichrist. 
Fantasy  could  do  the  rest,  for  the  archetype  had  long  been  ready 
and  was  only  waiting  for  the  time  to  be  fulfilled.  That  a  usurper 
from  the  North  would  seize  power 14  is  easily  understood  when 
we  consider  that  the  Antichrist  is  something  infernal,  the  devil 
or  the  devil's  son,  and  is  therefore  Typhon  or  Set,  who  has  his 
fiery  abode  in  the  North.  Typhon's  power  is  triadic,  possessing 
two  confederates,  one  in  the  East  and  one  in  the  South.  This 
power  corresponds  to  the  "lower  triad."  15 
'57  Nostradamus,  the  learned  physician  and  astrologer,  would 
certainly  have  been  familiar  with  the  idea  of  the  North  as  the 
region  of  the  devil,  unbelievers,  and  all  things  evil.  The  idea, 

anno  444  post  situm  augmentationum  [reading  uncertain],  quae  secundum 
tabulas  astronomicas  sunt  adaequatae  ad  annum  Christi  1320  perfectum,  et  ideo 
anno  Christi  1764,  quibus  annis  si  addas  25,  sunt  anni  1789  quos  praediximus. 
Unde  iterum  patet  quod  ab  hoc  anno  Christi  1414  usque  ad  statum  octavae 
sphaerae  erunt  anni  253  perfecti."  (And  after  that  shall  be  the  fulfilment  of  10 
revolutions  of  Saturn  to  the  year  1789,  and  this  shall  be  after  the  said  con- 
junction for  97  years  or  thereabouts,  and  between  the  said  conjunction  and 
that  fulfilment  of  the  10  revolutions  there  shall  be  a  standstill  of  the  eighth 
sphere  for  about  25  years,  which  is  evident  from  this:  that  the  standstill  of  the 
eighth  sphere  shall  be  in  the  444th  year  after  the  position  of  the  augmentations, 
which  according  to  the  astronomical  tables  are  assigned  to  the  end  of  the  year 
of  Christ  1320,  that  is  the  year  of  Christ  1764,  and  if  you  add  25  years  to  this, 
you  arrive  at  the  year  1789  aforesaid.  Hence  it  is  again  evident  that  from  this 
year  of  Christ  1414  to  the  standstill  of  the  eighth  sphere  there  will  be  253 
complete  years.) 

13  Fol.  d  6. 

14  It  is  not  clear  from  the  text  whether  the  same  "persecution"  is  meant,  or  a 
new  one.  The  latter  would  be  possible. 

15  Cf.  "The  Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairytales,"  pars.  425^,  436ff. 

99 


AION 


as  St.  Eucherius  of  Lyons  (d.  450)  remarks,16  goes  back  to  Jere- 
miah 1  :  14:  "From  the  north  shall  an  evil  wind  break  forth 
upon  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,"  17  and  other  passages  such 
as  Isaiah  14  :  12L: 

How  art  thou  fallen  from  heaven,  O  Lucifer,  son  of  the  morning! 
how  art  thou  rut  down  to  the  ground,  which  didst  weaken  the 
nations!  For  thou  hast  said  in  thine  heart,  I  will  ascend  into  heaven, 
I  will  exalt  my  throne  above  the  stars  of  God,  I  will  sit  on  the  mount 
of  assembly  in  the  far  north.18 

The  Benedictine  monk  Rhabanus  Maurus  (d.  856)  says  that 
"the  north  wind  is  the  harshness  of  persecution"  and  "a  figure 
of  the  old  enemy."  19  The  north  wind,  he  adds,  signifies  the 
devil,  as  is  evident  from  Job  26  :  7:  "He  stretcheth  out  the  north 
over  the  empty  space,  and  hangeth  the  earth  upon  nothing." 20 
Rhabanus  interprets  this  as  meaning  that  "God  allows  the  devil 
to  rule  the  minds  of  those  who  are  empty  of  his  grace."21  St. 
Augustine  says:  "Who  is  that  north  wind,  save  him  who  said:  I 
will  set  up  my  seat  in  the  north,  I  will  be  like  the  most  High? 
The  devil  held  rule  over  the  wicked,  and  possessed  the  nations," 
etc.22 
158  The  Victorine  monk  Garnerius  says  that  the  "malign  spirit" 
was  called  Aquilo,  the  north  wind.  Its  coldness  meant  the 
"frigidity  of  sinners."23  Adam  Scotus  imagined  there  was  a 
frightful  dragon's  head  in  the  north  from  which  all  evil  comes. 
From  its  mouth  and  snout  it  emitted  smoke  of  a  triple  nature,24 
the  "threefold  ignorance,  namely  of  good  and  evil,  of  true  and 

16  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  50,  col.  740. 

17  "Ab  Aquilone  pendetur  malum   super  omnes  habitatores   terrae"   (DV). 

18  "Quomodo  cecidisti  de  coelo,  Lucifer,  qui  mane  oriebaris?  corruisti  in  terram 
qui  vulnerabas  gentes?  Qui  dicebas  in  corde  tuo:  in  caelum  conscendam,  super 
astra  Dei  exaltabo  solium  meum,  sedebo  in  monte  testamenti,  in  lateribus 
Aquilonis"  (trans,  is  AV;  last  line  RSV). 

19  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  112,  col.  860. 

20  This  is  an  obvious  analogy  of  the  pneuma  brooding  on  the  face  of  the  deep. 
21 ".  .  .  quod  illorum  mentibus,  qui  gratia  sua  vacui,  diabolum  Deus  dominari 
permittit." 

22  Enar.  in  Ps.  XLVII,  3;  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  36,  col.  534. 

23  Sancti  Victoris  Parisiensis  Gregorianum;  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  193,  cols.  59L 

24  Allusion  to  the  lower  triad. 

100 


THE    PROPHECIES    OF    NOSTRADAMUS 


false,  of  fitting  and  unfitting." 25  "That  is  the  smoke,"  says  Adam 
Scotus,  "which  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  in  his  vision  of  God,  saw 
coming  from  the  north," 2Q  the  "smoke"  of  which  Isaiah  speaks.27 
The  pious  author  never  stops  to  think  how  remarkable  it  is  that 
the  prophet's  vision  of  God  should  be  blown  along  on  the  wings 
of  the  north  wind,  wrapped  in  this  devilish  smoke  of  threefold 
ignorance.  Where  there  is  smoke,  there  is  fire.  Hence  the  "great 
cloud"  had  "brightness  round  about  it,  and  fire  flashing  forth 
continually,  and  in  the  midst  of  the  fire,  as  it  were  gleaming 
bronze."  28  The  north  wind  comes  from  the  region  of  fire  and, 
despite  its  coldness,  is  a  "ventus  urens"  (burning  wind),  as 
Gregory  the  Great  calls  it,  referring  to  Job  27  :  2i.29  This 
wind  is  the  malign  spirit,  "who  rouses  up  the  flames  of  lust  in 
the  heart"  and  kindles  every  living  thing  to  sin.  "Through  the 
breath  of  evil  incitement  to  earthly  pleasures  he  makes  the 
hearts  of  the  wicked  to  burn."  As  Jeremiah  1:13  says,  "I  see  a 
boiling  pot,  facing  away  from  the  north."  In  these  quotations 
from  Gregory  we  hear  a  faint  echo  of  the  ancient  idea  of  the  fire 
in  the  north,  which  is  still  very  much  alive  in  Ezekiel,  whose 
cloud  of  fire  appears  from  the  north,  whence  "an  evil  shall 
break  forth  upon  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land."  30 
*59  In  these  circumstances  it  is  hardly  surprising  that  Nos- 
tradamus warns  against  the  usurper  from  the  north  when  fore- 
telling the  coming  of  the  Antichrist.  Even  before  the  Reforma- 
tion the  Antichrist  was  a  popular  figure  in  folklore,  as  the 
numerous  editions  of  the  "Entkrist"  31  in  the  second  half  of  the 

25  De  tripartito  tabernaculo,  III,  c.  9;  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  198,  col.  761.  Adam 
Scotus  speaks  of  the  "darkness  of  the  smoke  from  the  north."  Pseudo-Clement 
(Homilies,  XIX,  22)  stresses  "the  sins  of  unconsciousness"  (agnoia).  Honorius  of 
Autun  (Speculum  de  mysteriis  ecclesiae;  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  172,  col.  833)  says:  "By 
the  north,  where  the  sun  lies  hidden  under  the  earth,  Matthew  is  meant,  who 
describes  the  divinity  of  Christ  hidden  under  the  flesh."  This  confirms  the 
chthonic  nature  of  the  triad. 

26  Ezek.  1  :  4:  "And  I  saw,  and  behold  a  whirlwind  came  out  of  the  north,  and  a 
great  cloud  .  .  ." 

27  Isaiah  14:  31:  "Howl,  O  gate,  cry,  O  city,  all  Philistia  is  thrown  down,  for  a 
smoke  shall  come  from  the  north,  and  there  is  none  that  shall  escape  his  troop." 

28  Ezek.  1  :  4. 

29  "A  burning  wind  shall  take  him  up  and  carry  him  away;  and  as  a  whirlwind 
shall  snatch  him  from  his  place"  (In  Expositionem  bead  Job  Moralia;  Migne, 
P.L.,  vol.  76,  cols.  54,  55). 

30  Jer.  1  :  13L  31  Cf.  Symbols  of  Transformation,  par.  5C5. 

101 


AION 

fifteenth  century  show.32  This  is  quite  understandable  in  view 
of  the  spiritual  events  then  impending:  the  Reformation  was 
about  to  begin.  Luther  was  promptly  greeted  as  the  Antichrist, 
and  it  is  possible  that  Nostradamus  calls  the  Antichrist  who  was 
to  appear  after  1792  the  "second  Antichrist"  because  the  first 
had  already  appeared  in  the  guise  of  the  German  reformer,  or 
much  earlier  with  Nero  or  Mohammed.33  We  should  not  omit 
to  mention  in  this  connection  how  much  capital  the  Nazis  made 
out  of  the  idea  that  Hitler  was  continuing  and  completing  the 
work  of  reformation  which  Luther  had  left  only  half  finished. 

160  From  the  existing  astrological  data,  therefore,  and  from  the 
possibilities  of  interpreting  them  it  was  not  difficult  for  Nos- 
tradamus to  predict  the  imminent  enantiodromia  of  the  Chris- 
tian aeon;  indeed,  by  making  this  prediction,  he  placed  himself 
firmly  in  the  antichristian  phase  and  served  as  its  mouthpiece. 

!6i         After  this  excursion,  let  us  turn  back  to  our  fish  symbolism. 

32  The  text  of  the  various  mss.  is  supposed  to  go  back  to  the  Compendium 
theologicae  veritatis  of  Hugh  of  Strasbourg  (13th  cent.).  Cf.  Kelchner,  Der 
Enndkrist,  p.  7. 

33  So  in  Giovanni  Nanni  (1432-1502).  See  Thorndike,  IV,  pp.  263ft. 


102 


VIII 

THE  HISTORICAL  SIGNIFICANCE 
OF  THE  FISH 

l6«  In  addition  to  the  "pisciculi  Christianorum,"  the  shepherd 
and  the  lamb  play,  as  we  know  only  too  well,  an  almost  greater 
role  in  Christian  allegory,  and  Hermes  Kriophoros  (the  "ram- 
bearer")  became  the  prototype  of  the  "good  shepherd,"  the 
tutelary  god  of  flocks.  Another  prototype,  in  his  capacity  as 
shepherd,  was  Orpheus.1  This  aspect  of  the  Poimen  gave  rise  to 
a  figure  of  similar  name  in  the  mystery  cults,  who  was  popu- 
larized in  the  "Shepherd"  of  Hermas  (2nd  century).  Like  the 
"giant  fish"  mentioned  in  the  Abercius  inscription,2  the  shep- 
herd probably  has  connections  with  Attis,  both  temporally  and 
regionally.  Reitzenstein  even  conjectures  that  the  "Shepherd" 
of  Hermas  derives  from  the  Poimandres  writings,  which  are  of 
purely  pagan  origin.3  Shepherd,  ram,  and  lamb  symbolism  coin- 
cides with  the  expiring  aeon  of  Aries.  In  the  first  century  of  our 
era  the  two  aeons  overlap,  and  the  two  most  important  mystery 
gods  of  this  period,  Attis  and  Christ,  are  both  characterized  as 
shepherds,  rams,  and  fishes.  The  Poimen  symbolism  has  under- 
gone such  thorough  elaboration  at  the  hands  of  Reitzenstein 
that  I  am  in  no  position  to  add  anything  illuminating  in  this 
respect.  The  case  is  somewhat  different  with  the  fish  symbol.  Not 
only  are  the  sources  more  copious,  but  the  very  nature  of  the 
symbol,  and  in  particular  its  dual  aspects,  give  rise  to  definite 
psychological  questions  which  I  should  like  to  go  into  more 
closely. 

l63  Like  every  hero,  Christ  had  a  childhood  that  was  threatened 
(massacre  of  the  innocents,  flight  into  Egypt).  The  astrological 
"interpretation"  of  this  can  be  found  in  Revelation  12  :  1:  "A 
woman  clothed  with  the  sun,  with  the  moon  under  her  feet, 

lEisler,  Orpheus— The  Fisher,  pp.  51ft.  2  [Cf.  par.  127,  n.  4.] 

3  Poimandres,  pp.  32ft. 

IO3 


AION 


and  on  her  head  a  crown  of  twelve  stars."  She  is  in  the  pangs 
of  birth  and  is  pursued  by  a  dragon.  She  will  give  birth  to  a 
man-child  who  shall  "rule  the  nations  with  a  rod  of  iron."  This 
story  carries  echoes  of  numerous  kindred  motifs  in  East  and 
West,  for  instance  that  of  Leto  and  Python,  of  Aphrodite  and 
her  son,  who,  when  pursued,  leapt  into  the  Euphrates  and  were 
changed  into  fishes,4  and  of  Isis  and  Horus  in  Egypt.  The  Syrian 
Greeks  identified  Derceto-Atargatis  and  her  son  Ichthys  with 
the  constellation  of  the  Fishes.5 

164  The  mother-goddess— and  the  star-crowned  woman  of  the 
Apocalypse  counts  as  one— is  usually  thought  of  as  a  virgin 
(irapBivo^,  virgo).  The  Christmas  message,  'H  irapBivo^  reroKev,  av£d 
<t>&<>  (the  virgin  has  brought  forth,  the  light  increases),  is  pagan. 
Speaking  of  the  so-called  Korion  in  Alexandria,  Epiphanius6 
says  that  on  the  night  of  the  Epiphany  (January  5/6)  the  pagans 
held  a  great  festival: 

They  stay  up  the  whole  night  singing  songs  and  playing  the  flute, 
offering  these  to  the  images  of  the  gods;  and,  when  the  revelries  of 
the  night  are  over,  after  cock-crow,  they  go  down  with  torches  into 
a  subterranean  sanctuary  and  bring  up  a  carved  wooden  image, 
which  is  laid  naked  on  a  litter.  On  its  forehead  it  has  the  sign  of  the 
cross,  in  gold,  and  on  both  its  hands  two  other  signs  of  the  same 
shape,  and  two  more  on  its  knees;  and  the  five  signs  are  all  fashioned 
in  gold.  They  carry  this  carved  image  seven  times  round  the  middle 
of  the  temple  precincts,  to  the  sound  of  flutes  and  tambourines  and 
hymns,  and  after  the  procession  they  carry  it  down  again  into  the 
crypt.  But  if  you  ask  them  what  this  mysterious  performance  means, 
they  answer:  Today,  at  this  hour,  the  Kore,  that  is  to  say  the  virgin, 
has  given  birth  to  the  Aeon. 

165  Epiphanius  expressly  states  that  he  is  not  telling  this  of  a 
Christian  sect,  but  of  the  worshippers  of  idols,  and  he  does  so 
in  order  to  illustrate  the  idea  that  even  the  pagans  bear  invol- 
untary witness  to  the  truth  of  Christianity. 

4  Eisler,  The  Royal  Art  of  Astrology,  p.  107. 

5  Bouch£-Leclercq,  L'Astrologie  grecque,  p.  147.  For  the  relation  of  the  gyne 
(woman)  to  the  zodiacal  sign  Virgo  see  Boll,  A  us  der  Offenbarung  Johannis, 
p.  122. 

6  Panarium,  LI,  22,  Oehler  edn.,  Part  3,  pp.  632^  This  passage  is  not  in  the  older 
editions  of  the  Panarium,  since  it  was  discovered  only  recently  in  a  ms.  at  Venice. 

104 


THE    HISTORICAL   SIGNIFICANCE    OF   THE   FISH 


166  Virgo,  the  zodiacal  sign,  carries  either  a  wheat-sheaf  or  a 
child.  Some  authorities  connect  her  with  the  "woman"  of  the 
Apocalypse.7  At  any  rate,  this  woman  has  something  to  do  with 
the  prophecy  of  the  birth  of  a  Messiah  at  the  end  of  time.  Since 
the  author  of  the  Apocalypse  was  supposed  to  be  a  Christian,  the 
question  arises:  To  whom  does  the  woman  refer  who  is  inter- 
preted as  the  mother  of  the  Messiah,  or  of  Christ?  And  to 
whom  does  the  son  of  the  woman  refer  who  (translating  the 
Greek  literally)  shall  "pasture  (TrotfxaiveLv)  the  pagans  with  an  iron 
staff"? 

,67  As  this  passage  contains  an  allusion  on  the  one  hand  to 
the  Messianic  prophecy  in  Isaiah  66  :  7,8  and  on  the  other  to 
Yahweh's  wrath  (Psalm  2  :  99),  it  would  seem  to  refer  in  some 
way  to  the  future  rebirth  of  the  Messiah.  But  such  an  idea  is 
quite  impossible  in  the  Christian  sphere.  Boll 10  says  of  the 
description  of  the  "lamb"  in  Revelation  5  :  6ff.:  "This  remark- 
ably bizarre  figure  with  seven  horns  and  seven  eyes  cannot  pos- 
sibly be  explained  in  Christian  terms."  Also,  the  "lamb"  de- 
velops some  very  unexpected  peculiarities:  he  is  a  bellicose 
lamb,  a  conqueror  (Rev.  17  :  14).  The  mighty  ones  of  the  earth 
will  have  to  hide  from  his  wrath  (Rev.  6  :  15ft.).  He  is  likened 
to  the  "lion  of  the  tribe  of  Judah"  (Rev.  5  :  5).  This  lamb,  who 
is  reminiscent  of  Psalm  2  :  9  ("Thou  shalt  break  them  with  a  rod 
of  iron,  thou  shalt  dash  them  in  pieces  like  a  potter's  vessel"), 
rather  gives  one  the  sinister  impression  of  a  daemonic  ram,11  and 
not  at  all  of  a  lamb  who  is  led  meekly  to  the  slaughter.  The 
lamb  of  the  Apocalypse  belongs,  without  doubt,  to  the  cate- 
gory of  horned  monsters  mentioned  in  these  prophecies.  One 
must  therefore  consider  the  question  whether  the  author  of  the 
Apocalypse  was  influenced  by  an  idea  that  was  in  some  sense 
antithetical  to  Christ,  perhaps  by  a  psychological  shadow-figure, 

7  Boll,  pp.  12 iff. 

8  "Before  she  travailed,  she  brought  forth;  before  her  pain  came,  she  was  de- 
livered of  a  man  child." 

9  "Thou  shalt  break  them  with  a  rod  of  iron;  thou  shalt  dash  them  in  pieces 
like  a  potter's  vessel."  10  Boll,  p.  44. 

11  His  eyes  signify  the  "seven  Spirits  of  God"  (Rev.  5:6)  or  the  "seven  eyes  of 
the  Lord"  (Zech.  4  :  10).  The  Lamb  stands  with  the  seven  angels  before  God's 
throne,  as  Satan  did  with  the  sons  of  God  (Job  1  :  6),  so  that  God  is  described 
under  the  aspect  of  Ezekiel's  vision  and  is  thought  of  in  Yahwistic  terms— an 
"umbra  in  lege"! 

105 


AION 

an  "umbra  Jesu"  which  was  united  at  the  end  of  time  with  the 
triumphant  Christ,  through  an  act  of  rebirth.  This  hypothesis 
would  explain  the  repetition  of  the  birth  myth  and  also  the 
curious  fact  that  so  important  an  eschatological  expectation  as 
the  coming  of  the  Antichrist  receives  but  scant  mention  in  the 
Apocalypse.  The  seven-horned  ram  is  just  about  everything  that 
Jesus  appears  not  to  be.12  He  is  a  real  shadow-figure,  but  he 
could  not  be  described  as  the  Antichrist,  who  is  a  creature  of 
Satan.  For  although  the  monstrous,  warlike  lamb  is  a  shadow- 
figure  in  the  sense  that  he  is  the  counterpart  of  the  lamb  who 
was  sacrificed,  he  is  not  nearly  so  irreconcilable  with  Christ  as 
the  Antichrist  would  have  to  be.  The  duplication  of  the  Christ- 
figure  cannot,  therefore,  be  traced  back  to  this  split  between 
Christ  and  Antichrist,  but  is  due  rather  to  the  anti-Roman  re- 
sentment felt  by  the  Jewish  Christians,  who  fell  back  on  their 
god  of  vengeance  and  his  warlike  Messiah.  The  author  of  the 
Apocalypse  may  have  been  acquainted  with  Jewish  speculations 
known  to  us  through  later  tradition.  We  are  told  in  the  Bere- 
shith  Rabbati  of  Moses  ha-Darshan  that  Elias  found  in  Bethle- 
hem a  young  woman  sitting  before  her  door  with  a  newborn 
child  lying  on  the  ground  beside  her,  flecked  with  blood.  She 
explained  that  her  son  had  been  born  at  an  evil  hour,  just  when 
the  temple  was  destroyed.  Elias  admonished  her  to  look  after  the 
child.  When  he  came  back  again  five  weeks  later,  he  asked  about 
her  son.  "He  neither  walks,  nor  sees,  nor  speaks,  nor  hears,  but 
lies  there  like  a  stone,"  said  the  woman.  Suddenly  a  wind  blew 
from  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  bore  the  child  away,  and 
plunged  him  into  the  sea.  Elias  lamented  that  it  was  now  all  up 
with  the  salvation  of  Israel,  but  a  bath  kol  (voice)  said  to  him: 

It  is  not  so.  He  will  remain  in  the  great  sea  for  four  hundred  years, 
and  eighty  years  in  the  rising  smoke  of  the  children  of  Korah,13 
eighty  years  under  the  gates  of  Rome,  and  the  rest  of  the  time  he 
will  wander  round  in  the  great  cities  until  the  end  of  the  days 
comes.14 

168  This  story  describes  a  Messiah  who,  though  born  in  Bethle- 
hem, is  wafted  by  divine  intervention  into  the  Beyond  (sea  = 
unconscious).   From  the  very  beginning  his  childhood  is  so 

12  That  is,  if  we  disregard  passages  like  Matt.  21  :  19  and  22  :  7  and  Luke  19  :  27. 

13  [Cf.  Num.   16.— Editors.]  14  Wunsche,  Die  Leiden  des  Messias,  p.  91. 

106 


THE    HISTORICAL    SIGNIFICANCE    OF   THE    FISH 


threatened  that  he  is  scarcely  able  to  live.  The  legend  is  sympto- 
matic of  an  extraordinary  weakness  of  the  Messianic  element  in 
Judaism  and  the  dangers  attending  it,  which  would  explain  the 
delay  in  the  Messiah's  appearance.  For  560  years  he  remains 
latent,  and  only  then  does  his  missionary  work  begin.  This  in- 
terlude is  not  so  far  off  the  530  years  mentioned  in  the  Tal- 
mudic  prophecy  (cf.  par.  133),  near  enough  anyway  for  us  to 
compare  them,  if  we  take  this  legend  as  referring  to  Christ.  In 
the  limitless  sea  of  Jewish  speculation  mutual  contacts  of  this 
sort  are  more  likely  to  have  occurred  than  not.  Thus  the  deadly 
threat  to  the  Messiah  and  his  death  by  violence  is  a  motif  that 
repeats  itself  in  other  stories,  too.  The  later,  mainly  Cabalistic 
tradition  speaks  of  two  Messiahs,  the  Messiah  ben  Joseph  (or 
ben  Ephraim)  and  the  Messiah  ben  David.  They  were  compared 
to  Moses  and  Aaron,  also  to  two  roes,  and  this  on  the  authority 
of  the  Song  of  Solomon  4:5:  "Thy  two  breasts  are  like  two 
young  roes  that  are  twins."  15  Messiah  ben  Joseph  is,  according 
to  Deuteronomy  33  :  17,  the  "firstling  of  his  bullock,"  and 
Messiah  ben  David  rides  on  an  ass.16  Messiah  ben  Joseph  is  the 
first,  Messiah  ben  David  the  second.17  Messiah  ben  Joseph  must 
die  in  order  to  "atone  with  his  blood  for  the  children  of  Yah- 
weh."  18  He  will  fall  in  the  fight  against  Gog  and  Magog,  and 
Armilus  will  kill  him.  Armilus  is  the  Anti-Messiah,  whom 
Satan  begot  on  a  block  of  marble.19  He  will  be  killed  by  Messiah 
ben  David  in  his  turn.  Afterwards,  ben  David  will  fetch  the  new 
Jerusalem  down  from  heaven  and  bring  ben  Joseph  back  to 
life.20  This  ben  Joseph  plays  a  strange  role  in  later  tradition. 
Tabari,  the  commentator  on  the  Koran,  mentions  that  the  Anti- 
christ will  be  a  king  of  the  Jews,21  and  in  Abarbanel's  Mashmi'a 
Yeshu'ah  the  Messiah  ben  Joseph  actually  is  the  Antichrist.  So  he 
is  not  only  characterized  as  the  suffering  Messiah  in  contrast  to 

15  Targum  on  Canticles  4  :  5  in  The  Targum  to  The  Song  of  Songs,  p.  50. 
Wunsche,  p.  111.  In  the  Zohar  the  Messiah  is  called  "Mother."  Schoettgen, 
Horae  Hebraicae  et  Talmudicae,  II,  p.  10.  Cf.  also  the  "Saviour  of  the  twins"  in 
Pistis  Sophia  (above,  par.  133,  n.  44). 

16  Zohar,  trans,  by  H.  Sperling  and  M.  Simon,  II,  p.  358:  "Hence  it  is  written 
of  him  [the  Messiah]  that  he  will  be  'poor  and  riding  on  an  ass  .  .  .'  (Zech. 
12:9)."  Also  Wunsche,  p.   100.  17  Ibid.,  p.  114.  18  Ibid.,  p.  115. 

19  Armilus  or  Armillus  —  "PwfivXos,  the  Antichrist.  Methodius:  "Romulus,  who 
is  also  Armaeleus."  20  Wunsche,  p.   120. 

21  Chronique  of  Tabari,  I,  ch.  23,  p.  67. 

107 


AION 


the  victorious  one,  but  is  ultimately  thought  of  as  his  antag- 
onist.22 
l69  As  these  traditions  show,  the  above-mentioned  weakness  of 
the  Messianic  element  consists  in  a  split  which  in  the  end  be- 
comes a  complete  polarity.  This  development  is  foreshadowed 
in  Persian  religious  literature,  in  the  pre-Christian  idea  of  an 
enantiodromia  of  the  great  time-periods,  and  the  deterioration 
of  goodness.  The  Bahman  Yast  calls  the  fourth  Iron  Age  "the 
evil  sovereignty  of  the  demons  with  dishevelled  hair  of  the  race 
of  Wrath."23  On  the  other  hand,  the  splitting  of  the  Messiah 
into  two  is  an  expression  of  an  inner  disquiet  with  regard  to  the 
character  of  Yahweh,  whose  injustice  and  unreliability  must 
have  shocked  every  thoughtful  believer  ever  since  the  time  of 
Job.24  Job  puts  the  problem  in  unequivocal  terms,  and  Chris- 
tianity gave  an  equally  unequivocal  answer.  Jewish  mysticism, 
on  the  other  hand,  went  its  own  way,  and  its  speculations  hover 
over  depths  which  Christian  thinkers  have  done  their  utmost  to 
cover  up.  I  do  not  want  to  elaborate  this  theme  here,  but  will 
mention  as  an  example  a  story  told  by  Ibn  Ezra.  In  Spain,  he 
says,  there  was  a  great  sage  who  was  reputed  to  be  unable  to 
read  the  Eighty-ninth  Psalm  because  it  saddened  him  too  much. 
The  verses  in  question  are: 

I  will  not  remove  from  him  my  steadfast  love, 

or  be  false  to  my  faithfulness. 
I  will  not  violate  my  covenant, 

or  alter  the  word  that  went  forth  from  my  lips. 
Once  for  all  I  have  sworn  my  holiness: 

I  will  not  lie  to  David. 
His  line  shall  endure  for  ever, 

his  throne  as  long  as  the  sun  before  me. 
Like  the  moon  it  shall  be  established  for  ever; 

the  witness  in  the  skies  is  sure.  Selah! 
But  now  thou  hast  cast  off  and  rejected, 

thou  art  full  of  wrath  against  thy  anointed. 
Thou  hast  renounced  the  covenant  with  thy  servant; 

thou  hast  trodden  his  crown  in  the  dust. 

22  Bousset,  The  Antichrist  Legend,  p.  111. 

zzPahlavi  Texts,  trans,  by  E.  W.  West,  p.  193. 

24  Cf.  the  opposition  between  mercy  and  justice  in  God's  nature,  supra,  pars. 

io8ff. 

108 


THE    HISTORICAL   SIGNIFICANCE    OF    THE    FISH 


Thou  hast  breached  all  his  walls; 

thou  hast  laid  his  strongholds  in  ruins.25 

It  is  the  same  problem  as  in  Job.  As  the  highest  value  and 
supreme  dominant  in  the  psychic  hierarchy,  the  God-image  is 
immediately  related  to,  or  identical  with,  the  self,  and  every- 
thing that  happens  to  the  God-image  has  an  effect  on  the  latter. 
Any  uncertainty  about  the  God-image  causes  a  profound  uneasi- 
ness in  the  self,  for  which  reason  the  question  is  generally 
ignored  because  of  its  painfulness.  But  that  does  not  mean  that 
it  remains  unasked  in  the  unconscious.  What  is  more,  it  is 
answered  by  views  and  beliefs  like  materialism,  atheism,  and 
similar  substitutes,  which  spread  like  epidemics.  They  crop  up 
wherever  and  whenever  one  waits  in  vain  for  the  legitimate 
answer.  The  ersatz  product  represses  the  real  question  into  the 
unconscious  and  destroys  the  continuity  of  historical  tradition 
which  is  the  hallmark  of  civilization.  The  result  is  bewilder- 
ment and  confusion.  Christianity  has  insisted  on  God's  goodness 
as  a  loving  Father  and  has  done  its  best  to  rob  evil  of  substance. 
The  early  Christian  prophecy  concerning  the  Antichrist,  and 
certain  ideas  in  late  Jewish  theology,  could  have  suggested  to  us 
that  the  Christian  answer  to  the  problem  of  Job  omits  to  men- 
tion the  corollary,  the  sinister  reality  of  which  is  now  being 
demonstrated  before  our  eyes  by  the  splitting  of  our  world: 
the  destruction  of  the  God-image  is  followed  by  the  annulment 
of  the  human  personality.  Materialistic  atheism  with  its  Utopian 
chimeras  forms  the  religion  of  all  those  rationalistic  movements 
which  delegate  the  freedom  of  personality  to  the  masses  and 
thereby  extinguish  it.  The  advocates  of  Christianity  squander 
their  energies  in  the  mere  preservation  of  what  has  come  down 
to  them,  with  no  thought  of  building  on  to  their  house  and 
making  it  roomier.  Stagnation  in  these  matters  is  threatened  in 
the  long  run  with  a  lethal  end. 

As  Bousset  has  plausibly  suggested,  the  duality  of  the  apoc- 
alyptic Christ  is  the  outcome  of  Jewish-Gnostic  speculations 
whose  echoes  we  hear  in  the  traditions  mentioned  above.  The 
intensive  preoccupation  of  the  Gnostics  with  the  problem  of 
evil  stands  out  in  startling  contrast  to  the  peremptory  nullifica- 
tion of  it  by  the  Church  fathers,  and  shows  that  this  question 

25  Psalm  89  :  33ft. 

109 


AION 


had  already  become  topical  at  the  beginning  of  the  third  cen- 
tury. In  this  connection  we  may  recall  the  view  expressed  by 
Valentinus,26  that  Christ  was  born  "not  without  a  kind  of 
shadow"  and  that  he  afterwards  "cast  off  the  shadow  from  him- 
self." 27  Valentinus  lived  sometime  in  the  first  half  of  the  second 
century,  and  the  Apocalypse  was  probably  written  about  a.d.  90, 
under  Domitian.  Like  other  Gnostics,  Valentinus  carried  the 
gospels  a  stage  further  in  his  thinking,  and  for  this  reason  it  does 
not  seem  to  me  impossible  that  he  understood  the  "shadow"  as 
the  Yahwistic  law  under  which  Christ  was  born.  The  Apocalypse 
and  other  things  in  the  New  Testament  could  easily  have 
prompted  him  to  such  a  view,  quite  apart  from  the  more  or  less 
contemporaneous  ideas  about  the  demiurge  and  the  prime 
Ogdoad  that  consists  of  light  and  shadow.28  It  is  not  certain 
whether  Origen's  doubt  concerning  the  ultimate  fate  of  the 
devil  was  original;  29  at  all  events,  it  proves  that  the  possibility 
of  the  devil's  reunion  with  God  was  an  object  of  discussion  in 
very  early  times,  and  indeed  had  to  be  if  Christian  philosophy 
was  not  to  end  in  dualism.  One  should  not  forget  that  the  theory 
of  the  privatio  boni  does  not  dispose  of  the  eternity  of  hell  and 
damnation.  God's  humanity  is  also  an  expression  of  dualism,  as 
the  controversy  of  the  Monophysites  and  Dyopnysites  in  the 
early  Church  shows.  Apart  from  the  religious  significance  of 
the  decision  in  favour  of  a  complete  union  of  both  natures,  I 
would  mention  in  passing  that  the  Monophysite  dogma  has  a 
noteworthy  psychological  aspect:  it  tells  us  (in  psychological 
parlance)  that  since  Christ,  as  a  man,  corresponds  to  the  ego, 
and,  as  God,  to  the  self,  he  is  at  once  both  ego  and  self,  part  and 
whole.  Empirically  speaking,  consciousness  can  never  compre- 

26  He  was,  it  seems,  a  cleric,  who  is  said  to  have  been  a  candidate  for  the 
episcopal  see  in  Rome. 

27  Irenaeus,  Adv.  haer.,  I,  11,  1  (Roberts/Rambaut  trans.,  I,  p.  46). 

28  Doctrine  of  the  Valentinian  Secundus  (ibid.,  I,  p.  46). 

29  De  oratione,  27:  ".  .  .  so  that  that  supreme  sinner  and  blasphemer  against 
the  Holy  Ghost  may  be  kept  from  sin  through  all  this  present  age,  and  here- 
after in  the  age  to  come  from  its  beginning  to  its  end  be  treated  I  know  not 
how"  (.  .  .  ita  ut  summus  ille  peccator  et  in  Spiritum  sanctum  blasphemus  per 
totum  hoc  praesens  saeculum  a  peccato  detineatur,  et  post  haec  in  futuro  ab 
initio  ad  finem  sit  nescio  quomodo  tractandus),  thus  giving  rise  to  the  view  that 
"even  the  devil  will  some  day  be  saved."  [Cf.  alternative  trans,  by  J.  E.  L.  Oulton 
and  H.  Chadwick,  p.  304.] 

HO 


THE    HISTORICAL    SIGNIFICANCE    OF   THE    FISH 


hend  the  whole,  but  it  is  probable  that  the  whole  is  uncon- 
sciously present  in  the  ego.  This  would  be  equivalent  to  the 
highest  possible  state  of  reAeiVns  (completeness  or  perfection). 

72  I  have  dwelt  at  some  length  on  the  dualistic  aspects  of  the 
Christ-figure  because,  through  the  fish  symbolism,  Christ  was 
assimilated  into  a  world  of  ideas  that  seems  far  removed  from 
the  gospels— a  world  of  pagan  origin,  saturated  with  astrological 
beliefs  to  an  extent  that  we  can  scarcely  imagine  today.  Christ 
was  born  at  the  beginning  of  the  aeon  of  the  Fishes.  It  is  by  no 
means  ruled  out  that  there  were  educated  Christians  who  knew 
of  the  coniunctio  maxima  of  Jupiter  and  Saturn  in  Pisces  in 
the  year  7  B.C.,  just  as,  according  to  the  gospel  reports,  there 
were  Chaldaeans  who  actually  found  Christ's  birthplace.  The 
Fishes,  however,  are  a  double  sign. 

73  At  midnight  on  Christmas  Eve,  when  (according  to  the  old 
time-reckoning)  the  sun  enters  Capricorn,  Virgo  is  standing  on 
the  eastern  horizon,  and  is  soon  followed  by  the  Serpent  held 
by  Ophiuchus,  the  "Serpent-bearer."  This  astrological  coin- 
cidence seems  to  me  worth  mentioning,  as  also  the  view  that  the 
two  fishes  are  mother  and  son.  The  latter  idea  has  a  quite  special 
significance  because  this  relationship  suggests  that  the  two  fishes 
were  originally  one.  In  fact,  Babylonian  and  Indian  astrology 
know  of  only  one  fish.30  Later,  this  mother  evidently  gave  birth 
to  a  son,  who  was  a  fish  like  her.  The  same  thing  happened  to 
the  Phoenician  Derceto-Atargatis,  who,  half  fish  herself,  had  a 
son  called  Ichthys.  It  is  just  possible  that  "the  sign  of  the  prophet 
Jonah"  31  goes  back  to  an  older  tradition  about  an  heroic  night 
sea  journey  and  conquest  of  death,  where  the  hero  is  swallowed 
by  a  fish  ("whale-dragon")  and  is  then  reborn.32  The  redemp- 
tory  name  Joshua33  (Yehoshua,  Yeshua,  Gr.  lesous)  is  con- 
nected with  the  fish:  Joshua  is  the  son  of  Nun,  and  Nun  means 
'fish.'  The  Joshua  ben  Nun  of  the  Khidr  legend  had  dealings 
with  a  fish  that  was  meant  to  be  eaten  but  was  revived  by  a  drop 
of  water  from  the  fountain  of  life.34 

30  Namely  Piscis  Austrinus,  the  "Southern  Fish,"  which  merges  with  Pisces  and 
whose  principal  star  is  Fomalhaut.  31  Matt.  12  :  39,  16  :  4;  Luke  11  :  29L 

32  Cf.  Frobenius,  Das  Zeitalter  des  Sonnengottes,  and  my  Symbols  of  Transforma- 
tion, pars.  3o8ff.  33  "Yahweh  is  salvation." 

34  Koran,  Sura  18.  Cf.  "Concerning  Rebirth,"  pars.  244^,  and  Vollers,  "Chidher," 
p.  241. 

Ill 


AION 


274  The  mythological  Great  Mothers  are  usually  a  danger  to 
their  sons.  Jeremias  mentions  a  fish  representation  on  an  early 
Christian  lamp,  showing  one  fish  devouring  the  other.35  The 
name  of  the  largest  star  in  the  constellation  known  as  the  South- 
ern Fish— Fomalhaut,  'the  fish's  mouth'— might  be  interpreted 
in  this  sense,  just  as  in  fish  symbolism  every  conceivable  form 
of  devouring  concupiscentia  is  attributed  to  fishes,  which  are 
said  to  be  "ambitious,  libidinous,  voracious,  avaricious,  lascivi- 
ous"—in  short,  an  emblem  of  the  vanity  of  the  world  and  of 
earthly  pleasures  ("voluptas  terrena").36  They  owe  these  bad 
qualities  most  of  all  to  their  relationship  with  the  mother-  and 
love-goddess  Ishtar,  Astarte,  Atargatis,  or  Aphrodite.  As  the 
planet  Venus,  she  has  her  "exaltatio"  in  the  zodiacal  sign  of  the 
fishes.  Thus,  in  astrological  tradition  as  well  as  in  the  history  of 
symbols,  the  fishes  have  always  had  these  opprobrious  qualities 
attached  to  them,37  while  on  the  other  hand  laying  claim  to  a 
special  and  higher  significance.  This  claim  is  based — at  least  in 
astrology — on  the  fact  that  anyone  born  under  Pisces  may  expect 
to  become  a  fisherman  or  a  sailor,  and  in  that  capacity  to  catch 
fishes  or  hold  dominion  over  the  sea— an  echo  of  the  primitive 
totemistic  identity  between  the  hunter  and  his  prey.  The  Baby- 
lonian culture-hero  Cannes  was  himself  a  fish,  and  the  Christian 
Ichthys  is  a  fisher  of  men  par  excellence.  Symbologically,  he 
is  actually  the  hook  or  bait  on  God's  fishing-rod  with  which  the 
Leviathan— death  or  the  devil— is  caught.38  In  Jewish  tradition 
the  Leviathan  is  a  sort  of  eucharistic  food  stored  up  for  the 

35  jeremias,  The  Old  Testament  in  the  Light  of  the  Ancient  East,  p.  76.  This 
lamp  has  never  been  traced. 

36  Picinellus,  Mundus  symbolicus  (1680-81),  Lib.  VI,  cap.  I. 

37  Bouche-Leclercq,  p.  147. 

38  How  closely  the  negative  and  the  positive  meanings  are  related  can  be  seen 
from  the  fish-hook  motif,  attributed  to  St.  Cyprian:  "Like  a  fish  which  darts 
at  a  baited  hook,  and  not  only  does  not  lay  hold  of  the  bait  along  with  the 
hook,  but  is  itself  hauled  up  out  of  the  sea;  so  he  who  had  the  power  of  death 
did  indeed  snatch  away  the  body  of  Jesus  unto  death,  but  did  not  observe  that 
the  hook  of  the  Godhead  was  concealed  therein,  until  he  had  devoured  it;  and 
thereupon  remained  fixed  thereto." 

Stephen  of  Canterbury  (Liber  allegoricus  in  Habacuc,  unavailable  to  me)  says: 
"It  is  the  bait  of  longed-for  enjoyment  that  is  displayed  in  the  hook,  but  the  tena- 
cious hidden  hook  is  consumed  along  with  the  bait.  So  in  fleshly  concupiscence  the 
devil  displays  the  bait  of  pleasure,  but  the  sting  of  sin  lies  hid  therein."  In  this 
regard  see  Picinellus,  Lib.  VI,  cap.  1. 

112 


THE    HISTORICAL    SIGNIFICANCE    OF    THE    FISH 


faithful  in  Paradise.  After  death,  they  clothe  themselves  in  fish- 
robes.39  Christ  is  not  only  a  fisher  but  the  fish  that  is  "eucha- 
ristically"  eaten.40  Augustine  says  in  his  Confessions:  "But  [the 
earth]  eats  the  fish  that  was  drawn  from  the  deep,  at  the  table 
which  you  have  prepared  for  them  that  believe;  for  the  fish  was 
drawn  from  the  deep  in  order  to  nourish  the  needy  ones  of  the 
earth." 41  St.  Augustine  is  referring  to  the  meal  of  fishes  eaten  by 
the  disciples  at  Emmaus  (Luke  24  :  43).  We  come  across  the 
"healing  fish"  in  the  story  of  Tobit:  the  angel  Raphael  helps 
Tobit  to  catch  the  fish  that  is  about  to  eat  him,  and  shows  him 
how  to  make  a  magic  "smoke"  against  evil  spirits  from  the  heart 
and  liver  of  the  fish,  and  how  he  can  heal  his  father's  blindness 
with  its  gall  (Tobit  6  :  iff.). 

75  St.  Peter  Damian  (d.  1072)  describes  monks  as  fishes,  because 
all  pious  men  are  little  fishes  leaping  in  the  net  of  the  Great 
Fisher.42  In  the  Pectorios  inscription  (beginning  of  the  fourth 
century),  believers  are  called  the  "divine  descendants  of  the 
heavenly  fish."43 

76  The  fish  of  Manu  is  a  saviour,44  identified  in  legend  with 
Vishnu,  who  had  assumed  the  form  of  a  small  goldfish.  He  begs 
Manu  to  take  him  home,  because  he  was  afraid  of  being  de- 

39  Scheftelowitz,  "Das  Fisch-Symbol  im  Judentum  und  Christentum,"  p.  365. 

40  Cf.  Goodenough,  Jewish  Symbols,  V,  pp.  4 iff. 

41  Lib.  XIII,  cap.  XXI.  (Cf.  trans,  by  F.  J.  Sheed,  p.  275,  modified.) 

42  "The  cloister  of  a  monastery  is  indeed  a  fishpond  of  souls,  and  fish  live  there- 
in" (Picinellus,  Mundus). 

An  Alexandrian  hymn  from  the  2nd  cent,  runs: 

"Fisher  of  men,  whom  Thou  to  life  dost  bringl 

From  the  evil  sea  of  sin 

And  from  the  billowy  strife 

Gathering  pure  fishes  in, 

Caught  with  sweet  bait  of  life." 
(Writings  of  Clement  of  Alexandria,  trans,  by  W.  Wilson,  I,  p.  344.)  Cf.  Doelger, 
'IX0TS,  I,  p.  4.  Tertullian  (De  baptismo,  cap.  I)  says:  "But  we  little  fishes,  after 
the  example  of  our  TX9T2  Jesus  Christ,  are  born  in  water,  nor  have  we  safety 
in  any  other  way  than  by  permanently  abiding  in  (that)  water."  (Trans,  by 
S.  Thelwall,  I,  pp.  231-32.)  The  disciples  of  Gamaliel  the  Elder  (beginning  of 
1st  cent.)  were  named  after  various  kinds  of  fishes.  (Abot  de  Rabbi  Nathan, 
cap.  40  [cf.  trans,  by  J.  Goldin,  p.  166],  cited  in  Scheftelowitz,  p.  5.) 

43  Pohl,  Das  Ichthysmonument  von  Autun,  and  Doelger,  I,  pp.  i2ff. 

44  "I  will  save  thee."  Shatapatha  Brahmana  (trans,  by  J.  Eggeling,  I  [i.e.,  XII], 
p.  216). 

US 


AION 


voured  by  the  water  monsters.45  He  then  grows  mightily,  fairy- 
tale fashion,  and  in  the  end  rescues  Manu  from  the  great  flood.46 
On  the  twelfth  day  of  the  first  month  of  the  Indian  year  a 
golden  fish  is  placed  in  a  bowl  of  water  and  invoked  as  follows: 
"As  thou,  O  God,  in  the  form  of  a  fish,  hast  saved  the  Vedas  that 
were  in  the  underworld,  so  save  me  also,  O  Keshava!"47  De 
Gubernatis  and  other  investigators  after  him  tried  to  derive  the 
Christian  fish  from  India.48  Indian  influence  is  not  impossible, 
since  relations  with  India  existed  even  before  Christ  and  various 
spiritual  currents  from  the  East  made  themselves  felt  in  early 
Christianity,  as  we  know  from  the  reports  of  Hippolytus  and 
Epiphanius.  Nevertheless,  there  is  no  serious  reason  to  derive 
the  fish  from  India,  for  Western  fish  symbolism  is  so  rich  and  at 
the  same  time  so  archaic  that  we  may  safely  regard  it  as  autoch- 
thonous. 
*77  Since  the  Fishes  stand  for  mother  and  son,  the  mythological 
tragedy  of  the  son's  early  death  and  resurrection  is  already  im- 
plicit in  them.  Being  the  twelfth  sign  of  the  Zodiac,  Pisces  de- 
notes the  end  of  the  astrological  year  and  also  a  new  beginning. 
This  characteristic  coincides  with  the  claim  of  Christianity  to 
be  the  beginning  and  end  of  all  things,  and  with  its  eschato- 
logical  expectation  of  the  end  of  the  world  and  the  coming  of 
God's  kingdom.49  Thus  the  astrological  characteristics  of  the 
fish  contain  essential  components  of  the  Christian  myth;  first, 
the  cross;  second,  the  moral  conflict  and  its  splitting  into  the 
figures  of  Christ  and  Antichrist;  third,  the  motif  of  the  son  of  a 
virgin;  fourth,  the  classical  mother-son  tragedy;  fifth,  the  danger 
at  birth;  and  sixth,  the  saviour  and  bringer  of  healing.  It  is 
therefore  not  beside  the  point  to  relate  the  designation  of  Christ 
as  a  fish  to  the  new  aeon  then  dawning.  If  this  relationship 
existed  even  in  antiquity,  it  must  obviously  have  been  a  tacit 

45  De  Gubernatis,  Zoological  Mythology,  II,  pp.  334^ 

46  Shatapatha  Brahmana  (Eggeling  trans.,  pp.  2i6ff.). 

47  Doelger,  I,  p.  23.  Keshava  means  'having  much  or  fine  hair,'  a  cognomen 
of  Vishnu.  48  ibid.,  pp.  2 iff. 

49  Origen  (De  oratione,  cap.  27):  ".  .  .  as  the  last  month  is  the  end  of  the  year, 
after  which  the  beginning  of  another  month  ensues,  so  it  may  be  that,  since 
several  ages  complete  as  it  were  a  year  of  ages,  the  present  age  is  'the  end,'  after 
which  certain  'ages  to  come'  will  ensue,  of  which  the  age  to  come  is  the  begin- 
ning, and  in  those  coming  ages  God  will  'shew  the  riches  of  his  grace  in  kind- 
ness' [Eph.  2  :  7]"  (Oulton/Chadwick  trans.,  p.  304). 

114 


THE    HISTORICAL    SIGNIFICANCE    OF    THE    FISH 


assumption  or  one  that  was  purposely  kept  secret;  for,  to  my 
knowledge,  there  is  no  evidence  in  the  old  literature  that  the 
Christian  fish  symbolism  was  derived  from  the  zodiac.  More- 
over, the  astrological  evidence  up  to  the  second  century  a.d.  is 
by  no  means  of  such  a  kind  that  the  Christ/Antichrist  antithe- 
sis could  be  derived  causally  from  the  polarity  of  the  Fishes, 
since  this,  as  the  material  we  have  cited  shows,  was  not  stressed 
as  in  any  way  significant.  Finally,  as  Doelger  rightly  emphasizes, 
the  Ichthys  was  always  thought  of  as  only  one  fish,  though  here 
we  must  point  out  that  in  the  astrological  interpretation  Christ 
is  in  fact  only  one  of  the  fishes,  the  role  of  the  other  fish  being 
allotted  to  the  Antichrist.  There  are,  in  short,  no  grounds  what- 
ever for  supposing  that  the  zodion  of  the  Fishes  could  have 
served  as  the  Ichthys  prototype. 

Pagan  fish  symbolism  plays  in  comparison  a  far  greater 
role.50  The  most  important  is  the  Jewish  material  collected  by 
Scheftelowitz.  The  Jewish  "chalice  of  benediction"  51  was  some- 
times decorated  with  pictures  of  fishes,  for  fishes  were  the  food 
of  the  blessed  in  Paradise.  The  chalice  was  placed  in  the  dead 
man's  grave  as  a  funerary  gift.52  Fishes  have  a  wide  distribution 
as  sepulchral  symbols.  The  Christian  fish  occurs  mainly  in  this 
connection.  Devout  Israelites  who  live  "in  the  water  of  the 
doctrine"  are  likened  to  fishes.  This  analogy  was  self-evident 
around  a.d.  100.53  The  fish  also  has  a  Messianic  significance.54 
According  to  the  Syrian  Apocalypse  of  Baruch,  Leviathan  shall 
rise  from  the  sea  with  the  advent  of  the  Messiah.55  This  is  prob- 
ably the  "very  great  fish"  of  the  Abercius  inscription,  corre- 
sponding  to   the   "fish   from   the   fountain"   mentioned   in   a 

50  Especially  noteworthy  is  the  cult  of  the  dove  and  the  fish  in  the  Syrian  area. 
There  too  the  fish  was  eaten  as  "Eucharistic"  food.  (Cumont,  Les  Religions 
orientales  dans  le  paganisme  romain,  pp.  108-9,  255~57-)  The  chief  deity  of  the 
Philistines  was  called  Dagon,  derived  from  dag,  'fish.' 

51  rb  -rrorripiov  rijs  evXoylas'-  calix  benedictionis  (I  Cor.  10  :  16,  DV). 

52  Scheftelowitz,  p.  375.  53  Ibid.,  p.  3. 

54  Cf.  Goodenough,  V,  pp.  35ft-. 

55  At  the  same  time  "Behemoth  shall  be  revealed  from  his  place  .  .  .  and  then 
they  shall  be  food  for  all  that  are  left."  (Charles,  Apocrypha  and  Pseudepigrapha, 
II,  p.  497.)  The  idea  of  Leviathan  rising  from  the  sea  also  links  up  with  the  vision 
in  II  Esdras  13  :  25,  of  the  "man  coming  up  from  the  midst  of  the  sea."  Cf.  Charles, 
II,  p.  579,  and  Wischnitzer-Bernstein,  Symbole  und  Gestalten  der  jiidischen  Kunst, 
pp.  i22f.  and  134I 

115 


AION 

religious  debate  at  the  court  of  the  Sassanids  (5th  century).  The 
fountain  refers  to  the  Babylonian  Hera,  but  in  Christian  lan- 
guage it  means  Mary,  who  in  orthodox  as  well  as  in  Gnostic 
circles  (Acts  of  Thomas)  was  invoked  as  7^777,  'fountain.'  Thus 
we  read  in  a  hymn  of  Synesius  (c.  350):  Hayd  Trcr/d^,  apx&v  dpxd, 
pi$ibv  pi^a,  piovds  el  p.ovabuv,  kt\.  (Fountain  of  fountains,  source  of 
sources,  root  of  roots,  monad  of  monads  art  thou.) 56  The  foun- 
tain of  Hera  was  also  said  to  contain  the  one  fish  (pbvov  IxOvv) 
that  is  caught  by  the  "hook  of  divinity"  and  "feeds  the  whole 
world  with  its  flesh."  57  In  a  Boeotian  vase-painting  the  "lady  of 
the  beasts"  58  is  shown  with  a  fish  between  her  legs,  or  in  her 
body,59  presumably  indicating  that  the  fish  is  her  son.  Although, 
in  the  Sassanid  debate,  the  legend  of  Mary  was  transferred  to 
Hera,  the  "one  fish"  that  is  hooked  does  not  correspond  to  the 
Christian  symbol,  for  in  Christian  symbology  the  crucifix  is  the 
hook  or  bait  with  which  God  catches  Leviathan,60  who  is  either 
death  or  the  devil  ("that  ancient  serpent")  but  not  the  Messiah. 
In  Jewish  tradition,  on  the  other  hand,  the  pharmakon  athana- 
sias  is  the  flesh  of  Leviathan,  the  "Messianic  fish,"  as  Scheftelo- 
witz  says.  The  Talmud  Sanhedrin  says  that  the  Messiah  "will 
not  come  until  a  fish  is  sought  for  an  invalid  and  cannot  be  pro- 
cured." 61  According  to  the  Apocalypse  of  Baruch,  Behemoth  as 
well  as  Leviathan  62  is  a  eucharistic  food.  This  is  assiduously 
overlooked.  As  I  have  explained  elsewhere,63  Yahweh's  two  pre- 
historic monsters  seem  to  represent  a  pair  of  opposites,  the  one 
being  unquestionably  a  land  animal,  and  the  other  aquatic. 

56  Wirth,  Ans  orientalischen  Chroniken,  p.  199. 

57  Ibid.,  pp.  161,  19L 

58  [Cf.  Neumann,  The  Great  Mother,  ch.  14  and  pi.  134. — Editors.] 

59  Eisler,  Orpheus— The  Fisher,  PI.  LXIV. 

60  See  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  fig.  28. 

61  Scheftelowitz,  p.  9;  from  the  Talmud  Nezikin  VI,  Sanhedrin  II  (BT,  p.  662). 
Cf.  the  kcrdU  -kivLuv  in  the  Pectorios  inscription,  supra,  p.  8gn. 

62  A  passage  in  Moses  Maimonides  (Guide  for  the  Perplexed,  trans,  by  M.  Fried- 
lander,  p.  303)  has  bearing  on  the  interpretation  of  Leviathan.  Kirchmaier  (Dis- 
putationes  Zoologicae,  1736,  p.  73)  cites  it  as  follows:  "Speaking  of  these  same 
things  Rabbi  Moses  Maimon  says  that  Leviathan  possesses  a  [universal]  combina- 
tion (complexum  generalem)  of  bodily  peculiarities  found  separate  in  different 
animals."  Although  this  rationalistic  author  dismisses  the  idea  as  "nugatory,"  it 
nevertheless  seems  to  me  to  hint  at  an  archetype  ("complexum  generalem")  of 
the  "spirit  of  gravity." 

63  Psychological  Types  (1923  edn.,  pp.  333ft.). 

Il6 


THE    HISTORICAL    SIGNIFICANCE    OF    THE    FISH 


J79  Since  olden  times,  not  only  among  the  Jews  but  all  over  the 
Near  East,  the  birth  of  an  outstanding  human  being  has  been 
identified  with  the  rising  of  a  star.  Thus  Balaam  prophesies 
(Num.  24  :  17): 

I  shall  see  him,  but  not  now, 

I  shall  behold  him,  but  not  nigh; 

a  star  shall  come  forth  out  of  Jacob.  .  .  . 

180  Always  the  hope  of  a  Messiah  is  connected  with  the  appear- 
ance of  a  star.  According  to  the  Zohar,  the  fish  that  swallowed 
Jonah  died,  but  revived  after  three  days  and  then  spewed  him 
out  again.  "Through  the  fish  we  shall  find  a  medicament  for  the 
whole  world."  64  This  text  is  medieval  but  comes  Irom  a  trust- 
worthy source.  The  "very  great65  and  pure  fish  from  the  foun- 
tain" mentioned  in  the  Abercius  inscription  is,  in  the  opinion 
of  Scheftelowitz,66  none  other  than  Leviathan,  which  is  not  only 
the  biggest  fish  but  is  held  to  be  pure,  as  Scheftelowitz  shows  by 
citing  the  relevant  passages  from  Talmudic  literature.  In  this 
connection  we  might  also  mention  the  "one  and  only  fish"  (eU 
ixovos  IxOvs)  recorded  in  the  "Happenings  in  Persia."  67 

6-1  Scheftelowitz,  p.   10.  Cf.  Matt.  12  :  39  and   16  :  4,  where  Christ  takes  the  sign 

of  the  prophet  Jonah  as  a  sign  of  the  Messianic  age  and  a  prefiguration  of  his 

own  fate.  Cf.  also  Goodenough,  Jewish  Symbols,  V,  pp.  470°. 

65  Uafifxeyed-qs.  66  Pp.  7f. 

67  Ta  ev  Uepaidc  irpaxdivra  (Wirth,  p.  151). 


117 


IX 

THE  AMBIVALENCE  OF  THE  FISH  SYMBOL 

181  According  to  the  Syrian  Apocalypse  of  Baruch  (29  :  iff.),  the 
time  preceding  the  coming  of  the  Messiah  falls  into  twelve  parts, 
and  the  Messiah  will  appear  in  the  twelfth.  As  a  time-division, 
the  number  twelve  points  to  the  zodia,  of  which  the  twelfth  is 
the  Fishes.  Leviathan  will  then  rise  out  of  the  sea.  "The  two 
great  sea  monsters  which  I  created  on  the  fifth  day  of  creation 
and  which  I  have  preserved  until  that  time  shall  then  be  food 
for  all  who  are  left."  1  Since  Behemoth  is  unquestionably  not  a 
sea-animal,  but  one  which,  as  a  midrash  says,  "pastures  on  a 
thousand  mountains,"  2  the  two  "sea  monsters"  must  be  a  dupli- 
cation of  Leviathan.  And  as  a  matter  of  fact,  he  does  appear  to 
be  divided  as  to  sex,  for  there  is  a  male  and  a  female  of  the 
species.3  A  similar  duplication  is  suggested  in  Isaiah  27:1:  "In 
that  day,  the  Lord  with  his  sore  and  great  strong  sword  shall 
punish  Leviathan  the  piercing  serpent,  even  Leviathan  that 
crooked  serpent,  and  he  shall  slay  the  dragon  [Vulgate:  whale] 
that  is  in  the  sea."  This  duplication  gave  rise  in  medieval 
alchemy  to  the  idea  of  two  serpents  fighting  each  other,  one 
winged,  the  other  wingless.4  In  the  Book  of  Job,  where  Levi- 
athan appears  only  in  the  singular,  the  underlying  polarity 
comes  to  light  in  his  opposite  number,  Behemoth.  A  poem  by 
Meir  ben  Isaac  describes  the  battle  between  Leviathan  and 
Behemoth  at  the  end  of  time,  in  which  the  two  monsters  wound 
each  other  to  death.  Yahweh  then  cuts  them  up  and  serves  them 

1  Charles,  II,  p.  497,  modified. 

2  Midrash  Tanchuma,  Lev.  11:2  and  Deut.  29  :  9;  cited  in  Scheftelowitz,  pp.  39L 

3  Talmud,  Nezikin  III,  Baba  Bathra  (BT,  I,  p.  296).  The  female  Leviathan  has 
already  been  killed  by  Yahweh,  salted,  and  preserved  for  the  end  of  time.  The 
male  he  castrated,  for  otherwise  they  would  have  multiplied  and  swamped  the 
earth. 

4  A  typical  pair  of  opposites.  Cf.  the  struggle  between  the  two  dragons  in 
hexagram  2,  line  6,  in  the  /  Ching  (Wilhelm/Baynes  trans.,  I,  pp.  14-15). 

Il8 


THE    AMBIVALENCE    OF    THE    FISH    SYMBOL 


as  food  to  the  devout.5  This  idea  is  probably  connected  with  the 
old  Jewish  Passover,  which  was  celebrated  in  the  month  of  Adar, 
the  fish.  In  spite  of  the  distinct  duplication  of  Leviathan  in  the 
later  texts,  it  is  very  likely  that  originally  there  was  only  one 
Leviathan,  authenticated  at  a  very  early  date  in  the  Ugarit  texts 
from  Ras  Shamra  (c.  2000  B.C.).  Virolleaud  gives  the  following 
translation: 

Quand  tu  frapperas  Ltn,  le  serpent  brh 
Tu  acheveras  le  serpent  'qltn, 
Le  puissant  aux  sept  tetes. 

182  He  comments:  "It  is  remarkable  that  the  two  adjectives  brh 
and  'qltn  are  the  ones  which  qualify,  in  Isaiah  27  :  1,  a  particu- 
larly dangerous  species  of  serpent  which  we  call  Leviathan,  in 
Hebrew  Liviatan."  6  From  this  period,  too,  there  are  pictures  of 
a  fight  between  Baal  and  the  serpent  Ltn,7  remarkable  in  that 
the  conflict  is  between  a  god  and  a  monster  and  not  between 
two  monsters,  as  it  was  later. 

183  We  can  see  from  the  example  of  Leviathan  how  the  great 
"fish"  gradually  split  into  its  opposite,  after  having  itself  been 
the  opposite  of  the  highest  God  and  hence  his  shadow,  the 
embodiment  of  his  evil  side.8 

j84  With  this  splitting  of  the  monster  into  a  new  opposite,  its 
original  opposition  to  God  takes  a  back  seat,  and  the  monster  is 
now  in  conflict  either  with  itself  or  with  an  equivalent  monster 
(e.g.,  Leviathan  and  Behemoth).  This  relieves  God  of  his  own 
inner  conflict,  which  now  appears  outside  him  in  the  form  of  a 
hostile  pair  of  brother  monsters.  In  later  Jewish  tradition  the 
Leviathan  that  Yahweh  fought  with  in  Isaiah  develops  a  tend- 
ency, on  the  evidence  cited  by  Scheftelowitz,  to  become  "pure" 
and  be  eaten  as  "eucharistic"  food,  with  the  result  that,  if  one 
wanted  to  derive  the  Ichthys  symbol  from  this  source,  Christ  as 

5  Cf.  the  Midrash  Tanchuma. 

6  "Note  complementaire  sur  le  poeme  de  Mot  et  Alei'n,"  p.  357. 

7  Virolleaud,  "La  legende  de  Baal,  dieu  des  Pheniciens,"  p.  ix. 

8  Perhaps  an  echo  of  this  psychological  development  may  be  found  in  the  views 
of  Moses  Maimonides,  who  writes  that  in  the  Book  of  Job  (ch.  41)  Yahweh 
"dwells  longest  on  the  nature  of  the  Leviathan,  which  possesses  a  combination  of 
bodily  peculiarities  found  separate  in  different  animals,  in  those  that  walk,  those 
that  swim,  and  those  that  fly"  (Guide  for  the  Perplexed,  p.  303).  Accordingly 
Leviathan  is  a  kind  of  super-animal,  just  as  Yahweh  is  a  kind  of  superman. 

1*9 


AION 

a  fish  would  appear  in  place  of  Leviathan,  the  monstrous  ani- 
mals of  tradition  having  meanwhile  faded  into  mere  attributes 
of  death  and  the  devil. 
l85  This  split  corresponds  to  the  doubling  of  the  shadow  often 
met  with  in  dreams,  where  the  two  halves  appear  as  different  or 
even  as  antagonistic  figures.  This  happens  when  the  conscious 
ego-personality  does  not  contain  all  the  contents  and  components 
that  it  could  contain.  Part  of  the  personality  then  remains  split 
off  and  mixes  with  the  normally  unconscious  shadow,  the  two 
together  forming  a  double — and  often  antagonistic — personality. 
If  we  apply  this  experience  from  the  domain  of  practical  psy- 
chology to  the  mythological  material  under  discussion,  we  find 
that  God's  monstrous  antagonist  produces  a  double  because  the 
God-image  is  incomplete  and  does  not  contain  everything  it 
logically  ought  to  contain.  Whereas  Leviathan  is  a  fishlike  crea- 
ture, primitive  and  cold-blooded,  dwelling  in  the  depths  of  the 
ocean,  Behemoth  is  a  warm-blooded  quadruped,  presumably 
something  like  a  bull,  who  roams  the  mountains  (at  least  in  later 
tradition).  Hence  he  is  related  to  Leviathan  as  a  higher,  superior 
creature  to  a  lower,  inferior  one,  rather  like  the  winged  and  the 
wingless  dragon  in  alchemy.  All  winged  beings  are  "volatile," 
i.e.,  vapours  and  gases,  in  other  words  pneuma.  Just  as  in  Augus- 
tine Christ  the  fish  is  "drawn  from  the  deep,"  9  so  in  II  Esdras 
13  :  2ff.  the  "man"  came  out  of  the  sea  like  a  wind.  His  appear- 
ance was  heralded  by  an  eagle  and  a  lion,  theriomorphic  sym- 
bols which  greatly  affrighted  the  prophet  in  the  same  way  that 
Behemoth  inspired  chiefly  terror  in  Job.  The  fish  drawn  from 
the  deep  has  a  secret  connection  with  Leviathan:  he  is  the  bait 
with  which  Leviathan  is  lured  and  caught.  This  fish  is  probably 
a  duplication  of  the  great  fish  and  stands  for  its  pneumatic 
aspect.  It  is  evident  that  Leviathan  has  such  an  aspect,  because 
he,  like  the  Ichthys,  is  eucharistic  food.10  That  this  doubling 
represents  an  act  of  conscious  realization  is  clear  from  Job 
26  :  12,  where  we  are  told  that  Yahweh  smote  Rahab  "by  his 
understanding"  (tebuna).  Rahab,  the  sea  monster,  is  cousin 
german  to  Tiamat,  whom  Marduk  split  asunder  by  filling  her 
up  with  Imhullu,  the  north  wind.11  The  word  tebuna  comes 

9  Confessions,  Sheed  trans.,  p.  275.  10  Cf.  Goodenough,  V,  pp.  51ft. 

11  The  motif  of  splitting  is  closely  related  to  that  of  penetration  and  perforation 
in  alchemy.  Cf.  also  Job  26 :  13:  "His  hand  pierced  the  fleeing  serpent"  (RSV). 

120 


THE    AMBIVALENCE    OF    THE    FISH    SYMBOL 


from  bin,  'to  separate,  split,  part  asunder'— in  other  words,  to 
discriminate,  which  is  the  essence  of  conscious  realization.12  In 
this  sense  Leviathan  and  Behemoth  represent  stages  in  the  de- 
velopment of  consciousness  whereby  they  become  assimilated 
and  humanized.  The  fish  changes,  via  the  warm-blooded  quad- 
ruped, into  a  human  being,  and  in  so  far  as  the  Messiah  became, 
in  Christianity,  the  second  Person  of  the  Trinity,  the  human 
figure  split  off  from  the  fish  hints  at  God's  incarnation.13  What 
was  previously  missing  in  the  God-image,  therefore,  was  the 
human  element. 

186  The  role  of  the  fish  in  Jewish  tradition  probably  has  some 
connections  with  the  Syrophoenician  fish  cult  of  Atargatis.  Her 
temples  had  pools  with  sacred  fishes  in  them  which  no  one  was 
allowed  to  touch.14  Similarly,  meals  of  fish  were  ritually  eaten 
in  the  temples.  "This  cult  and  these  customs,  which  originated 
in  Syria,  may  well  have  engendered  the  Ichthys  symbolism  in 
Christian  times,"  says  Cumont.15  In  Lycia  they  worshipped  the 
divine  fish  Orphos  or  Diorphos,  the  son  of  Mithras  and  the 
"sacred  stone,"  Cybele.16  This  god  is  a  variant  of  the  Semitic 
fish-deities  we  have  already  mentioned,  such  as  Oannes,  the 
Babylonian  Nun,  Dagon,  and  Adonis,  whom  the  Greeks  called 
Ichthys.  Fish  offerings  were  made  to  Tanit  in  Carthage  and  to 
Ea  and  Nina  in  Babylon.  Traces  of  a  fish  cult  can  be  found  in 
Egypt  too.  The  Egyptian  priests  were  forbidden  to  eat  fish,  for 
fishes  were  held  to  be  as  unclean  as  Typhon's  sea.  "All  abstain 
from  sea-fish,"  observes  Plutarch.  According  to  Clement  of 
Alexandria,  the  inhabitants  of  Syene,  Elephantine,  and  Oxy- 
rhynchus  worshipped  a  fish.  Plutarch  17  says  it  was  the  custom 
to  eat  a  broiled  fish  before  the  door  of  one's  house  on  the  ninth 
day  of  the  first  month.  Doelger  inclines  to  the  view  that  this 
custom  paved  the  way  for  the  eucharistic  fish  in  Christianity.18 

187  The  ambivalent  attitude  towards  the  fish  is  an  indication  of 
its  double  nature.  It  is  unclean  and  an  emblem  of  hatred  on 
the  one  hand,  but  on  the  other  it  is  an  object  of  veneration.  It 

12  For  this  information  I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Riwkah  SchSrf. 

13  II  Esdras  is  a  Jewish  text  written  at  the  end  of  the  ist  cent.  a.d. 

14  Cumont,  Les  Religions  orientales,  p.  255. 

15  Ibid.,  pp.  108-9,  256-  16  Eisler,  Orpheus— The  Fisher,  p.  20. 

17  De  hide  et  Osiride,  cap.  VII  (Babbitt  trans.,  V,  p.  19). 

18  'IXGT2,  I,  p.  126.  The  risen  Christ  ate  of  a  broiled  fish  (Luke  24  :  42). 

121 


AION 


even  seems  to  have  been  regarded  as  a  symbol  for  the  soul,  if  we 
are  to  judge  by  a  painting  on  a  late  Hellenistic  sarcophagus. 
The  mummy  lies  on  a  lion-shaped  bier,  and  under  the  bier  are 
the  four  Canopic  jars,  the  lids  representing  the  four  sons  of 
Horus,  three  of  them  with  animal  heads  and  one  with  a  human 
head.  Over  the  mummy  there  floats  a  fish,19  instead  of  the  usual 
soul-bird.  It  is  clear  from  the  painting  that  the  fish  is  an  oxyrhyn- 
chus,  or  barbel,  one  of  the  three  most  abominated  fishes,  which 
was  said  to  have  devoured  the  phallus  of  Osiris  after  he  had 
been  dismembered  by  Typhon  (Set).20  Barbels  were  sacred  to 
Typhon,  who  is  "that  part  of  the  soul  which  is  passionate,  im- 
pulsive, irrational,  and  truculent."21  Because  of  their  voracious- 
ness, fishes  were  regarded  in  the  Middle  Ages  as  an  allegory  of 
the  damned.22  The  fish  as  an  Egyptian  soul-symbol  is  therefore 
all  the  more  remarkable.  The  same  ambivalence  can  be  seen  in 
the  figure  of  Typhon  /Set.  In  later  times  he  was  a  god  of  death, 
destruction,  and  the  desert,  the  treacherous  opponent  of  his 
brother  Osiris.  But  earlier  he  was  closely  connected  with  Horus 
and  was  a  friend  and  helper  of  the  dead.  In  one  of  the  Pyramid 
Texts  he  and  Heru-ur  (the  "older  Horus")  help  Osiris  to  climb 
up  to  heaven.  The  floor  of  heaven  consists  of  an  iron  plate, 
which  in  places  is  so  close  to  the  tops  of  the  mountains  that  one 
can  climb  up  to  heaven  with  the  help  of  a  ladder.  The  four 
corners  of  the  iron  plate  rest  on  four  pillars,  corresponding  to 
the  four  cardinal  points.  In  the  Pyramid  Texts  of  Pepi  I,  a  song 
of  praise  is  addressed  to  the  "ladder  of  the  twin  gods,"  and  the 
Unas  text  says:  "Unas  cometh  forth  upon  the  Ladder  which  his 
father  Ra  hath  made  for  him,  and  Horus  and  Set  take  the  hand 
of  Unas,  and  they  lead  him  into  the  Tuat."  23  Other  texts  show 
that  there  was  enmity  between  Heru-ur  and  Set  because  one  was 
a  god  of  the  day  and  the  other  a  god  of  the  night.  The  hiero- 
glyph for  Set  has  as  a  determinative  the  sign  for  a  stone,  or  else 

19  Spiegelberg,  "Der  Fisch  als  Symbol  der  Seele,"  p.  574.  Cf.  Goodenough,  V,  fig.  9, 
where  the  mummy  appears  in  the  form  of  a  fish. 

20  The  oxyrhynchus  fish  was  regarded  as  sacred  all  over  Egypt.  Cf.  Budge,  The 
Gods  of  the  Egyptians,  II,  p.  382;  Plutarch,  De  Iside,  cap.  XLIX  (Babbitt  trans., 
V.p.  19). 

21  Ibid.  (pp.  i2of.). 

22  Picinellus,  Mundus  symbolicus,  Lib.  VI,  cap.  I. 

23  Budge,  II,  pp.  24 if.  Cf.  Christ's  transfiguration  in  the  presence  of  Moses  and 
Elias  (Matt.  17  :  4),  and  the  "Saviour  of  the  twins"  in  Pistis  Sophia. 

122 


THE   AMBIVALENCE    OF    THE    FISH    SYMBOL 


the  unidentified  Set-animal  with  long  ears.  There  are  paintings 
showing  the  heads  of  Heru-ur  and  Set  growing  out  of  the  same 
body,  from  which  we  may  infer  the  identity  of  the  opposites 
they  represent.  Budge  says:  "The  attributes  of  Heru-ur  changed 
somewhat  in  early  dynastic  times,  but  they  were  always  the 
opposite  of  those  of  Set,  whether  we  regard  the  two  gods  as  per- 
sonifications of  two  powers  of  nature,  i.e.,  Light  and  Darkness, 
Day  and  Night,  or  as  Kosmos  and  Chaos,  or  as  Life  and  Death, 
or  as  Good  and  Evil."  24 

188  This  pair  of  gods  represent  the  latent  opposites  contained  in 
Osiris,  the  higher  divinity,  just  as  Behemoth  and  Leviathan  do 
in  relation  to  Yahweh.  It  is  significant  that  the  opposites  have 
to  work  together  for  a  common  purpose  when  it  comes  to  help- 
ing the  one  god,  Osiris,  to  reach  the  heavenly  quaternity.  This 
quaternity  is  also  personified  by  the  four  sons  of  Horus:  Mestha, 
Hapi,  Tuamutef,  and  Qebhsennuf,  who  are  said  to  dwell  "be- 
hind the  thigh  of  the  northern  heaven,"  that  is,  behind  the 
thigh  of  Set,  whose  seat  is  in  the  constellation  of  the  Great  Bear. 
The  four  sons  of  Horus  are  Set's  enemies,  but  on  the  other  hand 
they  are  closely  connected  with  him.  They  are  an  analogy  of  the 
four  pillars  of  heaven  which  support  the  four-cornered  iron 
plate.  Since  three  of  the  sons  are  often  shown  with  animal  heads, 
and  one  with  a  human  head,  we  may  point  to  a  similar  state  of 
affairs  in  the  visions  of  Ezekiel,  from  whose  cherubim-figures  the 
well-known  symbols  of  the  evangelists  (three  animals,  one  angel) 
are  derived.25  Ezekiel  says,  furthermore  (1  :  22):  "Over  the  heads 
of  the  living  creatures  [the  cherubim]  there  was  the  likeness  of 
a  solid  plate,  shining  like  terrible  crystal,  spread  out  above  their 
heads,"  and  (1  :  26,  RSV):  "And  above  the  solid  plate  that  was 
over  their  heads  there  was  the  likeness  of  a  throne,  in  appear- 
ance like  sapphire;  and  seated  above  the  likeness  of  a  throne  was 
a  likeness  as  it  were  of  a  human  form." 

*89  In  view  of  the  close  ties  between  Israel  and  Egypt  an  inter- 
mingling of  symbols  is  not  unlikely.  What  is  remarkable,  how- 
ever, is  that  in  Arab  tradition  the  region  round  the  heavenly 
Pole  is  seen  in  the  form  of  a  fish.  Qazvini  says:  "The  Pole  can 

24  Budge,  II,  p.  243. 

25  Daniel  3  :  25  may  be  of  relevance  in  this  connection:  the  three  men  in  the 
burning  fiery  furnace,  who  were  joined  by  a  fourth,  a  "son  of  God." 

123 


AION 

be  seen.  Round  it  are  the  smaller  Benat  na'sh 26  and  dark  stars, 
which  together  form  the  picture  of  a  fish,  and  in  its  midst  is  the 
Pole."27  This  means  that  the  Pole,  which  in  ancient  Egypt 
denoted  the  region  of  Set  and  was  at  the  same  time  the  abode  of 
the  four  sons  of  Horus,  was  contained,  so  to  speak,  in  the  body 
of  a  fish.  According  to  Babylonian  tradition  Anu  has  his  seat  in 
the  northern  heaven;  likewise  Marduk,  as  the  highest  god, 
world-creator  and  ruler  of  its  courses,  is  the  Pole.  The  Enuma 
Elish  says  of  him:  "He  who  fixes  the  course  of  the  stars  of  heaven, 
like  sheep  shall  pasture  the  gods  all  together."  28 

*9°  At  the  northern  point  of  the  ecliptic  is  the  region  of  fire 
(purgatory  and  the  entrance  to  the  Anu-heaven).  Hence  the 
northern  corner  of  the  temple  built  around  the  tower  at  Nippur 
was  called  the  kibla  (point  of  orientation).  In  like  manner  the 
Sabaeans  and  Mandaeans,  when  praying,  turn  towards  the 
north.29  We  might  also  mention  the  Mithraic  liturgy  in  this 
connection:  in  the  final  vision  Mithras  appears,  "holding  the 
golden  shoulder  of  a  young  bull.  This  is  the  constellation  of  the 
Bear,  which  moves  and  turns  the  heavens  round."  The  text  piles 
endless  fire-attributes  on  this  god,  who  obviously  hails  from  the 
north.30 

191  These  Babylonian  ideas  about  the  significance  of  the  north 
make  it  easier  for  us  to  understand  why  Ezekiel's  vision  of  God 
came  from  that  quarter,  despite  the  fact  that  it  is  the  birthplace 
of  all  evil.  The  coincidence  of  opposites  is  the  normal  thing  in 
a  primitive  conception  of  God,  since  God,  not  being  an  object 
of  reflection,  is  simply  taken  for  granted.  At  the  level  of  con- 
scious reflection,  however,  the  coincidence  of  opposites  becomes 
a  major  problem,  which  we  do  everything  possible  to  circum- 
vent. That  is  why  the  position  of  the  devil  in  Christian  dogma 
is  so  very  unsatisfactory.  When  there  are  such  gaps  in  our  collec- 
tive ideas,  in  the  dominants  of  our  conscious  orientation,  we 
can  count  with  absolute  certainty  on  the  existence  of  comple- 
mentary or— to  be  more  precise— compensatory  developments  in 
the  unconscious.  These  compensating  ideas  can  be  found  in  the 
speculations  of  alchemy.  We  can  hardly  suppose  that  ideas  of 

26  Lit.,  'daughters  of  the  bier',  presumably  mourning  women  who  walk  ahead  of 
the  coffin.  Cf.  Ideler,  Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Ursprung  und  die  Bedeutung  der 
Sternnamen,  p.  11.  27  Ibid.,  p.  15.  28  Jeremias,  p.  22. 

29  Ibid.,  p.  33.  30  Dieterich,  Eine  Mithrasliturgie,  pp.  8ff. 

124 


THE    AMBIVALENCE    OF    THE    FISH    SYMBOL 


this  sort  remained  totally  unconscious  so  far  as  the  adepts  were 
concerned.  What  they  were  aiming  at  was  a  more  or  less  con- 
scious restoration  of  the  primitive  God-image.  Hence  they  were 
able  to  propound  paradoxes  as  shocking  as  that  of  God's  love 
glowing  in  the  midst  of  hell-fire,31  which  is  represented  as  being 
no  more  than  the  Christian  conception  of  God  in  a  new  but 
necessary  relation  to  everything  hell  stands  for.  Above  all  it 
was  Jakob  Bohme  who,  influenced  by  alchemy  and  the  Cabala 
equally,  envisaged  a  paradoxical  God-image  in  which  the  good 
and  the  bad  aspects  appertain  to  the  same  divine  being  in  a  way 
that  bears  comparison  with  the  views  of  Clement  of  Rome. 
'92  Ancient  history  gives  us  a  divided  picture  of  the  region  to 
the  north:  it  is  the  seat  of  the  highest  gods  and  also  of  the  ad- 
versary; thither  men  direct  their  prayers,  and  from  thence  blows 
an  evil  pneuma,  the  Aquilo,  "by  the  name  whereof  is  to  be 
understood  the  evil  spirit"; 32  and  finally,  it  is  the  navel  of  the 
world  and  at  the  same  time  hell.  Bernard  of  Clairvaux  apos- 
trophizes Lucifer  thus:  "And  dost  thou  strive  perversely  to- 
wards the  north?  The  more  thou  dost  hasten  toward  the  heights, 
the  more  speedily  shalt  thou  go  down  to  thy  setting."33  The 
"king  of  the  North"  in  Nostradamus  has  to  be  understood  in 
the  light  of  this  passage.  At  the  same  time,  it  is  clear  from 
St.  Bernard's  words  that  the  heights  of  power  to  which  Lucifer 
strives  are  still  associated  with  the  north.34 

31  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  446. 

32  Garnerius,  in  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  193,  col.  49. 

33  Tractatus  de  gradibus  superbiae,  in  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.   182,  col.  961. 

34  One  of  the  bad  qualities  of  the  north  wind  ("The  north  wind  numbs  with 
cold"  =  the  numbness  of  the  evil  spirit,  who  "hardens  the  hearts  of  the  wicked"), 
was  responsible  for  an  alchemical  hypothesis  concerning  the  formation  of  coral: 
"The  coral  is  a  kind  of  vegetable  which  comes  into  being  in  the  sea,  and  has 
roots  and  branches,  and  in  its  original  state  is  moist.  But  when  the  wind  blows 
north,  it  hardens,  and  turns  into  a  red  substance,  which  the  seafarer  sees  under 
the  water  and  cuts  off;  then,  when  it  comes  out  of  the  water,  it  turns  into  a  stone, 
of  a  red  colour."  ("Allegoriae  super  librum  Turbae,"  Art.  aurif.,  1593,  I,  p.  143.) 


125 


X 

THE  FISH  IN  ALCHEMY 

/.   The  Medusa 

*93  Michel  Nostradamus,  physician  and  astrologer,  must  surely 
have  been  acquainted  with  alchemy,  since  this  art  was  practised 
mainly  by  physicians.  Whether  he  knew  that  the  fish  was  a  sym- 
bol for  the  arcane  substance  and  the  lapis  is  perhaps  question- 
able, but  it  is  more  than  likely  that  he  had  read  the  classics  of 
alchemy.  Of  these  one  of  the  greatest  authorities  is  the  Turba 
philosophorum,  which  had  been  translated  very  early  (nth- 
12th  cent.)  from  the  Arabic  into  Latin.  At  about  the  same  time, 
or  a  little  later,  its  appendices  were  also  translated,  namely  the 
"Allegoriae  super  librum  Turbae,"  the  "Allegoriae  sapientum 
supra  librum  Turbae  XXIX  distinctiones,"  1  together  with 
the  "Aenigmata  ex  Visione  Arislei"  and  "In  Turbam  philoso- 
phorum exercitationes."  The  Turba  belongs  to  the  same  sphere 
of  thought  as  the  Tabula  smaragdina,  and  hence  is  one  of  those 
late  Hellenistic  products  that  were  transmitted  to  us  by  the 
Arabs,  mainly,  perhaps,  through  the  Neoplatonic  school  of 
Harran  (Thabit  ibn  Qurrah  and  others),  which  flourished  at 
the  beginning  of  the  eleventh  century.2  The  ideas  preserved  in 
these  treatises  are  'Alexandrian,"  and  the  recipes,  particularly 
those  set  forth  in  the  "Allegoriae  super  librum  Turbae,"  adhere 
closely  to  the  spirit  and  letter  of  the  Papyri  Graecae  Magicae.3 

*94  Now  these  'Allegoriae" 4  are  our  earliest  source  for  the 
alchemical  fish  symbolism.  For  this  reason  we  may  assign  a 

1  This  treatise  was  not  printed  together  with  the  Turba,  like  the  others,  hut  it 
appears  to  belong  to  the  same  category.  The  28th  Distinctio  contains  the  "Dicta 
Belini"  (Belinus  =  Apollonius  of  Tyana). 

2  Cf.  Ruska,  Turba  Philosophorum. 

3  Cf.  the  edn.  of  Preisendanz. 

4  Printed  in  Artis  auriferae  (1593),  I,  pp.  i3gff.;  Theatrum  chemicum,  V,  pp.  64ft".; 
and  Manget,  Bibliotheca  chemica  curiosa  (1702),  I,  pp.  494s. 

126 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


fairly  early  date  to  the  alchemical  fish— before  the  eleventh  cen- 
tury, in  any  case.5  There  is  nothing  to  suggest  that  it  is  of  Chris- 
tian origin.  That,  however,  did  not  prevent  it  from  becoming- 
through  the  transformation  of  the  arcane  substance  which  it  had 
at  first  represented— a  symbol  of  the  lapis,  the  latter  term  denot- 
ing the  prima  materia  as  well  as  the  end  product  of  the  process, 
variously  called  lapis  philosophorum,  elixir  vitae,  aurum  nos- 
trum, infans,  puer}  filius  philosophorum,  Hermaphroditus,  and 
so  on.  This  filius,  as  I  have  shown  elsewhere,  was  regarded  as  a 
parallel  of  Christ.  Thus,  by  an  indirect  route,  the  alchemical  fish 
attains  the  dignity  of  a  symbol  for  the  Salvator  mundi.  Its  father 
is  God,  but  its  mother  is  the  Sapientia  Dei,  or  Mercurius  as 
Virgo.  The  filius  philosophorum  (or  macrocosmi),  otherwise  the 
lapis,  means  nothing  other  than  the  self,  as  I  have  explained  in 
a  detailed  examination  of  its  various  attributes  and  peculiari- 
ties. 

*95  The  text  containing  the  earliest  reference  to  the  fish  runs: 
"There  is  in  the  sea  a  round  fish,  lacking  bones  and  cortex,  and 
having  in  itself  a  fatness,  a  wondrous  virtue,  which,  if  it  is 
cooked  on  a  slow  fire  until  its  fatness  and  moisture  entirely 
disappear  ...  is  saturated  with  sea-water  until  it  begins  to 
shine." 6  This  recipe  is  repeated  in  another,  possibly  later, 
treatise  of  the  same  kind,  the  "Aenigmata  philosophorum."  7 
Here  the  "piscis"  has  become  a  "pisciculus,"  and  "lucescat"  has 
become  "candescat."  Common  to  both  treatises  is  the  ironic 
conclusion  of  the  recipe:  When  the  citrinitas  {xanthosis,  'yel- 
lowing') appears,  "there  is  formed  the  collyrium  [eyewash]  of 
the  philosophers."  If  they  wash  their  eyes  with  it,  they  will 
easily  understand  the  secrets  of  the  philosophy. 

»96  This  round  fish  is  certainly  not  a  fish  in  the  modern  sense, 
but  an  invertebrate.  This  is  borne  out  by  the  absence  of  bones 
and  "cortex,"  which  in  medieval  Latin  simply  means  a  mussel- 

5  I  am  not  counting  the  fish  as  technical  alchemical  material,  in  which  capacity 
it  was  of  course  known  even  to  the  Greek  alchemists.  I  would  mention,  for  in- 
stance, the  "procedure  of  Salmanas"  (Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs,  V,  viii,  5)  for  produc- 
ing the  "round  pearl."  Fish-glue  was  often  used  as  an  agglutinant. 

6  "Allegoriae,"  in  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  141:  "Est  in  mari  piscis  rotundus,  ossibus  et 
corticibus  carens,  et  habet  in  se  pinguedinem,  mirificam  virtutem,  quae  si  lento 
igne  coquatur,  donee  eius  pinguedo  et  humor  prorsus  recedit  .  .  .  et  quousque 
lucescat,  aqua  maris  imbuatur." 

1  "Aenigmata,"  in  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  149. 

127 


AION 


shell  or  mollusc.8  At  all  events,  it  is  some  kind  of  round  organ- 
ism that  lives  in  the  sea,  presumably  a  scyphomedusa  or  jelly- 
fish, which  abounded  in  the  seas  of  the  ancient  world.  Its 
free-swimming  form,  the  acrospedote  medusa,  has  a  round,  bell- 
or  disc-shaped  body  of  radial  construction,  which  as  a  rule  is 
divided  into  eight  sections  by  means  of  four  perradials  and  four 
interradials  (whose  angles  may  again  be  halved  by  adradials). 
Like  all  Cnidaria9  or  Nematophora 10  (to  which  class  the  Scy- 
phomedusae  belong),  they  are  equipped  with  tentacles;  these 
contain  the  thread-cells  or  nematocysts  with  which  they  poison 
their  prey. 
J97  Our  text  remarks  that  when  the  "round  fish"  is  warmed  or 
cooked  on  a  slow  fire  it  "begins  to  shine."  In  other  words,  the 
heat  already  present  in  it  becomes  visible  as  light.  This  suggests 
that  the  author  of  the  recipe  was  influenced  either  by  Pliny  him- 
self or  by  some  one  in  the  same  tradition.  Pliny  describes  a  fish 
—the  stella  marina,  'star  of  the  sea'— which,  he  says,  has  puzzled 
several  great  philosophers.11  This  fish  was  said  to  be  hot  and 
burning,  and  to  consume  as  with  fire  everything  it  touched 
in  the  sea.12  Pliny  mentions  the  stella  marina13  in  the  same 
breath 14  as  the  pulmo  marinus,  which  swims  freely  on  the  sur- 
face,15 and  attributes  to  the  latter  so  fiery  a  nature  that  when 
you  rub  it  with  a  stick,  you  can  straightway  use  the  stick  as  a 
torch.16  From  this  we  might  conclude  that  our  author  did  not 
take  zoological  distinctions  too  seriously,  and  may  have  con- 
fused the  stella  marina  with  the  pulmones.  However  that  may 
be,  the  Middle  Ages  with  its  passion  for  symbols  eagerly  seized 
on  the  legend  of  the  "starfish."  Nicholas  Caussin  regarded  the 
"fish"  as  a  starfish  and  describes  it  as  such.  This  animal,  he  says, 
generates  so  much  heat  that  it  not  only  sets  fire  to  everything  it 
touches  but  also  cooks  its  own  food.  Hence  it  signifies  the  "veri 

8  See  du  Cange,  Glossarium  ad  scriptores  mediae  et  infimae  latinitatis,  s.v. 
"cortex."  [In  the  Swiss  Gesammelte  Werke,  II,  p.  59,  n.  27,  "corticibus"  in  this 
same  passage  is  translated  as  "scales." — Editors.] 

9  From  Kvidr],  urtica,  'nettle.'  Hence  Pliny's  "sea-nettle"  (Hist,  nat.,  XXXII,  xi,  53). 

10  From  vrjfjia,  'thread,  tentacle.' 

11  Caussin  (Polyhistor  symbolicus,  1618,  s.v.  "stella")  cites  Aristotle  as  a  source. 

12  Hist,  nat.,  IX,  60.  Cf.  trans,  by  Rackham  and  Jones,  III,  pp.  346-48. 

13  This  could  be  conceived  as  a  starfish,  since,  as  Pliny  says,  it  has  a  hard  exterior. 

14  Hist,  nat.,  XVIII,  35.  15  IX,  47  (Rackham /Jones  trans.,  Ill,  p.  220). 
16  XXXII,  10. 

128 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


amoris  vis  inextinguibilis"  (the  inextinguishable  power  of  true 
love).17 

*98  Such  an  interpretation  sounds  very  strange  to  modern  ears. 
But  for  the  Middle  Ages  "alles  Vergangliche  ist  nur  ein  Gleich- 
nis"  was  literally  true:  all  ephemeral  things  were  but  a  symbol 
of  the  divine  drama,  which  to  modern  man  has  become  almost 
meaningless.  Picinellus  interprets  the  fish  in  the  same  way,  the 
only  difference  being  that  his  amplification  is  much  more  elab- 
orate. "This  fish,"  he  says,  "glows  forever  in  the  midst  of  the 
waters,  and  whatsoever  it  touches  grows  hot  and  bursts  into 
flames."  This  glow  is  a  fire— the  fire  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  He  cites 
as  his  authority  Ecclesiasticus  48  :  1,18  and  refers  also  to  the  fiery 
tongues  of  the  Pentecostal  miracle.  The  miraculous  fact  that  the 
fire  of  the  Stella  marina  does  not  go  out  in  the  water  reminds 
him  of  the  "divinae  gratiae  efficacitas"  (action  of  divine  grace), 
which  sets  on  fire  the  hearts  that  are  drowned  in  a  "sea  of  sins." 
For  the  same  reason  the  fish  means  charity  and  divine  love,  as 
the  Song  of  Solomon  8  :  7  testifies:  "Many  waters  cannot  quench 
love,  neither  can  the  floods  drown  it."  The  fish,  so  our  author 
supposes,  spreads  a  radiance  about  itself  from  the  first  moment 
of  its  life  and  thus  is  an  emblem  of  religion,  by  whose  light  the 
faithful  live. 

*99  As  the  quotation  from  the  Song  of  Solomon  shows,  the  in- 
terpretation of  the  burning  starfish  brings  out  its  connection 
with  profane  love.  Picinellus  even  says  that  the  starfish  is  the 
"hieroglyph  of  a  lover's  heart,"  whose  passion  not  even  the 
entire  sea  can  extinguish,  no  matter  whether  his  love  be  divine 
or  profane.  This  fish,  says  our  author  inconsequently,  burns  but 
gives  no  light.  He  quotes  St.  Basil:  "Then  conceive  in  your 
mind  a  deep  pit,  impenetrable  darkness,  fire  that  has  no  bright- 
ness, having  all  fire's  power  of  burning,  but  without  any  light. 
.  .  .  Such  a  conception  describes  the  fire  of  hell."  19  This  fire  is 
"concupiscentia,"  the  "scintilla  voluptatis"  (spark  of  lechery). 

200  it  is  curious  how  often  the  medieval  symbolists  give  dia- 
metrically opposed  interpretations  of  the  same  symbol,  ap- 
parently  without    becoming   aware    of   the    far-reaching   and 

17  Polyhistor  symbolicus,  p.  414. 

18  "And  Elias  the  prophet  stood  up,  as  a  fire;  and  his  word  burnt  like  a 
torch"  (DV). 

19  Homilia  in  Ps.  33,  in  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  29,  col.  371. 

129 


AION 


dangerous  possibility  that  the  unity  of  the  symbol  implies 
the  identity  of  the  opposites.  Thus  we  can  find  certain  views  in 
alchemy  which  maintain  that  God  himself  "glows"  in  this  sub- 
terranean or  submarine20  fire.  The  "Gloria  mundi,"  for  in- 
stance, says:  21 

Take  fire  or  unslaked  lime,  which  the  Philosophers  say  grows  on 
trees.  In  this  fire  God  himself  glows  in  divine  love.  .  .  .  Likewise 
the  Natural  Master  says  regarding  the  art  of  fire,  that  Mercurius  is 
to  be  decomposed  .  .  .  and  fixed  in  the  unquenchable  or  living 
fire,  wherein  God  himself  glows,  together  with  the  sun,  in  divine 
love,  for  the  solace  of  all  men;  and  without  this  fire  can  the  art 
never  be  brought  to  perfection.  It  is  also  the  fire  of  the  Philosophers, 
which  they  keep  hidden  away  and  concealed.  ...  It  is  also  the 
noblest  fire  which  God  created  upon  earth,  for  it  has  a  thousand 
virtues.  To  these  things  the  teacher  replies  that  God  has  bestowed 
upon  it  such  virtue  and  efficacy  .  .  .  that  with  this  fire  is  mingled 
the  Godhead  itself.  And  this  fire  purifies,  as  purgatory  does  in  the 
lower  regions.22 

20  This  recalls  the  Vision  of  Arisleus,  where  the  philosophers  in  the  glass-house 
at  the  bottom  of  the  sea  suffer  great  torment  on  account  of  the  extraordinary 
heat.  (Art.  aurif.,  I,  pp.  i46ff.,  and  Ruska,  "Die  Vision  des  Arisleus,"  pp.  22ff.) 

21  Mus.  herm.  (1678),  pp.  246f.  The  "Gloria  mundi"  is  an  anonymous  treatise, 
and  it  remains  uncertain  whether  it  was  originally  written  in  Latin  or  not.  So 
far  as  is  known,  it  was  printed  for  the  first  time  in  1620,  in  German.  To  the  best 
of  my  knowledge  it  was  first  mentioned  in  the  treatises  of  the  17th  cent.  It  was 
highly  esteemed  and  was  considered  especially  dangerous.  In  the  Theatr.  chem. 
(1661),  VI,  pp.  513ft.,  there  is  a  long  extract  from  it,  conjuring  the  reader  to  be 
discreet:  "I  will  that  all  those  who  possess  this  book  be  admonished  and  besought 
for  the  love  of  Jesus  Christ,  that  they  conceal  this  art  from  all  such  as  are  puffed 
up,  vainglorious,  unjust  oppressors  of  the  poor,  proud,  worldly,  scoffers,  con- 
temners, false  accusers,  and  such  unworthy  folk,  nor  permit  this  writing  to  come 
into  the  hands  of  such,  if  they  would  escape  the  wrath  of  God  and  the  punish- 
ments which  he  is  wont  to  bring  down  upon  those  that  are  presumptuous  and 
profane." 

22  "Recipito  ignem,  vel  calcem  vivam,  de  qua  Philosophi  loquuntur,  quod  in 
arboribus  crescat,  in  quo  (igne)  Deus  ipse  ardet  amore  divino.  .  .  .  Item, 
Naturalis  Magister  ait  ad  artem  hanc  de  igne,  Mercurium  putrefaciendum  .  .  . 
et  fixandum  in  igne  indelebili,  vel  vivo,  quo  in  Deus  ipse  ardeat,  sed  cum  sole 
in  amore  divino,  ad  solatium  omnium  hominum;  et  absque  isto  igne  ars 
numquam  perfici  poterit.  Item,  ignis  Philosophorum  quem  occultatum  occlu- 
sumque  illi  habent.  .  .  .  Item,  ignis  nobilissimus  ignis  est,  quem  Deus  in  terra 
creavit,  millenas  enim  virtutes  habet.  Ad  haec  respondet  didascalus  quod  Deus 
tantam  virtutem  efficaciamque  tribuerit  .  .  .  ut  divinitas  ipsa  cum  hoc  igne 
commixta  siet.  Et  iste  ignis  purificat,  tamquam  purgatorium  in  inferno  .  .  ." 

13O 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


The  fire  is  "inextinguishable."  "The  Philosophers  call  this  fire 
the  fire  of  the  Holy  Ghost."  23  It  unites  Mercurius  with  the  sun 
"so  that  all  three  make  but  one  thing,  which  no  man  shall  part 
asunder."  24  "Just  as  in  these  three  God  the  Father,  God  the  Son, 
and  God  the  Holy  Ghost  are  united,  [i.e.,  as]  the  Holy  Trinity 
in  three  Persons,  and  there  yet  remains  the  one  single  true  God, 
so  also  the  fire  unites  these  three  things:  body,  spirit,  and  soul, 
that  is,  Sun,  Mercurius,  and  Soul."25  "In  this  invisible  fire  the 
mystery  of  the  Art  is  enclosed,  as  God  the  Father,  Son,  and 
Spirit  in  three  Persons  is  verily  included  in  one  essence." 26 
This  fire  is  "fire  and  water  at  once."  The  Philosophers  name  it 
the  "living  fire"  in  honour  of  God,  "who  mingles  himself  with 
himself  in  the  living  water."  27 

201  Another  treatise  says  of  the  water  that  it  is  the  "hiding-place 
and  dwelling-place  of  the  whole  treasure."  28  For  in  its  midst  is 
the  "fire  of  Gehenna"  which  "contains  this  engine  of  the  world 
in  its  own  being."  29  The  fire  is  caused  by  the  "primum  mobile" 
and  is  kindled  by  the  influence  of  the  stars.  It  never  ceases  its 
universal  motion  and  is  continually  lit  through  the  "influence 
of  celestial  forces."  30 

202  It  is  an  "unnatural"  fire,  "contrary  to  nature."  It  puts  bodies 
to  the  torture,  it  is  itself  the  dragon  that  "burns  furiously  like 
hell-fire." 31  The  life-spirit  dwelling  in  nature,  Phyton,  has  a 
double  aspect:  there  is  an  infernal  form  of  it,  namely  hell-fire, 
from  which  a  hellish  bath  can  be  prepared.  The  treatise  of 
Abraham  Eleazar  speaks  of  Phyton  as  a  "god."  32 

23  "Philosophi  hunc  ignem  Spiritus  Sancti  ignem  appellant." 

24  ".  .  .  adeo  lit  omneis  tres,  una  res  fiant,  quas  nemo  separaturus  siet." 

25  "Pari  modo  quo  in  hisce  tribus  sese  uniunt,  Deus  pater,  Deus  Alius  et  Deus 
spiritus  sanctus,  S.  S.  Trinitas  in  tres  personas  et  tamen  unicus  verus  Deus 
remanet;  ita  quoque  ignis  unit  hasce  tres  res:  utpote  corpus,  spiritum  et  animam, 
hoc  est,  Solem,  Mercurium  et  Animam"  (p.  247). 

26  "In  igni  hoc  invisibili  artis  mysterium  inclusum  est,  quemadmodum  tribus  in 
personis  Deus  Pater,  Filius  et  Spiritus  S.  in  una  essentia  vere  conclusus  est" 
(p.  248). 

27  ".  .  .  qui  seipsum  sese  in  vivam  aquam  miscet"  (p.  247).  Presumably  taken 
over  from  the  "troubled"  water  of  the  pool  of  Bethesda  (John  5  :  2). 

28  "Occultatio  et  domicilium  omnis  thesauri." 

29  "Continens  hanc  machinam  mundi  in  suo  esse." 

30  Sendivogius,  "Novi  luminis  chemici,"  Mus.  herm.,  p.  607. 

31  Ripley,  "Duodecim  portarum,"  Theatr.  chem.,  II,  p.  128. 

32  Uraltes  Chymisches  Werk  (1760),  pp.  79  and  81. 

131 


AION 

203  According  to  Blaise  de  Vigenere,  the  fire  has  not  two  but 
four  aspects:  the  intelligible,  which  is  all  light;  the  heavenly, 
partaking  of  heat  and  light;  the  elemental,  pertaining  to  the 
lower  world  and  compounded  of  light,  heat,  and  glow  (ardor); 
and  finally  the  infernal,  opposed  to  the  intelligible,  glowing 
and  burning  without  any  light.33  Here  again  we  encounter  the 
quaternity  which  the  ancients  associated  with  fire,  as  we  saw 
from  the  Egyptian  conception  of  Set  and  the  four  sons  of 
Horus,34  and  from  Ezekiel's  vision  of  the  fiery  region  to  the 
north.  It  is  not  at  all  likely  that  Vigenere  was  thinking  of  Ezekiel 
in  this  connection.35 

204  In  the  "Introitus  apertus"  of  Philalethes  the  arcane  substance 
is  named  "chalybs"  (steel).  This,  he  says,  is  the  "auri  minera" 
(the  prima  materia  of  the  gold),  "the  true  key  of  our  Work, 
without  which  no  skill  can  kindle  the  fire  of  the  lamp/'  Chalybs 
is  a  "spirit  pre-eminently  pure,"  a  "secret,  infernal,  and  yet  most 
volatile  fire,"36  the  "wonder  of  the  world,  the  system  of  the 
higher  powers  in  the  lower.  For  this  reason  the  Almighty  has 
assigned  to  it  a  most  glorious  and  rare  heavenly  conjunction, 
even  that  notable  sign  whose  nativity  is  declared  throughout  the 
Philosophical  East  to  the  furthest  horizon  of  its  hemisphere. 
The  wise  Magi  saw  it  at  the  [beginning  of  the]  era,  and  were 
astonished,  and  straightway  they  knew  that  the  most  serene 
King  was  born  in  the  world.  Do  you,  when  you  see  his  star,  fol- 
low it  to  the  cradle,  and  there  you  shall  behold  the  fair  infant. 
Cast  aside  your  defilements,  honour  the  royal  child,  open  your 
treasure,  offer  a  gift  of  gold;  and  after  death  he  will  give  you 

33  "De  igne  et  sale,"  Theatr.  chem.,  VI,  p.  39. 

34  They  are  also  the  sons  of  Set,  in  so  far  as  Heru-ur  and  Set  have  one  body  with 
two  heads.  [For  the  association  of  fire  and  north,  see  pp.  99  and  124.] 

35  The  quaternary  symbols  that  appear  spontaneously  in  dreams  always  point,  so 
far  as  I  can  see,  to  totality  or  the  self.  Fire  means  passion,  affects,  desires,  and  the 
emotional  driving-forces  of  human  nature  in  general,  that  is,  everything  which 
is  understood  by  the  term  "libido."  (Cf.  Symbols  of  Transformation,  Part  II, 
chs.  2  and  3.)  When  the  alchemists  attribute  a  quaternary  nature  to  the  fire,  this 
amounts  to  saying  that  the  self  is  the  source  of  energy. 

36  Hell-fire  is  identical  with  the  devil,  who,  on  the  authority  of  Artefius  ("Clavis 
maioris  sapientiae,"  Theatr.  chem.,  IV,  p.  237),  has  an  outer  body  made  of  air 
and  an  inner  one  of  fire. 

132 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


flesh  and  blood,  the  supreme  Medicine  in  the  three  monarchies 
of  the  earth."37 

205  This  passage  is  particularly  interesting  because  it  allows  us 
to  look  deep  into  the  world  of  obscure  archetypal  ideas  that  fill 
the  mind  of  the  alchemist.  The  author  goes  on  to  say  that  the 
steel,  which  is  at  the  same  time  the  "infernal  fire,"  the  "key  of 
our  Work,"  is  attracted  by  the  magnet,  for  which  reason  "our 
magnet"  is  the  true  "minera"  (raw  material)  of  the  steel.  The 
magnet  has  a  hidden  centre  which  "with  an  archetic  appetite38 
turns  towards  the  Pole,  where  the  virtue  of  the  steel  is  exalted." 
The  centre  "abounds  in  salt"— evidently  the  sal  sapientiae,  for 
immediately  afterwards  the  text  says:  "The  wise  man  will  re- 
joice, but  the  fool  will  pay  small  heed  to  these  things,  and  will 
not  learn  wisdom,  even  though  he  see  the  outward-turned  cen- 
tral Pole  marked  with  the  notable  sign  39  of  the  Almighty." 

206  In  the  Pole  is  found  the  heart  of  Mercurius,  "which  is  the 
true  fire  wherein  its  Lord  has  his  rest.  He  who  journeys  through 
this  great  and  wide  sea  may  touch  at  both  Indies,  may  guide  his 
course  by  the  sight  of  the  North  Star,  which  our  Magnet  will 
cause  to  appear  unto  you."  This  is  an  allusion  to  the  mystic 
journey,  the  "peregrinatio."  As  I  have  explained  elsewhere,  it 
leads  to  the  four  quarters,  here  indicated  by  the  two  Indies— 

37  Philalethes,  "Introitus  apertus,"  Mus.  herm.,  pp.  654!:.:  ".  .  .  ignis  infernalis, 
secretus  .  .  .  mundi  miraculum,  virtutum  superiorum  in  inferioribus  systema, 
quare  signo  ilium  notabili  notavit  Omnipotens  cuius  nativitas  per  Orientem  in 
Horizonte  Hemisphaerii  sui  philosophicum  annunciatur.  Viderunt  Sapientes  in 
Evo  Magi,  et  obstupuerunt  statimque  agnoverunt  Regera  serenissimum  in  mundo 
natum.  Tu  cum  ejus  Astra  conspexeris,  sequere  ad  usque  cunabula,  ibi  videbis 
infantem  pulcrum,  sordes  semovendo,  regium  puellum  honora,  gazam  aperi, 
auri  donum  offeras,  sic  tandem  post  mortem  tibi  carnem  sanguinemque  dabit, 
summam  in  tribus  Terrae  Monarchiis  medicinam." 

(Cf.  Waite,  trans.,  The  Hermetic  Museum  Restored  and  Enlarged,  II,  pp. 
i66f.)  Philalethes  ("lover  of  truth")  is  a  pseudonym.  Waite  (The  Works  of 
Thomas  Vaughan:  Eugenius  Philaletha)  conjectures  the  Hermetic  philosopher 
Vaughan  (1621-65),  an  hypothesis  that  is  doubtful  for  several  reasons.  See  also 
Waite,  Lives  of  Alchemy stical  Philosophers,  p.  187,  and  Ferguson,  Bibliotheca 
Chemica,  II,  pp.  194  and  197. 

38  From  the  Paracelsan  concept  of  the  "Archeus."  See  my  "Paracelsus  the  Physi 
cian,"   par.   39   n.   56.   Ruland   (Lexicon   of  Alchemy,  p.   36)   defines:    "Archeus 
is  a  most  high,  exalted,  and  invisible  spirit,  which  is  separated  from  bodies,  is 
exalted,  and  ascends;  it  is  the  occult  virtue  of  Nature,  universal  in  all  things,  the 
artificer,  the  healer  .  .  .  the  dispenser  and  composer  of  all  things." 

39  Probably  magnetism  is  meant. 

133 


AION 


East,  West — and  by  the  turning  of  the  compass  to  the  north.40 
Together  they  form  a  cross,  i.e.,  a  quaternity,  which  characterizes 
the  nature  of  the  Pole.  For  from  the  Pole  the  four  directions 
radiate  out,  and  also  the  division  of  the  hemispheres  (east  and 
west  of  the  Greenwich  meridian).  Thus  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere resembles  the  round  body  of  the  hydromedusa,  whose 
spherical  surface  is  divided  by  four  (or  multiples  of  four)  radials, 
and  therefore  looks  like  a  globe  seen  from  the  Pole. 

207  In  this  connection  I  would  like  to  mention  the  dream  of  a 
twenty-year-old  student,  who  got  into  a  state  of  confusion  when 
he  found  that  the  philosophical  faculty  for  which  he  had  opted 
did  not  suit  him.  He  could  discover  no  reason  for  this.  His  dis- 
orientation reached  the  point  where  he  simply  did  not  know 
what  profession  he  wanted  to  take  up.  Then  a  dream  came  to 
his  help  and  showed  him  his  goal  in  the  fullest  sense: 

208  He  dreamt  that  he  was  walking  in  a  wood.  Gradually  this 
grew  more  and  more  lonely  and  wild,  and  finally  he  realized 
that  he  was  in  a  primeval  forest.  The  trees  were  so  high  and  the 
foliage  so  thick  that  it  was  almost  dark  on  the  ground.  All  trace 
of  a  path  had  long  since  disappeared,  but,  driven  on  by  a  vague 
sense  of  expectation  and  curiosity,  he  pressed  forward  and  soon 
came  to  a  circular  pool,  measuring  ten  to  twelve  feet  across.  It 
was  a  spring,  and  the  crystal-clear  water  looked  almost  black  in 
the  dark  shadows  of  the  trees.  In  the  middle  of  the  pool  there 
floated  a  pearly  organism,  about  eighteen  inches  in  diameter, 
that  emitted  a  faint  light.  It  was  a  jelly-fish.*0*  Here  the  dreamer 
awoke  with  a  violent  emotion:  he  decided  there  and  then  to 
study  science,  and  he  kept  to  this  decision.  I  must  emphasize 
that  the  dreamer  was  not  under  any  psychological  influence  that 
might  have  suggested  such  an  interpretation.  The  conclusion  he 
drew  from  the  dream  was  undoubtedly  the  right  one,  but  it  does 
not  by  any  means  exhaust  the  meaning  of  the  symbol.  The 
dream  is  archetypal — a  "big"  dream.  The  wood  that  grows  dusky 
and  turns  into  a  primeval  forest  means  entry  into  the  uncon- 
scious. The  round  pool  with  the  jelly-fish  in  it  represents  a 
three-dimensional  mandala,  the  self:  wholeness  as  the  goal  to 
which  the  "archetic  appetite"  points,  the  magnetic  north  which 
gives  the  traveller  his  bearings  on  the   "sea  of  the  world." 

40  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  457. 

40a  [Cf.  Memories,  Dreams,  Reflections,  p.  85  (Brit,  edn.,  p.  91).] 

134 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


209  Turning  back  to  our  text,  I  would  emphasize,  by  way  of 
recapitulation,  that  the  infernal  fire  is  nothing  other  than  the 
Deus  absconditus  (hidden  God)  who  dwells  at  the  North  Pole 
and  reveals  himself  through  magnetism.  His  other  synonym  is 
Mercurius,  whose  heart  is  to  be  found  at  the  Pole,  and  who 
guides  men  on  their  perilous  voyage  over  the  sea  of  the  world. 
The  idea  that  the  whole  machinery  of  the  world  is  driven  by  the 
infernal  fire  at  the  North  Pole,  that  this  is  hell,  and  that  hell  is 
a  system  of  upper  powers  reflected  in  the  lower— this  is  a  shat- 
tering thought.  But  the  same  note  is  struck  by  Meister  Eckhart 
when  he  says  that,  on  returning  to  his  true  self,  he  enters  an 
abyss  "deeper  than  hell  itself."  Scurrilous  as  it  is,  the  alchem- 
ical idea  cannot  be  denied  a  certain  grandeur.  What  is  particu- 
larly interesting,  psychologically,  is  the  nature  of  the  image:  it  is 
the  projection  of  an  archetypal  pattern  of  order,41  the  mandala, 
which  represents  the  idea  of  totality.  The  centering  of  the  image 
on  hell,  which  at  the  same  time  is  God,  is  grounded  on  the 
experience  that  highest  and  lowest  both  come  from  the  depths 
of  the  soul,  and  either  bring  the  frail  vessel  of  consciousness  to 
shipwreck  or  carry  it  safely  to  port,  with  little  or  no  assistance 
from  us.  The  experience  of  this  "centre"  is  therefore  a  numi- 
nous one  in  its  own  right. 

210  Picinellus  feels  that  his  Stella  maris,  "this  fish  which  burns 
in  the  midst  of  the  water  but  gives  no  light,"  besides  meaning 
the  Holy  Ghost,  love,  grace,  and  religion,  also  symbolizes  some- 
thing in  man,  namely  his  tongue,  speech,  and  powers  of  expres- 
sion, for  it  is  in  these  faculties  that  all  psychic  life  is  manifest. 
He  is  evidently  thinking  of  an  instinctive,  unreflecting  psychic 
activity,  because  at  this  point  he  cites  James  3:6:  "And  the 
tongue  is  a  fire,  a  world  of  iniquity  among  our  members,  defil- 
ing the  whole  body,  setting  on  fire  the  wheel  of  birth,  and  set 
on  fire  by  hell."  42 

211  Hence  the  evil  "fish"  coincides  with  our  untamed  and 
apparently  untameable  propensities,  which,  like  a  "small  fire 
that  sets  a  great  forest  ablaze,"43  defiles  the  whole  body  and 

41  "The  Psychology  of  Eastern  Meditation,"  pars.  9421!. 

42  Ecclesiasticus  9  :  18  (Vulg.  25):  "A  man  full  of  tongue  is  terrible  in  his  city" 
(DV).  Conversely,  the  fiery  tongue  is  an  allegory  (or  symbol?)  of  the  Holy  Ghost: 
"doven  tongues,  as  of  fire"  (Acts  2:3).  43  James  3  :  5  (RSV). 

135 


AION 

even  sets  on  fire  the  "wheel  of  birth."  The  rpoxo?  r^  yeveWo* 
(rota  nativitatis)  is  a  distinctly  curious  expression  to  use  in  this 
connection.  The  wheel,  it  is  explained,  symbolizes  the  circle  or 
course  or  cycle  of  life.  This  interpretation  presupposes  ideas  akin 
to  Buddhism,  if  we  are  not  to  conceive  the  wheel  merely  as  the 
banal  statistical  cycle  of  births  and  deaths.  How  the  wheel  could 
ever  be  set  on  fire  is  a  difficult  question  that  cannot  be  answered 
without  further  reflection.  We  must  consider,  rather,  that  it  is 
meant  as  a  parallel  to  the  defilement  of  the  whole  body— in 
other  words,  a  destruction  of  the  soul. 

Ever  since  the  Timaeus  it  has  been  repeatedly  stated  that 
the  soul  is  a  sphere.44  As  the  anima  mundi,  the  soul  revolves 
with  the  world  wheel,  whose  hub  is  the  Pole.  That  is  why  the 
"heart  of  Mercurius"  is  found  there,  for  Mercurius  is  the  anima 
mundi*5  The  anima  mundi  is  really  the  motor  of  the  heavens. 
The  wheel  of  the  starry  universe  is  reflected  in  the  horoscope, 
called  the  "thema"  of  birth.  This  is  a  division  of  the  heavens 
into  twelve  houses,  calculated  at  the  moment  of  birth,  the  first 
house  coinciding  with  the  ascendent.  Divided  up  in  this  way  the 
firmament  looks  like  a  wheel  turning,  and  the  astronomer 
Nigidius46  is  said  to  have  received  the  name  Figulus  ("potter") 
because  the  wheel  of  heaven  turns  like  a  potter's  wheel.47  The 
"thema"  (that  which  is  "set"  or  "ordained")  is  indeed  a  rpoxos, 
'wheel'.  The  basic  meaning  of  the  horoscope  is  that,  by  mapping 
out  the  positions  of  the  planets  and  their  relations  to  one  an- 
other (aspects),  together  with  the  distribution  of  the  signs  of  the 
zodiac  at  the  cardinal  points,  it  gives  a  picture  first  of  the  psychic 
and  then  of  the  physical  constitution  of  the  individual.  It  rep- 
resents, in  essence,  a  system  of  original  and  fundamental  quali- 
ties in  a  person's  character,  and  can  therefore  be  regarded  as  an 
equivalent  of  the  individual  psyche.  Priscillian  (d.  385)  evi- 
dently took  the  wheel  in  this  sense.  He  says  of  Christ:  "He 
alone  has  the  power  to  join  together  the  Pleiades  and  to  loose 
the  bands  of  Orion.  Knowing  the  changes  of  the  firmament  and 
destroying  the  wheel  of  generation,  he  has  overcome  the  day  of 

44  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  109. 

45  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  par.  263.  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  fig.  208. 

46  p.  Nigidius  Figulus  lived  in  the  1st  cent.  b.c. 

47  Hertz,  De  P.  Nigidii  Figuli  Studiis  atque  operibus,  p.  5. 

136 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


our  birth  by  the  renewal  of  baptism."48  From  this  it  is  plain 
that  in  the  fourth  century  the  wheel  of  birth  was  in  fact  re- 
garded as  the  horoscope.  "Setting  fire  to  the  wheel"  is  therefore 
a  figurative  expression  for  a  catastrophic  revolt  of  all  the  origi- 
nal components  of  the  psyche,  a  conflagration  resembling  panic 
or  some  other  uncontrollable,  and  hence  fatal  outburst  of  emo- 
tion.49 The  total  nature  of  the  catastrophe  is  explained  by  the 
central  position  of  the  so-called  "tongue,"  the  diabolical  ele- 
ment whose  destructiveness  is  an  essential  part  of  every  psyche. 
Seen  in  this  light,  the  Stella  maris  stands  for  the  fiery  centre  in 
us  from  which  creative  or  destructive  influences  come. 


2.  The  Fish 

2*3  In  our  discussion  of  medieval  fish  symbolism  we  have  so  far 
been  concerned  with  a  fish  only  in  name,  the  jelly-fish,  without 
taking  due  account  of  the  fact  that  this  is  not  a  fish  at  all  in  the 
zoological  sense,  and— more  important  still— is  not  shaped  like 
one.  It  was  simply  the  description  of  the  "round  fish"  that 
brought  it  to  our  attention.  That,  however,  was  not  the  case  in 
the  Middle  Ages,  for  we  have  the  testimony  of  a  sixteenth- 
century  adept,  Theobald  de  Hoghelande,  which  shows  that  he 
at  least  understood  the  fish  to  be  a  real  fish.  Listing  the  numer- 
ous synonyms  for  the  tincture,  he  remarks:  "Likewise  they  com- 
pared it  to  fishes.  Hence  Mundus  says  in  the  Turba:  Take  one 
part  fish-gall  and  one  part  calf's  urine,  etc.  And  in  the  'Aenig- 
mata  sapientum'  it  says:  There  is  in  our  sea  a  small  round  fish, 
without  bones  or  legs  [cruribus]."  50  Since  the  gall  mentioned  in 
the  quotation  can  only  come  from  a  real  fish,  Hoghelande  obvi- 
ously took  the  "small  round  fish"  to  be  a  real  one,  and  since  one 
can  imagine  a  fish  without  bones,  but  hardly  without  skin  or 
some  kind  of  integument,  the  incomprehensible  "corticibus"  of 

48  Tract.  I,  31,  in  Opera.  For  Christ  as  destroyer  of  Heimarmene  see  Pistis 
Sophia,  Mead  trans.,  p.  17. 

49  Fire  in  this  sense  often  appears  in  dreams. 

50  Hoghelande,  "Liber  de  alchemiae  difficultatibus,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  163. 
The  quotation  from  Mundus  in  the  Turba  (Ruska,  p.  128)  runs:  "Take  there- 
fore one  part  white  gum  at  an  intense  heat,  and  one  part  calf's  urine,  and 
one  part  fish-gall,  and  one  part  substance  of  the  gum,  without  which  it  cannot 
be  made  free  from  error."  "Mundus"  is  a  corruption  of  "Parmenides,"  due  to 
Arabic  transcription:  (Bar)Mnds.  See  Ruska,  p.  25. 

137 


AION 


the  original  version51  had  to  be  changed  into  "cruribus"  (legs). 
Of  course,  fishes  don't  have  legs  either.  But  this  passage  from  a 
sixteenth-century  text  proves  that  the  "small  round  fish"  of  the 
"Aenigmata"  was  understood,  in  alchemical  tradition,  as  a  real 
fish  and  not  as  a  jelly-fish.  A  round  and  transparent  fish  of  a 
peculiar  sort,  without  "cortices,"  is  described  in  the  Cyranides: 
the  "cinedian  fish"  lives  in  the  sea  on  the  shores  of  Syria,  Pales- 
tine, and  Libya,  is  six  fingers  long,  and  is  a  "pisciculus  rotun- 
dus."  It  has  two  stones  in  its  head  and  another  one  in  the  third 
vertebra  of  the  tail  (spondilo),  or  notochord.  This  stone  is  espe- 
cially potent  and  is  used  as  a  love-potion.52  The  cinedian  stone 
is  practically  unknown,  because  it  is  very  rare.  It  is  also  called 
"opsianus,"  53  which  is  interpreted  as  "serotinus"  (of  late  growth 
or  origin)  and  "tardus"  (slow,  hesitant).  It  pertains  to  Saturn. 
"This  stone  is  twin  or  twofold:  the  one  is  opaque  and  black,  but 
the  other  though  black  is  brilliant  and  shining  like  a  mirror."  54 
This  is  the  stone  which  many  seek,  without  finding  it:  for  it  is 
the  dragon's  stone  (dracontius  lapis).55 
214  The  only  thing  that  can  be  elicited  with  certainty  from  this 
involved  description  is  that  the  animal  in  question  must  be  a 
vertebrate,  and  is  therefore  presumably  a  genuine  fish.  What 
exactly  is  the  justification  for  calling  it  "round"  is  far  from 
clear.  It  is  obvious  that  the  fish  is  mainly  a  mythologem,  since 
it  is  said  to  contain  the  dragon's  stone.  This  stone  was  known  to 
Pliny  56  anc[  a}so  to  the  medieval  alchemists,  who  named  it 
draconites,  dracontias,  or  drachates51  It  was  reputed  to  be  a 
precious  stone,  which  could  be  obtained  by  cutting  off  the  head 
of  a  sleeping  dragon.  But  it  becomes  a  gem  only  when  a  bit  of 
the  dragon's  soul  remains  inside,58  and  this  is  the  "hate  of  the 
monster  as  it  feels  itself  dying."  The  gem  is  of  a  white  colour, 

51  "Ossibus  et  corticibus  carens."  [Cf.  supra,  p.  128  n.  8.] 

52  Du  Cange,  Glossarium,  s.v.  "ligaturae":  "Corrigia  or  ligatura  of  Aphrodite. 
Ligaturae,  alligaturae  and  alligamenta  are  amulets  for  dispelling  diseases.  Subal- 
ligaturae  are  magic  draughts  [poisons],  precautionary  measures  [spells],"  etc. 

53  Opsianos  lithos  =  'black  stone,'  obsidian. 

54  "Iste  lapis  est  geminus  vel  duplex:  unus  quidem  est  obscurus  et  niger,  alter 
autem  niger  quidem,  lucidus  et  splendidus  est  sicut  speculum." 

55  Delatte,  Textes  latins  et  vieux  francais  relatifs  aux  Cyranides,  Fasc.  XCIII, 
p.  56.  56  Hist,  nat.,  XXXVII,  10.  57  Ruland,  Lexicon,  pp.  128-29. 

58  Ibid.,  p.  128:  "But  unless  it  is  removed  while  they  [the  serpents]  are  alive,  it 
will  never  become  a  precious  stone." 

138 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


and  a  powerful  alexipharmic.  Even  though  there  are  no  dragons 
nowadays,  the  text  says,  these  draconites  are  occasionally  found 
in  the  heads  of  water-snakes.  Ruland  asserts  that  he  has  seen 
such  stones,  blue  or  black  in  colour. 

215  The  cinedian  stone  has  a  double  nature,  though,  as  the  text 
shows,  it  is  not  at  all  clear.59  One  might  almost  conjecture  that 
its  double  nature  consisted  originally  in  a  white  and  a  black 
variety,  and  that  a  copyist,  puzzled  by  the  contradiction,  in- 
serted "niger  quidem"  ('though  black').  But  Ruland  distinctly 
emphasizes  that  "the  colour  of  the  Draconite  is  white."  60  Its 
affinity  with  Saturn  may  shed  light  on  this  dilemma.  Saturn,  in 
astrology  the  "star  of  the  sun,"  is  alchemically  interpreted  as 
black;  it  is  even  called  "sol  niger"  and  has  a  double  nature  as 
the  arcane  substance,61  being  black  outside  like  lead,  but  white 
inside.  Johannes  Grasseus  cites  the  opinion  of  the  Augustinian 
monk  Degenhardus  concerning  the  lead:  the  lead  of  the  Philos- 
ophers, named  lead  of  the  air  (Pb  aeris),  contains  the  "shining 
white  dove"  which  is  called  the  "salt  of  the  metals."  62  Vigenere 
assures  us  that  lead,  "than  which  nothing  is  more  opaque,"  can 
be  turned  into  "hyacinth"  and  back  again  to  lead.63  Quicksilver, 
says  Mylius,64  comes  from  the  "heart  of  Saturn,"  in  fact  is  Saturn, 
the  bright  silveriness  of  mercury  contrasting  with  the  "black- 
ness" of  lead.  The  "bright"  water65  that  flows  from  the  plant 
Saturnia  is,  according  to  Sir  George  Ripley,  "the  most  perfect 
water  and  the  bloom  of  the  world."  66  How  old  this  idea  is  can 
be  seen  from  the  remark  of  Hippolytus,67  that  Chronos  (Saturn) 
is  a  "power  of  the  colour  of  water,  and  all-destructive." 

216  In  view  of  all  this,  the  double  nature  of  the  cinedian  stone 
might  signify  the  polarity  and  union  of  opposites,  which  is  just 
what  gives  the  lapis  philosophorum  its  peculiar  significance  as 

59  Lucidus  (see  above,  n.  54),  'brilliant,  shining,'  can  also  mean  'white,'  thus  con- 
trasting with  black.  But  the  description  would  also  fit  the  obsidian. 

60  Lexicon,  p.  203. 

61  "The  sacred  lead  of  the  wise,"  from  which  are  extracted  mercury,  sulphur,  and 
salt.  Cf.  Chartier,  "Scientia  plumbi  sacri  sapientum,"  Theatr.  chem.,  VI,  p.  571. 

62  "Area  arcani,"  ibid.,  p.  314. 

63  "De  igne  et  sale,"  ibid.,  p.  131. 

64  Philosophia  reformata,  p.  305. 

65  Pantheus,  Ars  transmutationis  metallicae  (1519),  fol.  gr. 

66  Opera  omnia  chemica  (1649),  P-  31?- 

67  Elenchos,  V,  16,  2  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  154). 

139 


AION 

a  uniting  symbol,68  and  hence  its  magical  and  divine  properties. 
Our  draconite,  too,  is  endowed  with  extraordinary  powers  ("po- 
tentissimus  valde"),  which  make  it  eminently  suitable  as  the 
"ligature  of  Aphrodite,"  i.e.,  love-magic.  Magic  exercises  a  com- 
pulsion that  prevails  over  the  conscious  mind  and  will  of  the 
victim:  an  alien  will  rises  up  in  the  bewitched  and  proves 
stronger  than  his  ego.  The  only  comparable  effect  capable  of 
psychological  verification  is  that  exerted  by  unconscious  con- 
tents, which  by  their  compelling  power  demonstrate  their  affin- 
ity with  or  dependence  on  man's  totality,  that  is,  the  self  and 
its  "karmic"  functions.69  We  have  already  seen  that  the  alchemi- 
cal fish  symbol  points  ultimately  to  an  archetype  of  the  order  of 
magnitude  of  the  self.  So  it  should  not  surprise  us  to  see  that  the 
principle  of  "outward  uncomeliness,"  which  applies  to  the  lead 
and  the  lapis,  is  also  applied  to  Christ.  The  same  that  is  said  of 
the  lapis  is  said  of  Christ  by  Ephrem  the  Syrian  (d.  373):  "He  is 
clothed  in  figures,  he  is  the  bearer  of  types.  .  .  .  His  treasure 
is  hidden  and  of  small  account,  but  when  it  is  laid  open,  it  is 
wonderful  to  look  upon."  70 

217  In  a  treatise  of  the  seventeenth  century,  by  an  anonymous 
French  author,71  our  strange  hybrid,  the  "round  fish,"  finally 
becomes  a  verifiable  vertebrate  known  to  zoology:  Echeneis 
remora,  the  common  remora  or  sucking-fish.  It  belongs  to  the 
mackerel  family,  and  is  distinguished  by  a  large,  flat,  oval-shaped 
sucker  on  the  top  of  the  head  in  place  of  the  dorsal  fin.  By  means 
of  this  it  attaches  itself  either  to  a  larger  fish  or  to  a  ship's  bottom 
and  in  this  wise  is  transported  about  the  world. 

218  The  text  says  of  this  fish: 

For  that  which  we  take,  in  order  to  prepare  from  it  the  Philo- 
sophical Work,  is  naught  else  but  that  little  fish  the  Echeneis,  which 
has  no  blood  or  spiny  bones,  and  is  shut  up  in  that  deep  mid  region 

68  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  "The  Lapis-Christ  Parallel." 

69  We  could  conceive  these  as  hereditary  influences,  vestiges  of  ancestral  life, 
although  this  idea  does  not  suggest  as  much  as  karma  does  to  the  Indian. 

70  Hymni  et  sermones,  ed.  Lamy,  II,  col.  770. 

71  "Fidelissima  et  Jucunda  Instructio  ex  manuscripto  Gallico  Philosophi  Anonymi 
desumpta,  per  quam  Pater  filio  suo  omnia  declarat,  quae  ad  compositionem  et 
praeparationem  Lapidis  Sapientum  sunt  necessaria,  decern  capitibus  compre- 
hensa."  The  abbreviated  title  of  this  treatise  as  printed  in  Vol.  VI  of  Theatr. 
chem.  is  "Instructio  de  arbore  solari." 

140 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


of  the  great  universal  sea.  This  little  fish  is  extremely  small,  alone, 
and  unique  in  its  shape,  but  the  sea  is  great  and  vast,  and  hence  it 
is  impossible  for  those  to  catch  it  who  do  not  know  in  what  part  of 
the  world  it  dwells.  Believe  me  verily,  that  he  who,  as  Theophrastus 
says,  does  not  well  understand  the  art  by  which  he  can  draw  down 
the  moon  from  the  sky  and  bring  it  from  heaven  to  earth,  and 
change  it  into  water  and  then  into  earth,  will  never  find  the  material 
of  the  stone  of  the  wise,  for  it  is  not  more  difficult  to  perform  the  one 
than  to  find  the  other.  Yet  none  the  less,  when  we  speak  somewhat 
in  confidence  in  the  ear  of  a  trusted  friend,  we  teach  him  that 
hidden  secret  of  the  wise,  how  he  can  naturally,  speedily,  and  easily 
catch  the  little  fish  called  Remora,  which  is  able  to  hold  back  the 
proud  vessels  of  the  great  Ocean  sea  (that  is  the  spirit  of  the  world). 
Those  who  are  not  sons  of  the  art  are  altogether  ignorant  and  know 
not  those  precious  treasures  which  are  concealed  by  nature  in  the 
precious  and  heavenly  Aqua  Vitae  of  our  sea.  But,  that  I  may  de- 
clare to  you  the  clear  light  of  our  unique  material,  or  our  virgin 
soil,  and  teach  you  in  what  wise  you  may  acquire  the  supreme  art 
of  the  sons  of  wisdom,  it  is  needful  that  I  instruct  you  concerning 
the  magnet  of  the  wise,  which  has  the  power  of  attracting  the  little 
fish  called  Echeneis  or  Remora  from  out  the  centre  and  depth  of 
the  sea.  If  it  is  caught  in  accordance  with  nature,  it  changes  in  a 
natural  way  first  into  water  and  then  into  earth.  And  this,  when 
properly  prepared  by  the  cunning  secret  of  the  wise,  has  the  power 
of  dissolving  all  solid  bodies  and  making  them  volatile,  and  of  puri- 
fying all  bodies  that  are  poisoned.72 

72  "Quia  illud  quod  accipimus  ut  opus  Philosophicum  ex  eo  praeparemus,  nihil 
aliud  est  quam  pisciculus  Echen[e]is  sanguine  et  ossibus  spinosis  carens,  et  in 
profunda  parte  centri  magni  maris  mundi  est  inclusus.  Hie  pisc[ic]ulus  valde  est 
exiguus,  solus  et  in  sua  forma  unicus,  mare  autem  magnum  et  vastum,  unde  ilium 
capere  impossibile  est  illis,  qui  qua  in  parte  mundi  moretur  ignorant.  Certam 
mihi  fidem  habe,  ilium  qui  ut  Theophrastus  loquitur,  artem  illam  non  callet, 
qua  Lunam  de  firmamento  trahat,  et  de  coelo  super  terram  adducat,  et  in  aquam 
convertat,  et  postea  in  terram  mutet,  nunquam  materiam  lapidis  sapientum 
inventurum,  unum  tamen  non  est  difficilius  facere,  quam  alterum  invenire. 
Nihilominus  tamen,  cum  fido  amico  aliquid  in  au[re]m  fideliter  dicimus,  tunc 
ipsum  occultum  secretum  sapientum  docemus,  quomodo  pisc[ic]ulum  Remora 
dictum  naturaliter  cito  et  facile  capere  possit,  qui  navigia  magni  maris  Oceani 
(hoc  est  spiritus  mundi),  superba  retinere  potest,  qui  cum  filii  artis  non  sint, 
prorsus  ignari  sunt  et  preciosos  thesauros,  per  naturam  in  preciosa  et  coelesti 
aqua  vitae  nostri  maris  delitescentes,  non  noverunt.  Sed  ut  clarum  lumen  unicae 
nostrae  materiae,  seu  terrae  virgineae  nostrae  tibi  tradam  summam  artem  filiorum 
sapientiae,  quomodo  videlicet  illam  acquirere  possis,  te  doceam,  necesse  est  ut 
prius  de  magnete  sapientum   te   instruam,   qui   potestatem   habet,   pisc[ic]ulum 

141 


AION 

219  We  learn  from  this  text  that  the  fish  is  found,  if  it  can  be 
found  at  all,  in  the  centre  of  the  ocean.  But  the  ocean  is  the 
"spirit  of  the  world."  Our  text,  as  the  above  sample  shows,  de- 
rives from  a  time  when  alchemy  had  almost  given  up  its  labora- 
tory work  and  was  becoming  more  and  more  of  a  philosophy. 
For  an  alchemist  living'  in  the  early  part  of  the  seventeenth 
century,  the  "spirit  of  the  world"  is  a  somewhat  unusual  term, 
because  the  expression  more  commonly  used  was  the  "anima 
mundi."  The  world-soul  or,  in  this  case,  the  world-spirit  is  a 
projection  of  the  unconscious,  there  being  no  method  or  appara- 
tus which  could  provide  an  objective  experience  of  this  kind 
and  thus  furnish  objective  proof  of  the  world's  animation.  This 
idea  is  nothing  more  than  an  analogy  of  the  animating  principle 
in  man  which  inspires  his  thoughts  and  acts  of  cognition.  "Soul" 
and  "spirit,"  or  psyche  as  such,  is  in  itself  totally  unconscious. 
If  it  is  assumed  to  be  somewhere  "outside,"  it  cannot  be  any- 
thing except  a  projection  of  the  unconscious.  This  may  mean  a 
lot  or  a  little,  according  to  the  way  you  look  at  it.  At  any  rate, 
we  know  that  in  alchemy  "our  sea"  is  a  symbol  for  the  uncon- 
scious in  general,  just  as  it  is  in  dreams.  The  extremely  small  fish 
that  dwells  in  the  centre  of  the  universal  sea  nevertheless  has 
the  power  to  stop  the  largest  ships.  From  the  description  of  the 
Echeneis  it  is  evident  that  the  author  was  acquainted  with  the 
"pisciculus  rotundus  ossibus  et  corticibus  carens"  of  the  "Aenig- 
mata."  Our  interpretation  of  the  round  fish  as  the  self  can, 
accordingly,  be  extended  to  the  Echeneis.  The  symbol  of  the 
self  appears  here  as  an  "extremely  small"  fish  in  the  vast  ocean 
of  the  unconscious,  like  a  man  alone  on  the  sea  of  the  world.  Its 
symbolization  as  a  fish  characterizes  the  self,  in  this  state,  as  an 
unconscious  content.  There  would  be  no  hope  whatever  of 
catching  this  insignificant  creature  if  a  "magnet  of  the  wise"  did 
not  exist  in  the  conscious  subject.  This  "magnet"  is  obviously 
something  a  master  can  teach  to  his  pupil;  it  is  the  "theoria," 
the  one  solid  possession  from  which  the  adept  can  proceed.  For 
the  prima  materia  always  remains  to  be  found,  and  the  only 

Echen[e]is  vel  Remora  dictum  ex  centro  et  profunditate  nostri  maris  attrahendi. 
Qui  si  secundum  naturam  capitur,  naturaliter  primo  in  aquam  deinde  in  terram 
convertitur:  Quae  per  artificiosum  secretum  sapientum  debito  modo  praeparata 
potestatem  habet,  omnia  fixa  corpora  dissolvendi,  et  volatilia  faciendi  et  omnia 
corpora  venenata  purgandi  etc." 

142 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


thing  that  helps  him  is  the  "cunning  secret  of  the  wise,"  a  theory 
that  can  be  communicated. 

220  This  is  affirmed  by  Bernardus  Trevisanus  (1406-1490)  in  his 
treatise  "De  secretissimo  philosophorum  opere  chemico":  it  was 
the  sermons  of  Parmenides  in  the  Turba  that  first  freed  him 
from  error  and  guided  him  into  the  right  way.73  But  Parmenides 
says  the  same  thing  as  Arisleus74  in  the  Turba:  "Nature  is  not 
improved  save  through  its  own  nature,"  75  and  Bernardus  adds 
by  way  of  confirmation:  "Thus  our  material  cannot  be  im- 
proved save  through  itself."  It  was  the  theory  of  Parmenides 
that  helped  Bernardus  on  to  the  right  track  after  much  fruitless 
laboratory  work,  and  there  is  a  legend  that  he  even  succeeded 
in  making  the  philosophers'  stone.  As  to  the  theory,  he  is  obvi- 
ously of  the  opinion  that  its  basic  thought  is  expressed  in  the 
saying  quoted  above,  that  "nature"  76  can  improve  or  free  itself 
from  error  only  in  and  through  itself.  The  same  idea  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  repeated  warning  of  other  treatises  not  to  mix 
anything  from  outside  with  the  content  of  the  Hermetic  vessel, 
because  the  lapis  "has  everything  it  needs."  77 

221  It  is  not  exactly  probable  that  the  alchemists  always  knew 
what  they  were  writing,  otherwise  they  would  have  dropped 
dead  at  their  own  enormities,  and  of  this  there  is  no  sign  in  the 
literature.  Who  has  everything  he  needs?  Even  the  loneliest 
meteor  circles  round  some  distant  sun,  or  hesitantly  draws  near 
to  a  cluster  of  brother  meteors.  Everything  hangs  together  with 
everything  else.  By  definition,  only  absolute  totality  contains 
everything  in  itself,  and  neither  need  nor  compulsion  attaches 
it  to  anything  outside.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  same  as  the  idea 
of  an  absolute  God  who  encompasses  everything  that  exists.  But 
which  of  us  can  pull  himself  out  of  the  bog  by  his  own  pigtail? 
Which  of  us  can  improve  himself  in  total  isolation?  Even  the 
holy  anchorite  who  lives  three  days'  journey  off  in  the  desert 
not  only  needs  to  eat  and  drink  but  finds  himself  utterly  and 

73  "Liber  de  alchemia,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  795. 

74  Arisleus  is  legendary.  He  was  regarded  as  the  author  of  the  Turba. 

75  "Natura  non  emendatur  nisi  in  sua  natura." 

76  "Natura"  and  "naturae,"  in  the  language  of  the  Turba,  correspond  to  the 
tpvuets  of  the  alchemist  Democritus  (1st  cent.).  See  Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs.  They  are 
substances  or  states  of  substances. 

77  "Omne  quo  indiget." 

143 


AION 


terribly  dependent  on  the  ceaseless  presence  of  God.78  Only 
absolute  totality  can  renew  itself  out  of  itself  and  generate  itself 
anew. 

222  What  is  it,  then,  that  one  adept  whispers  into  the  ear  of 
another,  fearfully  looking  round  lest  any  betray  them,  or  even 
guess  their  secret?  Nothing  less  than  this:  that  through  this 
teaching  the  One  and  All,  the  Greatest  in  the  guise  of  the  Small- 
est, God  himself  in  his  everlasting  fires,  may  be  caught  like  a 
fish  in  the  deep  sea.  Further,  that  he  may  be  "drawn  from  the 
deep"  by  a  eucharistic  act  of  integration  (called  teoqualo,  'God- 
eating,'  by  the  Aztecs 79),  and  incorporated  in  the  human  body. 

223  This  teaching  is  the  secret  and  "cunning"  magnet  by  virtue 
of  which  the  remora  ("little  in  length  /  mighty  in  strength") 
stops  the  proud  frigates  in  the  sea,  an  adventure  which  befell  the 
quinquereme  of  the  emperor  Caligula  "in  our  own  day,"  as 
Pliny  says  in  his  interesting  and  edifying  tale.  The  little  fish, 
that  was  only  half  a  foot  long,  had  sucked  fast  to  the  rudder  on 
the  return  journey  from  Stura  to  Entium,  and  had  brought  the 
ship  to  a  standstill.  On  returning  to  Rome  after  this  journey, 
Caligula  was  murdered  by  his  soldiers.  So  the  Echeneis  turned 
out  to  be  an  omen,  as  Pliny  points  out.  The  fish  played  another 
such  trick  on  Mark  Antony  before  the  naval  engagement  with 
Augustus,  during  which  Antony  was  killed.  Pliny  cannot  mar- 
vel enough  at  the  mysterious  powers  of  the  Echeneis.  His  amaze- 
ment obviously  impressed  the  alchemists  so  much  that  they 
identified  the  "round  fish  in  our  sea"  with  the  remora,  and  in 
this  way  the  remora  came  to  symbolize  that  extremely  small 
thing  in  the  vastness  of  the  unconscious  which  is  charged  with 
such  fateful  significance:  it  is  the  self,  the  atman,  "smaller  than 
small,  greater  than  great." 

224  The  alchemical  fish  symbol,  the  Echeneis,  clearly  derives 
from  Pliny.  But  fishes  also  crop  up  in  the  writings  of  Sir  George 
Ripley.80  What  is  more,  they  appear  in  their  "messianic"  role: 
together  with  the  birds,  they  bring  the  stone,  just  as  in  the  Oxy- 
rhynchus  sayings  of  Jesus81  it  is  the  "fowls  of  the  air  and  the 
fishes  of  the  sea  and  whatsoever  is  upon  or  beneath  the  earth" 

78  "Who  among  us  shall  dwell  with  the  devouring  fire?  who  among  us  shall  dwell 
with  everlasting  burnings?"  Isaiah  33  :  14. 

79  [Cf.  "Transformation  Symbolism  in  the  Mass,"  pars.  339,ff. — Editors.] 

80  Opera,  p.  10.  81  Grenfell  and  Hunt,  New  Sayings  of  Jesus,  p.  16. 

144 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


that  point  the  way  to  the  kingdom  of  heaven  (motif  of  the  "help- 
ful animals").  In  Lambspringk's  symbols 82  the  zodiacal  fishes 
that  move  in  opposite  directions  symbolize  the  arcane  substance. 
All  this  theriomorphism  is  simply  a  visualization  of  the  uncon- 
scious self  manifesting  itself  through  "animal"  impulses.  Some 
of  these  can  be  attributed  to  known  instincts,  but  for  the  most 
part  they  consist  of  feelings  of  certainty,  beliefs,  compulsions, 
idiosyncrasies,  and  phobias  that  may  run  directly  counter  to  the 
so-called  biological  instincts  without  necessarily  being  patho- 
logical on  that  account.  Wholeness  is  perforce  paradoxical  in  its 
manifestations,  and  the  two  fishes  going  in  opposite  directions, 
or  the  co-operation  of  birds  and  fishes,  are  an  instructive  illus- 
tration of  this.83  The  arcane  substance,  as  its  attributes  show, 
refers  to  the  self,  and  so,  in  the  Oxyrhynchus  sayings,  does  the 
"kingdom  of  heaven"  or  the  conjectural  "city." 

5.  The  Fish  Symbol  of  the  Cathars 

225  The  use  of  fishes  as  symbols  for  the  psychopompos  and  for 
the  antithetical  nature  of  the  self  points  to  another  tradition 
that  seems  to  run  parallel  with  the  Echeneis.  And  there  is,  in 
fact,  a  very  remarkable  clue  to  be  found,  not  in  the  literature 
of  alchemy,  but  in  heresiology.  The  document  in  question 
comes  from  the  archives  of  the  Inquisition  at  Carcassonne,  pub- 
lished by  Benoist  in  his  Histoire  des  Albigeois  et  des  Vaudois, 
in  1691.84  It  concerns  an  alleged  revelation  which  Christ's 
favourite  disciple  John  was  vouchsafed  as  he  "rested  in  the 
Lord's  bosom."  John  wished  to  know  what  Satan's  state  was  be- 
fore his  fall,  and  the  Lord  answered:  "He  was  in  such  splendour 
that  he  ruled  the  powers  of  heaven."  He  wanted  to  be  like  God, 
and  to  this  end  he  descended  through  the  elements  of  air  and 
water,  and  found  that  the  earth  was  covered  with  water.  Pene- 
trating beneath  the  surface  of  the  earth,  "he  found  two  fishes 
lying  upon  the  waters,  and  they  were  like  oxen  yoked  for 
ploughing  the  whole  earth  from  sunset  to  sunrise  [or,  from  West 
to  East]  at  the  command  of  the  invisible  Father.  And  when  he 

82  Mus.  herm.,  p.  343. 

83  Regarding  the  combination  of  fish  and  bird  in  ancient  mythology,  cf.  Good- 
enough,  V,  pp.  58fL  and  figs.  63,  66,  69. 

84  Cited  by  Hahn,  Geschkhte  der  Ketzer  im  Mittelalter,  II,  pp.  8 15ft. 

145 


AION 


went  down,  he  found  hanging  clouds  which  covered  the  broad 
sea.  .  .  .  And  when  he  went  down,  he  found  set  apart  there- 
from his  'Osob,'  which  is  a  kind  of  fire."  On  account  of  the 
flames  he  could  not  descend  any  further,  so  he  went  back  to 
heaven  and  announced  to  the  angels  that  he  was  going  to  set  up 
his  throne  on  the  clouds  and  be  like  the  All-highest.  He  then 
treated  the  angels  as  the  unjust  steward  treated  his  master's 
debtors,  whereupon  he  and  the  angels  were  cast  out  of  heaven 
by  God.85  But  God  took  pity  on  him  and  allowed  him  and  his 
angels  to  do  what  they  liked  for  a  week.  During  this  time  Satan, 
using  Genesis  1  as  a  model,  created  the  world  and  mankind. 

226  A  prominent  Cathar,  John  de  Lugio,  confesses  to  a  similar 
belief.86  This  belief  seems  to  have  been  known  in  Catharist 
circles  during  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  centuries,  for  the  convic- 
tion that  the  world  was  created  by  the  devil  is  found  in  many  of 
the  sects.  The  alchemist  Johannes  de  Rupescissa  was  in  all  prob- 
ability a  member  of  the  Poor  Men  of  Lyons,87  who  were  influ- 
enced by  the  Cathars.  In  any  case,  he  could  be  considered  as 
a  connecting  link  with  this  tradition. 

227  What  strikes  us  most  of  all  in  this  text  is  the  fact  that  it  con- 
tains the  Old  Bulgarian  word  Osob.  Karl  Meyer,  in  his  Old 
Church  Slavonic  dictionary,88  gives  ocoob  as  ko.t  ISiav:  ocofo 
(osob a)  means  in  Russian,  Polish,  and  Czech  'individual,  per- 
sonality.'  "His  osob"  could  therefore  be  translated  as  "that 

85  In  contradiction  to  Luke  16 :  8,  where  "the  lord  commended  the  unjust 
steward,  because  he  had  done  wisely." 

86  Despite  the  fact  that  the  sect  of  this  John  condemned  the  Concorricci,  with 
whom  our  Johannine  revelation  originated.  In  the  Summa  Fratris  Reineri  ("De 
propriis  opinionibus  Joh.  de  Lugio")  we  read:  "He  says  this  world  is  of  the 
devil."  Hahn,  I,  p.  580. 

87  Rupescissa,  La  Vertu  et  la  propriete  de  la  quinte  essence  (1581),  p.  31:  "Since 
it  is  our  intention  to  comfort  and  strengthen  the  poor  preachers  of  the  gospel 
[hommes  evangelisans]  by  means  of  our  book,  to  the  end  that  their  prayers  and 
supplications  be  not  in  vain  and  lost  in  this  work,  and  that  they  be  not  greatly 
hindered  in  this  pursuit,  I  will  declare  and  give  to  them  a  secret  drawn  from 
the  bosom  of  the  secrets  of  the  treasures  of  Nature,  which  is  a  thing  truly  worthy 
of  wonderment,  and  is  to  be  honoured." 

In  Rupescissa's  treatise  "De  confectione  veri  lapidis"  (in  Gratarolus,  Verae 
alchemiae  artisque  metallicae,  1561,  II,  p.  299)  there  is  the  following  exhortation, 
very  unusual  in  alchemical  literature:  "Credas,  vir  Evangelice."  Presumably,  this 
was  originally  an  "homme  evangelisant." 

88  Altkirchenslavisch-griechisches  Worterbuch  des  Codex  Suprasliensis. 

146 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


which  is  peculiar  to  him."  89  This,  in  the  case  of  the  devil,  would 
naturally  be  fire.90 

228  The  idea  of  the  two  fishes  lying  on  the  waters,  yoked  like 
oxen  for  ploughing,  is  very  strange  and  needs  some  elucidation. 
To  this  end  I  must  recall  to  the  reader  St.  Augustine's  interpre- 
tation of  the  two  fishes  in  the  miraculous  feeding  of  the  five 
thousand:  for  him  they  represent  the  kingly  and  the  priestly 
person  or  power,91  because,  like  fishes  surviving  the  tempests  of 
the  sea,  they  outlast  the  turbulence  of  the  multitude.  These  two 
powers  are  united  in  Christ:  he  is  the  king  and  priest.92 

229  Although  the  two  fishes  in  the  Cathar  text  certainly  do 
not  refer  to  the  miraculous  fishes,  Augustine's  interpretation 
tells  us  something  of  importance  about  the  way  people  thought 
in  those  days:  the  fishes  were  regarded  as  ruling  powers.  Since 
the  text  is  indubitably  heretical  and  a  Bogomil  document  at 
that,  there  can  be  no  question  of  a  uniform  interpretation  of  the 
two  fishes  as  Christ.  It  may  be  that  they  symbolize,  as  might 
easily  be  conjectured,  two  different  persons  or  powers,  from  be- 
fore the  creation  of  the  world:  Satanael  the  elder  son  of  God, 
and  Christ  the  younger.  In  the  thirtieth  heresy  of  his  Panarium, 
Epiphanius  reports  that  the  Ebionites  believed  in  a  double  son- 
ship:  "Two,  they  maintain,  were  begotten  by  God,  one  of  them 
Christ,  the  other  the  devil." 93  This  doctrine  must  obviously 
have  spread  throughout  the  Near  and  Middle  East,  for  it  was 
there  that  the  Bogomil  doctrine  of  Satanael  as  the  demiurge 

89  Dragomanov  ("Zabelezhki  vrkhy  slavyanskite  religioznoeticheski  Legendi,"  p.  7) 
merely  remarks  about  "suum  Osob"  that,  in  a  Gipsy  legend,  the  devil  was 
hampered  by  burning  sand  when  creating  the  world. 

90  Cf.  supra,  n.  36,  on  Artefius. 

91  "But  the  two  fishes  .  .  .  seem  to  signify  those  two  persons  by  whom  that 
people  was  governed  .  .  .  that  is,  the  kingly  and  the  priestly"  (De  diversis 
quaestionibus,  LXI,  2;  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  40,  col.  48).  The  derivation  of  the  two 
fishes  from  II  Esdras  6  :  49ft.  (Soederberg,  La  Religion  des  Cathares,  p.  97)  seems 
to  me  questionable.  The  passage  runs  (Charles,  Apocrypha  and  Pseudepigrapha, 
II,  p.  579):  "Then  didst  thou  preserve  two  living  creatures;  the  name  of  the  one 
thou  didst  call  Behemoth  and  the  name  of  the  other  thou  didst  call  Leviathan. 
And  thou  didst  separate  the  one  from  the  other.  ..."  This  image  does  not  fit 
in  at  all  with  the  two  fishes  mentioned  in  the  Cathar  text. 

92  "So  is  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  shown  to  be  our  king.  He  is  also  our  priest  for 
ever  after  the  order  of  Melchisedek"  (Augustine,  De  diversis  quaestionibus, 
LXI,  1). 

95  Cap.  XVI  (Oehler  edn.,  I,  p.  266). 

147 


AION 


arose  among  the  Paulicians  and  Euchites.94  Our  document  is 
nothing  but  a  Latin  version  of  the  report  in  the  Panoplia  of 
Euthymios  Zigabenos,  which  in  its  turn  goes  back  to  the  confes- 
sion of  faith  made  before  the  emperor  Alexius  Comnenus  by 
the  Bogomil  bishop  Basilius  in  the  year  mi.95 

23°  Note  that  Satan  finds  the  two  fishes  before  the  creation,  i.e., 
"in  the  beginning,"  when  the  spirit  of  God  still  brooded  upon 
the  dark  face  of  the  waters  (Gen.  1  :  2).  Had  it  been  one  fish 
only,  we  could  interpret  it  as  a  prefiguration  of  the  Redeemer, 
as  the  pre-existent  Christ  of  St.  John's  gospel,  the  Logos  that 
"was  in  the  beginning  with  God."  (Christ  himself  says  in  this 
document,  with  reference  to  John  1:2:  "But  I  shall  sit  with  my 
Father.")  There  are,  however,  two  fishes,  joined  by  a  commis- 
sure ( =  the  yoke),  which  can  refer  only  to  the  zodiacal  fishes. 
The  zodia  are  important  determinants  in  horoscopes,  modifying 
the  influence  of  the  planets  that  have  moved  into  them,  or,  even 
if  there  are  no  planets,  giving  the  individual  houses  a  special 
character.  In  the  present  instance  the  fishes  would  characterize 
the  ascendent,  the  moment  of  the  world's  birth.96  Now  we  know 
that  cosmogonic  myths  are,  at  bottom,  symbols  for  the  coming 
of  consciousness  (though  I  cannot  go  into  this  here).97  The 
dawn-state  corresponds  to  the  unconscious;  in  alchemical  terms, 
it  is  the  chaos,  the  massa  confusa  or  nigredo;  and  by  means  of 
the  opus,  which  the  adept  likens  to  the  creation  of  the  world,  the 
albedo  or  dealbatio  is  produced,  the  whitening,  which  is  com- 
pared sometimes  to  the  full  moon,  sometimes  to  sunrise.98  It  also 
means  illumination,  the  broadening  of  consciousness  that  goes 
hand  in  hand  with  the  "work."  Expressed  psychologically, 
therefore,  the  two  fishes  which  the  devil  found  on  the  primeval 
waters  would  signify  the  newly  arisen  world  of  consciousness. 

23»  The  comparison  of  the  fishes  with  a  yoke  of  oxen  ploughing 
merits  special  attention.  Oxen  stand  for  the  motive  power  of  the 
plough.  In  the  same  way,  the  fishes  represent  the  driving  forces 
of  the  coming  world  of  consciousness.  Since  olden  times  the 
plough  has  stood  for  man's  mastery  over  the  earth:  wherever 

94  Psellus,  "De  daemonibus,"  in  Ficinus,  Auctores  Platonici  (1497),  fol.  N.  V>. 

95  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  130,  cols.  i2<)ofl:. 

96  This  interpretation  accords  with  modern  astrological  speculations. 

97  Concerning  such  symbols,  see  Neumann,  The  Origins  and  History  of  Con- 
sciousness. 98  Ripley,  Chymische  Schrifften  (1624),  P-  25- 

148 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


man  ploughs,  he  has  wrested  a  patch  of  soil  from  the  primal 
state  and  put  it  to  his  own  use.  That  is  to  say:  the  fishes  will 
rule  this  world  and  subdue  it  by  working  astrologically  through 
man  and  moulding  his  consciousness.  Oddly  enough,  the  plough- 
ing does  not  begin,  like  all  other  things,  in  the  east,  but  in  the 
west.  This  motif  turns  up  again  in  alchemy.  "Know,"  says  Rip- 
ley, "that  your  beginning  should  be  made  towards  sunset,  and 
from  there  you  should  turn  towards  midnight,  when  the  lights 
cease  altogether  to  shine,  and  you  should  remain  ninety  nights 
in  the  dark  fire  of  purgatory  without  light.  Then  turn  your 
course  towards  the  east,  and  you  will  pass  through  many  differ- 
ent colours,"  etc."  The  alchemical  work  starts  with  the  descent 
into  darkness  (nigredo),  i.e.,  the  unconscious.  The  ploughing  or 
mastery  of  the  earth  is  undertaken  "at  the  command  of  the 
Father."  Thus  God  not  only  foresaw  the  enantiodromia  that 
began  in  the  year  1000,  but  also  intended  it.  The  Platonic 
month  of  the  Fishes  is  to  be  ruled  by  two  principles.  The  fishes 
in  our  text  are  parallel,  like  the  oxen,  and  point  to  the  same 
goal,  although  one  is  Christ  and  the  other  the  Antichrist. 

This,  roughly,  would  be  the  early  medieval  line  of  reasoning 
(if  we  can  speak  of  "reasoning"  here).  I  do  not  know  whether 
the  argument  we  have  outlined  was  ever  discussed  consciously. 
Yet  it  would  be  possible;  the  Talmudic  prophecy  concerning 
the  year  530  (pars.  133ft.)  leads  one  to  conjecture  astronomical 
calculations  on  the  one  hand  and  on  the  other  an  astrological 
allusion  to  the  sign  of  Fishes  favoured  by  the  Jewish  masters. 
As  against  this,  it  is  possible  that  the  fishes  in  our  text  are  not  a 
conscious  reference  to  astrological  ideas  but  rather  a  product 
of  the  unconscious.  That  the  unconscious  is  quite  capable  of 
"reflections"  of  this  kind  we  know  well  enough  from  dreams 
and  the  analysis  of  myths  and  fairytales.100  The  image  of  the 
fishes  as  such  belonged  to  the  common  stock  of  conscious  ideas 
and  may— unconsciously— have  expressed  the  meaning  in  sym- 
bolic form.  For  it  was  about  this  time  (1  ith  cent.)  that  the  Jew- 
ish astrologers  began  calculating  the  birth  of  the  Messiah  in 
Pisces,  and  the  universal  feeling  that  a  new  age  had  commenced 
was  given  clear  expression  by  Joachim  of  Flora. 


99  Ibid.,  p.  33L 

100  Cf.  Laiblin,  "Vom  mythischen  Gehalt  unserer  Marchen." 

M9 


AION 


233  The  text  of  our  Johannine  revelation  can  hardly  be  earlier, 
or  much  later,  than  the  eleventh  century.  With  the  beginning 
of  this  century,  which  is  astrologically  the  middle  of  the  Pisces 
aeon,  heresies  sprang  up  everywhere  like  mushrooms,  and  at  the 
same  time  Christ's  adversary,  the  second  fish,  alias  the  devil, 
appears  as  the  demiurge.  Historically  speaking,  this  idea  repre- 
sents a  kind  of  Gnostic  Renaissance,  since  the  Gnostic  demiurge 
was  regarded  as  an  inferior  being  from  whom  all  evil  comes.101 
The  significant  thing  about  this  phenomenon  is  its  synchro- 
nicity,  that  is,  its  occurrence  at  a  time  that  had  been  fixed 
astrologically. 

234  That  Catharist  ideas  found  their  way  into  alchemy  is  not 
altogether  surprising.  I  have  not,  however,  come  across  any 
texts  which  would  prove  that  the  Catharist  fish  symbol  was 
assimilated  into  the  alchemical  tradition  and  so  could  be  held 
responsible  for  Lambspringk's  fish  symbol,  signifying  the  arcane 
substance  and  its  inner  antinomy.  Lambspringk's  symbol  ap- 
peared not  much  earlier  than  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century 
and  represented  a  revitalization  of  the  archetype.  It  shows  two 
reversed  fishes  swimming  in  the  sea— nostro  mari— by  which  was 
meant  the  aqua  permanens  or  arcane  substance.  They  are  des- 
ignated "spiritus  et  anima,"  and  like  the  stag  and  unicorn,  the 
two  lions,  the  dog  and  wolf,  and  the  two  fighting  birds,  they 
indicate  the  double  nature  of  Mercurius.102 

235  If  my  reflections,  which  are  based  on  some  knowledge  of 
the  symbolic  thinking  of  the  Middle  Ages,  are  justified,  then 
we  have  here  a  remarkable  confirmation  of  the  views  I  expressed 
in  an  earlier  chapter.  With  the  year  1000  a  new  world  begins, 
proclaiming  its  advent  in  a  strange  medley  of  religious  move- 
ments such  as  the  Bogomils,  Cathari,  Albigenses,  Waldenses, 
Poor  Men  of  Lyons,  Brethren  of  the  Free  Spirit,  Beguins, 
Beghards,  etc.,  and  in  the  Holy  Ghost  Movement  of  Joachim 
of  Flora.  These  movements  are  also  associated  with  the  rise  of 
alchemy,  Protestantism,  the  Enlightenment,  and  natural  sci- 
ence, leading  ultimately  to  the  increasingly  devilish  develop- 
ments we  have  lived  to  experience  in  our  own  day,  and  to  the 
evaporation  of  Christianity  under  the  assaults  of  rationalism, 
intellectualism,  materialism,  and  "realism." 

101  According  to  Irenaeus,  the  Gnostics  held  that  the  demiurge  was  the  younger 
brother  of  Christ.  102  Mus.  herm.,  p.  343. 

150 


THE    FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


236  In  conclusion,  I  would  like  to  give  a  concrete  example  of  the 
way  the  symbol  of  the  fish  springs  out  of  the  unconscious  autoch- 
thonously.  The  case  in  question  is  that  of  a  young  woman  who 
had  uncommonly  lively  and  plastic  dreams.  She  was  very  much 
under  the  influence  of  her  father,  who  had  a  materialistic 
outlook  and  was  not  happily  married.  She  shut  herself  off  from 
these  unfavourable  surroundings  by  developing,  at  a  very  early 
age,  an  intense  inner  life  of  her  own.  As  a  small  child,  she  re- 
placed her  parents  by  two  trees  in  the  garden.  In  her  sixth  or 
seventh  year,  she  dreamt  that  God  had  promised  her  a  golden 
fish.  From  this  time  forth  she  frequently  dreamt  of  fishes.  Later, 
a  little  while  before  starting  psychological  treatment  on  account 
of  her  manifold  problems,  she  dreamt  that  she  was  "standing  on 
the  bank  of  the  Limmat  and  looking  down  into  the  water.  A 
man  threw  a  gold  coin  into  the  river,  the  water  became  trans- 
parent and  I  could  see  the  bottom.10*  There  was  a  coral  reef  and 
a  lot  of  fishes.  One  of  them  had  a  shining  silver  belly  and  a 
golden  back/'  During  treatment  she  had  the  following  dream: 
"/  came  to  the  bank  of  a  broad,  flowing  river.  I  couldn't  see 
much  at  first,  only  water,  earth,  and  rock.  I  threw  the  pages  with 
my  notes  on  them  into  the  water,  with  the  feeling  that  I  was  giv- 
ing something  back  to  the  river.  Immediately  afterwards  I  had 
a  fishing-rod  in  my  hand.  I  sat  down  on  a  rock  and  started  fish- 
ing. Still  I  saw  nothing  but  water,  earth,  and  rock.  Suddenly  a 
big  fish  bit.  He  had  a  silver  belly  and  a  golden  back.  As  I  drew 
him  to  land,  the  whole  landscape  became  alive:  the  rock 
emerged  like  the  primeval  foundation  of  the  earth,  grass  and 
flowers  sprang  up,  and  the  bushes  expanded  into  a  great  forest. 
A  gust  of  wind  blew  and  set  everything  in  motion.  Then,  sud- 
denly, I  heard  behind  me  the  voice  of  Mr.  X  [an  older  man 
whom  she  knew  only  from  photographs  and  from  hearsay,  but 
who  seems  to  have  been  some  kind  of  authority  for  her].  He 
said,  quietly  but  distinctly:  'The  patient  ones  in  the  innermost 
realm  are  given  the  fish,  the  food  of  the  deep.'  At  this  moment 
a  circle  ran  round  me,  part  of  it  touching  the  water.  Then  I 
heard  the  voice  again:  'The  brave  ones  in  the  second  realm  may 
be  given  victory,  for  there  the  battle  is  fought/  Immediately 

103  The  transparency  of  the  water  means  that  attention  (value,  gold)  is  given 
to  the  unconscious.  It  is  an  offering  to  the  genius  of  the  fountain.  Cf.  the  vision 
of  the  Amitabha  Land  in  my  "Psychology  of  Eastern  Meditation." 

151 


AION 


another  circle  ran  round  me,  this  time  touching  the  other  bank. 
At  the  same  time  I  saw  into  the  distance  and  a  colourful  land- 
scape was  revealed.  The  sun  rose  over  the  horizon.  I  heard  the 
voice,  speaking  as  if  out  of  the  distance:  'The  third  and  the 
fourth  realms  come,  similarly  enlarged,  out  of  the  other  two. 
But  the  fourth  realm'— and  here  the  voice  paused  for  a  moment, 
as  if  deliberating— 'the  fourth  realm  joins  on  to  the  first.10*  It  is 
the  highest  and  the  lowest  at  once,  for  the  highest  and  the  low- 
est come  together.  They  are  at  bottom  one.'  "  Here  the  dreamer 
awoke  with  a  roaring  in  her  ears. 
*37  This  dream  has  all  the  marks  of  a  "big"  dream,  and  it  also 
has  the  quality  of  something  "thought,"  which  is  characteristic 
of  the  intuitive  type.  Even  though  the  dreamer  had  acquired 
some  knowledge  of  psychology  by  this  time,  she  had  no  knowl- 
edge whatever  of  the  historical  fish  symbol.  The  details  of  the 
dream  may  be  commented  on  as  follows:  The  bank  of  the  river 
represents  the  threshold,  so  to  speak,  to  the  unconscious.  Fish- 
ing is  an  intuitive  attempt  to  "catch"  unconscious  contents 
(fishes).  Silver  and  gold,  in  alchemical  language,  signify  feminine 
and  masculine,  the  hermaphrodite  aspect  of  the  fish,  indicating 
that  it  is  a  complexio  oppositorum.105  It  also  brings  about  a 
magical  animation.106  The  older  man  is  a  personification  of  the 
archetype  of  the  "wise  old  man."  We  know  already  that  the  fish 
is  a  "miraculous  food,"  the  eucharistic  food  of  the  tcAooi.  The 
first  circle  that  touches  the  water  illustrates  the  partial  integra- 
tion of  the  unconscious.  The  battle  is  the  conflict  of  opposites, 
maybe  between  consciousness  and  the  shadow.  The  second  circle 
touches  the  "other  bank,"  where  the  union  of  opposites  takes 
place.  In  the  Indian  "quicksilver  system"  the  arcane  substance 
is  called  para-da,  'leading  to  the  other  shore';  in  the  West  it  is 
Mercurius.107  The  fourth  realm,  stressed  by  a  weighty  pause,  is 
the  One  that  adds  itself  to  the  three  and  makes  all  four  into  a 
unity.108  The  circles  naturally  produce  a  mandala,  the  outermost 
circle  paradoxically  coinciding  with  the  centre,  and  recalling 

104  Cf.  infra,  pars,  ggsff.  105  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  s.v.  "coniunctio." 

106  The  Ichthys  (=  Christ  or  Attis)  is  the  food  that  bestows  (immortal)  life. 
l07Deussen,  Allgemeine  Geschichte  der  Philosophic,  I,  pt.  iii,  pp.  336ft.  and 
"The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  pars.  282ff. 

108  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  26  and  209,  and  "A  Psychological  Approach  to 
the  Dogma  of  the  Trinity,"  pars.  1845. 

152 


THE   FISH    IN    ALCHEMY 


the  old  image  for  God.  "God  is  a  circle  whose  centre  is  every- 
where and  the  circumference  nowhere."  109  The  motif  of  the 
first  coinciding  with  the  fourth  was  expressed  long  ago  in  the 
axiom  of  Maria:  "One  becomes  two,  two  becomes  three,  and 
out  of  the  third  comes  the  One  as  the  fourth." 
238  The  dream  sums  up  in  condensed  form  the  whole  symbolism 
of  the  individuation  process  in  a  person  who  was  totally  un- 
acquainted with  the  literature  of  the  subject.  Cases  of  this  kind 
are  by  no  means  rare  and  ought  to  make  us  think.  They  demon- 
strate the  existence  of  an  unconscious  "knowledge"  of  the  indi- 
viduation process  and  its  historical  symbolism. 

109  [For  the  source  of  this  saying,  see  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Dogma 
of  the  Trinity,"  p.  155  n.  6. — Editors.] 


153 


XI 

THE  ALCHEMICAL  INTERPRETATION 
OF  THE  FISH 

*39  We  shall  now  turn  to  the  problem  raised  by  the  anonymous 
French  author  of  the  "Instructio  de  arbore  solari,"  the  problem 
of  how  the  fish  is  caught.  The  Echeneis  exercises  an  attraction 
on  ships  that  could  best  be  compared  with  the  influence  of  a 
magnet  on  iron.  The  attraction,  so  the  historical  tradition  says, 
emanates  from  the  fish  and  brings  the  vessel,  whether  powered 
by  sail  or  oarsmen,  to  a  standstill.1  I  mention  this  seemingly 
unimportant  feature  because,  as  we  shall  see,  in  the  alchemical 
view  the  attraction  no  longer  proceeds  from  the  fish  but  from  a 
magnet  which  man  possesses  and  which  exerts  the  attraction 
that  was  once  the  mysterious  property  of  the  fish.  If  we  bear  in 
mind  the  significance  of  the  fish,  it  is  easy  to  understand  why  a 
powerful  attraction  should  emanate  from  this  arcane  centre, 
which  might  aptly  be  compared  with  the  magnetism  of  the 
North  Pole.2  As  we  shall  see  in  a  later  chapter,  the  Gnostics  said 
the  same  thing  about  the  magnetic  effect  of  their  central  figure 

i  "The  Echenai's  is  a  small  fish,  half  a  foot  in  length  [semipedalis],  and  takes  its 
name  from  the  fact  that  it  holds  back  a  ship  by  cleaving  to  it,  so  that  though 
winds  blow  and  storms  rage,  yet  the  ship  seems  to  stand  still  as  if  rooted  in  the 
sea,  and  cannot  be  moved.  .  .  .  Hence  the  Latins  call  it  delay  (Remora)."  (Du 
Cange,  Glossarium,  s.v.  "Echenai's."  Cited  from  the  ms.  of  a  bestiary.)  This  pas- 
sage is  taken  verbatim  from  the  Liber  etymologiarum  (Lib.  XII,  cap.  VI)  of 
Isidore  of  Seville.  There  the  name  of  the  fish  is  "echinus,"  which  strictly  speaking 
is  a  sea-urchin.  Because  of  its  radial  structure,  this  creature  comes  into  the  same 
class  as  the  starfish  and  the  jelly-fish.  (For  the  "Instructio,"  see  supra,  p.  140,  n.  71.) 
2  That  the  power  of  the  Echeneis  was  understood  to  be  magnetic  is  clear  from  the 
legend  that  if  a  salted  Echeneis  is  let  down  into  a  mine  it  will  attract  the  gold 
and  bring  it  to  the  surface.  Cf.  Masenius,  Speculum  imaginum  veritatis  occultae 
(1714),  s.v.  "Echeneis."  "Magnet"  is  also  the  name  given  to  sal  ammoniac,  which, 
when  added  to  metallic  solutions,  "instantly  draws  all  that  is  good  in  them,  be  it 
gold  or  tincture,  to  the  bottom  of  the  glass."  (Lexicon  medico-chymicum,  1711, 
p.  156.) 

154 


THE    ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF    THE    FISH 

(point,  monad,  son,  etc.).  It  is  therefore  a  remarkable  innovation 
when  the  alchemists  set  out  to  manipulate  an  instrument  that 
would  exert  the  same  powers  as  the  Echeneis,  but  on  the 
Echeneis  itself.  This  reversal  of  direction  is  important  for  the 
psychology  of  alchemy  because  it  offers  a  parallel  to  the  adept's 
claim  to  be  able  to  produce  the  filius  macrocosmi,  the  equiva- 
lent of  Christ— Deo  concedente— through  his  art.  In  this  way  the 
artifex  or  his  instrument  comes  to  replace  the  Echeneis  and 
everything  it  stood  for  as  the  arcane  substance.  He  has,  so  to 
speak,  inveigled  the  secret  out  of  the  fish  and  seeks  to  draw  the 
arcane  substance  to  the  surface  in  order  to  prepare  from  it  the 
filius  philosophorum,  the  lapis. 

240  The  "magnet  of  the  wise"  which  is  to  draw  the  wonder-work- 
ing fish  to  the  surface  can,  our  text  says,  be  taught.  The  content 
of  this  secret  teaching  is  the  real  arcanum  of  alchemy:  the  dis- 
covery or  production  of  the  prima  materia.  The  "doctrine"  or 
"theory"  is  personified— or  rather,  concretized— as  "Mercurius 
non  vulgi,"  the  philosophical  mercury.  This  conception  is  as 
ambiguous  as  the  antique  Hermes;  sometimes  Mercurius  is  a 
substance  like  quicksilver,  sometimes  it  is  a  philosophy.  Dom 
Pernety  formulates  it  somewhat  drastically:  "[La  matiere  du 
mercure  philosophique]  a  une  vertu  aimantive  qui  attire  des 
rayons  du  Soleil  et  de  la  Lune  le  mercure  des  Sages."  3  Concern- 
ing the  prima  materia  the  adepts  talk  a  great  deal  but  say  very 
little— so  little  that  in  most  cases  one  can  form  no  conception 
of  it  whatever.4  This  attitude  is  proof  of  serious  intellectual  dif- 
ficulties—understandably so,  because  in  the  first  place  no  such 
material  existed  from  which  the  lapis  could  be  prepared,  nor 
did  anyone  ever  succeed  in  making  a  lapis  that  would  have  come 
up  to  expectations.  Secondly,  the  names  given  to  the  prima 
materia  show  that  it  was  not  a  definite  substance  at  all,  but 
rather  an  intuitive  concept  for  an  initial  psychic  situation,  sym- 
bolized by  such  terms  as  water  of  life,  cloud,  heaven,  shadow, 
sea,  mother,  moon,  dragon,  Venus,  chaos,  massa  confusa,  Micro- 
cosmos,  etc. 

241  In  the  long  lists  of  names  one  that  frequently  figures  is  "mag- 
nesia," though  this  should  certainly  not  be  understood  as  the 

3  Dictionnaire  mytho-hermetique  (1787),  s.v.  "Magn&s." 

4  Cf .  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  425ft. 

155 


AION 


magnesium  oxide  of  the  pharmacopoeia.5  Magnesia  is  rather  the 
"complete  or  conjoined  mixture  from  which  this  moisture  is 
extracted,6  i.e.,  the  root-matter  of  our  stone."  7  The  complicated 
procedure  for  producing  the  magnesia  is  described  in  the 
treatise  "Aristoteles  de  perfecto  Magisterio."  8  It  is  the  whitened 
arcane  substance.9  Pandolfus  says  in  the  Turba:  "I  command 
you  to  take  the  hidden  and  venerable  secret  thing,  which  is  the 
white  magnesia."  10  In  Khunrath,  magnesia  is  synonymous  with 
4<chaos"  and  "Aes  Hermetis."  He  calls  it  "A  Catholic  or  Uni- 
versal, that  is,  a  Cosmic  Ens  or  Entity,  Three-in-One,  naturally 
compounded  of  Body,  Spirit,  and  Soul,  the  one  and  only  true 
Subiectum  Catholicon  and  true  Universal  Materia  lapidis  Phi- 
losophorum."  n  The  magnesia  is  feminine,12  just  as  the  magnet 
is  masculine  by  nature.13  Hence  it  carries  "in  its  belly  the  sal 
Armoniacum  et  vegetabile,'J  meaning  the  arcane  substance  of 
the  stone.14  Even  in  Greek  alchemy  magnesia  or  "magnes"  de- 
noted the  hermaphroditic  transformative  substance.15  For  the 
alchemists,  magnesia  is  associated  with  "magnes"  (magnet)  not 
only  phonetically,  but  also  in  meaning,  as  a  recipe  of  Rosinus 
shows:  "Take  therefore  this  animate  stone,  the  stone  which  has 
a  soul  in  it,  the  mercurial,16  which  is  sensible  and  sensitive  to  the 
presence  and  influence  of  the  magnesia  and  the  magnet,  and 

5  Berthelot  says  of  the  "Magn£sie":  "Jusqu'au  XVIIIe  siecle,  [le  mot]  n'a  rien  eu 
de  commun  avec  la  magn^sie  des  chimistes  d'aujourd'hui"  (Alch.  grecs,  Introduc- 
tion, p.  255).  In  Pliny  and  Dioscorides  it  meant  the  magnetic  iron-stone. 

6  Mylius,  Phil,  ref.,  p.  31. 

7  The  corpus  Magnesiae  is  the  "root  of  the  closed  house,"  the  "belly"  in  which 
Sol  and  Luna  are  united.  ("Aurora  consurgens,"  Part  II,  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  191.) 

8  Theatr.  chem.,  Ill,  pp.  88f. 

9  Mylius  calls  the  tenth  grade  of  the  process  "the  exaltation,  which  is  the  in- 
genious ennobling  of  our  whitened  magnesia"  (p.  129).  Hence  the  Rosarium 
philosophorum  {Art.  aurif.,  II,  p.  231)  says:  "The  magnesia  is  the  full  moon." 

10  Sermo  XXI. 

11  Von  hylealischen  Chaos,  pp.  5L 

12  "Magnesia— the  Woman."  Ruland,  Lexicon,  p.  216. 

is  But  in  the  region  of  Alexandria  and  in  the  Troad  there  was  said  to  be  a 
magnetic  stone  "of  the  feminine  sex,  and  totally  useless."  (Ruland,  p.  215.) 

14  "Duodecim  tractatus,"  Theatr.  chem.,  IV,  p.  499. 

15  Berthelot,  Intro.,  p.  255. 

16  "Magnesia  is  further  the  mixed  water  congealed  in  air  which  offers  resistance 
to  the  fire,  the  earth  of  the  stone,  our  mercury,  mixture  of  the  substances.  The 
whole  therein  is  mercury."  Ruland,  p.  216. 

156 


THE    ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF    THE    FISH 

[which  is]  the  calaminary  and  the  living  Stone,  yielding  and 
repelling  by  local  motion."  17 

242  This  text  shows  clearly  enough  that  the  real  alchemical  pro- 
cedure was  not  concerned  at  all  with  chemical  processes,  for  if  it 
were,  the  substance  to  be  transformed  would  not  need  to  be 
animate  or  endowed  with  sensitivity.  But  a  psychic  function  was 
absolutely  necessary  to  it  when,  as  in  the  case  of  the  magnesia, 
the  adept  was  preoccupied  with  one  of  the  innumerable  expres- 
sions used  for  the  unconscious,  that  is,  for  the  hidden  part  of 
the  psyche  that  had  slipped  into  the  unknown  chemical  com- 
pound by  projection,  and  that  bedevilled  and  befooled  him  in 
the  guise  of  a  hundred  "arcane  substances."  Naturally  only  the 
most  stupid  and  unobservant  of  the  alchemists  were  hood- 
winked in  this  way,  for  there  were  plenty  of  hints  in  the  classical 
texts  that  could  have  put  them  on  the  right  track.  Unfortu- 
nately, we  today  are  not  so  far  removed  from  the  Middle  Ages: 
we  still  have  to  overcome  considerable  difficulties  before  we  can 
begin  to  understand  the  real  purpose  of  alchemy. 

243  The  "lapis  animalis"  of  Rosinus,  then,  is  a  live  thing, 
credited  with  the  ability  to  feel  or  perceive  the  influence  of  the 
magnesia  and  the  magnet.  But  the  magnet,  too,  is  a  live  thing. 
Thus,  the  jurisconsult  and  alchemist  Chrysippus  Fanianus,  of 
Basel,  says:  "But  if  Thales  of  Miletus  chose  to  call  that  stone  of 
Hercules,  the  magnet,  an  animate  thing,  because  we  see  it  attract 
and  move  iron,  why  shall  we  not  likewise  call  salt,  which  in 
wondrous  wise  penetrates,  purges,  contracts,  expands,  hinders, 
and  reduces,  a  living  thing?"  18  Dorn  writes:  "The  magnetic 
stone  teaches  us,  for  in  it  the  power  of  magnetizing  and  attract- 
ing iron  is  not  seen  [with  the  eyes];  it  is  a  spirit  hidden  within, 
not  perceptible  to  the  sense."  19  The  numinous  effect  which  the 

17  "Rosinus  ad  Sarratantam"  (Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  311):  "Recipe  ergo  hunc  lapiclem 
animalem:  id  est  aniraam  in  se  habentem,  scilicet  Mercurialem  sensibilem:  id  est, 
sentientem  praesentiam  et  influentiam  magnesiae  et  magnetis  et  calaminarem  [et 
lapidem]  per  motum  localem,  prosequendo  et  fugando  vegetabilem.  .  .  ."  Instead 
of  "et  lapidem"  the  text  of  1593  has  "ac  apicem,"  which  does  not  make  sense. 
Rosinus  is  a  corruption  of  Zosimos  due  to  Arabic  transcription. 

18  De  arte  metallicae  metamorphoseos  ad  Philoponum  liber  singularis  (1576). 
Reprinted  in  Theatr.  chem.,  I  (1602),  p.  44. 

19  "Philosophia  chemica,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  497.  Here  Dorn  discusses  his  view 
of  the  anima  rerum:  "The  body  ...  of  every  thing  is  a  prison,  wherein  the 
powers  of  the  soul  of  things  are  detained  and  held  in  fetters,  so  that  their  natural 

157 


AION 

incomprehensible  power  of  magnetism  had  upon  our  fore- 
fathers is  graphically  described  by  St.  Augustine:  "We  know 
that  the  lodestone  draws  iron  strangely;  the  which,  when  I  saw 
it  for  the  first  time,  did  send  a  cold  shiver  through  me  [vehe- 
menter  inhorrui]." 20  Even  the  humanist  Andrea  Alciati  (d. 
1550)  exclaims:  "Wherefore  he  who  first  perceives  and  beholds 
the  power  of  the  magnet  to  attract  iron  cannot  but  be  rapt  in  ad- 
miration. .  .  .  And  it  is  not  enough  for  some  to  obtrude  upon 
us  that  there  is  a  certain  secret  power  in  these  things,  which  is 
generally  known.  For  how  will  they  define  that  hidden  force, 
of  which  they  can  tell  us  nothing  but  the  name?"  21  The  famous 
anatomist  and  astrologer  Gabriel  Fallopius  (1490-1563)  is  said 
to  have  considered  the  magnet,  together  with  quicksilver  and 
purgatives,  to  be  inexplicable  marvels,  "whose  effect  is  to  be 
wondered  at  with  amazement,"  as  Libavius  relates  in  his  "Ars 
prolatoria."  22  These  utterances  bear  witness  to  the  naive  reac- 
tion of  intelligent  and  thoughtful  people  who  took  what  they 
saw  to  be  an  inexplicable  miracle.  So  it  is  quite  understandable 
if  they  felt  that  such  an  astonishing  object  was  alive  (like  the 
"la£>is  animatus"  "calx  viva/'  etc.).  The  magnet,  too,  had  a 
soul,  like  the  mysterious  stone  that  could  feel.  In  the  "Duodecim 
tractatus" 23  the  magnet  appears  as  the  symbol  of  the  aqua  roris 
nostri  (water  of  our  dew),  "whose  mother  is  the  midpoint  of  the 
heavenly  and  earthly  Sun  and  Moon."  This  water,  the  famed 
aqua  permanens,  is  apostrophized  by  the  anonymous  author  as 
follows:  "O  holy  and  wonderful  nature,  which  permittest  not 
the  sons  of  the  doctrine  to  err,  as  thou  showest  in  man's  daily 
life.  Further  in  these  .  .  .  treatises  I  have  put  forward  so  many 
natural  reasons,  that  .  .  .  the  reader  may  understand  all  those 

spirits  are  not  able  freely  to  impress  their  powers  and  activities  upon  them.  The 
spirit  of  such  insensate  things  in  relation  to  its  subject  is  similar  to  and  of  the 
same  efficacy  as  undoubting  faith  is  in  man."  The  divine  powers  imprisoned  in 
bodies  are  nothing  other  than  Dionysus  dispersed  in  matter. 

20  Cf.  City  of  God,  Healey  trans.,  II,  p.  322.  Augustine  finds  quick-lime  (calx 
viva)  equally  wonderful:  "Quam  mirum  est  quod  cum  extinguitur,  tunc  accendi- 
tur"  (But  the  wonder  is  that  when  it  is  killed  it  is  quickened). 

21  Emblemata  (1621),  Embl.  CLXXI,  p.  715  a. 

22  Commentariorum  alchymiae  (1606),  Part  II,  p.  101. 

23  Theatr.  chem.,  IV,  p.  499. 

158 


THE   ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF   THE   FISH 

things  which,  by  God's  blessing,  I  have  seen  with  my  own 
eyes."24 

«44  The  underlying  thought  here  is  the  idea  of  the  doctrine,  the 
"aqua  doctrinae."  As  we  have  seen,  the  "magnet"  or  "heavenly 
dew"  can  be  taught.  Like  the  water,  it  symbolizes  the  doctrine 
itself.  This  is  contrasted  with  the  "animate  stone"  that  "per- 
ceives" the  influence  of  the  magnetic  pair,  magnes  and  magnesia. 
The  animate  stone,  like  the  magnet,  is  an  arcane  substance,  and 
only  such  substances  can  enter  into  a  combination  finally  lead- 
ing to  the  goal  of  the  lapis  philosophorum.  Dorn  says:  "The 
pagan  Gentiles  say  that  nature  seeks  after  a  nature  like  to  itself, 
and  rejoices  in  its  own  nature;  if  it  is  joined  to  another,  the  work 
of  nature  is  destroyed."  25  This  is  an  allusion  to  the  axiom  usu- 
ally attributed  to  the  alchemist  Democritus:  "Nature  rejoices 
in  nature;  nature  subdues  nature;  nature  rules  over  nature."  26 

245  Just  as  magnes  and  magnesia  form  a  pair,  so  the  lapis  anima- 
tus  sive  vegetabilis21  is  a  Rebis  or  hermaphrodite  that  is  born  of 
the  royal  marriage.  We  have,  then,  two  contrasting  pairs,  form- 
ing by  mutual  attraction  a  quaternio,  the  fourfold  basis  of 
wholeness.28  As  the  symbolism  shows,  the  pairs  both  signify  the 
same  thing:  a  complexio  oppositorum  or  uniting  symbol.29  If 
our  texts  do  not  represent  them  as  the  same  thing  and  as  coin- 
ciding with  the  arcane  substance,  then  there  must  be  a  reason 
for  this,  though  it  cannot  be  ascertained  from  the  symbols  used 
for  the  two  substances  to  be  combined.  Sometimes  the  arcane 

24  The  extraordinary  importance  of  the  water  in  alchemy  goes  back,  in  my 
view,  to  Gnostic  sources:  "And  water  is  honoured,  and  they  believe  in  it  as  if  it 
were  a  god,  going  almost  so  far  as  to  allege  that  life  arises  therefrom"  (Epipha- 
nius,  Panarium,  LXIII,  cap.  I). 

25  "Inquiunt  enim,  natura  naturam  sibi  similem  appetit,  et  congaudet  suae 
naturae;  si  alienae  iungatur,  destruitur  opus  naturae"  ("Ars  chemistica,"  Theatr. 
chem.,  I,  p.  252). 

26  ArifioKpirov  <pv<TLKa  Kal  fivcTTucd—Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs,  II,  i,  3.  According  to  the 
story  of  Democritus,  this  axiom  was  revealed  to  him  by  his  deceased  teacher. 
Synesius,  in  the  treatise  addressed  to  Dioscorus,  priest  of  Serapis  (Berthelot,  II, 
iii),  says  that  the  teacher  of  Democritus  was  Ostanes,  and  that  the  axiom  came 
from  him. 

27  Vegetabilis  in  our  texts  means  'living'  when  applied  to  Mercurius,  'vivifying' 
when  applied  to  the  Quinta  Essentia. 

28  Cf.  "Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  433ft.,  and  "Phenomenology  of  the 
Spirit  in  Fairytales,"  in  Part  I  of  vol.  9,  pars.  429ft. 

20  Psychological  Types,  ch.  V,  3. 

159 


AION 


substance  is  magnesia,  sometimes  the  water,  sometimes  the  mag- 
net, sometimes  the  fish;  and  yet  they  all  mean  the  prima  materia 
from  which  the  miraculous  birth  ensues.  The  distinction  that 
the  alchemists  had  in  mind  is  made  clear  by  a  passage  from  a 
seventeenth-century  treatise  written  by  John  Collesson,  prior 
of  the  Benedictine  Order:  30  "But  as  to  that  substance  whereby 
common  gold  and  silver  are  naturally  and  Philosophically  dis- 
solved, let  no  man  imagine  that  it  is  any  other  than  the  general 
soul  of  the  world,  which  by  magnets  and  Philosophical  means  is 
attracted  and  drawn  down  from  the  higher  bodies,  and  especially 
from  the  rays  of  the  Sun  and  Moon.  And  hence  it  is  clear  that 
they  have  no  knowledge  whatever  of  Mercurius  or  of  the  Philo- 
sophical fluid  who  think  to  dissolve  perfect  metals  by  natural 
and  physical  means."  31 

246  Obviously  a  distinction  must  be  made  between  two  cate- 
gories of  symbols:  first,  those  which  refer  to  the  extrapsychic 
chemical  substance  or  its  metaphysical  equivalent,  e.g.,  serpens 
mercurialis,  spiritus,  anima  mundi,  Veritas,  sapientia,  etc.;  sec- 
ond, those  denoting  the  chemical  preparations  produced  by  the 
adept,  such  as  solvents  (aqua,  acetum,  lac  virginis)  or  their  "phil- 
osophical" equivalent,  the  theoria  or  scientia,  which,  when  it  is 
"right,"  has  miraculous  effects  on  matter,  as  Dorn  explains  in  his 
philosophical  treatises.32 

247  These  two  categories  continually  overlap:  sometimes  the 
arcane  substance  is  apparently  nothing  but  a  chemical  body, 
sometimes  an  idea,  which  today  we  would  call  a  psychic  content. 
Pernety  describes  this  confusion  very  clearly  in  his  explanation 
of  the  magnet:  "But  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  this  magnet  is 

30  "Idea  perfecta  philosophiae  hermeticae,"  Theatr.  chem.  (1661),  VI,  p.  152.  The 
treatise  was  first  published  1630.  Of  the  author  Collesson  nothing  appears  to  be 
known. 

31  "Quantum  autem  ad  substantiam,  qua  naturaliter  et  Philosophice  aurum  et 
argentum  vulgare  solvuntur,  attinet,  nemo  sibi  imaginari  debet,  ullam  aliam, 
quam  animam  mundi  generalem,  quae  per  magnetes  et  media  Philosophica 
trahitur  et  attrahitur  de  corporibus  superioribus,  maxime  vero  de  radiis  Solis 
et  Lunae.  Unde  liquet  illos  Mercurii  seu  menstrui  Philosophici  nullam  habere 
cognitionem,  qui  naturaliter  et  physice  metalla  perfecta  dissolvere  cogitant." 

32  "There  is  a  certain  truth  in  natural  things  which  is  not  seen  with  the  outward 
eye,  but  is  perceived  by  the  mind  alone,  and  of  this  the  Philosophers  have  had 
experience,  and  have  ascertained  that  its  virtue  is  such  that  it  performs  miracles" 
("Speculativa  philosophia,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  298). 

160 


THE    ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF    THE    FISH 

the  common  magnet.  They  [the  alchemists]  have  given  it  this 
name  only  because  of  its  natural  sympathy  with  what  they  call 
their  steel  [adamas].  This  is  the  ore  [prima  materia]  of  their 
gold,  and  the  magnet  is  the  ore  of  their  steel.  The  centre  of  this 
magnet  contains  a  hidden  salt,  a  menstruum  for  calcining  the 
philosophical  gold.  This  prepared  salt  forms  their  Mercury,  with 
which  they  perform  the  magistery  of  the  Sages  in  white  and  in 
red.  It  becomes  an  ore  of  heavenly  fire,  which  acts  as  a  ferment 
for  their  stone."  33  In  his  view,  therefore,  the  secret  of  the  mag- 
net's effect  lies  in  a  salt  prepared  by  the  adept.  Whenever  an 
alchemist  speaks  of  "salt,"  he  does  not  mean  sodium  chloride  or 
any  other  salt,  or  only  in  a  very  limited  sense.  He  could  not  get 
away  from  its  symbolic  significance,  and  therefore  included  the 
sal  sapientiae  in  the  chemical  substance.  That  is  the  salt  hidden 
in  the  magnet  and  prepared  by  the  adept — on  the  one  hand,  a 
product  of  his  art;  on  the  other,  already  present  in  nature.  This 
contradiction  can  be  resolved  very  easily  by  taking  it  simply  as 
the  projection  of  a  psychic  content. 

A  similar  state  of  affairs  can  be  found  in  Dorn's  writings.  In 
his  case  it  is  not  a  question  of  the  sal  sapientiae  but  of  the  'Veri- 
tas," which  for  him  is  hidden  in  natural  things  and  at  the  same 
time  is  obviously  a  "moral"  concept.  This  truth  is  the  "medi- 
cine, improving  and  transforming  that  which  is  no  longer  into 
that  which  it  was  before  its  corruption,  and  that  which  is  not 
into  that  which  it  ought  to  be"  34  It  is  a  "metaphysical  sub- 
stance," hidden  not  only  in  things,  but  in  the  human  body:  "In 
the  human  body  is  concealed  a  certain  metaphysical  substance 
known  to  very  few,  which  needeth  no  medicament,  being  itself 
an  incorrupt  medicament."  35  Therefore  "it  is  the  study  of  the 
Chemists  to  liberate  that  unsensual  truth  from  its  fetters  in 
things  of  sense."  36  He  that  would  acquire  the  chemical  art  must 
study  the  "true  Philosophy"  and  not  the  "Aristotelian,"  adds 

33  Pernety,  Dictionnaire  mytho-hermetique,  s.v.  "Aimant." 

34  ".  .  .  medicina,  corrigens  et  transmutans  id,  quod  non  est  amplius,  in  id  quod 
fuit  ante  corruptionem,  ac  in  melius,  et  id,  quod  non  est,  in  id  quod  esse  debet" 
(P-  267). 

35  "In  corpore  humano  latet  quaedam  substantia  methaphysica,  paucissimis  nota, 
quae  nullo  .  .  .  indiget  medicamento,  sed  ipsa  medicamentum  est  incorruptum" 
(p.  265). 

36  "..  .  .  Chemistarum  studiura,  in  sensualibus  insensualem  illam  veritatem  a  suis 
compedibus  liberare"  (p.  271). 

l6l 


AION 


Dorn,  because  the  true  doctrine,  in  Collesson's  words,  is  the 
magnet  whereby  the  "centre  of  truth"  is  liberated  from  bodies 
and  whereby  the  bodies  are  transformed.  "The  Philosophers, 
through  a  kind  of  divine  inspiration,  knew  that  this  virtue  and 
heavenly  vigour  can  be  freed  from  its  fetters;  not  by  its  contrary 
.  .  .  but  by  its  like.  Since  therefore  some  such  a  thing  is  found, 
whether  within  man  or  outside  him,  which  is  conformable  to 
this  substance,  the  wise  concluded  that  like  things  are  to  be  forti- 
fied by  like,  by  peace  rather  than  by  war."  37 

249  Thus  the  doctrine,  which  may  be  consciously  acquired 
"through  a  kind  of  divine  inspiration,"  is  at  the  same  time  the 
instrument  whereby  the  object  of  the  doctrine  or  theory  can  be 
freed  from  its  imprisonment  in  the  body,  because  the  symbol  for 
the  doctrine— the  "magnet"— is  at  the  same  time  the  mysterious 
"truth"  of  which  the  doctrine  speaks.  The  doctrine  enters  the 
consciousness  of  the  adept  as  a  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  It  is  a 
thesaurus  of  knowledge  about  the  secret  of  the  art,  of  the  treas- 
ure hidden  in  the  prima  materia,  which  was  thought  to  be  out- 
side man.  The  treasure  of  the  doctrine  and  the  precious  secret 
concealed  in  the  darkness  of  matter  are  one  and  the  same  thing. 
For  us  this  is  not  a  discovery,  as  we  have  known  for  some  time 
that  such  secrets  owe  their  existence  to  unconscious  projections. 
Dorn  was  the  first  thinker  to  recognize  with  the  utmost  clarity 
the  extraordinary  dilemma  of  alchemy:  the  arcane  substance  is 
one  and  the  same,  whether  it  is  found  within  man  or  outside 
him.  The  "alchymical"  procedure  takes  place  within  and  with- 
out. He  who  does  not  understand  how  to  free  the  "truth"  in 
his  own  soul  from  its  fetters  will  never  make  a  success  of  the 
physical  opus,  and  he  who  knows  how  to  make  the  stone  can  only 
do  so  on  the  basis  of  right  doctrine,  through  which  he  himself 
is  transformed,  or  which  he  creates  through  his  own  transforma- 
tion. 

250  Helped  by  these  reflections,  Dorn  comes  to  realize  the  funda- 
mental importance  of  self-knowledge:  "See,  therefore,  that  thou 

37  "Philosophi  divino  quodam  afflatu  cognoverunt  hanc  virtutem  caelestemque 
vigorem  a  suis  compedibus  liberari  posse:  non  contrario  .  .  .  sed  suo  simili.  Cum 
igitur  tale  quid,  sive  in  homine  sive  extra  ipsum  inveniatur,  quod  huic  est  con- 
forme  substantiae,  concluserunt  sapientes  similia  similibus  esse  corroboranda, 
pace  potius  quam  bello."  (P.  265.) 

l62 


THE    ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF    THE    FISH 

goest  forth  such  as  thou  desirest  the  work  to  be  which  thou 
seekest."38  In  other  words,  the  expectations  you  put  into  the 
work  must  be  applied  to  your  own  ego.  The  production  of  the 
arcane  substance,  the  "generatio  Mercurii,"  is  possible  only  for 
one  who  has  full  knowledge  of  the  doctrine;  but  "we  cannot  be 
resolved  of  any  doubt  except  by  experiment,  and  there  is  no 
better  way  to  make  it  than  on  ourselves."  39  The  doctrine  formu- 
lates our  inner  experience  or  is  substantially  dependent  upon 
it:  "Let  him  know  that  man's  greatest  treasure  is  to  be  found 
within  man,  and  not  outside  him.  From  him  it  goes  forth  in- 
wardly .  .  .  whereby  that  is  outwardly  brought  to  pass  which 
he  sees  with  his  own  eyes.  Therefore  unless  his  mind  be  blinded, 
he  will  see,  that  is,  understand,  who  and  of  what  sort  he  is  in- 
wardly, and  by  the  light  of  nature  he  will  know  himself  through 
outward  things." 40  The  secret  is  first  and  foremost  in  man;  it  is 
his  true  self*1  which  he  does  not  know  but  learns  to  know  by 
experience  of  outward  things.  Therefore  Dorn  exhorts  the  al- 
chemist: "Learn  from  within  thyself  to  know  all  that  is  in  heaven 
and  on  earth,  that  thou  mayest  be  wise  in  all  things.  Knowest 
thou  not  that  heaven  and  the  elements  were  formerly  one,  and 
were  separated  by  a  divine  act  of  creation  from  one  another,  that 
they  might  bring  forth  thee  and  all  things?"  42 

Since  knowledge  of  the  world  dwells  in  his  own  bosom,  the 
adept  should  draw  such  knowledge  out  of  his  knowledge  of  him- 
self, for  the  self  he  must  seek  to  know  is  a  part  of  that  nature 
which  was  bodied  forth  by  God's  original  oneness  with  the 
world.  It  is  manifestly  not  a  knowledge  of  the  nature  of  the  ego, 

38  "Fac  igitur  ut  talis  evadas,  quale  tuum  esse  vis  quod  quaesieris  opus"  (p.  277). 
39 ".  .  .  non  possumus  de  quovis  dubio  certiores  fieri,  quam  experiendo,  nee 
melius  quam  in  nobis  ipsis"  ("Philosophia  meditativa,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  467). 

40  "Cognoscat  hominis  in  homine  thesaurum  existere  maximum,  et  non  extra 
ipsum.  Ab  ipso  procedit  interius  .  .  .  per  quod  operatur  extrinsecus  id,  quod 
oculariter  videt.  Ergo  nisi  mente  caecus  fuerit,  videbit  (id  est)  intelliget,  quis  et 
qualis  sit  intrinsecus,  luceque  naturae  seipsum  cognoscet  per  exteriora."  ("Specu- 
lativae  philosophiae,"  p.  307.) 

41  The  alchemist  and  mystic  John  Pordage  (1607-81)  called  the  inner  "eternal" 
man  an  "extract  and  summary  concept  of  the  Macrocosm"  (Sophia,  1699,  p.  34). 

42  "Disce  ex  te  ipso,  quicquid  est  et  in  caelo  et  in  terra,  cognoscere,  ut  sapiens  fias 
in  omnibus.  Ignoras  caelum  et  elementa  prius  unum  fuisse,  divino  quoque  ab 
invicem  artificio  separata,  ut  et  te  et  omnia  generare  possent?"  ("Speculativae 
philosophiae,"  p.  276.) 

163 


AION 


though  this  is  far  more  convenient  and  is  fondly  confused  with 
self-knowledge.  For  this  reason  anyone  who  seriously  tries  to 
know  himself  as  an  object  is  accused  of  selfishness  and  eccen- 
tricity. But  such  knowledge  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  ego's 
subjective  knowledge  of  itself.  That  is  a  dog  chasing  its  own  tail. 
The  other,  on  the  contrary,  is  a  difficult  and  morally  exacting 
study  of  which  so-called  psychology  knows  nothing  and  the  edu- 
cated public  very  little.  The  alchemist,  however,  had  at  the  very 
least  an  indirect  inkling  of  it:  he  knew  definitely  that  as  part 
of  the  whole  he  had  an  image  of  the  whole  in  himself,  the 
"firmament"  or  "Olympus,"  as  Paracelsus  calls  it.43  This  interior 
microcosm  was  the  unwitting  object  of  alchemical  research.  To- 
day we  would  call  it  the  collective  unconscious,  and  we  would 
describe  it  as  "objective"  because  it  is  identical  in  all  individuals 
and  is  therefore  one.  Out  of  this  universal  One  there  is  produced 
in  every  individual  a  subjective  consciousness,  i.e.,  the  ego.  This 
is,  roughly,  how  we  today  would  understand  Dorn's  "formerly 
one"  and  "separated  by  a  divine  act  of  creation." 
252  This  objective  knowledge  of  the  self  is  what  the  author 
means  when  he  says:  "No  one  can  know  himself  unless  he  knows 
what,  and  not  ivho,  he  is,  on  what  he  depends,  or  whose  he  is 
[or:  to  whom  or  what  he  belongs]  and  for  what  end  he  was 
made." 44  The  distinction  between  "quis"  and  "quid"  is  crucial: 
whereas  "quis"  has  an  unmistakably  personal  aspect  and  refers 
to  the  ego,  "quid"  is  neuter,  predicating  nothing  except  an 
object  which  is  not  endowed  even  with  personality.  Not  the 
subjective  ego-consciousness  of  the  psyche  is  meant,  but  the 
psyche  itself  as  the  unknown,  unprejudiced  object  that  still  has 
to  be  investigated.  The  difference  between  knowledge  of  the  ego 
and  knowledge  of  the  self  could  hardly  be  formulated  more 
trenchantly  than  in  this  distinction  between  "quis"  and  "quid." 

43  An  idea  that  reached  its  full  development  200  years  later  in  Leibniz'  mon- 
adology,  and  then  fell  into  complete  oblivion  for  another  200  years  owing  to  the 
rise  of  the  scientific  trinity— space,  time,  causality.  Herbert  Silberer,  who  was  also 
interested  in  alchemy,  says:  "I  would  almost  prefer  to  surrender  entirely  to  pic- 
ture-language, and  to  call  the  deepest  subconsciousness  our  internal  heaven  of 
fixed  stars."  (Der  Zufall  und  die  Koboldstreiche  des  Unbewussten,  p.  66.)  Further 
material  in  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche,"  pars.  38gff. 

44  "Nemo  vero  potest  cognoscere  se,  nisi  sciat  quid,  et  non  quis  ipse  sit,  a  quo 
dependeat,  vel  cuius  sit  .  .  .  et  in  quern  finem  factus  sit"  (p.  272). 

164 


THE    ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF    THE    FISH 

An  alchemist  of  the  sixteenth  century  has  here  put  his  finger  on 
something  that  certain  psychologists  (or  those  of  them  who  allow 
themselves  an  opinion  in  psychological  matters)  still  stumble 
over  today.  "What"  refers  to  the  neutral  self,  the  objective  fact 
of  totality,  since  the  ego  is  on  the  one  hand  causally  "dependent 
on"  or  "belongs  to"  it,  and  on  the  other  hand  is  directed  towards 
it  as  to  a  goal.  This  recalls  the  impressive  opening  sentence  of 
Ignatius  Loyola's  "Foundation":  "Man  was  created  to  praise,  do 
reverence  to,  and  serve  God  our  Lord,  and  thereby  to  save  his 
soul."45 

253  Man  knows  only  a  small  part  of  his  psyche,  just  as  he  has  only 
a  very  limited  knowledge  of  the  physiology  of  his  body.  The 
causal  factors  determining  his  psychic  existence  reside  largely  in 
unconscious  processes  outside  consciousness,  and  in  the  same 
way  there  are  final  factors  at  work  in  him  which  likewise  orig- 
inate in  the  unconscious.  Freud's  psychology  gives  elementary 
proof  of  the  causal  factors,  Adler's  of  the  final  ones.  Causes  and 
ends  thus  transcend  consciousness  to  a  degree  that  ought  not  to 
be  underestimated,  and  this  implies  that  their  nature  and  action 
are  unalterable  and  irreversible  so  long  as  they  have  not  become 
objects  of  consciousness.  They  can  only  be  corrected  through 
conscious  insight  and  moral  determination,  which  is  why  self- 
knowledge,  being  so  necessary,  is  feared  so  much.  Accordingly, 
if  we  divest  the  opening  sentence  of  the  "Foundation"  of  its 
theological  terminology,  it  would  run  as  follows:  "Man's  con- 
sciousness was  created  to  the  end  that  it  may  (1)  recognize 
(laudet)  its  descent  from  a  higher  unity  (Deum);  (2)  pay  due  and 
careful  regard  to  this  source  (reverentiam  exhibeat);  (3)  execute 
its  commands  intelligently  and  responsibly  (serviat);  and  (4) 
thereby  afford  the  psyche  as  a  whole  the  optimum  degree  of  life 
and  development  (salvet  animam  suam)." 

254  This  paraphrase  not  only  sounds  rationalistic  but  is  meant 
to  be  so,  for  despite  every  effort  the  modern  mind  no  longer 
understands  our  two-thousand-year-old  theological  language  un- 
less it  "accords  with  reason."  As  a  result,  the  danger  that  lack 
of  understanding  will  be  replaced  by  lip-service,  affectation, 

45  Exercitia  spiritualia,  "Principio  y  Fundamento":  "Homo  creatus  est  (ad  hunc 
finem),  ut  laudet  Deum  Dominum  nostrum,  ei  reverentiam  exhibeat,  eique 
serviat,  et  per  haec  salvet  animam  suam."  See  trans,  by  Rickaby,  p.  18. 

165 


AION 


and  forced  belief  or  else  by  resignation  and  indifference  has 
long  since  come  to  pass. 

255  The  final  factors  at  work  in  us  are  nothing  other  than  those 
talents  which  "a  certain  nobleman"  entrusted  to  his  "servants," 
that  they  might  trade  with  them  (Luke  19  :  i2ff.).  It  does  not 
require  much  imagination  to  see  what  this  involvement  in  the 
ways  of  the  world  means  in  the  moral  sense.  Only  an  infantile 
person  can  pretend  that  evil  is  not  at  work  everywhere,  and  the 
more  unconscious  he  is,  the  more  the  devil  drives  him.  It  is  just 
because  of  this  inner  connection  with  the  black  side  of  things 
that  it  is  so  incredibly  easy  for  the  mass  man  to  commit  the  most 
appalling  crimes  without  thinking.  Only  ruthless  self-knowledge 
on  the  widest  scale,  which  sees  good  and  evil  in  correct  perspec- 
tive and  can  weigh  up  the  motives  of  human  action,  offers  some 
guarantee  that  the  end-result  will  not  turn  out  too  badly. 

256  We  find  the  crucial  importance  of  self-knowledge  for  the 
alchemical  process  of  transformation  expressed  most  clearly  in 
Dorn,  who  lived  in  the  second  half  of  the  sixteenth  century.  The 
idea  itself  is  much  older  and  goes  back  to  Morienus  Romanus 
(7th-8th  cent.),  in  the  saying  which  he  wrote  on  the  rim  of  the 
Hermetic  vessel:  "All  those  who  have  all  things  with  them  have 
no  need  of  outside  aid."  46  He  is  not  referring  to  the  possession 
of  all  the  necessary  chemical  substances;  it  is  far  more  a  moral 
matter,  as  the  text  makes  clear.47  God,  says  Morienus,  made  the 
World  out  of  four  unequal  elements  and  set  man  as  the  "greater 
ornament"  between  them:  "This  thing  is  extracted  from  thee, 
for  thou  art  its  ore;  in  thee  they  find  it,  and,  to  speak  more 
plainly,  from  thee  they  take  it;  and  when  thou  hast  experienced 
this,  the  love  and  desire  for  it  will  be  increased  in  thee."  4S  This 
"thing"  is  the  lapis,  and  Morienus  says  that  it  contains  the  four 
elements  and  is  likened  to  the  cosmos  and  its  structure.  The 
procedure  for  making  the  stone  "cannot  be  performed  with 
hands,"  49  for  it  is  a  "human  attitude"  (dispositio  hominum). 
This  alone  accomplishes  the  "changing  of  the  natures."  The 

46  "De  transmutatione  metallica,"  Art.  aurif.,  II,  p.  11. 

47  "Not,  that  is,  that  I  should  require  of  them  riches  or  gifts,  but  that  I  should 
diligently  furnish  them  with  spiritual  gifts"  (p.  10). 

48  "Haec  enim  res  a  te  extrahitur:  cuius  etiam  minera  tu  existis,  apud  te  namque 
illam  inveniunt,  et  ut  verius  confitear,  a  te  accipiunt;  quod  quum  probaveris, 
amor  eius  (rei)  et  dilectio  in  te  augebitur"  (p.  37).  49  Pp.  4of. 

166 


THE   ALCHEMICAL   INTERPRETATION    OF   THE   FISH 

transformation  is  brought  about  by  the  coniunctio,  which  forms 
the  essence  of  the  work.50 
257  The  "Rosinus  ad  Sarratantam  Episcopum"—  which,  if  not 
altogether  Arabic  in  origin,  is  one  of  the  oldest  texts  in  Arabic 
style— cites  Magus  Philosophus: 51  "This  stone  is  below  thee,  as 
to  obedience;  above  thee,  as  to  dominion;  therefore  from  thee, 
as  to  knowledge;  about  thee,  as  to  equals."  52  The  passage  is 
somewhat  obscure.  Nevertheless,  it  can  be  elicited  that  the  stone 
stands  in  an  undoubted  psychic  relationship  to  man:  the  adept 
can  expect  obedience  from  it,  but  on  the  other  hand  the  stone 
exercises  dominion  over  him.  Since  the  stone  is  a  matter  of 
"knowledge"  or  science,  it  springs  from  man.  But  it  is  outside 
him,  in  his  surroundings,  among  his  "equals,"  i.e.,  those  of  like 
mind.  This  description  fits  the  paradoxical  situation  of  the  self, 
as  its  symbolism  shows.  It  is  the  smallest  of  the  small,  easily  over- 
looked and  pushed  aside.  Indeed,  it  is  in  need  of  help  and  must 
be  perceived,  protected,  and  as  it  were  built  up  by  the  conscious 
mind,  just  as  if  it  did  not  exist  at  all  and  were  called  into  being 
only  through  man's  care  and  devotion.  As  against  this,  we  know 
from  experience  that  it  had  long  been  there  and  is  older  than 
the  ego,  and  that  it  is  actually  the  secret  spiritus  rector  of  our 
fate.  The  self  does  not  become  conscious  by  itself,  but  has  always 
been  taught,  if  at  all,  through  a  tradition  of  knowing  (the 
purusha I atman  teaching,  for  instance).  Since  it  stands  for  the 
essence  of  individuation,  and  individuation  is  impossible  with- 
out a  relationship  to  one's  environment,  it  is  found  among  those 
of  like  mind  with  whom  individual  relations  can  be  established. 
The  self,  moreover,  is  an  archetype  that  invariably  expresses  a 
situation  within  which  the  ego  is  contained.  Therefore,  like 
every  archetype,  the  self  cannot  be  localized  in  an  individual 

50  "The  whole  perfection  of  the  magistery  consists  in  the  taking  of  conjoined 
and  concordant  bodies"  (p.  43).  The  "Interpretatio  cuiusdam  epistolae  Alexandri 
Macedonum  regis"  (Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  384)  says:  "And  know  that  nothing  is  born 
without  male  and  female."  And  in  the  "Tractatulus  Avicennae"  it  is  said:  "Mar- 
riage is  the  mingling  of  the  subtle  with  the  dense."  Cf.  "Psychology  of  the  Trans- 
ference," index,  s.v.  "coniunctio." 

51  The  text  has  "Malus"  (Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  310),  probably  a  miswriting  of  Magus, 
who  is  a  known  author. 

52  "Hie  lapis  est  subtus  te,  quantum  ad  obedientiam;  supra  te,  quoad  dominium; 
ergo  a  te,  quantum  ad  scientiam;  circa  te,  quantum  ad  aequales"  (Art.  aurif.,  I, 
p.  310). 

167 


AION 


ego-consciousness,  but  acts  like  a  circumambient  atmosphere  to 
which  no  definite  limits  can  be  set,  either  in  space  or  in  time. 
(Hence  the  synchronistic  phenomena  so  often  associated  with 
activated  archetypes.) 

258  The  treatise  of  Rosinus  contains  a  parallel  to  Morienus:  5S 
"This  stone  is  something  which  is  fixed  more  in  thee  [than  else- 
where], created  of  God,  and  thou  art  its  ore,  and  it  is  extracted 
from  thee,  and  wheresoever  thou  art  it  remains  inseparably  with 
thee.  .  .  .  And  as  man  is  made  up  of  four  elements,  so  also  is 
the  stone,  and  so  it  is  [dug]  out  of  man,  and  thou  art  its  ore, 
namely  by  working;  and  from  thee  it  is  extracted,  that  is  by  divi- 
sion; and  in  thee  it  remains  inseparably,  namely  by  knowledge. 
[To  express  it]  otherwise,  fixed  in  thee:  namely  in  the  Mercurius 
of  the  wise;  thou  art  its  ore:  that  is,  it  is  enclosed  in  thee  and 
thou  holdest  it 54  secretly;  and  from  thee  it  is  extracted  when  it 
is  reduced  [to  its  essence]  by  thee  and  dissolved;  for  without  thee 
it  cannot  be  fulfilled,  and  without  it  canst  thou  not  live,  and  so 
the  end  looks  to  the  beginning,  and  contrariwise/' 55 

259  This  looks  like  a  commentary  on  Morienus.  We  learn  from 
it  that  the  stone  is  implanted  in  man  by  God,  that  the  laborant 
is  its  prima  materia,  that  the  extraction  corresponds  to  the  so- 
called  divisio  or  separatio  of  the  alchemical  procedure,  and  that 
through  his  knowledge  of  the  stone  man  remains  inseparably 
bound  to  the  self.  The  procedure  here  described  could  easily  be 
understood  as  the  realization  of  an  unconscious  content.  Fixa- 
tion in  the  Mercurius  of  the  wise  would  then  correspond  to  the 
traditional  Hermetic  knowledge,  since  Mercurius  symbolizes 
the  Nous; 56  through  this  knowledge  the  self,  as  a  content  of  the 

53  The  dating  of  these  texts  is  very  uncertain.  Allowing  for  error,  it  seems  to  me 
that  Morienus  is  the  older. 

54  The  text  has  "ipsum."  But  the  object  here  is  "res." 

55  "Hie  lapis  talis  est  res,  quae  in  te  magis  fixa  est,  a  Deo  creata,  et  tu  eius 
minera  es  ac  a  te  extrahitur  et  ubicunque  fueris,  tecum  inseparabiliter  manet. 
.  .  .  Et  ut  homo  ex  4  elementis  est  compositus,  ita  et  lapis,  et  ita  est  ex  homine, 
et  tu  es  eius  minera,  scil.  per  operationem;  et  de  te  extrahitur,  scil.  per  divi- 
sionem;  et  in  te  inseparabiliter  manet,  scil.  per  scientiam.  Aliter  in  te  fixa,  scil. 
in  Mercurio  sapientum;  tu  eius  minera  es;  id  est,  in  te  est  conclusa  et  ips[a]m 
occulte  tenes,  et  ex  te  extrahitur,  cum  a  te  reducitur  et  solvitur;  quia  sine  te 
compleri  non  potest,  et  tu  sine  ips[a]  vivere  non  potes  et  sic  finis  respicit  prin- 
cipium  et  contra."  (Art.  aurif.,  I,  pp.  31  if.) 

56  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  pars.  264ft 

168 


THE   ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF   THE   FISH 

unconscious,  is  made  conscious  and  "fixed"  in  the  mind.  For 
without  the  existence  of  conscious  concepts  apperception  is,  as 
wc  know,  impossible.  This  explains  numerous  neurotic  dis- 
turbances which  arise  from  the  fact  that  certain  contents  are 
constellated  in  the  unconscious  but  cannot  be  assimilated  owing 
to  the  lack  of  apperceptive  concepts  that  would  "grasp"  them. 
That  is  why  it  is  so  extremely  important  to  tell  children  fairy- 
tales and  legends,  and  to  inculcate  religious  ideas  (dogmas)  into 
grown-ups,  because  these  things  are  instrumental  symbols  with 
whose  help  unconscious  contents  can  be  canalized  into  con- 
sciousness, interpreted,  and  integrated.  Failing  this,  their  energy 
flows  off  into  conscious  contents  which,  normally,  are  not  much 
emphasized,  and  intensifies  them  to  pathological  proportions. 
We  then  get  apparently  groundless  phobias  and  obsessions- 
crazes,  idiosyncrasies,  hypochondriac  ideas,  and  intellectual  per- 
versions suitably  camouflaged  in  social,  religious,  or  political 
garb. 

260  The  old  master  saw  the  alchemical  opus  as  a  kind  of  apoca- 
tastasis,  the  restoring  of  an  initial  state  in  an  "eschatological" 
one  ("the  end  looks  to  the  beginning,  and  contrariwise").  This 
is  exactly  what  happens  in  the  individuation  process,  whether  it 
take  the  form  of  a  Christian  transformation  ("Except  ye  become 
as  little  children"),  or  a  satori  experience  in  Zen  ("show  me 
your  original  face"),  or  a  psychological  process  of  development 
in  which  the  original  propensity  to  wholeness  becomes  a  con- 
scious happening. 

261  For  the  alchemist  it  was  clear  that  the  "centre,"  or  what  we 
would  call  the  self,  does  not  lie  in  the  ego  but  is  outside  it,  "in 
us"  yet  not  "in  our  mind,"  being  located  rather  in  that  which  we 
unconsciously  are,  the  "quid"  which  we  still  have  to  recognize. 
Today  we  would  call  it  the  unconscious,  and  we  distinguish  be- 
tween a  personal  unconscious  which  enables  us  to  recognize  the 
shadow  and  an  impersonal  unconscious  which  enables  us  to 
recognize  the  archetypal  symbol  of  the  self.  Such  a  point  of  view 
was  inaccessible  to  the  alchemist,  and  having  no  idea  of  the 
theory  of  knowledge,  he  had  to  exteriorize  his  archetype  in  the 
traditional  way  and  lodge  it  in  matter,  even  though  he  felt,  as 
Dorn  and  others  undoubtedly  did,  that  the  centre  was  para- 
doxically in  man  and  yet  at  the  same  time  outside  him. 

109 


AION 


262  The  "incorrupt  medicament,"  the  lapis,  says  Dorn,  can  be 
found  nowhere  save  in  heaven,  for  heaven  "pervades  all  the  ele- 
ments with  invisible  rays  meeting  together  from  all  parts  at  the 
centre  of  the  earth,  and  generates  and  hatches  forth  all  crea- 
tures." "No  man  can  generate  in  himself,  but  [only]  in  that 
which  is  like  him,  which  is  from  the  same  [heaven]."57 

263  We  see  here  how  Dorn  gets  round  his  paradox:  no  one  can 
produce  anything  without  an  object  that  is  like  him.  But  it  is 
like  him  because  it  comes  from  the  same  source.  If  he  wants  to 
produce  the  incorrupt  medicament,  he  can  only  do  so  in  some- 
thing that  is  akin  to  his  own  centre,  and  this  is  the  centre  in  the 
earth  and  in  all  creatures.  It  comes,  like  his  own,  from  the  same 
fountainhead,  which  is  God.  Separation  into  apparently  dis- 
similar things,  such  as  heaven,  the  elements,  man,  etc.,  was  neces- 
sary only  for  the  work  of  generation.  Everything  separated  must 
be  united  again  in  the  production  of  the  stone,  so  that  the  orig- 
inal state  of  unity  shall  be  restored.  But,  says  Dorn,  "thou  wilt 
never  make  from  others  the  One  which  thou  seekest,  except  first 
there  be  made  one  thing  of  thyself.  .  .  .  For  so  is  the  will  of 
God,  that  the  pious  shall  pursue  the  pious  work  which  they  seek, 
and  the  perfect  shall  perfect  the  other  on  which  they  were  in- 
tent. .  .  .  See  therefore  that  thou  goest  forth  such  as  thou  de- 
sirest  the  work  to  be  which  thou  seekest." 58 

264  The  union  of  opposites  in  the  stone  is  possible  only  when  the 
adept  has  become  One  himself.  The  unity  of  the  stone  is  the 
equivalent  of  individuation,  by  which  man  is  made  one;  we 
would  say  that  the  stone  is  a  projection  of  the  unified  self.  This 
formulation  is  psychologically  correct.  It  does  not,  however, 
take  sufficient  account  of  the  fact  that  the  stone  is  a  transcendent 
unity.  We  must  therefore  emphasize  that  though  the  self  can 
become  a  symbolic  content  of  consciousness,  it  is,  as  a  supra- 
ordinate  totality,  necessarily  transcendental  as  well.  Dorn  rec- 
ognized the  identity  of  the  stone  with  the  transformed  man  when 
he  exclaimed:   "Transmute  yourselves  from  dead  stones  into 

57  "Nemo  in  se  ipso,  sed  in  sui  simili,  quod  etiam  ex  ipso  sit,  generare  potest" 
("Speculativae  philosophiae,"  p.  276). 

58  ".  .  .  ex  aliis  numquam  unum  fades  quod  quaeris,  nisi  prius  ex  te  ipso  fiat 
unum.  .  .  .  Nam  talis  est  voluntas  Dei,  ut  pii  pium  consequantur  opus  quod 
quaerunt,  et  perfecti  perficiant  aliud  cui  fuerint  intend.  .  .  .  Fac  igitur  ut  talis 
evadas,  quale  tuum  esse  vis  quod  quaesieris  opus"  (p.  276f.). 

170 


THE   ALCHEMICAL    INTERPRETATION    OF    THE   FISH 

living  philosophical  stones!"59  But  he  lacked  the  concept  of  an 
unconscious  existence  which  would  have  enabled  him  to  express 
the  identity  of  the  subjective  psychic  centre  and  the  objective 
alchemical  centre  in  a  satisfactory  formula.  Nevertheless,  he 
succeeded  in  explaining  the  magnetic  attraction  between  the 
imagined  symbol— the  "theoria"— and  the  "centre"  hidden  in 
matter,  or  in  the  interior  of  the  earth  or  in  the  North  Pole,  as 
the  identity  of  two  extremes.  That  is  why  the  theoria  and  the 
arcanum  in  matter  are  both  called  Veritas.  This  truth  "shines" 
in  us,  but  it  is  not  of  us:  it  "is  to  be  sought  not  in  us,  but  in  the 
image  of  God  which  is  in  us."  60 

265  Dorn  thus  equates  the  transcendent  centre  in  man  with  the 
God-image.  This  identification  makes  it  clear  why  the  alchemical 
symbols  for  wholeness  apply  as  much  to  the  arcanum  in  man  as 
to  the  Deity,  and  why  substances  like  mercury  and  sulphur,  or 
the  elements  fire  and  water,  could  refer  to  God,  Christ,  and  the 
Holy  Ghost.  Indeed,  Dorn  goes  even  further  and  allows  the 
predicate  of  being  to  this  truth,  and  to  this  truth  alone:  "Fur- 
ther, that  we  may  give  a  satisfactory  definition  of  the  truth,  we 
say  it  is,  but  nothing  can  be  added  to  it;  for  what,  pray,  can  be 
added  to  the  One,  what  is  lacking  to  it,  or  on  what  can  it  be  sup- 
ported? For  in  truth  nothing  exists  beside  that  One."61  The 
only  thing  that  truly  exists  for  him  is  the  transcendental  self, 
which  is  identical  with  God. 

266  Dorn  was  probably  the  first  alchemist  to  sum  up  the  results 
of  all  the  symbolical  terms  and  to  state  clearly  what  had  been 
the  impelling  motive  of  alchemy  from  the  very  beginning.  It  is 
remarkable  that  this  thinker,  who  is  far  more  lucid  in  his  formu- 
lations than  his  successor  Jakob  Bohme,  has  remained  com- 
pletely unknown  to  historians  of  philosophy  until  today.  He 
thus  shares  the  fate  of  Hermetic  philosophy  in  general,  which, 
for  those  unacquainted  with  modern  psychology,  remains  a 

69  "Transmutemini  de  lapidibus  mortuis  in  vivos  lapides  philosophicos!"  (p.  267). 
This  is  an  allusion  to  I  Peter  2  :  4f:  "Come  to  him,  to  that  living  stone,  rejected 
by  men  but  in  God's  sight  chosen  and  precious;  and  like  living  stones  be  your- 
selves built  [up]  .  .  .*'  (RSV). 

60  "Non  in  nobis  quaerenda  [Veritas],  sed  in  imagine  Dei,  quae  in  nobis  est" 
(p.  268). 

61  "Ulterius,  ut  definitioni  veri  faciamus  satis,  dicimus  esse,  vero  nihil  adesse,  nam 
uni  quid  adest,  quaeso,  quid  etiam  deest,  aut  quid  contra  niti  potest?  cum  nihil 
vere  praeter  illud  unum  existit"  (p.  268). 

171 


AION 


closed  book  sealed  with  seven  seals.  But  this  book  has  to  be 
opened  sometime  if  we  wish  to  understand  the  mentality  of  the 
present  day;  for  alchemy  is  the  mother  of  the  essential  substance 
as  well  as  the  concreteness  of  modern  scientific  thinking,  and  not 
scholasticism,  which  was  responsible  in  the  main  only  for  the 
discipline  and  training  o£  the  intellect. 


172 


XII 

BACKGROUND  TO  THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF 
CHRISTIAN  ALCHEMICAL  SYMBOLISM 

267  "Mater  Alchimia"  could  serve  as  the  name  of  a  whole  epoch. 
Beginning,  roughly,  with  Christianity,  it  gave  birth  in  the  six- 
teenth and  seventeenth  centuries  to  the  age  of  science,  only  to 
perish,  unrecognized  and  misunderstood,  and  sink  from  sight  in 
the  stream  of  the  centuries  as  an  age  that  had  been  outlived.  But, 
just  as  every  mother  was  once  a  daughter,  so  too  was  alchemy. 
It  owes  its  real  beginnings  to  the  Gnostic  systems,  which  Hip- 
polytus  rightly  regarded  as  philosophic,  and  which,  with  the 
help  of  Greek  philosophy  and  the  mythologies  of  the  Near  and 
Middle  East,  together  with  Christian  dogmatics  and  Jewish 
cabalism,  made  extremely  interesting  attempts,  from  the  mod- 
ern point  of  view,  to  synthetize  a  unitary  vision  of  the  world  in 
which  the  physical  and  the  mystical  aspects  played  equal  parts. 
Had  this  attempt  succeeded,  we  would  not  be  witnessing  today 
the  curious  spectacle  of  two  parallel  world-views  neither  of 
which  knows,  or  wishes  to  know,  anything  about  the  other. 
Hippolytus  was  in  the  enviable  position  of  being  able  to  see 
Christian  doctrine  side  by  side  with  its  pagan  sisters,  and  similar 
comparisons  had  also  been  attempted  by  Justin  Martyr.  To  the 
honour  of  Christian  thinking  it  must  be  said  that  up  till  the 
time  of  Kepler  there  was  no  lack  of  praiseworthy  attempts  to 
interpret  and  understand  Nature,  in  the  broadest  sense,  on  the 
basis  of  Christian  dogma. 

268  These  attempts,  however,  inevitably  came  to  grief  for  lack 
of  any  adequate  knowledge  of  natural  processes.  Thus,  in  the 
course  of  the  eighteenth  century,  there  arose  that  notorious  rift 
between  faith  and  knowledge.  Faith  lacked  experience  and  sci- 
ence missed  out  the  soul.  Instead,  science  believed  fervently  in 
absolute  objectivity  and  assiduously  overlooked  the  fundamental 
difficulty  that  the  real  vehicle  and  begetter  of  all  knowledge  is 
the  psyche,  the  very  thing  that  scientists  knew  the  least  about 

173 


AION 


for  the  longest  time.  It  was  regarded  as  a  symptom  of  chemical 
reactions,  an  epiphenomenon  of  biological  processes  in  the 
brain-cells— indeed,  for  some  time  it  did  not  exist  at  all.  Yet  all 
the  while  scientists  remained  totally  unaware  of  the  fact  that 
they  were  using  for  their  observations  a  photographic  apparatus 
of  whose  nature  and  structure  they  knew  practically  nothing, 
and  whose  very  existence  many  of  them  were  unwilling  to  admit. 
It  is  only  quite  recently  that  they  have  been  obliged  to  take  into 
their  calculations  the  objective  reality  of  this  psychic  factor.  Sig- 
nificantly enough,  it  is  microphysics  that  has  come  up  against 
the  psyche  in  the  most  tangible  and  unexpected  way.  Obviously, 
we  must  disregard  the  psychology  of  the  unconscious  in  this  con- 
nection, since  its  working  hypothesis  consists  precisely  in  the 
reality  of  the  psyche.  What  is  significant  here  is  the  exact  oppo- 
site, namely  the  psyche's  collision  with  physics.1 

269  Now  for  the  Gnostics— and  this  is  their  real  secret— the 
psyche  existed  as  a  source  of  knowledge  just  as  much  as  it  did  for 
the  alchemists.  Aside  from  the  psychology  of  the  unconscious, 
contemporary  science  and  philosophy  know  only  of  what  is  out- 
side, while  faith  knows  only  of  the  inside,  and  then  only  in  the 
Christian  form  imparted  to  it  by  the  passage  of  the  centuries, 
beginning  with  St.  Paul  and  the  gospel  of  St.  John.  Faith,  quite 
as  much  as  science  with  its  traditional  objectivity,  is  absolute, 
which  is  why  faith  and  knowledge  can  no  more  agree  than 
Christians  can  with  one  another. 

27°  Our  Christian  doctrine  is  a  highly  differentiated  symbol  that 
expresses  the  transcendent  psychic— the  God-image  and  its  prop- 
erties, to  speak  with  Dorn.  The  Creed  is  a  "symbolum."  This 
comprises  practically  everything  of  importance  that  can  be  ascer- 
tained about  the  manifestations  of  the  psyche  in  the  field  of 
inner  experience,  but  it  does  not  include  Nature,  at  least  not  in 
any  recognizable  form.  Consequently,  at  every  period  of  Chris- 
tianity there  have  been  subsidiary  currents  or  undercurrents 
that  have  sought  to  investigate  the  empirical  aspect  of  Nature 
not  only  from  the  outside  but  also  from  the  inside. 

271  Although  dogma,  like  mythology  in  general,  expresses  the 
quintessence  of  inner  experience  and  thus  formulates  the  opera- 
tive principles  of  the  objective  psyche,  i.e.,  the  collective  uncon- 


1  Cf.  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche,"  pars.  417ft.,  438s. 

174 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY    OF    CHRISTIAN    ALCHEMICAL    SYMBOLISM 

scious,  it  does  so  by  making  use  of  a  language  and  outlook  that 
have  become  alien  to  our  present  way  of  thinking.  The  word 
"dogma"  has  even  acquired  a  somewhat  unpleasant  sound  and 
frequently  serves  merely  to  emphasize  the  rigidity  of  a  prejudice. 
For  most  people  living  in  the  West,  it  has  lost  its  meaning  as  a 
symbol  for  a  virtually  unknowable  and  yet  "actual"— i.e.,  opera- 
tive—fact. Even  in  theological  circles  any  real  discussion  of 
dogma  had  as  good  as  ceased  until  the  recent  papal  declarations, 
a  sign  that  the  symbol  has  begun  to  fade,  if  it  is  not  already 
withered.  This  is  a  dangerous  development  for  our  psychic 
health,  as  we  know  of  no  other  symbol  that  better  expresses  the 
world  of  the  unconscious.  More  and  more  people  then  begin 
looking  round  for  exotic  ideas  in  the  hope  of  finding  a  substi- 
tute, for  example  in  India.  This  hope  is  delusory,  for  though 
the  Indian  symbols  formulate  the  unconscious  just  as  well  as 
the  Christian  ones  do,  they  each  exemplify  their  own  spiritual 
past.  The  Indian  teachings  constitute  the  essence  of  several 
thousand  years  of  experience  of  Indian  life.  Though  we  can 
learn  a  lot  from  Indian  thought,  it  can  never  express  the  past 
that  is  stored  up  within  us.  The  premise  we  start  from  is  and 
remains  Christianity,  which  covers  anything  from  eleven  to  nine- 
teen centuries  of  Western  life.  Before  that,  there  was  for  most 
Western  peoples  a  considerably  longer  period  of  polytheism  and 
polydemonism.  In  certain  parts  of  Europe  Christianity  goes  back 
not  much  more  than  five  hundred  years— a  mere  sixteen  genera- 
tions. The  last  witch  was  burnt  in  Europe  the  year  my  grand- 
father was  born,  and  barbarism  with  its  degradation  of  human 
nature  has  broken  out  again  in  the  twentieth  century. 

I  mention  these  facts  in  order  to  illustrate  how  thin  is  the 
wall  that  separates  us  from  pagan  times.  Besides  that,  the  Ger- 
manic peoples  never  developed  organically  out  of  primitive 
polydemonism  to  polytheism  and  its  philosophical  subtleties, 
but  in  many  places  accepted  Christian  monotheism  and  its  doc- 
trine of  redemption  only  at  the  sword's  point  of  the  Roman  le- 
gions, as  in  Africa  the  machine-gun  is  the  latent  argument  behind 
the  Christian  invasion.2  Doubtless  the  spread  of  Christianity 
among  barbarian  peoples  not  only  favoured,  but  actually  neces- 
sitated, a  certain  inflexibility  of  dogma.  Much  the  same  thing 

2  I  was  able  to  convince  myself  on  the  spot  of  the  existence  of  this  fear. 

175 


AION 


can  be  observed  in  the  spread  of  Islam,  which  was  likewise 
obliged  to  resort  to  fanaticism  and  rigidity.  In  India  the  symbol 
developed  far  more  organically  and  pursued  a  less  disturbed 
course.  Even  the  great  Hindu  Reformation,  Buddhism,  is 
grounded,  in  true  Indian  fashion,  on  yoga,  and,  in  India  at  least, 
it  was  almost  completely  reassimilated  by  Hinduism  in  less  than 
a  millennium,  so  that  today  the  Buddha  himself  is  enthroned 
in  the  Hindu  pantheon  as  the  avatar  of  Vishnu,  along  with 
Christ,  Matsya  (the  fish),  Kurma  (the  tortoise),  Vamana  (the 
dwarf),  and  a  host  of  others. 

273  The  historical  development  of  our  Western  mentality  cannot 
be  compared  in  any  way  with  the  Indian.  Anyone  who  believes 
that  he  can  simply  take  over  Eastern  forms  of  thought  is  uproot- 
ing himself,  for  they  do  not  express  our  Western  past,  but  re- 
main bloodless  intellectual  concepts  that  strike  no  chord  in  our 
inmost  being.  We  are  rooted  in  Christian  soil.  This  foundation 
does  not  go  very  deep,  certainly,  and,  as  we  have  seen,  it  has 
proved  alarmingly  thin  in  places,  so  that  the  original  paganism, 
in  altered  guise,  was  able  to  regain  possession  of  a  large  part  of 
Europe  and  impose  on  it  its  characteristic  economic  pattern  of 
slavery. 

274  This  modern  development  is  in  line  with  the  pagan  currents 
that  were  clearly  present  in  alchemy  and  had  remained  alive 
beneath  the  Christian  surface  ever  since  the  days  of  antiquity. 
Alchemy  reached  its  greatest  efflorescence  in  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries,  then  to  all  appearances  it  began  to  die 
out.  In  reality  it  found  its  continuation  in  natural  science,  which 
led  in  the  nineteenth  century  to  materialism  and  in  the  twen- 
tieth century  to  so-called  "realism,"  whose  end  is  not  yet  in  sight. 
Despite  well-meaning  assurances  to  the  contrary,  Christianity  is 
a  helpless  bystander.  The  Church  still  has  a  little  power  left, 
but  she  pastures  her  sheep  on  the  ruins  of  Europe.  Her  message 
works,  if  one  knows  how  to  combine  her  language,  ideas,  and 
customs  with  an  understanding  of  the  present.  But  for  many  she 
no  longer  speaks,  as  Paul  did  in  the  market-place  of  Athens,  the 
language  of  the  present,  but  wraps  her  message  in  sacrosanct 
words  hallowed  by  age.  What  success  would  Paul  have  had  with 
his  preaching  if  he  had  had  to  use  the  language  and  myths  of  the 
Minoan  age  in  order  to  announce  the  gospel  to  the  Athenians? 
We  overlook  the  unfortunate  fact  that  far  greater  demands  are 

176 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY    OF    CHRISTIAN    ALCHEMICAL    SYMBOLISM 

made  on  present-day  man  than  were  ever  made  on  people  living 
in  the  apostolic  era:  for  them  there  was  no  difficulty  at  all  in 
believing  in  the  virgin  birth  of  the  hero  and  demigod,  and 
Justin  Martyr  was  still  able  to  use  this  argument  in  his  apology. 
Nor  was  the  idea  of  a  redeeming  God-man  anything  unheard  of, 
since  practically  all  Asiatic  potentates  together  with  the  Roman 
Emperor  were  of  divine  nature.  But  we  have  no  further  use 
even  for  the  divine  right  of  kings!  The  miraculous  tales  in  the 
gospels,  which  easily  convinced  people  in  those  days,  would  be 
a  petra  scandali  in  any  modern  biography  and  would  evoke  the 
very  reverse  of  belief.  The  weird  and  wonderful  nature  of  the 
gods  was  a  self-evident  fact  in  a  hundred  living  myths  and  as- 
sumed a  special  significance  in  the  no  less  credible  philosophic 
refinements  of  those  myths.  ''Hermes  ter  unus"  (Hermes-Thrice- 
One)  was  not  an  intellectual  absurdity  but  a  philosophical 
truth.  On  these  foundations  the  dogma  of  the  Trinity  could  be 
built  up  convincingly.  For  modern  man  this  dogma  is  either  an 
impenetrable  mystery  or  an  historical  curiosity,  preferably  the 
latter.  For  the  man  of  antiquity  the  virtue  of  the  consecrated 
water  or  the  transmutation  of  substances  was  in  no  sense  an 
enormity,  because  there  were  dozens  of  sacred  springs  whose 
workings  were  incomprehensible,  and  any  amount  of  chemical 
changes  whose  nature  appeared  miraculous.  Nowadays  every 
schoolboy  knows  more,  in  principle,  about  the  ways  of  Nature 
than  all  the  volumes  of  Pliny's  Natural  History  put  together. 
If  Paul  were  alive  today,  and  should  undertake  to  reach  the 
ear  of  intelligent  Londoners  in  Hyde  Park,  he  could  no  longer 
content  himself  with  quotations  from  Greek  literature  and  a 
smattering  of  Jewish  history,  but  would  have  to  accommodate 
his  language  to  the  intellectual  faculties  of  the  modern  English 
public.  If  he  failed  to  do  this,  he  would  have  announced  his 
message  badly,  for  no  one,  except  perhaps  a  classical  philologist, 
would  understand  half  of  what  he  was  saying.  That,  however,  is 
the  situation  in  which  Christian  kerygmatics  3  finds  itself  today. 
Not  that  it  uses  a  dead  foreign  language  in  the  literal  sense,  but 
it  speaks  in  images  that  on  the  one  hand  are  hoary  with  age  and 
look  deceptively  familiar,  while  on  the  other  hand  they  are 
miles  away  from  a  modern  man's  conscious   understanding, 

3  Kerygmatics  =  preaching,  declaration  of  religious  truth. 

177 


AION 


addressing  themselves,  at  most,  to  his  unconscious,  and  then  only 
if  the  speaker's  whole  soul  is  in  his  work.  The  best  that  can 
happen,  therefore,  is  that  the  effect  remains  stuck  in  the  sphere 
of  feeling,  though  in  most  cases  it  does  not  get  even  that  far. 

276  The  bridge  from  dogma  to  the  inner  experience  of  the  indi- 
vidual has  broken  down.  Instead,  dogma  is  "believed";4  it  is 
hypostatized,  as  the  Protestants  hypostatize  the  Bible,  illegiti- 
mately making  it  the  supreme  authority,  regardless  of  its  con- 
tradictions and  controversial  interpretations.  (As  we  know,  any- 
thing can  be  authorized  out  of  the  Bible.)  Dogma  no  longer 
formulates  anything,  no  longer  expresses  anything;  it  has  be- 
come a  tenet  to  be  accepted  in  and  for  itself,  with  no  basis  in  any 
experience  that  would  demonstrate  its  truth.5  Indeed,  faith  has 
itself  become  that  experience.  The  faith  of  a  man  like  Paul,  who 
had  never  seen  our  Lord  in  the  flesh,  could  still  appeal  to  the 
overwhelming  apparition  on  the  road  to  Damascus  and  to  the 
revelation  of  the  gospel  in  a  kind  of  ecstasy.  Similarly,  the  faith 
of  the  man  of  antiquity  and  of  the  medieval  Christian  never  ran 
counter  to  the  consensus  omnium  but  was  on  the  contrary  sup- 
ported by  it.  All  this  has  completely  changed  in  the  last  three 
hundred  years.  But  what  comparable  change  has  kept  pace  with 
this  in  theological  circles? 

«77  The  danger  exists— and  of  this  there  can  be  no  doubt— that 
the  new  wine  will  burst  the  old  bottles,  and  that  what  we  no 
longer  understand  will  be  thrown  into  the  lumber-room,  as 
happened  once  before  at  the  time  of  the  Reformation.  Prot- 
estantism then  discarded  (except  for  a  few  pallid  remnants)  the 
ritual  that  every  religion  needs,  and  now  relies  solely  on  the 
sola  fides  standpoint.  The  content  of  faith,  of  the  symbolum,  is 
continually  crumbling  away.  What  is  still  left  of  it?  The  person 
of  Jesus  Christ?  Even  the  most  benighted  layman  knows  that  the 

*  Father  Victor  White,  O.P.,  has  kindly  drawn  my  attention  to  the  concept  of  the 
Veritas  prima  in  St.  Thomas  Aquinas  (Summa  theol.,  II,  II,  i,  1  and  2):  This  "first 
truth"  is  invisible  and  unknown.  It  is  this,  and  not  the  dogma,  that  underlies 
belief. 

5  This  is  not  to  contest  the  legitimacy  and  importance  of  dogma.  The  Church 
is  not  concerned  only  with  people  who  have  a  religious  life  of  their  own,  but 
also  with  those  from  whom  no  more  can  be  expected  than  that  they  should  hold 
a  tenet  to  be  true  and  confess  themselves  satisfied  with  this  formula.  Probably  the 
great  majority  of  "believers"  do  not  get  beyond  this  level.  For  them  dogma  retains 
its  role  as  a  magnet  and  can  therefore  claim  to  be  the  "final"  truth. 

178 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY    OF    CHRISTIAN    ALCHEMICAL    SYMBOLISM 

personality  of  Jesus  is,  for  the  biographer,  the  obscurest  item 
of  all  in  the  reports  of  the  New  Testament,  and  that,  from  a 
human  and  psychological  point  of  view,  his  personality  must 
remain  an  unfathomable  enigma.  As  a  Catholic  writer  pithily 
remarked,  the  gospels  record  the  history  of  a  man  and  a  god  at 
the  same  time.  Or  is  only  God  left?  In  that  case,  what  about  the 
Incarnation,  the  most  vital  part  of  the  symbolum?  In  my  view 
one  would  be  well  advised  to  apply  the  papal  dictum:  "Let  it  be 
as  it  is,  or  not  be  at  all,"  6  to  the  Creed  and  leave  it  at  that,  be- 
cause nobody  really  understands  what  it  is  all  about.  How  else 
can  one  explain  the  notorious  drift  away  from  dogma? 

It  may  strike  my  reader  as  strange  that  a  physician  and  psy- 
chologist should  be  so  insistent  about  dogma.  But  I  must 
emphasize  it,  and  for  the  same  reasons  that  once  moved  the  al- 
chemist to  attach  special  importance  to  his  "theoria."  His  doc- 
trine was  the  quintessence  of  the  symbolism  of  unconscious 
processes,  just  as  the  dogmas  are  a  condensation  or  distillation 
of  "sacred  history,"  of  the  myth  of  the  divine  being  and  his 
deeds.  If  we  wish  to  understand  what  alchemical  doctrine  means, 
we  must  go  back  to  the  historical  as  well  as  the  individual 
phenomenology  of  the  symbols,  and  if  we  wish  to  gain  a  closer 
understanding  of  dogma,  we  must  perforce  consider  first  the 
myths  of  the  Near  and  Middle  East  that  underlie  Christianity, 
and  then  the  whole  of  mythology  as  the  expression  of  a  universal 
disposition  in  man.  This  disposition  I  have  called  the  collective 
unconscious,  the  existence  of  which  can  be  inferred  only  from 
individual  phenomenology.  In  both  cases  the  investigator  comes 
back  to  the  individual,  for  what  he  is  all  the  time  concerned 
with  are  certain  complex  thought-forms,  the  archetypes,  which 
must  be  conjectured  as  the  unconscious  organizers  of  our  ideas. 
The  motive  force  that  produces  these  configurations  cannot  be 
distinguished  from  the  transconscious  factor  known  as  instinct. 
There  is,  therefore,  no  justification  for  visualizing  the  archetype 
as  anything  other  than  the  image  of  instinct  in  man.7 

From  this  one  should  not  jump  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
world  of  religious  ideas  can  be  reduced  to  "nothing  but"  a 
biological  basis,  and  it  would  be  equally  erroneous  to  suppose 
that,  when  approached  in  this  way,  the  religious  phenomenon 

8  "Sit,  ut  est,  aut  non  sit." 

7  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche,"  par.  415. 

179 


AION 


is  "psychologized"  and  dissolved  in  smoke.  No  reasonable  per- 
son would  conclude  that  the  reduction  of  man's  morphology  to 
a  four-legged  saurian  amounts  to  a  nullification  of  the  human 
form,  or,  alternatively,  that  the  latter  somehow  explains  itself. 
For  behind  all  this  looms  the  vast  and  unsolved  riddle  of  life 
itself  and  of  evolution  in  general,  and  the  question  of  overriding 
importance  in  the  end  is  not  the  origin  of  evolution  but  its  goal. 
Nevertheless,  when  a  living  organism  is  cut  off  from  its  roots,  it 
loses  the  connections  with  the  foundations  of  its  existence  and 
must  necessarily  perish.  When  that  happens,  anamnesis  of  the 
origins  is  a  matter  of  life  and  death. 

280  Myths  and  fairytales  give  expression  to  unconscious  proc- 
esses, and  their  retelling  causes  these  processes  to  come  alive 
again  and  be  recollected,  thereby  re-establishing  the  connection 
between  conscious  and  unconscious.  What  the  separation  of  the 
two  psychic  halves  means,  the  psychiatrist  knows  only  too  well. 
He  knows  it  as  dissociation  of  the  personality,  the  root  of  all 
neuroses:  the  conscious  goes  to  the  right  and  the  unconscious  to 
the  left.  As  opposites  never  unite  at  their  own  level  (tertium  non 
datur!),  a  supraordinate  "third"  is  always  required,  in  which 
the  two  parts  can  come  together.  And  since  the  symbol  derives 
as  much  from  the  conscious  as  from  the  unconscious,  it  is  able  to 
unite  them  both,  reconciling  their  conceptual  polarity  through 
its  form  and  their  emotional  polarity  through  its  numinosity. 

281  For  this  reason  the  ancients  often  compared  the  symbol  to 
water,  a  case  in  point  being  tao,  where  yang  and  yin  are  united. 
Tao  is  the  "valley  spirit,"  the  winding  course  of  a  river.  The 
symbolum  of  the  Church  is  the  aqua  doctrinae,  corresponding 
to  the  wonder-working  "divine"  water  of  alchemy,  whose  double 
aspect  is  represented  by  Mercurius.  The  healing  and  renewing 
properties  of  this  symbolical  water— whether  it  be  tao,  the  bap- 
tismal water,  or  the  elixir— point  to  the  therapeutic  character  of 
the  mythological  background  from  which  this  idea  comes.  Physi- 
cians who  were  versed  in  alchemy  had  long  recognized  that  their 
arcanum  healed,  or  was  supposed  to  heal,  not  only  the  diseases 
of  the  body  but  also  those  of  the  mind.  Similarly,  modern  psy- 
chotherapy knows  that,  though  there  are  many  interim  solu- 
tions, there  is,  at  the  bottom  of  every  neurosis,  a  moral  problem 
of  opposites  that  cannot  be  solved  rationally,  and  can  be  an- 
swered only  by  a  supraordinate  third,  by  a  symbol  which  ex- 

180 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY    OF    CHRISTIAN    ALCHEMICAL   SYMBOLISM 

presses  both  sides.  This  was  the  'Veritas"  (Dorn)  or  "theoria" 
(Paracelsus)  for  which  the  old  physicians  and  alchemists  strove, 
and  they  could  do  so  only  by  incorporating  the  Christian  revela- 
tion into  their  world  of  ideas.  They  continued  the  work  of  the 
Gnostics  (who  were,  most  of  them,  not  so  much  heretics  as  the- 
ologians) and  the  Church  Fathers  in  a  new  era,  instinctively 
recognizing  that  new  wine  should  not  be  put  into  old  bottles, 
and  that,  like  a  snake  changing  its  skin,  the  old  myth  needs  to 
be  clothed  anew  in  every  renewed  age  if  it  is  not  to  lose  its 
therapeutic  effect. 
282  The  problems  which  the  integration  of  the  unconscious  sets 
modern  doctors  and  psychologists  can  only  be  solved  along  the 
lines  traced  out  by  history,  and  the  upshot  will  be  a  new  assimila- 
tion of  the  traditional  myth.  This,  however,  presupposes  the 
continuity  of  historical  development.  Naturally  the  present 
tendency  to  destroy  all  tradition  or  render  it  unconscious  could 
interrupt  the  normal  process  of  development  for  several  hun- 
dred years  and  substitute  an  interlude  of  barbarism.  Wherever 
the  Marxist  Utopia  prevails,  this  has  already  happened.  But  a 
predominantly  scientific  and  technological  education,  such  as  is 
the  usual  thing  nowadays,  can  also  bring  about  a  spiritual 
regression  and  a  considerable  increase  of  psychic  dissociation. 
With  hygiene  and  prosperity  alone  a  man  is  still  far  from  health, 
otherwise  the  most  enlightened  and  most  comfortably  off  among 
us  would  be  the  healthiest.  But  in  regard  to  neuroses  that  is  not 
the  case  at  all,  quite  the  contrary.  Loss  of  roots  and  lack  of  tradi- 
tion neuroticize  the  masses  and  prepare  them  for  collective 
hysteria.  Collective  hysteria  calls  for  collective  therapy,  which 
consists  in  abolition  of  liberty  and  terrorization.  Where  rational- 
istic materialism  holds  sway,  states  tend  to  develop  less  into 
prisons  than  into  lunatic  asylums. 


283  I  have  tried,  in  the  foregoing,  to  indicate  the  kind  of  psychic 
matrix  into  which  the  Christ-figure  was  assimilated  in  the  course 
of  the  centuries.  Had  there  not  been  an  affinity— magnet!— be- 
tween the  figure  of  the  Redeemer  and  certain  contents  of  the 
unconscious,  the  human  mind  would  never  have  been  able  to 
perceive  the  light  shining  in  Christ  and  seize  upon  it  so  pas- 
sionately. The  connecting  link  here  is  the  archetype  of  the  God- 

181 


AION 


man,  which  on  the  one  hand  became  historical  reality  in  Christ, 
and  on  the  other,  being  eternally  present,  reigns  over  the  soul 
in  the  form  of  a  supraordinate  totality,  the  self.  The  God-man, 
like  the  priest  in  the  vision  of  Zosimos,  is  a  Kvpio?  twv  Trvev/xcnw, 
not  only  "Lord  of  the  spirits,"  but  "Lord  over  the  (evil)  spirits," 
which  is  one  of  the  essential  meanings  of  the  Christian  Kyrios.8 

284  The  noncanonical  fish  symbol  led  us  into  this  psychic  matrix 
and  thus  into  a  realm  of  experience  where  the  unknowable 
archetypes  become  living  things,  changing  their  name  and  guise 
in  never-ending  succession  and,  as  it  were,  disclosing  their  hid- 
den nucleus  by  perpetually  circumambulating  round  it.  The 
lapis  that  signifies  God  become  man  or  man  become  God  "has 
a  thousand  names."  It  is  not  Christ;  it  is  his  parallel  in  the  sub- 
jective realm,  which  dogma  calls  Christ.  Alchemy  gives  us,  in 
the  lapis,  a  concrete  idea  of  what  Christ  means  in  the  realm  of 
subjective  experience,  and  under  what  delusive  or  illuminative 
disguises  his  actual  presence  may  be  experienced  in  its  tran- 
scendent ineffability.  One  could  demonstrate  the  same  thing  in 
the  psychology  of  a  modern  individual,  as  I  attempted  to  do  in 
Part  II  of  Psychology  and  Alchemy.9  Only,  this  would  be  a 
much  more  exacting  task,  running  into  great  detail  and  requir- 
ing a  mass  of  personal  biographical  data  with  which  one  could  fill 
volumes.  Such  an  undertaking  would  exceed  my  powers.  I  must 
therefore  rest  content  with  having  laid  some  of  the  historical 
and  conceptual  foundations  for  this  work  of  the  future. 

285  In  conclusion,  I  would  like  to  emphasize  once  again  that  the 
fish  symbol  is  a  spontaneous  assimilation  of  the  Christ-figure  of 
the  gospels,  and  is  thus  a  symptom  which  shows  us  in  what 
manner  and  with  what  meaning  the  symbol  was  assimilated  by 
the  unconscious.  In  this  respect  the  patristic  allegory  of  the  cap- 
ture of  Leviathan  (with  the  Cross  as  the  hook,  and  the  Crucified 
as  the  bait)  is  highly  characteristic:  a  content  (fish)  of  the  uncon- 
scious (sea)  has  been  caught  and  has  attached  itself  to  the  Christ- 
figure.  Hence  the  expression  used  by  St.  Augustine:  "de  pro- 
fundo  levatus"  (drawn  from  the  deep).  This  is  true  enough  of 
the  fish;  but  of  Christ?  The  image  of  the  fish  came  out  of  the 

8  Like  the  Old  Testament  "Yahweh  Zebaoth,"  Lord  of  Hosts.  Cf.  Maag,  "Jahwas 
Heerscharen." 

8  Also  in  "Psychology  and  Religion";  "Relations  between  the  Ego  and  the  Un- 
conscious"; and  my  commentary  on  The  Secret  of  the  Golden  Floiver. 

l82 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY    OF    CHRISTIAN    ALCHEMICAL   SYMBOLISM 

depths  of  the  unconscious  as  an  equivalent  of  the  historical 
Christ  figure,  and  if  Christ  was  invoked  as  "Ichthys,"  this  name 
referred  to  what  had  come  up  out  of  the  depths.  The  fish  symbol 
is  thus  the  bridge  between  the  historical  Christ  and  the  psychic 
nature  of  man,  where  the  archetype  of  the  Redeemer  dwells.  In 
this  way  Christ  became  an  inner  experience,  the  "Christ  with- 
in." 

As  I  have  shown,  the  alchemical  fish  symbolism  leads  direct 
to  the  lapis,  the  salvator,  servator,  and  deus  terrenus;  that  is,  psy- 
chologically, to  the  self.  We  now  have  a  new  symbol  in  place  of 
the  fish:  a  psychological  concept  of  human  wholeness.  In  as 
much  or  in  as  little  as  the  fish  is  Christ  does  the  self  mean  God. 
It  is  something  that  corresponds,  an  inner  experience,  an  assim- 
ilation of  Christ  into  the  psychic  matrix,  a  new  realization  of 
the  divine  Son,  no  longer  in  theriomorphic  form,  but  expressed 
in  a  conceptual  or  "philosophic"  symbol.  This,  compared  with 
the  mute  and  unconscious  fish,  marks  a  distinct  increase  in  con- 
scious development.10 

10  For  the  significance  of  conscious  development  in  relation  to  mythological  sym- 
bolism, see  Neumann,  The  Origins  and  History  of  Consciousness. 


183 


XIII 
GNOSTIC  SYMBOLS  OF  THE  SELF 


287  Since  all  cognition  is  akin  to  recognition,  it  should  not  come 
as  a  surprise  to  find  that  what  I  have  described  as  a  gradual 
process  of  development  had  already  been  anticipated,  and  more 
or  less  prefigured,  at  the  beginning  of  our  era.  We  meet  these 
images  and  ideas  in  Gnosticism,  to  which  we  must  now  give  our 
attention;  for  Gnosticism  was,  in  the  main,  a  product  of  cul- 
tural assimilation  and  is  therefore  of  the  greatest  interest  in 
elucidating  and  defining  the  contents  constellated  by  prophecies 
about  the  Redeemer,  or  by  his  appearance  in  history,  or  by  the 
synchronicity  of  the  archetype.1 

288  in  the  Elenchos  of  Hippolytus  the  attraction  between  the 
magnet  and  iron  is  mentioned,  if  I  am  not  mistaken,  three  times. 
It  first  appears  in  the  doctrine  of  the  Naassenes,  who  taught  that 
the  four  rivers  of  Paradise  correspond  to  the  eye,  the  ear,  the 
sense  of  smell,  and  the  mouth.  The  mouth,  through  which 
prayers  go  out  and  food  goes  in,  corresponds  to  the  fourth  river, 
the  Euphrates.  The  well-known  significance  of  the  "fourth" 
helps  to  explain  its  connection  with  the  "whole"  man,  for  the 
fourth  always  makes  a  triad  into  a  totality.  The  text  says:  "This 
is  the  water  above  the  firmament,2  of  which,  they  say,  the 
Saviour  spoke:  4If  you  knew  who  it  is  that  asks,  you  would  have 
asked  him,  and  he  would  have  given  you  a  spring  of  living  water 
to  drink.' 3  To  this  water  comes  every  nature  to  choose  its  own 

1  Unfortunately  it  is  not  possible  for  me  to  elucidate  or  even  to  document  this 
statement  here.  But,  as  Rhine's  ESP  (extrasensory  perception)  experiments  show, 
any  intense  emotional  interest  or  fascination  is  accompanied  by  phenomena 
which  can  only  be  explained  by  a  psychic  relativity  of  time,  space,  and  causality. 
Since  the  archetypes  usually  have  a  certain  numinosity,  they  can  arouse  just  that 
fascination  which  is  accompanied  by  synchronistic  phenomena.  These  consist  in 
the  meaningful  coincidence  of  two  or  more  causally  unrelated  facts.  For  details 

1  would  refer  the  reader  to  my  "Synchronicity:  An  Acausal  Connecting  Principle." 

2  Genesis  1:7.  3  Non-verbatim  quotation  from  John  4  :  10. 

184 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


substances,  and  from  this  water  goes  forth  to  every  nature 
that  which  is  proper  to  it,  more  [certainly]  than  iron  to  the 
Heracleian  stone," 4  etc. 

289  As  the  reference  to  John  4:10  shows,  the  wonderful  water 
of  the  Euphrates  has  the  property  of  the  aqua  doctrinae,  which 
perfects  every  nature  in  its  individuality  and  thus  makes  man 
whole  too.  It  does  this  by  giving  him  a  kind  of  magnetic  power 
by  which  he  can  attract  and  integrate  that  which  belongs  to  him. 
The  Naassene  doctrine  is,  plainly,  a  perfect  parallel  to  the 
alchemical  view  already  discussed:  the  doctrine  is  the  magnet 
that  makes  possible  the  integration  of  man  as  well  as  the  lapis. 

«9°  In  the  Peratic  doctrine,  so  many  ideas  of  this  kind  reappear 
that  Hippolytus  even  uses  the  same  metaphors,  though  the 
meaning  is  more  subtle.  No  one,  he  says,  can  be  saved  without 
the  Son: 

But  this  is  the  serpent.  For  it  is  he  who  brought  the  signs  of  the 
Father  down  from  above,  and  it  is  he  who  carries  them  back  again 
after  they  have  been  awakened  from  sleep,  transferring  them  thither 
from  hence  as  substances  proceeding  from  the  Substanceless.  This, 
they  say,  is  [what  is  meant  by]  the  saying,  "I  am  the  Door."  5  But 
they  say  he  transfers  them  to  those  whose  eyelids  are  closed,6  as 
naphtha  draws  everywhere  the  fire  to  itself,7  more  than  the  Hera- 
cleian stone  draws  iron  .  .  .8  Thus,  they  say,  the  perfect  race  of 
men,  made  in  the  image  [of  the  Father]  and  of  the  same  substance 
[homoonsion],  is  drawn  from  the  world  by  the  Serpent,  even  as  it 
was  sent  down  by  him;  but  naught  else  [is  so  drawn].9 

291  Here  the  magnetic  attraction  does  not  come  from  the  doc- 
trine or  the  water  but  from  the  "Son,"  who  is  symbolized  by  the 
serpent,  as  in  John  3  :  14.10  Christ  is  the  magnet  that  draws  to 

±Elenchos,  V,  g,  i8f.  (Cf.  Legge  trans.,  I,  pp.  i43f.)  "Heracleian  stone"  =  magnet. 
5  John  10  :  9:  "I  am  the  door.  By  me,  if  any  man  enter  in,  he  shall  be  saved." 
6 1  use  the  reading:   Ka/xixvovaiv  6<f>8a\fiov  p\£<papov.  Does  this  mean  those  who 
close  their  eyes  to  the  world? 

7  The  naphtha  analogy  reappears  in  the  teachings  of  the  Basilidians  (Elenchos, 
VII,  24,  6f.).  There  it  refers  to  the  son  of  the  highest  archon,  who  comprehends 
the  vo-qfiara  airb  rijs  fiaKaplas  vISttjtos  (idea  of  the  blessed  sonship).  Hippolytus' 
exposition  seems  to  be  a  trifle  confused  at  this  point. 

8  Several  more  metaphors  now  follow,  and  it  should  be  noted  that  they  are  the 
same  as  in  the  passage  previously  quoted  (V,  9,  19). 

9  Elenchos,  V,  17,  8ff.  (Cf.  Legge  trans.,  I,  pp.  158L) 

10  "And  as  Moses  lifted  up  the  serpent  in  the  wilderness,  even  so  must  the  Son 
of  man  be  lifted  up." 

185 


AION 


itself  those  parts  or  substances  in  man  that  are  of  divine  origin, 
the  narpiKol  xapa/c-njpe?  (signs  of  the  Father),  and  carries  them  back 
to  their  heavenly  birthplace.  The  serpent  is  an  equivalent  of  the 
fish.  The  consensus  of  opinion  interpreted  the  Redeemer  equally 
as  a  fish  and  a  serpent;  he  is  a  fish  because  he  rose  from  the  un- 
known depths,  and  a  serpent  because  he  came  mysteriously  out 
of  the  darkness.  Fishes  and  snakes  are  favourite  symbols  for 
describing  psychic  happenings  or  experiences  that  suddenly  dart 
out  of  the  unconscious  and  have  a  frightening  or  redeeming 
effect.  That  is  why  they  are  so  often  expressed  by  the  motif  of 
helpful  animals.  The  comparison  of  Christ  with  the  serpent  is 
more  authentic  than  that  with  the  fish,  but,  for  all  that,  it  was 
not  so  popular  in  primitive  Christianity.  The  Gnostics  favoured 
it  because  it  was  an  old-established  symbol  for  the  "good"  genius 
loci,  the  Agathodaimon,  and  also  for  their  beloved  Nous.  Both 
symbols  are  of  inestimable  value  when  it  comes  to  the  natural, 
instinctive  interpretation  of  the  Christ-figure.  Theriomorphic 
symbols  are  very  common  in  dreams  and  other  manifestations 
of  the  unconscious.  They  express  the  psychic  level  of  the  con- 
tent in  question;  that  is  to  say,  such  contents  are  at  a  stage  of 
unconsciousness  that  is  as  far  from  human  consciousness  as  the 
psyche  of  an  animal.  Warm-blooded  or  cold-blooded  vertebrates 
of  all  kinds,  or  even  invertebrates,  thus  indicate  the  degree  of 
unconsciousness.  It  is  important  for  psychopathologists  to  know 
this,  because  these  contents  can  produce,  at  all  levels,  symptoms 
that  correspond  to  the  physiological  functions  and  are  localized 
accordingly.  For  instance,  the  symptoms  may  be  distinctly  corre- 
lated with  the  cerebrospinal  and  the  sympathetic  nervous  sys- 
tem. The  Sethians  may  have  guessed  something  of  this  sort,  for 
Hippolytus  mentions,  in  connection  with  the  serpent,  that  they 
compared  the  "Father"  with  the  cerebrum  (iyKe<pa\ov)  and  the 
"Son"  with  the  cerebellum  and  spinal  cord  (TrapeyKe^aXU 
SpaKovTouBrj's).  The  snake  does  in  fact  symbolize  "cold-blooded," 
inhuman  contents  and  tendencies  of  an  abstractly  intellectual  as 
well  as  a  concretely  animal  nature:  in  a  word,  the  extra-human 
quality  in  man. 
*9*  The  third  reference  to  the  magnet  is  to  be  found  in  Hippoly- 
tus' account  of  the  Sethian  doctrine.  This  has  remarkable 
analogies  with  the  alchemical  doctrines  of  the  Middle  Ages, 

186 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


though  no  direct  transmission  can  be  proved.  It  expounds,  in 
Hippolytus'  words,  a  theory  of  "composition  and  mixture":  the 
ray  of  light  from  above  mingles  with  the  dark  waters  below  in 
the  form  of  a  minute  spark.  At  the  death  of  the  individual,  and 
also  at  his  figurative  death  as  a  mystical  experience,  the  two 
substances  unmix  themselves.  This  mystical  experience  is  the 
divisio  and  separatio  of  the  composite  (to  Sixdo-ai  koL  x^p^at  ra 
avyKeKpafxiva).  I  purposely  give  the  Latin  terms  used  in  medieval 
alchemy,  because  they  denote  essentially  the  same  thing  as  do 
the  Gnostic  concepts.  The  separation  or  unmixing  enables  the 
alchemist  to  extract  the  anima  or  spiritus  from  the  prima  ma- 
teria. During  this  operation  the  helpful  Mercurius  appears  with 
the  dividing  sword  (used  also  by  the  adept!),  which  the  Sethians 
refer  to  Matthew  10  :  34:  "I  came  not  to  send  peace,  but  a 
sword."  The  result  of  the  unmixing  is  that  what  was  previously 
mixed  up  with  the  "other"  is  now  drawn  to  "its  own  place"  and 
to  that  which  is  "proper"  or  "akin"  to  it,  "like  iron  to  the  mag- 
net" (<35s  (Tib'ripos  [jrpds]  'Hpd/eXetov  \idov).11  In  the  same  way,  the 
spark  or  ray  of  light,  "having  received  from  the  teaching  and 
learning  its  proper  place,  hastens  to  the  Logos,  which  comes 
from  above  in  the  form  of  a  slave  .  .  .  more  [quickly]  than  iron 
[flies]  to  the  magnet."  12 
293  Here  the  magnetic  attraction  comes  from  the  Logos.  This 
denotes  a  thought  or  idea  that  has  been  formulated  and  articu- 
lated, hence  a  content  and  a  product  of  consciousness.  Conse- 
quently the  Logos  is  very  like  the  aqua  doctrinae,  but  whereas 
the  Logos  has  the  advantage  of  being  an  autonomous  person- 
ality, the  latter  is  merely  a  passive  object  of  human  action.  The 
Logos  is  nearer  to  the  historical  Christ-figure,  just  as  the  "water" 
is  nearer  to  the  magical  water  used  in  ritual  (ablution,  aspersion, 

11  Here,  as  in  the  previous  passages  about  the  magnet,  mention  is  made  of 
electron  (amber)  and  the  sea-hawk,  emphasis  being  laid  on  the  bird's  centre. 

12  Elenchos,  V,  21,  8  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  168).  The  ray  of  light  (radius)  plays  an 
analogous  role  in  alchemy.  Dorn  (Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  276)  speaks  of  the  "invisible 
rays  of  heaven  meeting  together  at  the  centre  of  the  earth,"  and  there,  as 
Michael  Maier  says,  shining  with  a  "heavenly  light  like  a  carbuncle"  (Symbola 
aureae  mensae,  1617,  p.  377).  The  arcane  substance  is  extracted  from  the  ray,  and 
constitutes  its  "shadow"  (umbra),  as  the  "Tractatus  aureus"  says  (Ars  chemica, 
1566,  p.  15).  The  aqua  permanent  is  extracted  from  the  rays  of  the  sun  and  moon 
by  the  magnet  (Mylius,  Philosophia  reformata,  p.  314),  or  the  rays  of  the  sun  are 
united  in  the  "silver  water"  (Beatus,  "Aurelia  occulta,"  Theatr.  chem.,  IV,  p.  563). 

187 


AION 

baptism).  Our  three  examples  of  magnetic  action  suggest  three 
different  forms  of  magnetic  agent: 

1.  The  agent  is  an  inanimate  and  in  itself  passive  substance, 
water.  It  is  drawn  from  the  depths  of  the  well,  handled  by 
human  hands,  and  used  according  to  man's  needs.  It  signifies 
the  visible  doctrine,  the  aqua  doctrinae  or  the  Logos,  commu- 
nicated to  others  by  word  of  mouth  and  by  ritual. 

2.  The  agent  is  an  animate,  autonomous  being,  the  serpent. 
It  appears  spontaneously  or  comes  as  a  surprise;  it  fascinates;  its 
glance  is  staring,  fixed,  unrelated;  its  blood  cold,  and  it  is  a 
stranger  to  man:  it  crawls  over  the  sleeper,  he  finds  it  in  a  shoe 
or  in  his  pocket.  It  expresses  his  fear  of  everything  inhuman  and 
his  awe  of  the  sublime,  of  what  is  beyond  human  ken.  It  is  the 
lowest  (devil)  and  the  highest  (son  of  God,  Logos,  Nous,  Aga- 
thodaimon).  The  snake's  presence  is  frightening,  one  finds  it  in 
unexpected  places  at  unexpected  moments.  Like  the  fish,  it 
represents  and  personifies  the  dark  and  unfathomable,  the 
watery  deep,  the  forest,  the  night,  the  cave.  When  a  primitive 
says  "snake,"  he  means  an  experience  of  something  extrahuman. 
The  snake  is  not  an  allegory  or  metaphor,  for  its  own  peculiar 
form  is  symbolic  in  itself,  and  it  is  essential  to  note  that  the 
"Son"  has  the  form  of  a  snake  and  not  the  other  way  round:  the 
snake  does  not  signify  the  "Son." 

3.  The  agent  is  the  Logos,  a  philosophical  idea  and  abstrac- 
tion of  the  bodily  and  personal  son  of  God  on  the  one  hand,  and 
on  the  other  the  dynamic  power  of  thoughts  and  words. 

294  It  is  clear  that  these  three  symbols  seek  to  describe  the  un- 
knowable essence  of  the  incarnate  God.  But  it  is  equally  clear 
that  they  are  hypostatized  to  a  high  degree:  it  is  real  water,  and 
not  figurative  water,  that  is  used  in  ritual.  The  Logos  was  in  the 
beginning,  and  God  was  the  Logos,  long  before  the  Incarnation. 
The  emphasis  falls  so  much  on  the  "serpent"  that  the  Ophites 
celebrated  their  eucharistic  feast  with  a  live  snake,  no  less 
realistic  than  the  Aesculapian  snake  at  Epidaurus.  Similarly, 
the  "fish"  is  not  just  the  secret  language  of  the  mystery,  but,  as 
the  monuments  show,  it  meant  something  in  itself.  Moreover, 
it  acquired  its  meaning  in  primitive  Christianity  without  any 
real  support  from  the  written  tradition,  whereas  the  serpent  can 
at  least  be  referred  back  to  an  authentic  logion. 

188 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


295  All  three  symbols  are  phenomena  of  assimilation  that  are  in 
themselves  of  a  numinous  nature  and  therefore  have  a  certain 
degree  of  autonomy.  Indeed,  had  they  never  made  their  appear- 
ance, it  would  have  meant  that  the  annunciation  of  the  Christ- 
figure  was  ineffective.  These  phenomena  not  only  prove  the 
effectiveness  of  the  annunciation,  but  provide  the  necessary 
conditions  in  which  the  annunciation  can  take  effect.  In  other 

s  words,  the  symbols  represent  the  prototypes  of  the  Christ-figure 
that  were  slumbering  in  man's  unconscious  and  were  then  called 
awake  by  his  actual  appearance  in  history  and,  so  to  speak, 
magnetically  attracted.  That  is  why  Meister  Eckhart  uses  the 
same  symbolism  to  describe  Adam's  relation  to  the  Creator  on 
the  one  hand  and  to  the  lower  creatures  on  the  other.13 

296  This  magnetic  process  revolutionizes  the  ego-oriented  psyche 
by  setting  up,  in  contradistinction  to  the  ego,  another  goal  or 
centre  which  is  characterized  by  all  manner  of  names  and  sym- 
bols: fish,  serpent,  centre  of  the  sea-hawk,14  point,  monad,  cross, 
paradise,  and  so  on.  The  myth  of  the  ignorant  demiurge  who 
imagined  he  was  the  highest  divinity  illustrates  the  perplexity 
of  the  ego  when  it  can  no  longer  hide  from  itself  the  knowledge 
that  it  has  been  dethroned  by  a  supraordinate  authority.  The 
"thousand  names"  of  the  lapis  philosophorum  correspond  to 
the  innumerable  Gnostic  designations  for  the  Anthropos,  which 
make  it  quite  obvious  what  is  meant:  the  greater,  more  com- 
prehensive Man,  that  indescribable  whole  consisting  of  the  sum 
of  conscious  and  unconscious  processes.  This  objective  whole, 
the  antithesis  of  the  subjective  ego-psyche,  is  what  I  have  called 
the  self,  and  this  corresponds  exactly  to  the  idea  of  the  An- 
thropos. 


297         When,  in  treating  a  case  of  neurosis,  we  try  to  supplement 
the  inadequate  attitude  (or  adaptedness)  of  the  conscious  mind 

13  "And  therefore  the  highest  power,  seeing  her  stability  in  God,  communicates 
it  to  the  lowest,  that  they  may  discern  good  and  evil.  In  this  union  Adam 
dwelt,  and  while  this  union  lasted  he  had  all  the  power  of  creatures  in  his  highest 
power.  As  when  a  lodestone  exerts  its  power  upon  a  needle  and  draws  it  to  itself, 
the  needle  receives  sufficient  power  to  pass  on  to  all  the  needles  beneath,  which 
it  raises  and  attaches  to  the  lodestone."  (Meister  Eckhart,  trans,  by  Evans,  I, 
p.  274,  slightly  modified.)  14  [Cf.  n.  11,  supra.] 

189 


AION 


by  adding  to  it  contents  of  the  unconscious,  our  aim  is  to  create 
a  wider  personality  whose  centre  of  gravity  does  not  necessarily 
coincide  with  the  ego,  but  which,  on  the  contrary,  as  the  pa- 
tient's insights  increase,  may  even  thwart  his  ego-tendencies. 
Like  a  magnet,  the  new  centre  attracts  to  itself  that  which  is 
proper  to  it,  the  "signs  of  the  Father,"  i.e.,  everything  that  per- 
tains to  the  original  and  unalterable  character  of  the  individual 
ground-plan.  All  this  is  older  than  the  ego  and  acts  towards  it  as 
the  "blessed,  nonexistent  God"  of  the  Basilidians  acted  towards 
the  archon  of  the  Ogdoad,  the  demiurge,  and— paradoxically 
enough— as  the  son  of  the  demiurge  acted  towards  his  father. 
The  son  proves  superior  in  that  he  has  knowledge  of  the  message 
from  above  and  can  therefore  tell  his  father  that  he  is  not  the 
highest  God.  This  apparent  contradiction  resolves  itself  when 
we  consider  the  underlying  psychological  experience.  On  the 
one  hand,  in  the  products  of  the  unconscious  the  self  appears  as 
it  were  a  priori,  that  is,  in  well-known  circle  and  quaternity  sym- 
bols which  may  already  have  occurred  in  the  earliest  dreams  of 
childhood,  long  before  there  was  any  possibility  of  conscious- 
ness or  understanding.  On  the  other  hand,  only  patient  and 
painstaking  work  on  the  contents  of  the  unconscious,  and  the 
resultant  synthesis  of  conscious  and  unconscious  data,  can  lead 
to  a  "totality,"  which  once  more  uses  circle  and  quaternity  sym- 
bols for  purposes  of  self-description.15  In  this  phase,  too,  the 
original  dreams  of  childhood  are  remembered  and  understood. 
The  alchemists,  who  in  their  own  way  knew  more  about  the 
nature  of  the  individuation  process  than  we  moderns  do,  ex- 
pressed this  paradox  through  the  symbol  of  the  uroboros,  the 
snake  that  bites  its  own  tail. 

The  same  knowledge,  formulated  differently  to  suit  the  age 
they  lived  in,  was  possessed  by  the  Gnostics.  The  idea  of  an  un- 
conscious was  not  unknown  to  them.  For  instance,  Epiphanius 
quotes  an  excerpt  from  one  of  the  Valentinian  letters,  which  says: 
"In  the  beginning  the  Autopator  contained  in  himself  every- 
thing that  is,  in  a  state  of  unconsciousness  [lit.,  'not-knowing': 
dyvwo-ta]."  16  It  was  Professor  G.  Quispel  who  kindly  drew  my 

15  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  127ft-.,  and  "A  Study  in  the  Process  of 
Individuation,"  in  Part  I  of  vol.  9. 

16  'E£  &PXVS  b  AvTovrarup  avrbs  kv  eavrui  irepielxe  to.  Trdvra  ovra  ev  eavrio  kv 
ayvwala  /cr\.  Panarium,  XXXI,  cap.  V   (Oehler  edn.,  I,  p.  314). 

190 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


attention  to  this  passage.  He  also  points  out  the  passage  in  Hip- 
poly  tus:  6  Uarrjp    ...    6  avewo-qros  Kal  avov<nos,  6  fi^re  appev  fxr/re  OrjXv, 

which  he  translates:  "le  Pere  .  .  .  qui  est  depourvu  de  con- 
science et  de  substance,  celui  qui  est  ni  masculin,  ni  feminin."  17 
So  the  "Father"  is  not  only  unconscious  and  without  the  quality 
of  being,  but  also  nirdvandva,  without  opposites,  lacking  all 
qualities  and  therefore  unknowable.  This  describes  the  state  of 
the  unconscious.  The  Valentinian  text  gives  the  Autopator  more 
positive  qualities:  "Some  called  him  the  ageless  Aeon,  eternally 
young,  male  and  female,  who  contains  everything  in  himself 
and  is  [himself]  contained  by  nothing."  In  him  was  Iwoia,  con- 
sciousness, which  "conveys  the  treasures  of  the  greatness  to 
those  who  come  from  the  greatness."  But  the  presence  of  hvoia 
does  not  prove  that  the  Autopator  himself  is  conscious,  for  the 
differentiation  of  consciousness  results  only  from  the  syzygies 
and  tetrads  that  follow  afterwards,  all  of  them  symbolizing 
processes  of  conjunction  and  composition.  "Ewoia  must  be 
thought  of  here  as  the  latent  possibility  of  consciousness.  Oehler 
translates  it  as  mens,  Cornarius  as  intelligentia  and  notio. 
299  St.  Paul's  concept  of  ayvoia  (ignorantia)  may  not  be  too  far 
removed  from  dyiwia,  since  both  mean  the  initial,  unconscious 
condition  of  man.  When  God  "looked  down"  on  the  times  of 
ignorance,  the  Greek  word  used  here,  WeptSwv  (Vulgate:  despi- 
ciens)  has  the  connotation  'to  disdain,  despise.' 18  At  all  events, 
Gnostic  tradition  says  that  when  the  highest  God  saw  what 
miserable,  unconscious  creatures  these  human  beings  were 
whom  the  demiurge  had  created,  who  were  not  even  able  to 
walk  upright,  he  immediately  got  the  work  of  redemption  under 
way.19  And  in  the  same  passage  in  the  Acts,  Paul  reminds  the 
Athenians  that  they  were  "God's  offspring,"  20  and  that  God, 
looking  back  disapprovingly  on  "the  times  of  ignorance,"  had 
sent  the  message   to  mankind,   commanding  "all  men  every- 

17  Elenchos,  VI,  42,  4;  Quispel,  "Note  sur  'Basilide,' "  p.  115. 

18  Acts  17  :  30. 

19  Cf.  Scott,  Hermetica  (I,  pp.  150L)  where  there  is  a  description  of  the  krater 
filled  with  Nous  which  God  sent  down  to  earth.  Those  whose  hearts  strive  after 
consciousness  (yvupi^ovca  i-rrl  rl  yeyovas)  can  "baptize"  themselves  in  the  krater 
and  thereby  obtain  Nous.  "God  says  that  the  man  filled  with  Nous  should  know 
himself"  (pp.  i26f.). 

20  Vivos  ovv  VTrdpxovres  rov  Oeov  (Acts   17  :  29). 

191 


AION 


where  to  repent."  Because  that  earlier  condition  seemed  to  be 
altogether  too  wretched,  the  fxerdvoia  (transformation  of  mind) 
took  on  the  moral  character  of  repentance  of  sins,  with  the  result 
that  the  Vulgate  could  translate  it  as  "poenitentiam  agere."  21 
The  sin  to  be  repented,  of  course,  is  ayvoia  or  ayvuma,  uncon- 
sciousness.22 As  we  have  seen,  it  is  not  only  man  who  is  in  this 
condition,  but  also,  according  to  the  Gnostics,  the  avewo-qros,  the 
God  without  consciousness.  This  idea  is  more  or  less  in  line 
with  the  traditional  Christian  view  that  God  was  transformed 
during  the  passage  from  the  Old  Testament  to  the  New,  and, 
from  being  the  God  of  wrath,  changed  into  the  God  of  Love— 
a  thought  that  is  expressed  very  clearly  by  Nicolaus  Caussin  in 
the  seventeenth  century.23 
3°o  In  this  connection  I  must  mention  the  results  of  Riwkah 
Scharf's  examination  of  the  figure  of  Satan  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment.24 With  the  historical  transformation  of  the  concept  of 
Satan  the  image  of  Yahweh  changes  too,  so  that  one  can  well  say 
that  there  was  a  differentiation  of  the  God-image  even  in  the 
Old  Testament,  not  to  speak  of  the  New.  The  idea  that  the 
world-creating  Deity  is  not  conscious,  but  may  be  dreaming,  is 
found  also  in  Hindu  literature: 

Who  knows  how  it  was,  and  who  shall  declare 
Whence  it  was  born  and  whence  it  came? 
The  gods  are  later  than  this  creation; 
Who  knows,  then,  whence  it  has  sprung? 

Whence  this  created  world  came, 

And  whether  he  made  it  or  not, 

He  alone  who  sees  all  in  the  highest  heaven 

Knows— or  does  not  know.25 

21  Likewise  the  ^Tavoelre  of  the  Baptist  (Matt.  3  :  2). 

22  Cf.  the  t6  rrjs  kyvolas  &/j.apTrma,  'sin  of  unconsciousness'  in  pseudo-Clement 
(Homilies  XIX,  cap.  XXII),  referring  to  the  man  who  was  born  blind  (John  9  :  1). 

23  Polyhistor  symbolicus,  p.  348:  "God,  formerly  the  God  of  vengeance,  who  with 
thunders  and  lightnings  brought  the  world  to  disorder,  took  his  rest  in  the  lap 
of  a  Virgin,  nay,  in  her  womb,  and  was  made  captive  by  love." 

24  "Die  Gestalt  des  Satans  im  Alten  Testament." 

25  Rig-Veda,  X,  129.  (Cf.  MacNicol  trans.,  Hindu  Scriptures,  p.  37.) 

192 


GNOSTIC    SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


301  Meister  Eckhart's  theology  knows  a  "Godhead"  of  which  no 
qualities,  except  unity  and  being,26  can  be  predicated; 27  it  "is 
becoming,"  it  is  not  yet  Lord  of  itself,  and  it  represents  an 
absolute  coincidence  of  opposites:  "But  its  simple  nature  is  of 
forms  formless;  of  becoming  becomingless;  of  beings  beingless; 
of  things  thingless,"  etc.28  Union  of  opposites  is  equivalent  to 
unconsciousness,  so  far  as  human  logic  goes,  for  consciousness 
presupposes  a  differentiation  into  subject  and  object  and  a  rela- 
tion between  them.  Where  there  is  no  "other,"  or  it  does  not  yet 
exist,  all  possibility  of  consciousness  ceases.  Only  the  Father,  the 
God  "welling"  out  of  the  Godhead,  "notices  himself,"  becomes 
"beknown  to  himself,"  and  "confronts  himself  as  a  Person."  So, 
from  the  Father,  comes  the  Son,  as  the  Father's  thought  of  his 
own  being.  In  his  original  unity  "he  knows  nothing"  except  the 
"suprareal"  One  which  he  is.  As  the  Godhead  is  essentially  un- 
conscious,29 so  too  is  the  man  who  lives  in  God.  In  his  sermon  on 
"The  Poor  in  Spirit"  (Matt.  5  :  3),  the  Meister  says:  "The  man 
who  has  this  poverty  has  everything  he  was  when  he  lived  not  in 
any  wise,  neither  in  himself,  nor  in  truth,  nor  in  God.  He  is  so 
quit  and  empty  of  all  knowing  that  no  knowledge  of  God  is  alive 
in  him;  for  while  he  stood  in  the  eternal  nature  of  God,  there 
lived  in  him  not  another:  what  lived  there  was  himself.  And  so 
we  say  this  man  is  as  empty  of  his  own  knowledge  as  he  was 
when  he  was  not  anything;  he  lets  God  work  what  he  will,  and 
he  stands  empty  as  when  he  came  from  God."  30  Therefore  he 
should  love  God  in  the  following  way:  "Love  him  as  he  is:  a  not- 
God,  a  not-spirit,  a  not-person,  a  not-image;  as  a  sheer,  pure, 
clear  One,  which  he  is,  sundered  from  all  secondness;  and  in 
this  One  let  us  sink  eternally,  from  nothing  to  nothing.  So  help 
us  God.  Amen." 31 

26  "Being"  is  controversial.  The  Master  says:  "God  in  the  Godhead  is  a  spiritual 
substance,  so  unfathomable  that  we  can  say  nothing  about  it  except  that  it  is 
naught  [niht  ensi\.  To  say  it  is  aught  [iht]  were  more  lying  than  true."  (Cf. 
Evans  trans.,  I,  p.  354.) 

27  "To  this  end  there  is  no  way,  it  is  beyond  all  ways."  (Cf.  ibid.,  p.  211.) 

28  ".  .  .  von  formen  formelos,  von  werdenne  werdelos,  von  wesenne  weselos  und 
ist  von  sachen  sachelos."  (Cf.  ibid.,  p.  352.) 

29  "[The  will]  is  the  nobler  in  that  it  plunges  into  unknowing,  which  is  God." 
Cf.  ibid.,  p.  351.  Cf.  also  n.  16,  supra:   ayvuxria. 

30  Evans,  I,  p.  219. 

31  End  of  the  sermon  "Renovamini  spiritu"  (Eph.  4  :  23).  Ibid.,  pp.  247L 

193 


AION 


3°2  The  world-embracing  spirit  of  Meister  Eckhart  knew,  with- 
out discursive  knowledge,  the  primordial  mystical  experience  of 
India  as  well  as  of  the  Gnostics,  and  was  itself  the  finest  flower 
on  the  tree  of  the  "Free  Spirit"  that  flourished  at  the  beginning 
of  the  eleventh  century.  Well  might  the  writings  of  this  Master 
lie  buried  for  six  hundred  years,  for  "his  time  was  not  yet  come." 
Only  in  the  nineteenth  century  did  he  find  a  public  at  all 
capable  of  appreciating  the  grandeur  of  his  mind. 

3°3  These  utterances  on  the  nature  of  the  Deity  express  trans- 
formations of  the  God-image  which  run  parallel  with  changes  in 
human  consciousness,  though  one  would  be  at  a  loss  to  say  which 
is  the  cause  of  the  other.  The  God-image  is  not  something  in- 
vented, it  is  an  experience  that  comes  upon  man  spontaneously 
—as  anyone  can  see  for  himself  unless  he  is  blinded  to  the  truth 
by  theories  and  prejudices.  The  unconscious  God-image  can 
therefore  alter  the  state  of  consciousness,  just  as  the  latter  can 
modify  the  God-image  once  it  has  become  conscious.  This,  obvi- 
ously, has  nothing  to  do  with  the  "prime  truth,"  the  unknown 
God— at  least,  nothing  that  could  be  verified.  Psychologically, 
however,  the  idea  of  God's  ayvwaia,  or  of  the  avevvo-qros  0eo?,  is  of 
the  utmost  importance,  because  it  identifies  the  Deity  with  the 
numinosity  of  the  unconscious.  The  atman  / purusha  philosophy 
of  the  East  and,  as  we  have  seen,  Meister  Eckhart  in  the  West 
both  bear  witness  to  this. 

3°4  Now  if  psychology  is  to  lay  hold  of  this  phenomenon,  it  can 
only  do  so  if  it  expressly  refrains  from  passing  metaphysical 
judgments,  and  if  it  does  not  presume  to  profess  convictions  to 
which  it  is  ostensibly  entitled  on  the  ground  of  scientific  experi- 
ence. But  of  this  there  can  be  no  question  whatever.  The  one 
and  only  thing  that  psychology  can  establish  is  the  presence  of 
pictorial  symbols,  whose  interpretation  is  in  no  sense  fixed  be- 
forehand. It  can  make  out,  with  some  certainty,  that  these 
symbols  have  the  character  of  "wholeness"  and  therefore  presum- 
ably mean  wholeness.  As  a  rule  they  are  "uniting"  symbols,  repre- 
senting the  conjunction  of  a  single  or  double  pair  of  opposites, 
the  result  being  either  a  dyad  or  a  quaternion.  They  arise  from 
the  collision  between  the  conscious  and  the  unconscious  and 
from  the  confusion  which  this  causes  (known  in  alchemy  as 
"chaos"  or  "nigredo").  Empirically,  this  confusion  takes  the 
form  of  restlessness  and  disorientation.  The  circle  and  qua- 

194 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


ternity  symbolism  appears  at  this  point  as  a  compensating  prin- 
ciple of  order,  which  depicts  the  union  of  warring  opposites  as 
already  accomplished,  and  thus  eases  the  way  to  a  healthier  and 
quieter  state  ("salvation").  For  the  present,  it  is  not  possible  for 
psychology  to  establish  more  than  that  the  symbols  of  wholeness 
mean  the  wholeness  of  the  individual.32  On  the  other  hand,  it 
has  to  admit,  most  emphatically,  that  this  symbolism  uses  images 
or  schemata  which  have  always,  in  all  the  religions,  expressed 
the  universal  "Ground,"  the  Deity  itself.  Thus  the  circle  is  a 
well-known  symbol  for  God;  and  so  (in  a  certain  sense)  is  the 
cross,  the  quaternity  in  all  its  forms,  e.g.,  Ezekiel's  vision,  the 
Rex  gloriae  with  the  four  evangelists,  the  Gnostic  Barbelo 
("God  in  four")  and  Kolorbas  ("all  four");  the  duality  (tao, 
hermaphrodite,  father-mother);  and  finally,  the  human  form 
(child,  son,  anthropos)  and  the  individual  personality  (Ghrist 
and  Buddha),  to  name  only  the  most  important  of  the  motifs 
here  used. 
305  All  these  images  are  found,  empirically,  to  be  expressions  for 
the  unified  wholeness  of  man.  The  fact  that  this  goal  goes  by  the 
name  of  "God"  proves  that  it  has  a  numinous  character;  and  in- 
deed, experiences,  dreams,  and  visions  of  this  kind  do  have  a 
fascinating  and  impressive  quality  which  can  be  spontaneously 
felt  even  by  people  who  are  not  prejudiced  in  their  favour  by 
prior  psychological  knowledge.  So  it  is  no  wonder  that  naive 
minds  make  no  distinction  between  God  and  the  image  they 
have  experienced.  Wherever,  therefore,  we  find  symbols  indica- 
tive of  psychic  wholeness,  we  encounter  the  naive  idea  that  they 
stand  for  God.  In  the  case  of  those  quite  common  Romanesque 
pictures  of  the  Son  of  Man  accompanied  by  three  angels  with 
animal  heads  and  one  with  a  human  head,  for  example,  it  would 
be  simpler  to  assume  that  the  Son  of  Man  meant  the  ordinary 
man  and  that  the  problem  of  one  against  three  referred  to  the 
well-known  psychological  schema  of  one  differentiated  and 
three  undifferentiated  functions.  But  this  interpretation  would, 
according  to  the  traditional  view,  devalue  the  symbol,  for  it 

32  There  are  people  who,  oddly  enough,  think  it  a  weakness  in  me  that  I  refrain 
from  metaphysical  judgments.  A  scientist's  conscience  does  not  permit  him  to 
assert  things  he  cannot  prove  or  at  least  show  to  be  probable.  No  assertion  has 
ever  yet  brought  anything  corresponding  to  it  into  existence.  "What  he  says,  is" 
is  a  prerogative  exclusive  to  God. 

195 


AION 

means  the  second  Person  of  the  Godhead  in  its  universal,  four- 
fold aspect.  Psychology  cannot  of  course  adopt  this  view  as  its 
own;  it  can  only  establish  the  existence  of  such  statements  and 
point  out,  by  way  of  comparison,  that  essentially  the  same  sym- 
bols, in  particular  the  dilemma  of  one  and  three,  often  appear 
in  the  spontaneous  products  of  the  unconscious,  where  they 
demonstrably  refer  to  the  psychic  totality  of  the  individual. 
They  indicate  the  presence  of  an  archetype  of  like  nature,  one 
of  whose  derivates  would  seem  to  be  the  quaternity  of  functions 
that  orient  consciousness.  But,  since  this  totality  exceeds  the 
individual's  consciousness  to  an  indefinite  and  indeterminable 
extent,  it  invariably  includes  the  unconscious  in  its  orbit  and 
hence  the  totality  of  all  archetypes.  But  the  archetypes  are  com- 
plementary equivalents  of  the  "outside  world"  and  therefore 
possess  a  "cosmic"  character.  This  explains  their  numinosity  and 
"godlikeness." 


3°6  To  make  my  exposition  more  complete,  I  would  like  to  men- 
tion some  of  the  Gnostic  symbols  for  the  universal  "Ground"  or 
arcanum,  and  especially  those  synonyms  which  signify  the 
"Ground."  Psychology  takes  this  idea  as  an  image  of  the  uncon- 
scious background  and  begetter  of  consciousness.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  images  is  the  figure  of  the  demiurge.  The 
Gnostics  have  a  vast  number  of  symbols  for  the  source  or  origin, 
the  centre  of  being,  the  Creator,  and  the  divine  substance 
hidden  in  the  creature.  Lest  the  reader  be  confused  by  this 
wealth  of  images,  he  should  always  remember  that  each  new 
image  is  simply  another  aspect  of  the  divine  mystery  immanent 
in  all  creatures.  My  list  of  Gnostic  symbols  is  no  more  than  an 
amplification  of  a  single  transcendental  idea,  which  is  so  com- 
prehensive and  so  difficult  to  visualize  in  itself  that  a  great  many 
different  expressions  are  required  in  order  to  bring  out  its  vari- 
ous aspects. 

3°7  According  to  Irenaeus,  the  Gnostics  held  that  Sophia  repre- 
sents the  world  of  the  Ogdoad,33  which  is  a  double  quaternity. 

33  A dversus  haereses,  I,  30,  3.  In  the  system  of  Barbelo-Gnosis  (ibid.,  29,  4)  the 
equivalent  of  Sophia  is  Ilpovi>u<os,  who  "sinks  into  the  lower  regions."  The  name 
Prunicus  (wpovveiKos)  means  both  'carrying  a  burden'  and  'lewd.'  The  latter  con- 
notation is  more  probable,  because  this  Gnostic  sect  believed  that,  through  the 

196 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF   THE    SELF 


In  the  form  of  a  dove,  she  descended  into  the  water  and  begot 
Saturn,  who  is  identical  with  Yahweh.  Saturn,  as  we  have  already 
mentioned,  is  the  "other  sun,"  the  sol  niger  of  alchemy.  Here  he 
is  the  "primus  Anthropus."  He  created  the  first  man,  who  could 
only  crawl  like  a  worm.34  Among  the  Naassenes,  the  demiurge 
Esaldaios,  "a  fiery  god,  the  fourth  by  number,"  is  set  up  against 
the  Trinity  of  Father,  Mother,  and  Son.  The  highest  is  the 
Father,  the  Archanthropos,  who  is  without  qualities  and  is  called 
the  higher  Adam.  In  various  systems  Sophia  takes  the  place  of 
the  Protanthropos.35  Epiphanius  mentions  the  Ebionite  teach- 
ing that  Adam,  the  original  man,  is  identical  with  Christ.36  In 
Theodor  Bar-Kuni  the  original  man  is  the  five  elements  (i.e., 
4  -|-  i).37  In  the  Acts  of  Thomas,  the  dragon  says  of  itself:  "I  am 
the  son  ...  of  him  that  hurt  and  smote  the  four  brethren 
which  stood  upright."  38 
308  The  primordial  image  of  the  quaternity  coalesces,  for  the 
Gnostics,  with  the  figure  of  the  demiurge  or  Anthropos.  He  is, 
as  it  were,  the  victim  of  his  own  creative  act,  for,  when  he 

sexual  act,  they  could  recharge  Barbelo  with  the  pneuma  that  was  lost  in  the 
world.  In  Simon  Magus  it  is  Helen,  the  ii^r-qp  and  Iwoia,  who  "descended  to  the 
lower  regions  .  .  .  and  generated  the  inferior  powers,  angels,  and  firmaments." 
She  was  forcibly  held  captive  by  the  lower  powers  (Irenaeus,  I,  27,  1-4).  She 
corresponds  to  the  much  later  alchemical  idea  of  the  "soul  in  fetters"  (cf.  Dorn, 
Theatr.  chem.,  I,  pp.  298,  497;  Mylius,  Phil,  ref.,  p.  262;  Rosarium  philosophorum 
in  Art.  aurif.,  II,  p.  284;  "Platonis  liber  quartorum,"  Theatr.  chem.,  V,  pp. 
i85f.;  Vigenere,  Theatr.  chem.,  VI,  p.  19).  The  idea  derives  from  Greek  alchemy 
and  can  be  found  in  Zosimos  (Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs,  III,  xlix,  7;  trans,  in  Psy- 
chology and  Alchemy,  pars.  456ft. ).  In  the  "Liber  quartorum"  it  is  of  Sabaean 
origin.  See  Chwolsohn,  Die  Ssabier  und  der  Ssabismus  (II,  p.  494):  "The  soul 
once  turned  towards  matter,  fell  in  love  with  it,  and,  burning  with  desire  to 
experience  bodily  pleasures,  was  no  longer  willing  to  tear  herself  away  from  it. 
So  was  the  world  born."  Among  the  Valentinians,  Sophia  Achamoth  is  the 
Ogdoad.  In  Pistis  Sophia  (trans,  by  Mead,  p.  362)  she  is  the  daughter  of  Barbelo. 
Deluded  by  the  false  light  of  the  demon  Authades,  she  falls  into  imprisonment 
in  chaos.  Irenaeus  (I,  5,  2)  calls  the  demiurge  the  Heptad,  but  Achamoth  the 
Ogdoad.  In  I,  7,  2  he  says  that  the  Saviour  is  compounded  of  four  things  in 
repetition  of  the  first  Tetrad.  A  copy  of  the  Four  is  the  quaternity  of  elements 
(I,  17,  1),  and  so  are  the  four  lights  that  stand  round  the  Autogenes  of  Barbelo- 
Gnosis  (I,  29,  2).  34  Adv.  haer.,  I,  24,  1. 

35  Bousset,  Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis,  p.  170.  36  Panarium,  XXX,  3. 

37  Theodor  Bar-Kuni,  Inscriptiones  manda'ites  des  coupes  de  Khouabir,  Part  2, 
p.  185. 
33  The  Apocryphal  New  Testament,  ed.  James,  p.  379. 

197 


AION 


descended  into  Physis,  he  was  caught  in  her  embrace.39  The 
image  of  the  anima  mundi  or  Original  Man  latent  in  the  dark  of 
matter  expresses  the  presence  of  a  transconscious  centre  which, 
because  of  its  quaternary  character  and  its  roundness,  must  be 
regarded  as  a  symbol  of  wholeness.  We  may  assume,  with  due 
caution,  that  some  kind  of  psychic  wholeness  is  meant  (for  in- 
stance, conscious  -f-  unconscious),  though  the  history  of  the  sym- 
bol shows  that  it  was  always  used  as  a  God-image.  Psychology,  as 
I  have  said,  is  not  in  a  position  to  make  metaphysical  statements. 
It  can  only  establish  that  the  symbolism  of  psychic  wholeness 
coincides  with  the  God-image,  but  it  can  never  prove  that  the 
God-image  is  God  himself,  or  that  the  self  takes  the  place  of 
God. 

3°9  This  coincidence  comes  out  very  clearly  in  the  ancient  Egyp- 
tian Heb-Sed  festival,  of  which  Colin  Campbell  gives  the  follow- 
ing description:  "The  king  comes  out  of  an  apartment  called 
the  sanctuary,  then  he  ascends  into  a  pavilion  open  at  the  four 
sides,  with  four  staircases  leading  up  to  it.  Carrying  the  emblems 
of  Osiris,  he  takes  his  seat  on  a  throne,  and  turns  to  the  four 
cardinal  points  in  succession.  .  .  .  It  is  a  kind  of  second  en- 
thronement .  ,  .  and  sometimes  the  king  acts  as  a  priest,  mak- 
ing offerings  to  himself.  This  last  act  may  be  regarded  as  the 
climax  of  the  deification  of  the  king."  40 

31(>  All  kingship  is  rooted  in  this  psychology,  and  therefore,  for 
the  anonymous  individual  of  the  populace,  every  king  carries 
the  symbol  of  the  self,  All  his  insignia— crown,  mantle,  orb, 
sceptre,  starry  orders,  etc.— show  him  as  the  cosmic  Anthropos, 
who  not  only  begets,  but  himself  is,  the  world.  He  is  the  homo 
maximus,  whom  we  meet  again  in  Swedenborg's  speculations. 
The  Gnostics,  too,  constantly  endeavoured  to  give  visible  form 
and  a  suitable  conceptual  dress  to  this  being,  suspecting  that 
he  was  the  matrix  and  organizing  principle  of  consciousness.  As 
the  "Phrygians"  (Naassenes)  say  in  Hippolytus,41  he  is  the  "un- 
divided point,"  the  "grain  of  mustard  seed"  that  grows  into  the 
kingdom  of  God.  This  point  is  "present  in  the  body/'  But  this 
is  known  only  to  the  trvevfiariKoi,  the  "spiritual"  men  as  opposed 
to  the  \pvxiK-oi  and  the  vXlkoi  ("material"  men).  He  is  to  pijfxa  tov 

39  Bousset,  pp.  1 14ft. 

40  The  Miraculous  Birth  of  King  AmonHotep  III,  p.  81. 

41  Elenchos,  V,  9,  5L  (Legge  trans.,  I,  pp.  i4of.). 

198 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


Oeov,  the  utterance  of  God  (sermo  Dei),  and  the  "matrix  of  the 
Aeons,  Powers,  Intelligences,  Gods,  Angels,  and  Emissary 
Spirits,  of  Being  and  Non-Being,  of  Begotten  and  Unbegotten, 
of  the  Non-Intelligible  Intelligible,  of  the  Years,  Moons,  Days, 
Hours.  .  .  ."  This  point,  "being  nothing  and  consisting  of 
nothing,"  becomes  a  "certain  magnitude  incomprehensible  by 
thought."  Hippolytus  accuses  the  Naassenes  of  bundling  every- 
thing into  their  thought  like  the  syncretists,  for  he  obviously 
cannot  quite  understand  how  the  point,  the  "utterance  of  God," 
can  have  a  human  form.  The  Naassenes,  he  complains,  also 
call  him  the  "polymorphous  Attis,"  the  young  dying  son  of  the 
Great  Mother,  or,  as  the  hymn  cited  by  Hippolytus  says,  t6 
Kare</>£5  aKova/xa  'Pea?,  the  'dark  rumour  of  Rhea.'  In  the  hymn  he 
has  the  synonyms  Adonis,  Osiris,  Adam,  Korybas,  Pan,  Bacchus, 
and  TroLfxriv  XevKw  aarpuv^  'shepherd  of  white  stars.' 

311  The  Naassenes  themselves  considered  Naas,  the  serpent,  to 
be  their  central  deity,  and  they  explained  it  as  the  "moist  sub- 
stance," in  agreement  with  Thales  of  Miletus,  who  said  water 
was  the  prime  substance  on  which  all  life  depended.  Similarly, 
all  living  things  depend  on  the  Naas;  "it  contains  within  itself, 
like  the  horn  of  the  one-horned  bull,  the  beauty  of  all  things." 
It  "pervades  everything,  like  the  water  that  flows  out  of  Eden 
and  divides  into  four  sources"  (apxas).  "This  Eden,  they  say,  is 
the  brain."  Three  of  the  rivers  of  Paradise  are  sensory  functions 
(Pison  =  sight,  Gihon  =  hearing,  Tigris  =  smell),  but  the 
fourth,  the  Euphrates,  is  the  mouth,  "the  seat  of  prayer  and  the 
entrance  of  food."  As  the  fourth  function  it  has  a  double  sig- 
nificance,42 denoting  on  the  one  hand  the  purely  material  ac- 
tivity of  bodily  nourishment,  while  on  the  other  hand  it  "glad- 
dens,43 feeds,  and  forms  [xapaKT-qpi&i]  the  spiritual,  perfect  [tc'Aoov] 
man."44  The  "fourth"  is  something  special,  ambivalent— a 
daimonion.  A  good  example  of  this  is  in  Daniel  3  :  24L,  where 
the  three  men  in  the  burning  fiery  furnace  are  joined  by  a 
fourth,  whose  form  was  "like  a  son  of  God." 

31*  The  water  of  the  Euphrates  is  the  "water  above  the  firma- 
ment," the  "living  water  of  Which  the  Saviour  spoke,"45  and 

42  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  index,  s.v.  "Axiom  of  Maria."  Cf.  infra,  pars.  $%&. 

43  eixfrpabet,  a  play  on  the  word  ei<t>padr}s}  'well-speaking.' 

44  Elenchos,  V,  9,  i5ff.  [Cf.  Legge,  I,  p.  143.] 

45  An  allusion  to  John  4:10. 

199 


AION 

possessing,  as  we  have  seen,  magnetic  properties.  It  is  that 
miraculous  water  from  which  the  olive  draws  its  oil  and  the 
grape  the  wine.  "That  man,"  continues  Hippolytus,  as  though 
still  speaking  of  the  water  of  the  Euphrates,  "is  without  honour 
in  the  world."  46  This  is  an  allusion  to  the  i-eAeios  avOpuiros.  In- 
deed, this  water  is  the  "perfect  man,"  the  pr/fia  Beov,  the  Word 
sent  by  God.  "From  the  living  water  we  spiritual  men  choose 
that  which  is  ours,"  47  for  every  nature,  when  dipped  in  this 
water,  "chooses  its  own  substances  .  .  .  and  from  this  water 
goes  forth  to  every  nature  that  which  is  proper  to  it."48  The 
water  or,  as  we  could  say,  this  Christ  is  a  sort  of  panspermia,  a 
matrix  of  all  possibilities,  from  which  the  irvevixariKo?  chooses 
"his  Osob,"  his  idiosyncrasy,49  that  "flies  to  him  more  [quickly] 
than  iron  to  the  magnet."  But  the  "spiritual  men"  attain  their 
proper  nature  by  entering  in  through  the  "true  door,"  Jesus 
Makarios  (the  blessed),  and  thus  obtaining  knowledge  of  their 
own  wholeness,  i.e.,  of  the  complete  man.  This  man,  unhon- 
oured  in  the  world,  is  obviously  the  inner,  spiritual  man,  who 
becomes  conscious  for  those  who  enter  in  through  Christ,  the 
door  to  life,  and  are  illuminated  by  him.  Two  images  are 
blended  here:  the  image  of  the  "strait  gate,"  M  and  that  of 
John  14  :  6:  "I  am  the  way,  and  the  truth,  and  the  life.  No  one 
comes  to  the  Father  but  through  me."  51  They  represent  an 
integration  process  that  is  characteristic  of  psychological  indi- 
viduation. As  formulated,  the  water  symbol  continually  coa- 
lesces with  Christ  and  Christ  with  the  inner  man.  This,  it  seems 
to  me,  is  not  a  confusion  of  thought  but  a  psychologically  cor- 
rect formulation  of  the  facts,  since  Christ  as  the  "Word"  is  in- 
deed the  "living  water"  and  at  the  same  time  the  symbol  of  the 
inner  "complete"  man,  the  self. 
3*3  For  the  Naassenes,  the  universal  "Ground"  is  the  Original 
Man,  Adam,  and  knowledge  of  him  is  regarded  as  the  begin- 

46  Legge,  I,  p.  144.  47  Elenchos,  V,  9,  21. 

48  V,  9,  19  (Legge  trans.,  p.  144). 

49  This  means  the  integration  of  the  self,  which  is  also  referred  to  in  very  similar 
words  in  the  Bogomil  document  discussed  above  (pars.  225ft.),  concerning  the 
devil  as  world  creator.  He  too  finds  what  is  "proper"  (tdiov)  to  him. 

50  Matt.  7  :  14:  "Strait  is  the  gate,  and  narrow  is  the  way,  which  leadeth  unto 
life." 

61  The  passage  discussed  here  is  in  Elenchos,  V,  9,  4ft  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  140). 

200 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


ning  of  perfection  and  the  bridge  to  knowledge  of  God.52  He 
is  male/female;  from  him  come  "father  and  mother"; 53  he  con- 
sists of  three  parts:  the  rational  (vocpov),  the  psychic,  and  the 
earthly  (Xolk6v).  These  three  "came  down  together  into  one  man, 
Jesus,"  and  "these  three  men  spoke  together,  each  of  them  from 
his  own  substance  to  his  own,"  i.e.,  from  the  rational  to  the 
rational,  etc.  Through  this  doctrine  Jesus  is  related  to  the 
Original  Man  (Christ  as  second  Adam).  His  soul  is  "of  three 
parts  and  (yet)  one"— a  Trinity.54  As  examples  of  the  Original 
Man  the  text  mentions  the  Cabiros55  and  Oannes.  The  latter 
had  a  soul  capable  of  suffering,  so  that  the  "figure  (wkdo-fjia)  of 
the  great,  most  beautiful  and  perfect  man,  humbled  to  a  slave," 
might  suffer  punishment.  He  is  the  "blessed  nature,  at  once 
hidden  and  revealed,  of  everything  that  has  come  to  be  and 
will  be,"  "the  kingdom  of  heaven  which  is  to  be  sought  within 
man"  (lvr6^  avQp&icov),  even  "in  children  of  seven  years."  56  For 
the  Naassenes,  says  Hippolytus,  place  the  "procreative  nature  of 
the  Whole  in  the  procreative  seed."  57  On  the  face  of  it,  this 
looks  like  the  beginnings  of  a  "sexual  theory"  concerning  the 
underlying  psychic  substance,  reminiscent  of  certain  modern 
attempts  in  the  same  vein.  But  one  should  not  overlook  the  fact 
that  in  reality  man's  procreative  power  is  only  a  special  instance 
of  the  "procreative  nature  of  the  Whole."  "This,  for  them,  is 
the  hidden  and  mystical  Logos,"  which,  in  the  text  that  follows, 
is  likened  to  the  phallus  of  Osiris— "and  they  say  Osiris  is  water." 
Although  the  substance  of  this  seed  is  the  cause  of  all  things,  it 
does  not  partake  of  their  nature.  They  say  therefore:  "I  become 
what  I  will,  and  I  am  what  I  am."  For  he  who  moves  everything 
is  himself  unmoved.  "He,  they  say,  is  alone  good."  58  A  further 
synonym  is  the  ithyphallic  Hermes  Kyllenios.  "For  they  say 
Hermes  is  the  Logos,  the  interpreter  and  fashioner  of  what  has 

52  Elenchos,  V,  6,  6:  Qeov  5e  ypuffts  a.ir-r]pTi.op.£v't\  reXdwais  ("Knowledge  of  God  is 
perfect  wholeness"). 

53  V,  6,  5  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  120).  54  v,  6,  6f.  (p.  121). 

55  Nicknamed  KaWlwais,  'with  beautiful  children'  or  'the  beautiful  child.'  (Elen- 
chos, V,  7,  4.) 

56  According  to  Hippocrates,  a  boy  at  seven  years  old  is  half  a  father.  (Elenchos, 
V,  7,  21.) 

57  rrjv  apxeyopwv  <pvaiv  tuv  6\uv  kv  Apx^ovu  ffiripfiari.  Archegonos  is  the  tribal 
father. 

58  With  express  reference  to  Matt.  19:  17:  "One  is  good,  God." 

201 


AION 


been,  is,  and  will  be."  That  is  why  he  is  worshipped  as  the 
phallus,  because  he,  like  the  male  organ,  "has  an  urge  [6p^?jv] 
from  below  upwards."  59 


3J4  The  fact  that  not  only  the  Gnostic  Logos  but  Christ  himself 
was  drawn  into  the  orbit  of  sexual  symbolism  is  corroborated  by 
the  fragment  from  the  Interrogationes  maiores  Mariae,  quoted 
by  Epiphanius.60  It  is  related  there  that  Christ  took  this  Mary 
with  him  on  to  a  mountain,  where  he  produced  a  woman  from 
his  side  and  began  to  have  intercourse  with  her:  ".  .  .  seminis 
sui  defluxum  assumpsisset,  indicasse  illi,  quod  oporteat  sic 
facere,  ut  vivamus."61  It  is  understandable  that  this  crude  sym- 
bolism should  offend  our  modern  feelings.  But  it  also  appeared 
shocking  to  Christians  of  the  third  and  fourth  centuries;  and 
when,  in  addition,  the  symbolism  became  associated  with  a 
concretistic  misunderstanding,  as  appeared  to  be  the  case  in  cer- 
tain sects,  it  could  only  be  rejected.  That  the  author  of  the 
Interrogationes  was  by  no  means  ignorant  of  some  such  reaction 
is  evident  from  the  text  itself.  It  says  that  Mary  received  such  a 
shock  that  she  fell  to  the  ground.  Christ  then  said  to  her: 
"Wherefore  do  you  doubt  me,  O  you  of  little  faith?"  This  was 
meant  as  a  reference  to  John  3:12:  "If  I  have  told  you  earthly 
things  and  you  do  not  believe,  how  can  you  believe  if  I  tell  you 
heavenly  things?"  and  also  to  John  6  :  54:  "Unless  you  eat  the 
flesh  of  the  Son  of  man  and  drink  his  blood,  you  have  no  life  in 
you." 

3*5  This  symbolism  may  well  have  been  based,  originally,  on 
some  visionary  experience,  such  as  happens  not  uncommonly 
today  during  psychological  treatment.  For  the  medical  psy- 
chologist there  is  nothing  very  lurid  about  it.  The  context  itself 
points  the  way  to  the  right  interpretation.  The  image  expresses 
a  psychologem  that  can  hardly  be  formulated  in  rational  terms 
and  has,  therefore,  to  make  use  of  a  concrete  symbol,  just  as  a 
dream  must  when  a  more  or  less  "abstract"  thought  comes  up 
during  the  abaissement  du  niveau  mental  that  occurs  in  sleep. 
These  "shocking"  surprises,  of  which  there  is  certainly  no  lack 

59  Cf.  Legge  trans.,  p.  128.  60  Panarium,  XXVI,  cap.  VIII. 

61 ".  .  .  partaking  of  his  flowing  semen,  showed  that  this  was  to  be  done,  that 

we  might  have  life." 

202 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF   THE   SELF 


in  dreams,  should  always  be  taken  "as-if,"  even  though  they 
clothe  themselves  in  sensual  imagery  that  stops  at  no  scurrility 
and  no  obscenity.  They  are  unconcerned  with  offensiveness, 
because  they  do  not  really  mean  it.  It  is  as  if  they  were  stammer- 
ing in  their  efforts  to  express  the  elusive  meaning  that  grips 
the  dreamer's  attention.62 

The  context  of  the  vision  (John  3:12)  makes  it  clear  that 
the  image  should  be  taken  not  concretistically  but  symbolically; 
for  Christ  speaks  not  of  earthly  things  but  of  a  heavenly  or 
spiritual  mystery — a  "mystery"  not  because  he  is  hiding  some- 
thing or  making  a  secret  of  it  (indeed,  nothing  could  be  more 
blatant  than  the  naked  obscenity  of  the  vision!)  but  because  its 
meaning  is  still  hidden  from  consciousness.  The  modern  method 
of  dream-analysis  and  interpretation  follows  this  heuristic  rule.63 
If  we  apply  it  to  the  vision,  we  arrive  at  the  following  result: 

1.  The  mountain  means  ascent,  particularly  the  mystical, 
spiritual  ascent  to  the  heights,  to  the  place  of  revelation  where 
the  spirit  is  present.  This  motif  is  so  well  known  that  there  is  no 
need  to  document  it.64 

2.  The  central  significance  of  the  Christ-figure  for  that 
epoch  has  been  abundantly  proved.  In  Christian  Gnosticism  it 
was  a  visualization  of  God  as  the  Archanthropos  (Original  Man 
=  Adam),  and  therefore  the  epitome  of  man  as  such:  "Man 
and  the  Son  of  Man."  Christ  is  the  inner  man  who  is  reached  by 
the  path  of  self-knowledge,   "the  kingdom  of  heaven  within 

62  On  the  other  hand,  I  cannot  rid  myself  of  the  impression  that  dreams  do 
occasionally  twist  things  in  a  scurrilous  way.  This  may  have  led  Freud  to  the 
singular  assumption  that  they  disguise  and  distort  for  so-called  "moral"  reasons. 
However,  this  view  is  contradicted  by  the  fact  that  dreams  just  as  often  do  the 
exact  opposite.  I  therefore  incline  to  the  alchemical  view  that  Mercurius— the 
unconscious  Nous— is  a  "trickster."  [Cf.  "The  Spirit  Mercurius"  and  "The  Psy- 
chology of  the  Trickster  Figure."— Editors.] 

63  But  not  the  Freudian,  "psychoanalytical"  method,  which  dismisses  the  mani- 
fest dream-content  as  a  mere  "facade,"  on  the  ground  that  the  psychopathology 
of  hysteria  leads  one  to  suspect  incompatible  wishes  as  dream-motifs.  The  fact 
that  the  dream  as  well  as  consciousness  rest  on  an  instinctual  foundation  has 
nothing  to  do  either  with  the  meaning  of  the  dream-figures  or  with  that  of  the 
conscious  contents,  for  the  essential  thing  in  both  cases  is  what  the  psyche  has 
made  of  the  instinctual  impulse.  The  remarkable  thing  about  the  Parthenon  is 
not  that  it  consists  of  stone  and  was  built  to  gratify  the  ambitions  of  the  Atheni- 
ans, but  that  it  is— the  Parthenon. 

64  Cf.  "Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairytales,"  par.  403. 

203 


AION 

you."  As  the  Anthropos  he  corresponds  to  what  is  empirically 
the  most  important  archetype  and,  as  judge  of  the  living  and 
the  dead  and  king  of  glory,  to  the  real  organizing  principle  of  the 
unconscious,  the  quaternity,  or  squared  circle  of  the  self.85 
In  saying  this  I  have  not  done  violence  to  anything;  my  views 
are  based  on  the  experience  that  mandala  structures  have  the 
meaning  and  function  of  a  centre  of  the  unconscious  person- 
ality.66 The  quaternity  of  Christ,  which  must  be  borne  in  mind 
in  this  vision,  is  exemplified  by  the  cross  symbol,  the  rex  gloriae, 
and  Christ  as  the  year. 

3»9  3.  The  production  of  the  woman  from  his  side  suggests  that 
he  is  interpreted  as  the  second  Adam.  Bringing  forth  a  woman 
means  that  he  is  playing  the  role  of  the  Creator-god  in  Genesis.67 
Just  as  Adam,  before  the  creation  of  Eve,  was  supposed  by  vari- 
ous traditions  to  be  male /female,68  so  Christ  here  demonstrates 
his  androgyny  in  a  drastic  way.69  The  Original  Man  is  usually 
hermaphroditic;  in  Vedic  tradition  too  he  produces  his  own 
feminine  half  and  unites  with  her.  In  Christian  allegory  the 
woman  sprung  from  Christ's  side  signifies  the  Church  as  the 
Bride  of  the  Lamb. 

320  The  splitting  of  the  Original  Man  into  husband  and  wife 
expresses  an  act  of  nascent  consciousness;  it  gives  birth  to  a  pair 
of  opposites,  thereby  making  consciousness  possible.  For  the 
beholder  of  the  miracle,  Mary,  the  vision  was  the  spontaneous 
visualization  or  projection  of  an  unconscious  process  in  herself. 
Experience  shows  that  unconscious  processes  are  compensatory 
to  a  definite  conscious  situation.  The  splitting  in  the  vision 
would  therefore  suggest  that  it  is  compensating  a  conscious  con- 
dition of  unity.  This  unity  probably  refers  in  the  first  place  to 
the  figure  of  the  Anthropos,  the  incarnate  God,  who  was  then  in 
the  forefront  of  religious  interest.  He  was,  in  Origen's  words, 

65  Cf.  "The  Psychology  of  Eastern  Meditation,"  pars.  9421". 

66  Cf.  "A  Study  in  the  Process  of  Individuation." 

67  This  is  consistent  with  his  nature  as  the  Logos  and  second  Person  of  the 
Trinity. 

68  Naturally  this  view  is  rejected  by  the  Church. 

69  Three  different  interpretations  of  Christ  are  combined  here.  Such  contamina- 
tions are  characteristic  not  only  of  Gnostic  thinking  but  of  all  unconscious  image- 
formation. 

204 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


the  "Vir  Unus,"  70  the  One  Man.  It  was  with  this  figure  that 
Mary  was  confronted  in  her  vision.  If  we  assume  that  the  recipi- 
ent of  the  vision  was  in  reality  a  woman— an  assumption  that  is 
not  altogether  without  grounds— then  what  she  had  been  missing 
in  the  pure,  deified  masculinity  of  Christ  was  the  counterbalanc- 
ing femininity.  Therefore  it  was  revealed  to  her:  "I  am  both, 
man  and  woman."  This  psychologem  is  still  incorporated  to- 
day in  the  Catholic  conception  of  Christ's  androgyny  as  the 
"Virgo  de  Virgine,"  though  this  is  more  a  sententia  communis 
than  a  conclusio.  Medieval  iconography  sometimes  shows  Christ 
with  breasts,  in  accordance  with  Song  of  Solomon  1:1:  'For 
thy  breasts  are  better  than  wine"  (DV).  In  Mechthild  of  Magde- 
burg, the  soul  remarks  that  when  the  Lord  kissed  her,71  he  had, 
contrary  to  expectation,  no  beard.  The  tokens  of  masculinity 
were  lacking.  Mechthild  had  a  vision  similar  to  Mary's,  dealing 
with  the  same  problem  from  a  different  angle:  she  saw  herself 
transported  to  a  "rocky  mountain"  where  the  Blessed  Virgin 
sat,  awaiting  the  birth  of  the  divine  child.  When  it  was  born, 
she  embraced  it  and  kissed  it  three  times.  As  the  text  points  out, 
the  mountain  is  an  allegory  of  the  "spiritualis  habitus,"  or 
spiritual  attitude.  "Through  divine  inspiration  she  knew  how 
the  Son  is  the  innermost  core  [medulla]  of  the  Father's  heart." 
This  medulla  is  "strengthening,  healing,  and  most  sweet";  God's 
"strength  and  greatest  sweetness"  are  given  to  us  through  the 
Son,  the  "Saviour  and  strongest,  sweetest  Comforter,"  but  "the 
innermost  [core]  of  the  soul  is  that  sweetest  thing."  72  From  this 
it  is  clear  that  Mechthild  equates  the  "medulla"  with  the 
Father's  heart,  the  Son,  and  the  inner  man.  Psychologically 
speaking,  "that  sweetest  thing"  corresponds  to  the  self,  which  is 
indistinguishable  from  the  God-image. 

There  is  a  significant  difference  between  the  two  visions. 
The  antique  revelation  depicts  the  birth  of  Eve  from  Adam  on 

70  Gregory  the  Great,  Expositiones  in  librum  I  Regum,  Lib.  I,  cap.  I  (Migne, 
P.L.,  vol.  79,  col.  23):  "For  God  and  man  is  one  Christ.  Therefore  in  that  he  is 
called  one,  he  is  shown  to  be  incomparable."  In  accordance  with  the  spirit  of  the 
age,  his  incomparability  or  uniqueness  is  explained  by  the  "excellence  of  his 
virtue."  It  is,  however,  significant  in  itself. 

71  "He  offered  her  his  rosy  [sic!]  mouth  to  kiss"  (Liber  gratiae  spiritualis,  fol.  J 
iw). 

72  "Medulla  vero  animae  est  illud  dulcissimum."  Ibid.,  fol.  B. 

205 


AION 


the  spiritual  level  of  the  second  Adam  (Christ),  from  whose  side 
the  feminine  pneuma,  or  second  Eve,  i.e.,  the  soul,  appears  as 
Christ's  daughter.  As  already  mentioned,  in  the  Christian  view 
the  soul  is  interpreted  as  the  Church:  she  is  the  woman  who 
"embraces  the  man"  73  and  anoints  the  Lord's  feet.  Mechthild's 
vision  is  a  continuation  of  the  sacred  myth:  the  daughter-bride 
has  become  a  mother  and  bears  the  Father  in  the  shape  of  the 
Son.  That  the  Son  is  closely  akin  to  the  self  is  evident  from  the 
emphasis  laid  on  the  quaternary  nature  of  Christ:  he  has  a 
"fourfold  voice"  (quadruplex  vox),7*  his  heart  has  four  kinds 
of  pulse,75  and  from  his  countenance  go  forth  four  rays  of 
light.76  In  this  image  a  new  millennium  is  speaking.  Meister 
Eckhart,  using  a  different  formulation,  says  that  "God  is  born 
from  the  soul,"  and  when  we  come  to  the  Cherubinic  Wan- 
derer 77  of  Angelus  Silesius,  God  and  the  self  coincide  absolutely. 
The  times  have  undergone  a  profound  change:  the  procreative 
power  no  longer  proceeds  from  God,  rather  is  God  born  from 
the  soul.  The  mythologem  of  the  young  dying  god  has  taken  on 
psychological  form— a  sign  of  further  assimilation  and  conscious 
realization. 
322  4.  But  to  turn  back  to  the  first  vision:  the  bringing  forth  of 
the  woman  is  followed  by  copulation.  The  hieros  gamos  on  the 
mountain  is  a  well-known  motif,78  just  as,  in  the  old  alchemical 
pictures,  the  hermaphrodite  has  a  fondness  for  elevated  places. 
The  alchemists  likewise  speak  of  an  Adam  who  always  carries 
his  Eve  around  with  him.  Their  coniunctio  is  an  incestuous  act, 
performed  not  by  father  and  daughter  but,  in  accordance  with 
the  changed  times,  by  brother  and  sister  or  mother  and  son.  The 
latter  variant  corresponds  to  the  ancient  Egyptian  mythologem 
of  Amen  as  Ka-mutef,  which  means  'husband  of  his  mother,'  or 
of  Mut,  who  is  the  "mother  of  her  father  and  daughter  of  her 

73  Gregory  the  Great;  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  79,  col.  23.  Cf.  Jerem.  31  :  22:  "A  woman 
shall  compass  a  man"  (AV). 

74  Liber  gratiae  spiritualis,  fol.  A  viir.  The  quaternity  refers  to  the  four  gospels. 

75  ibid.,  fol.  B  iiv. 

76  Ibid.,  fol.  B  viiv. 

77  Cf.  Flitch,  Angelus  Silesius,  pp.  i28ff. 

78  For  instance,  the  hieros  gamos  of  Zeus  and  Hera  on  "the  heights  of  Gargaros," 
Iliad,  XIV,  246ft.  (Cf.  Rieu  trans.,  p.  266.) 

206 


GNOSTIC    SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


son." 79  The  idea  of  self-copulation  is  a  recurrent  theme  in 
descriptions  of  the  world  creator:  for  instance,  God  splits  into 
his  masculine  and  feminine  halves,80  or  he  fertilizes  himself  in 
a  manner  that  could  easily  have  served  as  a  model  for  the  Inter- 
rogationes  vision,  if  literary  antecedents  must  be  conjectured. 
Thus  the  relevant  passage  in  the  Heliopolitan  story  of  the  Crea- 
tion runs:  "I,  even  I,  had  union  with  my  clenched  hand,  I 
joined  myself  in  an  embrace  with  my  shadow,  I  poured  seed  into 
my  mouth,  my  own,  I  sent  forth  issue  in  the  form  of  Shu,  I  sent 
forth  moisture  in  the  form  of  Tefnut."  81 

Although  the  idea  of  self-fertilization  is  not  touched  on  in 
our  vision,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  there  is  a  close  connec- 
tion between  this  and  the  idea  of  the  cosmogonic  self-creator. 
Here,  however,  world  creation  gives  place  to  spiritual  re- 
newal. That  is  why  no  visible  creature  arises  from  the  taking  in 
of  seed;  it  means  a  nourishing  of  life,  "that  we  may  live."  And 
because,  as  the  text  itself  shows,  the  vision  should  be  understood 
on  the  "heavenly"  or  spiritual  plane,  the  pouring  out  (aTroppota) 
refers  to  a  Ao'yo?  o-Trep/xart/co?,  which  in  the  language  of  the  gospels 
means  a  living  water  "springing  up  into  eternal  life."  The 
whole  vision  reminds  one  very  much  of  the  related  alchemical 
symbolisms.  Its  drastic  naturalism,  unpleasantly  obtrusive  in 
comparison  with  the  reticence  of  ecclesiastical  language,  points 
back  on  the  one  hand  to  archaic  forms  of  religion  whose  ideas 
and  modes  of  expression  had  long  since  been  superseded,  but 
forwards,  on  the  other,  to  a  still  crude  observation  of  Nature 
that  was  just  beginning  to  assimilate  the  archetype  of  man.  This 
attempt  continued  right  up  to  the  seventeenth  century,  when 
Johannes  Kepler  recognized  the  Trinity  as  underlying  the  struc- 
ture of  the  universe— in  other  words,  when  he  assimilated  this 
archetype  into  the  astronomer's  picture  of  the  world.82 

79  Brugsch,  Religion  und  Mythologie  der  alten  Agypter,  p.  94. 

80  In  the  ancient  Egyptian  view  God  is  "Father  and  Mother,"  and  "begets  and 
gives  birth  to  himself"  (Brugsch,  p.  97).  The  Indian  Prajapati  has  intercourse 
with  his  own  split-off  feminine  half. 

81  Budge,  Gods  of  the  Egyptians,  I,  pp.  3iof. 

82  I  owe  this  idea  to  a  lecture  delivered  by  Professor  W.  Pauli,  in  Zurich,  on  the 
archetypal  foundations  of  Kepler's  astronomy.  Cf.  his  "The  Influence  of  Arche- 
typal Ideas"  etc. 

207 


AION 


324  After  this  digression  on  the  phallic  synonyms  for  the  Origi- 
nal Man,  we  will  turn  back  to  Hippolytus'  account  of  the  central 
symbols  of  the  Naassenes  and  continue  with  a  list  of  statements 
about  Hermes. 

325  Hermes  is  a  conjurer  of  spirits  (i/^xaywyo's),  a  guide  of  souls 
(i/a^oTro/xTros),  and  a  begetter  of  souls  (i/or^v  atrto?).  But  the  souls 
were  "brought  down  from  the  blessed  Man  on  high,  the  arch- 
man  Adamas,  .  .  .  into  the  form  of  clay,  that  they  might  serve 
the  demiurge  of  this  creation,  Esaldaios,  a  fiery  god,  the  fourth 
by  number."  83  Esaldaios  corresponds  to  Ialdabaoth,  the  highest 
archon,  and  also  to  Saturn.84  The  "fourth"  refers  to  the  fourth 
Person— the  devil— who  is  opposed  to  the  Trinity.  Ialdabaoth 
means  "child  of  chaos";  hence  when  Goethe,  borrowing  from 
alchemical  terminology,  calls  the  devil  the  "strange  son  of 
chaos,"  the  name  is  a  very  apt  one. 

326  Hermes  is  equipped  with  the  golden  wand.85  With  it  he 
"drops  sleep  on  the  eyes  of  the  dead  and  wakes  up  the  sleepers." 
The  Naassenes  referred  this  to  Ephesians  5  :  14:  "Awake,  O 
sleeper,  and  arise  from  the  dead,  and  Christ  shall  give  you 
light."  Just  as  the  alchemists  took  the  well-known  allegory  of 
Christ,  the  lapis  angularis  or  cornerstone,  for  their  lapis  philoso- 
phorum,  so  the  Naassenes  took  it  as  symbolizing  their  Protan- 
thropos  Adam,  or  more  precisely,  the  "inner  man,"  who  is  a 
rock  or  stone,  since  he  came  from  the  Trlrp-q  rov  'ASd/xavro^,  "fallen 
from  Adamas  the  arch-man  on  high."  86  The  alchemists  said 
their  stone  was  "cut  from  the  mountain  without  hands,"  87  and 
the  Naassenes  say  the  same  thing  of  the  inner  man,  who  was 
brought  down  "into  the  form  of  oblivion."  88  In  Epiphanius  the 

83  Elenchos,  V,  7,  30L  (Cf.  Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  128.) 

84  Bousset,  Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis,  pp.  352f. 

85  Here  Hippolytus  cites  the  text  of  Odyssey,  XXIV,  2. 

86  Elenchos,  V,  7,  36  (Legge  trans.,  I,  pp.  i20,f.). 

87  Daniel  2  :  34:  "Thus  thou  sawest,  till  a  stone  was  cut  out  of  a  mountain  with- 
out hands"  (DV).  This  was  the  stone  that  broke  in  pieces  the  clay  and  iron  feet 
of  the  statue. 

88  Et's  rb  irXda/xa  rijs  XriOrjs,  i.e.,  lethargia,  the  state  of  forgetf ulness  and  sleep 
resembling  that  of  the  dead.  The  "inner  man"  is  as  if  buried  in  the  somatic  man. 
He  is  the  "soul  in  fetters"  or  "in  the  prison  of  the  body,"  as  the  alchemists  say. 
Lethe  corresponds  to  the  modern  concept  of  the  unconscious. 

208 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


mountain  is  the  Archanthropos  Christ,  from  whom  the  stone  or 
inner  man  was  cut.  As  Epiphanius  interprets  it,  this  means  that 
the  inner  man  is  begotten  "without  human  seed,"  "a  small  stone 
that  becomes  a  great  mountain."  89 

The  Archanthropos  is  the  Logos,  whom  the  souls  follow 
"twittering,"  as  the  bats  follow  Hermes  in  the  nekyia.  He  leads 
them  to  Oceanus  and — in  the  immortal  words  of  Homer — to 
"the  doors  of  Helios  and  the  land  of  dreams."  "He  [Hermes]  is 
Oceanus,  the  begetter  of  gods  and  men,  ever  ebbing  and  flow- 
ing, now  forth,  now  back."  Men  are  born  from  the  ebb,  and 
gods  from  the  flow.  "It  is  this,  they  say,  that  stands  written:  'I 
have  said,  you  are  gods,  and  all  of  you  the  sons  of  the  most 
High.'  " 90  Here  the  affinity  or  identity  of  God  and  man  is  ex- 
plicit, in  the  Holy  Scriptures  no  less  than  in  the  Naassene  teach- 
ings. 


The  Naassenes,  as  Hippolytus  says,91  derived  all  things  from 
a  triad,  which  consists  firstly  of  the  "blessed  nature  of  the 
blessed  Man  on  high,  Adamas,"  secondly  of  the  mortal  nature  of 
the  lower  man,  and  thirdly  of  the  "kingless  race  begotten  from 
above,"  to  which  belong  "Mariam  the  sought-for  one,  and 
Jothor  92  the  great  wise  one,  and  Sephora  93  the  seer,  and  Moses 
whose  generation  was  not  in  Egypt."  94  Together  these  four  form 
a  marriage  quaternio  95  of  the  classic  type: 

HUSBAND       WIFE 

I  I 

SISTER  BROTHER 

89  Ancoratus,  40.  Cf.  Daniel  2  :  35:  "But  the  stone  that  struck  the  statue  became 
a  great  mountain  and  filled  the  whole  earth"  (DV). 

90  Elenchos,  V,  7,  37  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  130).  Cf.  Psalm  82  (Vulg.  81)  :  6,  to  which 
reference  is  made  in  Luke  6  :  35  and  John  10  :  34. 

91V,  8,  2  (ibid.,  p.  131). 

92  'Io0o>p  =  Jethro,  the  priest-king  of  Midian  and  the  father-in-law  of  Moses. 

93  Zipporah,  the  wife  of  Moses. 

94  This  is  probably  an  allusion  to  the  pneumatic  nature  of  the  "generation"  pro- 
duced by  Moses,  for,  according  to  Elenchos,  V,  7,  41,  "Egypt  is  the  body"  (Legge 
trans.,  I,  p.  130). 

95  The  marriage  quaternio  is  the  archetype  to  which  the  cross-cousin  marriage 
corresponds  on  a  primitive  level.  I  have  given  a  detailed  account  of  it  in  "The 
Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  425ff. 

209 


AION 


Their  synonyms  are: 

MOTHER 

— 

FATHER 

QUEEN 

— 

KING 

THE    UNKNOWN    WOMAN 

— 

THE   DISTANT   LOVER 

ANIMA 

— 

ANIMUS 

329  Moses  corresponds  to  the  husband,  Sephora  to  the  wife; 
Mariam  (Miriam)  is  the  sister  of  Moses;  Jothor  (Jethro)  is  the 
archetype  of  the  wise  old  man  and  corresponds  to  the  father- 
animus,  if  the  quaternio  is  that  of  a  woman.  But  the  fact  that 
Jothor  is  called  "the  great  wise  one"  suggests  that  the  quaternio 
is  a  man's.  In  the  case  of  a  woman  the  accent  that  falls  here  on 
the  wise  man  would  fall  on  Mariam,  who  would  then  have  the 
significance  of  the  Great  Mother.  At  all  events  our  quaternio 
lacks  the  incestuous  brother-sister  relationship,  otherwise  very 
common.  Instead,  Miriam  has  something  of  a  mother  signif- 
icance for  Moses  (cf.  Exodus  2  :  4fL).  As  a  prophetess  (Exodus 
15  :  20L)  she  is  a  "magical"  personality.  When  Moses  took  a 
Moor  to  wife— the  "Ethiopian  woman"— this  incensed  Miriam 
so  much  that  she  was  smitten  with  leprosy  and  became  "as  white 
as  snow"  (Numbers  12  :  10).  Miriam  is  therefore  not  altogether 
unsuited  to  play  the  role  of  the  anima.  The  best-known  anima- 
figure  in  the  Old  Testament,  the  Shulamite,  says:  "I  am  black, 
but  comely"  (Song  of  Songs  1  :  5).  In  the  Chymical  Wedding  of 
Christian  Rosenkreutz,  the  royal  bride  is  the  concubine  of  the 
Moorish  king.  Negroes,  and  especially  Ethiopians,  play  a  con- 
siderable role  in  alchemy  as  synonyms  of  the  caput  corvi  and 
the  nigredo.96  They  appear  in  the  Passion  of  St.  Perpetua  97  as 
representatives  of  the  sinful  pagan  world. 

33°  The  triad  is  characterized  by  various  names  that  may  be 
onomatopoetic:  Kaulakau,  Saulasau,  Zeesar.98  Kaulakau  means 
the  higher  Adam,  Saulasau  the  lower,  mortal  man,  and  Zeesar 
is  named  the  "upwards-flowing  Jordan."  The  Jordan  was  caused 

96  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  484. 

97  See  the  study  by  Marie-Louise  von  Franz. 

98  These  words  occur  in  the  Hebrew  of  Isaiah  28  :  10,  where  they  describe  what 
"men  with  stammering  lips  and  alien  tongue"  speak  to  the  people.  [The  Hebrew 
runs:  "tsaw  latsaw,  tsaw  latsaw,  kaw  lakaw,  kaw  lakaw,  zeer  sham,  zeer  sham."— 
Editors.]  AV:  "For  precept  must  be  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept,  line 
upon  line,  line  upon  line;  here  a  little  and  there  a  little." 

210 


GNOSTIC    SYMBOLS    OF   THE    SELF 


by  Jesus  to  flow  up-stream;  it  is  the  rising  flood  and  this,  as 
already  mentioned,  is  the  begetter  of  gods.  "This,  they  say,  is  the 
human  hermaphrodite  in  all  creatures,  whom  the  ignorant  call 
'Geryon  of  the  threefold  body'  [that  is,  d>s  h  yijs  frkovra,  'flowing 
from  the  earth'];  but  the  Greeks  name  it  the  celestial  horn  of 
the  moon."  The  text  defines  the  above-mentioned  quaternio, 
which  is  identical  with  Zeesar,  the  upwards-flowing  Jordan,  the 
hermaphrodite,  Geryon  of  the  threefold  body,  and  the  horn 
of  the  moon,  as  the  cosmogonic  Logos  (John  1  :  iff.),  and  the 
"life  that  was  in  him"  (John  1  :  4)  as  a  "generation  of  perfect 
men"  (reXeioi  avdp&TOL).99 

This  Logos  or  quaternity  is  "the  cup  from  which  the  king, 
drinking,  draws  his  omens,"  10°  or  the  beaker  of  Anacreon.  The 
cup  leads  Hippolytus  on  to  the  wine  miracle  at  Cana,  which,  he 
says,  "showed  forth  the  kingdom  of  heaven";  for  the  kingdom 
of  heaven  lies  within  us,  like  the  wine  in  the  cup.  Further  paral- 
lels of  the  cup  are  the  ithyphallic  gods  of  Samothrace  and  the 
Kyllenic  Hermes,  who  signify  the  Original  Man  as  well  as  the 
spiritual  man  who  is  reborn.  This  last  is  "in  every  respect  con- 
substantial"  with  the  Original  Man  symbolized  by  Hermes.  For 
this  reason,  says  Hippolytus,  Christ  said  that  one  must  eat  of  his 
flesh  and  drink  of  his  blood,  for  he  was  conscious  of  the  individ- 
ual nature  of  each  of  his  disciples,  and  also  of  the  need  of  each 
"to  come  to  his  own  special  nature."  101 

Another  synonym  is  Korybas,  who  was  descended  from  the 
crown  of  the  head  and  from  the  unformed  (axapaKTVp'^rov)  brain, 
like  the  Euphrates  from  Eden,  and  permeates  all  things.  His 
image  exists — unrecognized — "in  earthly  form."  He  is  the  god 
who  dwells  in  the  flood.  I  need  not  describe  this  symbol  here,  as 
I  have  already  discussed  it  at  some  length  in  one  of  my  Para- 
celsus studies.102  So  far  as  Korybas  is  concerned,  the  parallel 
between  him  and  the  Protanthropos  is  explained  by  the  ancient 
view  that  the  corybants  were  the  original  men.103  The  name 
"Korybas"  does  not  denote  a  particular  personality,  but  rather 
the  anonymous  member  of  a  collectivity,  such  as  the  Curetes, 

99  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  55of.  [Cf.  Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  131.] 

100  cf.  Genesis  44  :  5. 

101  Elenchos,  V,  8,  12  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  133). 

102  "Paracelsus  as  a  Spiritual  Phenomenon,"  pars.  i8iff. 

103  Roscher,  Lexikon,  II,  part  1,  col.  1608,  s.v.  "Kuretes." 

211 


AION 


Cabiri,  Dactyls,  etc.  Etymologically,  it  has  been  brought  into 
connection  with  Kopv<f>ri  (crown  of  the  head),  though  this  is  not 
certain.104  Korybas  seems  in  our  text  to  be  the  name  of  a  single 
personality — the  Kyllenian  Hermes,  who  appears  here  as  syn- 
onymous with  the  Cabiri  of  Samothrace.  With  reference  to  this 
Hermes  the  text  says:  "Him  the  Thracians  .  .  .  call  Kory- 
bas." 105  I  have  suggested  in  an  earlier  publication  106  that  this 
unusual  single  personality  may  perhaps  be  a  product  of  con- 
tamination with  Korybas,  known  to  us  from  the  Dionysus 
legend,  because  he  too  seems  to  have  been  a  phallic  being,  as  we 
learn  from  a  scholium  to  Lucian's  De  dea  Syria.101 
333  From  the  centre  of  the  "perfect  man"  flows  the  ocean  (where, 
as  we  have  said,  the  god  dwells).  The  "perfect"  man  is,  as  Jesus 
says,  the  "true  door,"  through  which  the  "perfect"  man  must  go 
in  order  to  be  reborn.  Here  the  problem  of  how  to  translate 
"teleios"  becomes  crucial;  for— we  must  ask— why  should  anyone 
who  is  "perfect"  need  renewal  through  rebirth? 108  One  can 
only  conclude  that  the  perfect  man  was  not  so  perfected  that 
no  further  improvement  was  possible.  We  encounter  a  similar 
difficulty  in  Philippians  3:12,  where  Paul  says:  "Not  that  I 
.  .  .  am  already  perfect"  (rereAd'co^ai).  But  three  verses  further  on 
he  writes:  "Let  us  then,  as  many  as  are  perfect  (re'Aeioi)  be  of  this 
mind."  The  Gnostic  use  of  rcAeios  obviously  agrees  with  Paul's. 
The  word  has  only  an  approximate  meaning  and  amounts  to 
much  the  same  thing  as  Tn/o^ariKos,  'spiritual,' 109  which  is  not 
connected  with  any  conception  of  a  definite  degree  of  perfection 
or  spirituality.  The  word  "perfect"  gives  the  sense  of  the  Greek 
reAetos  correctly  only  when  it  refers  to  God.  But  when  it  applies 
to  a  man,  who  in  addition  is  in  need  of  rebirth,  it  can  at  most 
mean  "whole"  or  "complete,"  especially  if,  as  our  text  says,  the 

104  Ibid.,  col.  1607.  The  descent  from  the  brain  may  be  an  allusion  to  the  ancient 
idea  that  the  sperm  was  conducted  down  from  the  head  to  the  genitals,  through 
the  spinal  cord.  [Cf.  Onians,  The  Origins  of  European  Thought,  p.  234. — Editors.] 

105  Elenchos,  V,  8,  13  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  133). 

106  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  par.  278. 

107  Roscher,  col.  1392,  s.v.  "Korybos,"  where  the  text  is  given  in  full. 

108  The  alchemists  say  very  aptly:  "Perfectum  non  perficitur"  (that  which  is  per- 
fect is  not  perfected). 

109  Elenchos,  V,  8,  22,  describes  the  irpev/xariKol  as  "perfect  men  endowed  with 
reason,"  from  which  it  is  clear  that  the  possession  of  an  anima  rationalis  is  what 
makes  the  "spiritual"  man. 

212 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


complete  man  cannot  even  be  saved  unless  he  passes  through 
this  door.110 

The  father  of  the  "perfectus"  is  the  higher  man  or  Protan- 
thropos,  who  is  "not  clearly  formed"  and  "without  qualities." 
Hippolytus  goes  on  to  say  that  he  is  called  Papa  (Attis)  by  the 
Phrygians.  He  is  a  bringer  of  peace  and  quells  "the  war  of  the 
elements"  in  the  human  body,111  a  statement  we  meet  again 
word  for  word  in  medieval  alchemy,  where  the  filius  philoso- 
phorum  "makes  peace  between  enemies  or  the  elements."  112 
This  "Papa"  is  also  called  vIkv?  (cadaver),  because  he  is  buried  in 
the  body  like  a  mummy  in  a  tomb.  A  similar  idea  is  found  in 
Paracelsus;  his  treatise  De  vita  longa  opens  with  the  words: 
"Life,  verily,  is  naught  but  a  kind  of  embalmed  mummy,  which 
preserves  the  mortal  body  from  the  mortal  worms." 113  The 
body  lives  only  from  the  "Mumia,"  through  which  the  "pere- 
grinus  microcosmus,"  the  wandering  microcosm  (corresponding 
to  the  macrocosm),  rules  the  physical  body.114  His  synonyms  are 
the  Adech,  Archeus,  Protothoma,  Ides,  Idechtrum,  etc.  He  is  the 

110  Elenchos,  V,  8,  21  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  134).  Cramer  (Bibl.-theol.  Worterbuch 
der  Neutestamentlichen  Grazitdt)  gives  as  the  meaning  of  re'Xcios  'complete,  per- 
fect, lacking  nothing,  having  reached  the  destined  goal.'  Bauer  {Griech.-deutsch. 
Worterbuch  zu  den  Schriften  des  Neuen  Testaments,  col.  1344)  has,  with  refer- 
ence to  age,  'mature,  full-grown,'  and  with  reference  to  the  mysteries,  'initiated.' 
Lightfoot  (Notes  on  the  Epistles  of  St  Paul,  p.  173)  says:  "T<f\eios  is  properly  that 
of  which  the  parts  are  fully  developed,  as  distinguished  from  6\6k\tipos,  that  in 
which  none  of  the  parts  are  wanting,  'full-grown/  as  opposed  to  vfivios,  'child- 
ish/ or  ircudla,  'childhood.'  "  Teleios  is  the  man  who  has  received  Nous:  he  has 
gnosis  (knowledge).  Cf.  Guignebert,  "Quelques  remarques  sur  la  perfection 
(reXecWis)  et  ses  voies  dans  le  mystere  paulinien,"  p.  419.  Weiss  (The  History  of 
Primitive  Christianity,  II,  p.  576)  declares  that  it  is  just  the  "consciousness  of 
imperfection  and  the  will  to  progress  that  is  the  sign  of  perfection."  He  bases 
this  on  Epictetus  (Enchiridion,  51,  if.),  where  it  says  that  he  who  has  resolved 
to  progress  (TrpoKoirTeiv)  is,  by  anticipation,  already  "perfect." 
ill  First  mentioned  at  V,  8,  19.  [Cf.  Legge,  I,  p.  134.] 

112  Her  me  t  is  Trismegisti  Tractatus  vere  Aureus  cum  scholiis  (1610),  p.  44. 

113  Published  1562  by  Adam  von  Bodenstein.  In  Paracelsus  Samtliche  Werke,  ed. 
Sudhoff,  III,  p.  249.  [Cf.  "Paracelsus  the  Physician,"  par.  21.] 

114  De  origine  Morborum  invisibilium,  beginning  of  Book  IV,  says  of  the  Mumia: 
"All  the  power  of  herbs  and  of  trees  is  found  in  the  Mumia;  not  only  the  power 
of  the  plants  grown  of  earth,  but  also  of  water,  all  the  properties  of  metals,  all  the 
qualities  of  marcasites,  all  the  essence  of  precious  stones.  How  should  I  count  all 
these  things,  and  name  them?  They  are  all  within  man,  no  fewer  and  no  less,  as 
strong  and  as  powerful,  in  the  Mumia."  (Volumen  Paramirum,  pp.  291ft.) 

213 


AION 


"Protoplast"  (the  first-created),  and,  as  Ides,  "the  door  whence 
all  created  things  have  come."  115  (Cf.  the  "true  door"  above!) 
The  Mumia  is  born  together  with  the  body  and  sustains  it,116 
though  not  to  the  degree  that  the  "supercelestial  Mumia" 
does.117  The  latter  would  correspond  to  the  higher  Adam  of  the 
Naassenes.  Of  the  Ideus  or  Ides  Paracelsus  says  that  in  it  "there  is 
but  One  Man  .  .  .  and  he  is  the  Protoplast."  118 

335  The  Paracelsian  Mumia  therefore  corresponds  in  every  way 
to  the  Original  Man,  who  forms  the  microcosm  in  the  mortal 
man  and,  as  such,  shares  all  the  powers  of  the  macrocosm.  Since 
it  is  often  a  question  of  cabalistic  influences  in  Paracelsus,  it 
may  not  be  superfluous  in  this  connection  to  recall  the  figure  of 
the  cabalistic  Metatron.  In  the  Zohar  the  Messiah  is  described 
as  the  "central  column"  (i.e.,  of  the  Sephiroth  system),  and  of 
this  column  it  is  said:  "The  column  of  the  centre  is  Metatron, 
whose  name  is  like  that  of  the  Lord.  It  is  created  and  constituted 
to  be  his  image  and  likeness,  and  it  includes  all  gradations  from 
Above  to  Below  and  from  Below  to  Above,  and  binds  [them] 
together  in  the  centre."  119 

336  The  dead  man,  Hippolytus  continues,  will  rise  again  by 
passing  through  the  "door  of  heaven."  Jacob  saw  the  gate  of 
heaven  on  his  way  to  Mesopotamia,  "but  they  say  Mesopotamia 
is  the  stream  of  the  great  ocean  that  flows  from  the  midst  of  the 
perfect  man."  This  is  the  gate  of  heaven  of  which  Jacob  said: 
"How  terrible  is  this  place!  This  is  no  other  but  the  house  of 
God,  and  the  gate  of  heaven."  12°  The  stream  that  flows  out  of 
the  Original  Man  (the  gate  of  heaven)  is  interpreted  here  as  the 
flood-tide  of  Oceanus,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  generates  the 
gods.  The  passage  quoted  by  Hippolytus  probably  refers  to 
John  7  :  38  or  to  an  apocryphal  source  common  to  both.  The 
passage  in  John — "He  who  believes  in  me,  as  the  scripture  has 
said,  Out  of  his  belly  shall  flow  rivers  of  living  water" — refers  to 
a  nonbiblical  source,  which,  however,  seemed  scriptural  to  the 
author.  Whoever  drinks  of  this  water,  in  him  it  shall  be  a  foun- 

115  Fragmentarische  Ausarbeitungen  zur  Anatomie  (Sudhoff,  III,  p.  462). 

116  The  Mumia  is,  accordingly,  an  alexipharmic.  (De  mumia  libellus;  ibid.,  p.  375.) 

117  De  vita  longa,  Lib.  IV,  cap.  VII  (ibid.,  p.  284). 

118  "Paracelsus  as  a  Spiritual  Phenomenon,"  par.  168. 

119  Zohar,  cited  in  Schoettgen,  Horae  Hebraicae  et  Talmudicae,  II,  p.  16. 

120  Gen.  28:  17  (DV). 

214 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


tain  of  water  springing  up  into  eternal  life,  says  Origen.121  This 
water  is  the  "higher"  water,  the  aqua  doctrinae,  the  rivers  from 
the  belly  of  Christ,  and  the  divine  life  as  contrasted  with  the 
"lower"  water,  the  aqua  abyssi,  where  the  darknesses  are,  and 
where  dwell  the  Prince  of  this  world  and  the  deceiving  dragon 
and  his  angels.122  The  river  of  water  is  the  "Saviour"  himself.123 
Christ  is  the  river  that  pours  into  the  world  through  the  four 
gospels,124  like  the  rivers  of  Paradise.  I  have  purposely  cited  the 
ecclesiastical  allegories  in  greater  detail  here,  so  that  the  reader 
can  see  how  saturated  Gnostic  symbolism  is  in  the  language  of 
the  Church,  and  how,  on  the  other  hand,  particularly  in  Origen, 
the  liveliness  of  his  amplifications  and  interpretations  has  much 
in  common  with  Gnostic  views.  Thus,  to  him  as  to  many  of  his 
contemporaries  and  successors,  the  idea  of  the  cosmic  corre- 
spondence of  the  "spiritual  inner  man"  was  something  quite 
familiar:  in  his  first  Homily  on  Genesis  he  says  that  God  first 
created  heaven,  the  whole  spiritual  substance,  and  that  the 
counterpart  of  this  is  "our  mind,  which  is  itself  a  spirit,  that  is, 
it  is  our  spiritual  inner  man  which  sees  and  knows  God."  125 

These  examples  of  Christian  parallels  to  the  partly  pagan 
views  of  the  Gnostics  may  suffice  to  give  the  reader  a  picture  of 
the  mentality  of  the  first  two  centuries  of  our  era,  and  to  show 
how  closely  the  religious  teachings  of  that  age  were  connected 
with  psychic  facts. 

121  in  Genesim  horn.  XI,  3  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  224):  "And  that  ye  may  see 
the  well  of  vision,  and  take  from  it  the  living  water,  which  shall  be  in  you  a 
fountain  of  water  springing  up  unto  eternal  life." 

122  ibid.,  I,  2  (col.  148). 

123  in  Numeros  horn.  XVII,  4  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  cols.  7oyf.):  "For  these  para- 
dises upon  the  waters  are  like  and  akin  to  that  paradise  in  which  is  the  tree  of 
life.  And  the  waters  we  may  take  to  be  either  the  writings  of  the  apostles  and 
evangelists,  or  the  aid  given  by  the  angels  and  celestial  powers  to  such  souls;  for 
by  these  they  are  watered  and  inundated,  and  nourished  unto  all  knowledge  and 
understanding  of  heavenly  things;  although  our  Saviour  also  is  the  river  which 
maketh  glad  the  city  of  God;  and  the  Holy  Spirit  not  only  is  himself  that  river, 
but  out  of  those  to  whom  he  is  given,  rivers  proceed  from  their  belly." 

124  See  the  valuable  compilation  of  patristic  allegories  in  Rahner,  "Flumina  de 
ventre  Christi,"  pp.  269ft.  The  above  reference  is  on  p.  370  and  comes  from 
Hippolytus'  Commentary  on  Daniel,  I,  17  (Werke,  I,  pp.  28f.). 

125  In  Genesim  horn.  I,  2  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  147). 

215 


AION 


338  Now  let  us  come  back  to  the  symbols  listed  by  Hippolytus. 
The  Original  Man  in  his  latent  state— so  we  could  interpret  the 
term  axapaKrqpi<TT6s— is  named  Aipolos,  "not  because  he  feeds  he- 
goats  and  she-goats,"  but  because  he  is  ocittoAo?,  the  Pole  that 
turns  the  cosmos  round.126  This  recalls  the  parallel  ideas  of  the 
alchemists,  previously  mentioned,  about  Mercurius,  who  is 
found  at  the  North  Pole.  Similarly  the  Naassenes  named  Aipolos 
—in  the  language  of  the  Odyssey— Pro teus.  Hippolytus  quotes 
Homer  as  follows:  "This  place  is  frequented  by  the  Old  Man  of 
the  Sea,  immortal  Proteus  the  Egyptian  .  .  .  who  always  tells 
the  truth  .  .  ." 127  Homer  then  continues:  ".  .  .  who  owes 
allegiance  to  Poseidon  and  knows  the  sea  in  all  its  depths." 128 
Proteus  is  evidently  a  personification  of  the  unconscious: 129  it 
is  difficult  to  "catch  this  mysterious  old  being  ...  he  might  see 
me  first,  or  know  I  am  there  and  keep  away."  One  must  seize 
him  quickly  and  hold  him  fast,  in  order  to  force  him  to  speak. 
Though  he  lives  in  the  sea,  he  comes  to  the  lonely  shore  at  the 
sacred  noon-tide  hour,  like  an  amphibian,  and  lies  down  to 
sleep  among  his  seals.  These,  it  must  be  remembered,  are  warm- 
blooded—that is  to  say,  they  can  be  thought  of  as  contents  of  the 
unconscious  that  are  capable  of  becoming  conscious,  and  at  cer- 
tain times  they  appear  spontaneously  in  the  light  and  airy  world 
of  consciousness.  From  Proteus  the  wandering  hero  learns  how 
he  may  make  his  way  homewards  "over  the  fish-giving  sea,"  and 
thus  the  Old  Man  proves  to  be  a  psychopomp.130  Ov  TwrpacrKeTai, 
Hippolytus  says  of  him,  which  can  best  be  translated  by  the 
French  colloquialism  "il  ne  se  laisse  pas  rouler."  "But,"  the  text 
goes  on,  "he  spins  round  himself  and  changes  his  shape."  He 
behaves,  therefore,  like  a  revolving  image  that  cannot  be 
grasped.  What  he  says  is  vrjfiepTrjs,  'in  sooth,'  infallible;  he  is  a 

126  Elenchos,  V,  8,  34  (Legge,  I,  p.  137).  This  is  a  play  on  the  words  alirSXos  (from 
alyoirSXos),  'goat-herd,'  and  &enr6\os  (from  del  voXeiv,  'ever  turning').  Hence 
voXos  =  the  earth's  axis,  the  Pole. 

127  Odyssey,  trans,  by  Rouse,  p.  65.  128  Ibid.,  trans,  by  Rieu,  p.  74. 

129  He  has  something  of  the  character  of  the  "trickster"  (cf.  n.  62,  supra). 

130  Proteus  has  much  in  common  with  Hermes:  above  all,  the  gift  of  second  sight 
and  the  power  of  shape-shifting.  In  Faust  (Part  II,  Act  5)  he  tells  the  Homuncu- 
lus  how  and  where  to  begin  his  labours. 

2)6 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


"soothsayer."  So  it  is  not  for  nothing  that  the  Naassenes  say  that 
"knowledge  of  the  complete  man  is  deep  indeed  and  hard  to 
comprehend." 
339  Subsequently,  Proteus  is  likened  to  the  green  ear  of  corn  in 
the  Eleusinian  mysteries.  To  him  is  addressed  the  cry  of  the 
celebrants:  "The  Mistress  has  borne  the  divine  boy,  Brimo  has 
borne  Brimos!"  A  "lower"  correspondence  to  the  high  Eleu- 
sinian initiations,  says  Hippolytus,  is  the  dark  path  of  Per- 
sephone, who  was  abducted  by  the  god  of  the  underworld;  it 
leads  "to  the  grove  of  adored  Aphrodite,  who  rouses  the  sickness 
of  love."  Men  should  keep  to  this  lower  path  in  order  to  be 
initiated  "into  the  great  and  heavenly"  mysteries.131  For  this 
mystery  is  "the  gate  of  heaven"  and  the  "house  of  God,"  where 
alone  the  good  God  dwells,  who  is  destined  only  for  the  spiritual 
men.  They  should  put  off  their  garments  and  all  become  w^ioi, 
'bridegrooms,'  "robbed  of  their  virility  by  the  virgin  spirit."  132 
This  is  an  allusion  to  Revelation  14:4:".  .  .  for  they  are  vir- 
gins. These  .  .  .  follow  the  Lamb  whithersoever  he  goeth."  133 

131  When  I  visited  the  ancient  pagoda  at  Turukalukundram,  southern  India,  a 
local  pundit  explained  to  me  that  the  old  temples  were  purposely  covered  on  the 
outside,  from  top  to  bottom,  with  obscene  sculptures,  in  order  to  remind  ordi- 
nary people  of  their  sexuality.  The  spirit,  he  said,  was  a  great  danger,  because 
Yama,  the  god  of  death,  would  instantly  carry  off  these  people  (the  "imperfecti") 
if  they  trod  the  spiritual  path  directly,  without  preparation.  The  erotic  sculp- 
tures were  meant  to  remind  them  of  their  dharma  (law),  which  bids  them  fulfil 
their  ordinary  lives.  Only  when  they  have  fulfilled  their  dharma  can  they  tread 
the  spiritual  path.  The  obscenities  were  intended  to  arouse  the  erotic  curiosity  of 
visitors  to  the  temples,  so  that  they  should  not  forget  their  dharma;  otherwise 
they  would  not  fulfil  it.  Only  the  man  who  was  qualified  by  his  karma  (the  fate 
earned  through  works  in  previous  existences),  and  who  was  destined  for  the  life 
of  the  spirit,  could  ignore  this  injunction  with  impunity,  for  to  him  these  obsceni- 
ties mean  nothing.  That  was  also  why  the  two  seductresses  stood  at  the  entrance 
of  the  temple,  luring  the  people  to  fulfil  their  dharma,  because  only  in  this  way 
could  the  ordinary  man  attain  to  higher  spiritual  development.  And  since  the 
temple  represented  the  whole  world,  all  human  activities  were  portrayed  in  it; 
and  because  most  people  are  always  thinking  of  sex  anyway,  the  great  majority 
of  the  temple  sculptures  were  of  an  erotic  nature.  For  this  reason  too,  he  said, 
the  lingam  (phallus)  stands  in  the  sacred  cavity  of  the  adyton  (Holy  of  Holies),  in 
the  garbha  griha  (house  of  the  womb).  This  pundit  was  a  Tantrist  (scholastic; 
tantra  =  'book'). 

132  Their  prototypes  are  the  emasculated  Attis  and  the  priests  of  Eleusis,  who, 
before  celebrating  the  hieros  gamos,  were  made  impotent  with  a  draught  of 
hemlock. 

133  Cf.  Matt.  5  :  8:  "Blessed  are  the  pure  in  heart,  for  they  shall  see  God." 

217 


AION 


8 

340  Among  the  objective  symbols  of  the  self  I  have  already  men- 
tioned the  Naassene  conception  of  the  d^epi0"™5  any^,  the  indi- 
visible point.  This  conception  fully  accords  with  that  of  the 
"Monad"  and  "Son  of  Man"  in  Monoimos.  Hippolytus  says: 

Monoimos  .  .  .  thinks  that  there  is  some  such  Man  as  Oceanus,  of 
whom  the  poet  speaks  somewhat  as  follows:  Oceanus,  the  origin 
of  gods  and  of  men.134  Putting  this  into  other  words,  he  says  that 
the  Man  is  All,  the  source  of  the  universe,  unbegotten,  incor- 
ruptible, everlasting;  and  that  there  is  a  Son  of  the  aforesaid  Man, 
who  is  begotten  and  capable  of  suffering,  and  whose  birth  is  outside 
time,  neither  willed  nor  predetermined  .  .  .  This  Man  is  a  single 
Monad,  uncompounded  [and]  indivisible,  [yet]  compounded  [and] 
divisible;  loving  and  at  peace  with  all  things  [yet]  warring  with  all 
things  and  at  war  with  itself  in  all  things;  unlike  and  like  [itself], 
as  it  were  a  musical  harmony  containing  all  things  .  .  .  showing 
forth  all  things  and  giving  birth  to  all  things.  It  is  its  own  mother, 
its  own  father,  the  two  immortal  names.  The  emblem  of  the  per- 
fect Man,  says  Monoimos,  is  the  jot  or  tittle.135  This  one  tittle  is 
the  uncompounded,  simple,  unmixed  Monad,  having  its  composi- 
tion from  nothing  whatsoever,  yet  composed  of  many  forms,  of 
many  parts.  That  single,  indivisible  jot  is  the  many-faced,  thousand- 
eyed  and  thousand-named,  the  jot  of  the  iota.  This  is  the  emblem 
of  that  perfect  and  indivisible  Man.  .  .  .  The  Son  of  the  Man  is 
the  one  iota,  the  one  jot  flowing  from  on  high,  full  and  filling  all 
things,  containing  in  himself  everything  that  is  in  the  Man,  the 
Father  of  the  Son  of  Man.136 

134  A  condensation  of  Iliad,  XIV,  200L  and  246:  "I  am  going  to  the  ends  of  the 
fruitful  earth  to  visit  Ocean,  the  forbear  of  the  gods,  and  Mother  Tethys  .  .  . 
even  Ocean  Stream  himself,  who  is  the  forbear  of  them  all."  (Rieu  trans.,  pp.  262I) 

135  The  iota  (ttjv  /xlav  Kepaiav),  the  smallest  Greek  character,  corresponding  to  our 
"dot"  (which  did  not  exist  in  Greek).  Cf.  Luke  16  :  17:  "And  it  is  easier  for 
heaven  and  earth  to  pass  than  one  tittle  of  the  law  to  fall."  Also  Matt.  5:18. 
This  may  well  be  the  origin  of  the  iota  symbolism,  as  Irenaeus  (Adv.  haer.,  I, 
3,  2)  suggests. 

136  Elenchos,  VIII,  12,  5ft.  (Legge,  pp.  io7ff.).  All  this  is  a  Gnostic  paraphrase  of 
John  1  and  at  the  same  time  a  meaningful  exposition  of  the  psychological  self. 
The  relationship  of  the  t  to  the  self  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  Hebrew  letter 
Yod  0)  to  the  lapis  in  the  cabala.  The  Original  Man,  Adam,  signifies  the  small 
hook  at  the  top  of  the  letter  Yod.  (Shaare  Kedusha,  III,  1.) 

2l8 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE    SELF 


341  This  paradoxical  idea  of  the  Monad  in  Monoi'mos  describes 
the  psychological  nature  of  the  self  as  conceived  by  a  thinker  of 
the  second  century  under  the  influence  of  the  Christian  message. 

342  A  parallel  conception  is  to  be  found  in  Plotinus,  who  lived 
a  little  later  (c.  205-70).  He  says  in  the  Enneads:  "Self-knowledge 
reveals  the  fact  that  the  soul's  natural  movement  is  not  in  a 
straight  line,  unless  indeed  it  have  undergone  some  deviation. 
On  the  contrary,  it  circles  around  something  interior,  around  a 
centre.  Now  the  centre  is  that  from  which  proceeds  the  circle, 
that  is,  the  soul.  The  soul  will  therefore  move  around  the  centre, 
that  is,  around  the  principle  from  which  she  proceeds;  and, 
trending  towards  it,  she  will  attach  herself  to  it,  as  indeed  all 
souls  should  do.  The  souls  of  the  divinities  ever  direct  themselves 
towards  it,  and  that  is  the  secret  of  their  divinity;  for  divinity 
consists  in  being  attached  to  the  centre.  .  .  .  Anyone  who  with- 
draws from  it  is  a  man  who  has  remained  un-unified,  or  who  is 
a  brute."  137 

343  Here  the  point  is  the  centre  of  a  circle  that  is  created,  so  to 
speak,  by  the  circumambulation  of  the  soul.  But  this  point  is  the 
"centre  of  all  things,"  a  God-image.  This  is  an  idea  that  still 
underlies  the  mandala-symbols  in  modern  dreams.138 

344  Of  equal  significance  is  the  idea,  also  common  among  the 
Gnostics,  of  the  ainvB^p  or  spark.139  It  corresponds  to  the  scintilla 
vitae,  the  "little  spark  of  the  soul"  in  Meister  Eckhart,140  which 
we  meet  with  rather  early  in  the  teachings  of  Saturninus.141 
Similarly  Heraclitus,  "the  physicist,"  is  said  to  have  conceived 
the  soul  as  a  "spark  of  stellar  essence."  142  Hippolytus  says  that 
in  the  doctrine  of  the  Sethians  the  darkness  held  "the  bright- 

137  Ennead,  VI,  9,  8  (Guthrie  trans.,  p.  163,  slightly  mod.). 

138  See  "A  Study  in  the  Process  of  Individuation"  and  "Concerning  Mandala 
Symbolism." 

139  Bousset,  Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis,  p.  321,  says:  "[The  Gnostics  believed] 
that  human  beings,  or  at  any  rate  some  human  beings,  carry  within  them  from 
the  beginning  a  higher  element  [the  spinther]  deriving  from  the  world  of  light, 
which  enables  them  to  rise  above  the  world  of  the  Seven  into  the  upper  world  of 
light,  where  dwell  the  unknown  Father  and  the  heavenly  Mother." 

140  Meerpohl,  "Meister  Eckharts  Lehre  vom  Seelenfunklein." 

141  Irenaeus,  Adv.  haer.,  I.,  24.  The  pneumatikoi  contain  a  small  part  of  the 
Pleroma  (II,  29).  Cf.  the  doctrine  of  Satorneilos  in  Hippolytus,  Elenchos,  VII,  a8, 
3  (Legge  trans.,  II,  pp.  8of.). 

142  Macrobius,  Commentarium  in  Somnium  Scipionis,  XIV,  19. 

219 


AION 

ness  and  the  spark  of  light  in  thrall,"  143  and  that  this  "very  small 
spark"  was  finely  mingled  in  the  dark  waters 144  below.145  Simon 
Magus 146  likewise  teaches  that  in  semen  and  milk  there  is  a  very 
small  spark  which  "increases  and  becomes  a  power  boundless 
and  immutable."  147 
345  The  symbol  of  the  point  is  found  also  in  alchemy,  where  it 
stands  for  the  arcane  substance;  in  Michael  Maier148  it  signifies 
"the  purity  or  homogeneity  of  the  essence."  It  is  the  "punctum 
solis"  149  in  the  egg-yolk,  which  grows  into  a  chick.  In  Khunrath 
it  represents  Sapientia  in  the  form  of  the  "salt-point";  15°  in 
Maier  it  symbolizes  gold.151  To  the  scholiast  of  the  "Tractatus 
aureus"  it  is  the  midpoint,  the  "circulus  exiguus"  and  "media- 
tor" which  reconciles  the  hostile  elements  and  "by  persistent 
rotation  changes  the  angular  form  of  the  square  into  a  circular 
one  like  itself."  152  For  Dorn  the  "punctum  vix  intelligibile"  is 

143  Elenchos,  V,  19,  7:  "Iva  %xy  rbv  amv6r\pa.  SovXevovra. 

144  This  idea  reappears  in  alchemy  in  numerous  variations.  Cf.  Michael  Maier, 
Symbola  aureae  mensae,  p.  380,  and  Scrutinium  chymicum,  Emblema  XXXI: 
"The  King  swimming  in  the  sea,  and  crying  with  a  loud  voice:  Whosoever  shall 
bring  me  out,  shall  have  a  great  reward."  Also  Aurora  Consurgens  (ed.  von  Franz), 
p.  57:  "For  this  cause  have  I  laboured  night  by  night  with  crying,  my  jaws  be- 
come hoarse;  who  is  the  man  that  liveth,  knowing  and  understanding,  deliver- 
ing my  soul  from  the  hand  of  hell?" 

145  Elenchos,  V,  21,  1:  Tov  amvdripa  rbv  i\ax<-<rrov  kv  tois  ckotcivois  vSacri  Karat 
Karafxe/xlxdaL  Xe7TT(5s- 

146  Elenchos,  VI,  17,  7.  Cf.  "Transformation  Symbolism  in  the  Mass,"  par.  359. 

147  Cf.  the  vision  reported  by  Wickes,  The  Inner  World  of  Man,  p.  245.  It  is  a 
typical  piece  of  individuation  symbolism:  "Then  I  saw  that  on  the  shaft  there 
hung  a  human  figure  that  held  within  itself  all  the  loneliness  of  the  world  and 
of  the  spaces.  Alone,  and  hoping  for  nothing,  the  One  hung  and  gazed  down 
into  the  void.  For  long  the  One  gazed,  drawing  all  solitude  unto  itself.  Then 
deep  in  the  fathomless  dark  was  born  an  infinitesimal  spark.  Slowly  it  rose  from 
the  bottomless  depth,  and  as  it  rose  it  grew  until  it  became  a  star.  And  the  star 
hung  in  space  just  opposite  the  figure,  and  the  white  light  streamed  upon  the 
Lonely  One."  Conversely,  it  is  related  of  Zoroaster  that  he  drew  down  sparks 
from  a  star,  which  scorched  him.  (Bousset,  p.  146.) 

148  Maier,  De  circulo  physico  quadrato  (1616),  p.  27. 

149  Or  punctus  solis.  "In  the  egg  therefore  are  four  things:  earth,  water,  air,  and 
fire;  but  the  'punctum  solis'  is  apart  from  these  four,  in  the  midst  of  the  yolk 
(which)  is  the  chick."  (Turba,  Sermo  IV.)  Ruska  (Turba  philosophorum,  p.  51) 
puts  "saliens"  instead  of  "solis"  ("springing  point"  instead  of  "sun-point"),  in  the 
belief  that  all  the  copyists  repeated  the  same  error.  I  am  not  so  sure  of  this. 

150  Von  hylealischen  Chaos,  p.  194.  151  De  circulo  quadrato,  p.  27. 
152  Theatr.  chem.,  IV,  p.  691. 

220 


GNOSTIC   SYMBOLS    OF    THE   SELF 


the  starting  point  of  creation.153  Similarly  John  Dee  says  that  all 
things  originated  from  the  point  and  the  monad.154  Indeed,  God 
himself  is  simultaneously  both  the  centre  and  the  circumference. 
In  Mylius  the  point  is  called  the  bird  of  Hermes.155  In  the 
"Novum  lumen"  it  is  spirit  and  fire,  the  life  of  the  arcane  sub- 
stance, similar  to  the  spark.158  This  conception  of  the  point  is 
more  or  less  the  same  as  that  of  the  Gnostics. 
346  From  these  citations  we  can  see  how  Christ  was  assimilated 
to  symbols  that  also  meant  the  kingdom  of  God,  for  instance 
the  grain  of  mustard-seed,  the  hidden  treasure,  and  the  pearl  of 
great  price.  He  and  his  kingdom  have  the  same  meaning.  Objec- 
tions have  always  been  made  to  this  dissolution  of  Christ's  per- 
sonality, but  what  has  not  been  realized  is  that  it  represents  at 
the  same  time  an  assimilation  and  integration  of  Christ  into  the 
human  psyche.157  The  result  is  seen  in  the  growth  of  the  human 
personality  and  in  the  development  of  consciousness.  These 
specific  attainments  are  now  gravely  threatened  in  our  anti- 
christian  age,  not  only  by  the  sociopolitical  delusional  systems, 
but  above  all  by  the  rationalistic  hybris  which  is  tearing  our 
consciousness  from  its  transcendent  roots  and  holding  before 
it  immanent  goals. 

153  "Physica  genesis,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  382. 

154  Monas  hieroglyphica  (first  edn.,  1564).  Also  in  Theatr.  chem.  (1602),  II,  p.  218. 

155  Phil,  ref.,  p.  131.  156  Mus.  herm.,  p.  559. 

157  Here  I  would  like  to  cite  a  theological  opinion:  "Jesus  is  a  synthesis  and  a 
growth,  and  the  resultant  form  is  one  which  tells  of  a  hundred  forces  which  went 
to  its  making.  But  the  interesting  thing  is  that  the  process  did  not  end  with  the 
closing  of  the  canon.  Jesus  is  still  in  the  making."  Roberts,  "Jesus  or  Christ?— 
A  Reply,"  p.  124. 


221 


XIV 

THE  STRUCTURE  AND 
DYNAMICS  OF  THE  SELF 


347  The  examples  given  in  the  previous  chapter  should  be  suf- 
ficient to  describe  the  progressive  assimilation  and  amplifica- 
tion of  the  archetype  that  underlies  ego-consciousness.  Rather 
than  add  to  their  number  unnecessarily,  I  will  try  to  summarize 
them  so  that  an  over-all  picture  results.  From  various  hints 
dropped  by  Hippolytus,  it  is  clear  beyond  a  doubt  that  many  of 
the  Gnostics  were  nothing  other  than  psychologists.  Thus  he 
reports  them  as  saying  that  "the  soul  is  very  hard  to  find  and  to 
comprehend,"  x  and  that  knowledge  of  the  whole  man  is  just  as 
difficult.  "For  knowledge  of  man  is  the  beginning  of  wholeness 
(TeAeiWis),  but  knowledge  of  God  is  perfect  wholeness  {atrqprurfiivq 
TeAetWts)."  Clement  of  Alexandria  says  in  the  Paedagogus  (III, 
1):  "Therefore,  as  it  seems,  it  is  the  greatest  of  all  disciplines  to 
know  oneself;  for  when  a  man  knows  himself,  he  knows  God." 
And  Monoi'mos,  in  his  letter  to  Theophrastus,  writes:  "Seek  him 
from  out  thyself,  and  learn  who  it  is  that  taketh  possession  of 
everything  in  thee,  saying:  my  god,  my  spirit,  my  understanding, 
my  soul,  my  body;  and  learn  whence  is  sorrow  and  joy,  and  love 
and  hate,  and  waking  though  one  would  not,  and  sleeping 
though  one  would  not,  and  getting  angry  though  one  would  not, 
and  falling  in  love  though  one  would  not.  And  if  thou  shouldst 
closely  investigate  these  things,  thou  wilt  find  Him  in  thyself, 
the  One  and  the  Many,  like  to  that  little  point  [fcepata],  for  it  is 
in  thee  that  he  hath  his  origin  and  his  deliverance."  2 

348  One  cannot  help  being  reminded,  in  reading  this  text,  of  the 
Indian  idea  of  the  Self  as  brahman  and  atman,  for  instance  in 

1  Elenchos,  V,  7,  8  (Legge  trans.,  I,  p.  123). 

2  Elenchos,  VIII,  15,  iff.  Cf.  Legge  trans.,  II,  p.  10. 

222 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND  DYNAMICS    OF   THE   SELF 

the  Kena  Upanishad:  "By  whom  willed  and  directed  does  the 
mind  fly  forth?  By  whom  commanded  does  the  first  breath  move? 
Who  sends  forth  the  speech  we  utter  here?  What  god  is  it  that 
stirs  the  eye  and  ear?  The  hearing  of  the  ear,  the  thinking  of  the 
mind,  the  speaking  of  the  speech  .  .  .  That  which  speech  can- 
not express,  by  which  speech  is  expressed  .  .  .  which  the  mind 
cannot  think,  by  which  the  mind  thinks,  know  that  as  Brah- 
man." 3 

349  Yajnyavalkya  defines  it  in  indirect  form  in  the  Brihadaran- 
yaka  Upanishad:  "He  who  dwells  in  all  beings,  yet  is  apart  from 
all  beings,  whom  no  beings  know,  whose  body  is  all  beings,  who 
controls  all  beings  from  within,  he  is  your  Self,  the  inner  con- 
troller, the  immortal.  .  .  .  There  is  no  other  seer  but  he,  no 
other  hearer  but  he,  no  other  perceiver  but  he,  no  other  knower 
but  he.  He  is  your  Self,  the  inner  controller,  the  immortal.  All 
else  is  of  sorrow.4 

35°  In  Monoi'mos,  who  was  called  "the  Arab,"  Indian  influences 
are  not  impossible.  His  statement  is  significant  because  it  shows 
that  even  in  the  second  century5  the  ego  was  considered  the 
exponent  of  an  all-embracing  totality,  the  self— a  thought  that 
by  no  means  all  psychologists  are  familiar  with  even  today. 
These  insights,  in  the  Near  East  as  in  India,  are  the  product  of 
intense  introspective  observation  that  can  only  be  psychological. 
Gnosis  is  undoubtedly  a  psychological  knowledge  whose  con- 
tents derive  from  the  unconscious.  It  reached  its  insights  by 
concentrating  on  the  "subjective  factor,"  6  which  consists  empiri- 
cally in  the  demonstrable  influence  that  the  collective  uncon- 
scious exerts  on  the  conscious  mind.  This  would  explain  the 
astonishing  parallelism  between  Gnostic  symbolism  and  the 
findings  of  the  psychology  of  the  unconscious. 

35i  I  would  like  to  illustrate  this  parallelism  by  summarizing  the 
symbols  previously  discussed.  For  this  purpose  we  must  first  of 
all  review  the  facts  that  led  psychologists  to  conjecture  an  arche- 
type of  wholeness,  i.e.,  the  self.  These  are  in  the  first  place 
dreams  and  visions;  in  the  second  place,  products  of  active 
imagination  in  which  symbols  of  wholeness  appear.  The  most 

3  Based  on  Radhakrishnan,  The  Principal  Upanishads,  pp.  58if. 

4  Ibid.,  pp.  228f. 

5  Hippolytus  lived  c.  a.d.  230.  Monoimos  must  therefore  antedate  him. 

6  Psychological  Types  (1923  edn.,  pp.  471ft".). 

223 


AION 


important  of  these  are  geometrical  structures  containing  ele- 
ments of  the  circle  and  quaternity; 7  namely,  circular  and  spheri- 
cal forms  on  the  one  hand,  which  can  be  represented  either 
purely  geometrically  or  as  objects;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
quadratic  figures  divided  into  four  or  in  the  form  of  a  cross. 
They  can  also  be  four  objects  or  persons  related  to  one  another 
in  meaning  or  by  the  way  they  are  arranged.  Eight,  as  a  multiple 
of  four,  has  the  same  significance.  A  special  variant  of  the  qua- 
ternity motif  is  the  dilemma  of  3  -f-  i-  Twelve  (3  X  4)  seems  to 
belong  here  as  a  solution  of  the  dilemma  and  as  a  symbol  of 
wholeness  (zodiac,  year).  Three  can  be  regarded  as  a  relative 
totality,  since  it  usually  represents  either  a  spiritual  totality  that 
is  a  product  of  thought,  like  the  Trinity,8  or  else  an  instinctual, 
chthonic  one,  like  the  triadic  nature  of  the  gods  of  the  under- 
world—the "lower  triad."  Psychologically,  however,  three— if  the 
context  indicates  that  it  refers  to  the  self— should  be  understood 
as  a  defective  quaternity  or  as  a  stepping-stone  towards  it.9 
Empirically,  a  triad  has  a  trinity  opposed  to  it  as  its  comple- 
ment. The  complement  of  the  quaternity  is  unity.10 
352  From  the  circle  and  quaternity  motif  is  derived  the  symbol 
of  the  geometrically  formed  crystal  and  the  wonder-working 
stone.  From  here  analogy  formation  leads  on  to  the  city,11  castle, 
church,12  house,13  and  vessel.14  Another  variant  is  the  wheel 
(rota).  The  former  motif  emphasizes  the  ego's  containment  in 
the  greater  dimension  of  the  self;  the  latter  emphasizes  the  rota- 
tion which  also  appears  as  a  ritual  circumambulation.  Psycho- 
logically, it  denotes  concentration  on  and  preoccupation  with 
a  centre,  conceived  as  the  centre  of  a  circle  and  thus  formulated 
as  a  point.  This  leads  easily  enough  to  a  relationship  to  the 
heavenly  Pole  and  the  starry  bowl  of  heaven  rotating  round  it. 
A  parallel  is  the  horoscope  as  the  "wheel  of  birth." 

7  The  circle  has  the  character  of  wholeness  because  of  its  "perfect"  form;  the 
quaternity,  because  four  is  the  minimum  number  of  parts  into  which  the  circle 
may  naturally  be  divided. 

8  Cf.  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Dogma  of  the  Trinity,"  pars.  i82ff. 

9  Cf.  "Spirit  in  Fairytales"  pars.  425^,  436ft.,  and  "Trinity,"  pars.  243ff. 

10  Five  corresponds  to  the  indistinguishability  of  quaternity  and  unity. 

11  [Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.  138L,  fig.  31.] 

12  Church  built  of  living  stones  in  the  Shepherd  of  Hennas.  [Psychological  Types, 
ch.  V,  4a.] 

13  Golden  Flower  (1962  edn.),  pp.  22,  36.  14  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  338. 

224 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND  DYNAMICS   OF   THE   SELF 

The  image  of  the  city,  house,  and  vessel  brings  us  to  their 
content — the  inhabitant  of  the  city  or  house,  and  the  water  con- 
tained in  the  vessel.  The  inhabitant,  in  his  turn,  has  a  relation- 
ship to  the  quaternity,  and  to  the  fifth  as  the  unity  of  the  four. 
The  water  appears  in  modern  dreams  and  visions  as  a  blue  ex- 
panse reflecting  the  sky,  as  a  lake,  as  four  rivers  (e.g.,  Switzer- 
land as  the  heart  of  Europe  with  the  Rhine,  Ticino,  Rhone,  and 
Inn,  or  the  Garden  of  Eden  with  the  Gihon,  Pison,  Hiddekel, 
and  Euphrates),  as  healing  water  and  consecrated  water,  etc. 
Sometimes  the  water  is  associated  with  fire,  or  even  combined 
with  it  as  fire-water  (wine,  alcohol). 

The  inhabitant  of  the  quadratic  space  leads  to  the  human 
figure.  Apart  from  the  geometrical  and  arithmetical  symbols, 
this  is  the  commonest  symbol  of  the  self.  It  is  either  a  god  or  a 
godlike  human  being,  a  prince,  a  priest,  a  great  man,  an  his- 
torical personality,  a  dearly  loved  father,  an  admired  example, 
the  successful  elder  brother— in  short,  a  figure  that  transcends 
the  ego  personality  of  the  dreamer.  There  are  corresponding 
feminine  figures  in  a  woman's  psychology. 

Just  as  the  circle  is  contrasted  with  the  square,  so  the  qua- 
ternity is  contrasted  with  the  3  -f-  1  motif,  and  the  positive, 
beautiful,  good,  admirable,  and  lovable  human  figure  with  a 
daemonic,  misbegotten  creature  who  is  negative,  ugly,  evil, 
despicable  and  an  object  of  fear.  Like  all  archetypes,  the  self  has 
a  paradoxical,  antinomial  character.  It  is  male  and  female,  old 
man  and  child,  powerful  and  helpless,  large  and  small.  The  self 
is  a  true  "complexio  oppositorum,"  15  though  this  does  not 
mean  that  it  is  anything  like  as  contradictory  in  itself.  It  is 
quite  possible  that  the  seeming  paradox  is  nothing  but  a  reflec- 
tion of  the  enantiodromian  changes  of  the  conscious  attitude 
which  can  have  a  favourable  or  an  unfavourable  effect  on  the 
whole.  The  same  is  true  of  the  unconscious  in  general,  for  its 
frightening  figures  may  be  called  forth  by  the  fear  which  the 
conscious  mind  has  of  the  unconscious.  The  importance  of  con- 
sciousness should  not  be  underrated;  hence  it  is  advisable  to  re- 
late the  contradictory  manifestations  of  the  unconscious  causally 
to  the  conscious  attitude,  at  least  in  some  degree.  But  conscious- 
ness should  not  be  overrated  either,  for  experience  provides  too 

15  A  definition  of  God  in  Nicholas  of  Cusa.  Cf.  "The  Psychology  of  the  Trans- 
ference," par.  537. 

225 


AION 

many  incontrovertible  proofs  of  the  autonomy  of  unconscious 
compensatory  processes  for  us  to  seek  the  origin  of  these  an- 
tinomies only  in  the  conscious  mind.  Between  the  conscious  and 
the  unconscious  there  is  a  kind  of  "uncertainty  relationship," 
because  the  observer  is  inseparable  from  the  observed  and  al- 
ways disturbs  it  by  the  act  of  observation.  In  other  words,  exact 
observation  of  the  unconscious  prejudices  observation  of  the 
conscious  and  vice  versa. 

356  Thus  the  self  can  appear  in  all  shapes  from  the  highest  to  the 
lowest,  inasmuch  as  these  transcend  the  scope  of  the  ego  person- 
ality in  the  manner  of  a  daimonion.  It  goes  without  saying  that 
the  self  also  has  its  theriomorphic  symbolism.  The  commonest 
of  these  images  in  modern  dreams  are,  in  my  experience,  the 
elephant,  horse,  bull,  bear,  white  and  black  birds,  fishes,  and 
snakes.  Occasionally  one  comes  across  tortoises,  snails,  spiders, 
and  beetles.  The  principal  plant  symbols  are  the  flower  and  the 
tree.  Of  the  inorganic  products,  the  commonest  are  the  moun- 
tain and  lake. 

357  Where  there  is  an  undervaluation  of  sexuality  the  self  is 
symbolized  as  a  phallus.  Undervaluation  can  consist  in  an 
ordinary  repression  or  in  overt  devaluation.  In  certain  differ- 
entiated persons  a  purely  biological  interpretation  and  evalua- 
tion of  sexuality  can  also  have  this  effect.  Any  such  conception 
overlooks  the  spiritual  and  "mystical"  implications  of  the  sexual 
instinct.16  These  have  existed  from  time  immemorial  as  psychic 
facts,  but  are  devalued  and  repressed  on  rationalistic  and 
philosophical  grounds.  In  all  such  cases  one  can  expect  an  un- 
conscious phallicism  by  way  of  compensation.  A  good  example 
of  this  is  the  mainly  sexualistic  approach  to  the  psyche  that  is 
to  be  found  in  Freud. 


358  Coming  now  to  the  Gnostic  symbols  of  the  self,  we  find  that 
the  Naassenes  of  Hippolytus  lay  most  emphasis  on  the  human 
images;  of  the  geometrical  and  arithmetical  symbols  the  most 
important  are  the  quaternity,  the  ogdoad,  the  trinity,  and  unity. 
Here  we  shall  give  our  attention  mainly  to  the  totality  symbol 
of  the  quaternity,  and  above  all  to  the  symbol  mentioned  in 

16  Cf.  Hurwitz,  "Archetypische  Motive  in  der  chassidischen  Mystik,"  ch.  VI. 

226 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND   DYNAMICS    OF    THE    SELF 

section  6  of  the  last  chapter,  which  I  would  like  to  call,  for  short, 
the  Moses  Quaternio.  We  shall  then  consider  the  second  Naas- 
sene  Quaternio,  the  one  with  the  four  rivers  of  Paradise,  which 
I  shall  call  the  Paradise  Quaternio.  Though  differently  consti- 
tuted, the  two  quaternios  express  roughly  the  same  idea,  and  in 
what  follows  I  shall  try  not  only  to  relate  them  to  one  another 
psychologically,  but  also  to  bring  out  their  connection  with 
later  (alchemical)  quaternary  structures.  In  the  course  of  these 
investigations,  we  shall  see  how  far  the  two  quaternios  are  char- 
acteristic of  the  Gnostic  age,  and  how  far  they  can  be  correlated 
with  the  archetypal  history  of  the  mind  in  the  Christian  aeon. 
359  The  quaternity  in  the  Moses  Quaternio 17  is  evidently  con- 
structed according  to  the  following  schema: 

The  Higher  Adam 


Miriam,  Mother- 
Sister-Anima 


Jethro,  physical 
and  spiritual  father 


Zipporah,  wife  of  Moses 
and  daughter  of  Jethro 


Moms 


The  Lower  Adam 


The  Moses  Quaternio 


s6°  The  "lower  Adam"  corresponds  to  the  ordinary  mortal  man, 
Moses  to  the  culture-hero  and  lawgiver,  and  thus,  on  a  person- 
alistic  level,  to  the  "father";  Zipporah,  as  the  daughter  of  a  king 

17  Elenchos,  V,  8,  2. 

227 


AION 

and  priest,  to  the  "higher  mother."  For  the  ordinary  man,  these 
two  represent  the  "royal  pair,"  18  which  for  Moses  corresponds 
on  the  one  hand  to  his  "higher  man,"  and  on  the  other  hand  to 
his  anima,  Miriam.  The  "higher"  man  is  synonymous  with  the 
"spiritual,  inner"  man,  who  is  represented  in  the  quaternio  by 
Jethro.  Such  is  the  meaning  of  the  quaternio  when  seen  from 
the  standpoint  of  Moses.  But  since  Moses  is  related  to  Jethro  as 
the  lower  Adam,  or  ordinary  man,  is  to  Moses,  the  quaternio 
cannot  be  understood  merely  as  the  structure  of  Moses'  per- 
sonality, but  must  be  looked  at  from  the  standpoint  of  the  lower 
Adam  as  well.  We  then  get  the  following  quaternio: 

MOSES  ZIPPORAH 

as  culture-hero  as  higher  mother 

THE  LOWER  ADAM    EVE 

as  ordinary  man  as  ordinary   woman 

361  From  this  we  can  see  that  the  Naassene  quaternio  is  in  a 
sense  unsymmetrical,  since  it  leads  to  a  senarius  (hexad)  with  an 
exclusively  upward  tendency:  Jethro  and  Miriam  have  to  be 
added  to  the  above  four  as  a  kind  of  third  storey,  as  the  higher 
counterparts  of  Moses  and  Zipporah.  We  thus  get  a  gradual  pro- 
gression, or  series  of  steps  leading  from  the  lower  to  the  higher 
Adam.  This  psychology  evidently  underlies  the  elaborate  lists  of 
Valentinian  syzygies.  The  lower  Adam  or  somatic  man  conse- 
quently appears  as  the  lowest  stage  of  all,  from  which  there  can 
be  only  an  ascent.  But,  as  we  have  seen,  the  four  persons  in  the 
Naassene  quaternio  are  chosen  so  skilfully  that  it  leaves  room 
not  only  for  the  incest  motif  [Jethro-Miriam],  which  is  never 
lacking  in  the  marriage  quaternio,  but  also  for  the  extension  of 
the  ordinary  man's  psychic  structure  downwards,  towards  the 
sub-human,  the  dark  and  evil  side  represented  by  the  shadow. 
That  is  to  say,  Moses  marries  the  "Ethiopian  woman,"  and 
Miriam,  the  prophetess  and  mother-sister,  becomes  "leprous," 
which  is  clear  proof  that  her  relation  to  Moses  has  taken  a  nega- 
tive turn.  This  is  further  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  Miriam 
"spoke  against"  Moses  and  even  stirred  up  his  brother  Aaron 
against  him.  Accordingly,  we  get  the  following  senarius: 

18  Cf.  "The  Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  4ioff. 

2*8 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND  DYNAMICS   OF   THE   SELF 

THE   LOWER   ADAM EVE 

MOSES ETHIOPIAN    WOMAN 

jethro,  the  heathen  priest miriam,  the  "white"  leper 

Though  nothing  is  said  against  Jethro,  "the  great  wise  one," 
in  the  Bible  story,  yet  as  a  Midianite  priest  he  did  not  serve 
Yahweh  and  did  not  belong  to  the  chosen  people,  but  departs 
from  them  to  his  own  country.19  He  seems  also  to  have  borne 
the  name  Reguel  ("friend  of  God")  and  to  have  helped  Moses 
with  his  superior  wisdom.  He  is,  accordingly,  a  numinous  per- 
sonality, the  embodiment  of  an  archetype,  obviously  that  of  the 
"wise  old  man"  who  personifies  the  spirit  in  myth  and  folklore. 
The  spirit,  as  I  have  shown  elsewhere,20  has  a  dichotomous 
nature.  Just  as  Moses  in  this  case  represents  his  own  shadow  by 
taking  to  wife  the  black  daughter  of  the  earth,  so  Jethro,  in  his 
capacity  as  heathen  priest  and  stranger,  has  to  be  included  in  the 
quaternio  as  the  "lower"  aspect  of  himself,  with  a  magical  and 
nefarious  significance  (though  this  is  not  vouched  for  in  the 
text).21 

As  I  have  already  explained,  the  Moses  Quaternio  is  an  indi- 
vidual variant  of  the  common  marriage  quaternio  found  in  folk- 
lore.22 It  could  therefore  be  designated  just  as  well  with  other 
mythical  names.  The  basic  schema  of  the  cross-cousin  marriage: 

HUSBAND  COUSIN    AS    WIFE 

I  I 

husband's  sister wife's  brother 

has  numerous  variants;  for  instance  the  sister  can  be  replaced 
by  the  mother  or  the  wife's  brother  by  a  fatherlike  figure.  But 
the  incest  motif  remains  a  characteristic  feature.  Since  the 
schema  is  a  primary  one  characterizing  the  psychology  of  love 
relationships  and  also  of  the  transference,  it  will,  like  all  char- 
acterological  schemata,  obviously  manifest  itself  in  a  "favour- 
able" and  an  "unfavourable"  form,  for  the  relationships  in  ques- 
tion also  exhibit  the  same  ambivalence:  everything  a  man  does 
has  a  positive  and  a  negative  aspect. 

19  Exodus  18  :  27. 

20  "Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairytales,"  pars.  400ft. 

21  Since  the  whole  Shadow  Quaternio  is  a  symmetrical  construction,  the  "good 
Wise  Man"  must  here  be  contrasted  with  a  correspondingly  dark,  chthonic  figure. 

22  Ci.  "Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  425ft. 

229 


AION 


364  The  reader,  therefore,  should  not  let  himself  be  put  off  by 
the  somewhat  scurrilous  Gnostic  nomenclature.  The  names  are 
accidental,  whereas  the  schema  itself  is  universally  valid.  The 
same  is  true  of  the  "Shadow  Quaternio,"  for  which  I  have  kept 
the  same  names  because  the  biography  of  Moses  offers  certain 
features  that  are  well  suited  to  illustrate  the  shadow. 

365  The  lower  senarius  reaches  its  nadir  not  in  the  "lower 
Adam"  but  in  his  dark,  theriomorphic  prefiguration— the  ser- 
pent who  was  created  before  man,  or  the  Gnostic  Naas.  Accord- 
ingly we  have  the  structures  shown  on  the  facing  page. 

366  This  schema  is  no  idle  parlour  game,  because  the  texts  make 
it  abundantly  clear  that  the  Gnostics  were  quite  familiar  with 
the  dark  aspect  of  their  metaphysical  figures,  so  much  so  that 
they  caused  the  greatest  offence  on  that  account.  (One  has  only 
to  think  of  the  identification  of  the  good  God  with  Priapus,23  or 
of  the  Anthropos  with  the  ithyphallic  Hermes.)  It  was,  more- 
over, the  Gnostics— e.g.,  Basilides— who  exhaustively  discussed 
the  problem  of  evil  {vbOev  rb  kokSv; — 'whence  comes  evil?').  The 
serpentine  form  of  the  Nous  and  the  Agathodaimon  does  not 
mean  that  the  serpent  has  only  a  good  aspect.  Just  as  the 
Apophis-serpent  was  the  traditional  enemy  of  the  Egyptian  sun- 
god,  so  the  devil,  "that  ancient  serpent,"24  is  the  enemy  of 
Christ,  the  "novus  Sol."  The  good,  perfect,  spiritual  God  was 
opposed  by  an  imperfect,  vain,  ignorant,  and  incompetent 
demiurge.  There  were  archontic  Powers  that  gave  to  mankind 
a  corrupt  "chirographum"  (handwriting)  from  which  Christ 
had  to  redeem  them.25 

367  With  the  dawn  of  the  second  millennium  the  accent  shifted 

23  In  the  gnosis  of  Justin.  See  Hippolytus,  Elenchos,  V,  26,  32  (Legge  trans.,  I, 
p.   178):   6  de  ayados  kan  Uptavos  (But  the  Good  One  is  Priapus). 
24&ev.  12  :  9. 

25  Coloss.  2  :  14:  "Blotting  out  the  handwriting  of  the  decree  that  was  against  us, 
which  was  contrary  to  us.  And  he  hath  taken  the  same  out  of  the  way,  fastening  it 
to  the  cross"  (DV).  The  handwriting  is  imprinted  on  the  body.  This  view  is  con- 
firmed by  Orosius  ("Ad  Aurelium  Augustum  commonitorium  de  errore  Priscil- 
lianistarum  et  Origenistarum,"  p.  153),  who  says  that  in  the  opinion  of  Pris- 
cillian  the  soul,  on  descending  through  the  spheres  into  birth,  was  caught  by  the 
powers  of  evil,  and  at  the  behest  of  the  victor  ("victoris  principis")  was  cast  into 
separate  bodies,  upon  which  a  "handwriting"  was  written.  The  parts  of  the  soul 
receive  a  divine  chirographum,  but  the  parts  of  the  body  are  imprinted  with 
the  signs  of  the  zodiac  icaeli  signa). 

230 


Anthtopot  (the  higher  Adam) 


The  higher  Jethro 


The  higher  Moses 


The  positive  Miriam 


The  wise  Zippor/sh 


Man  (the  lower  Adam) 

A.  The  Anthropos  Quaternio 


The  lower  Jethro 


The  negative  Miriam 


The  Ethiopian 


Serpent 

B.  The  Shadow  Quaternio 
231 


AION 


more  and  more  towards  the  dark  side.  The  demiurge  became 
the  devil  who  had  created  the  world,  and,  a  little  later,  alchemy 
began  to  develop  its  conception  of  Mercurius  as  the  partly  ma- 
terial, partly  immaterial  spirit  that  penetrates  and  sustains  all 
things,  from  stones  and  metals  to  the  highest  living  organisms. 
In  the  form  of  a  snake  he  dwells  inside  the  earth,  has  a  body, 
soul,  and  spirit,  was  believed  to  have  a  human  shape  as  the 
homunculus  or  homo  altus,  and  was  regarded  as  the  chthonic 
God.26  From  this  we  can  see  clearly  that  the  serpent  was  either 
a  forerunner  of  man  or  a  distant  copy  of  the  Anthropos,  and 
how  justified  is  the  equation  Naas  =  Nous  =  Logos  r=  Christ 
=  Higher  Adam.  The  medieval  extension  of  this  equation  to- 
wards the  dark  side  had,  as  I  have  said,  already  been  prepared 
by  Gnostic  phallicism.  This  appears  as  early  as  the  fifteenth  cen- 
tury in  the  alchemical  Codex  Ashburnham  1166,27  and  in  the 
sixteenth  century  Mercurius  was  identified  with  Hermes  Kyl- 
lenios.28 


It  is  significant  that  Gnostic  philosophy  found  its  continua- 
tion in  alchemy.29  "Mater  Alchimia"  is  one  of  the  mothers  of 
modern  science,  and  modern  science  has  given  us  an  unparal- 
leled knowledge  of  the  "dark"  side  of  matter.  It  has  also  pene- 
trated into  the  secrets  of  physiology  and  evolution,  and  made 
the  very  roots  of  life  itself  an  object  of  investigation.  In  this 
way  the  human  mind  has  sunk  deep  into  the  sublunary  world 

26  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  esp.  pars.  271,  282,  289. 

27  See  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  fig.  131. 

28  in  "Chrysopoeia"  (in  Gratarolus,  Verae  alchemiae  artisque  metallicae,  1561, 
pp.  269ft-.),  which  Augurellus  dedicated  to  Pope  Leo  X.  It  contains  an  invocation 
of  the  alma  soror  of  Phoebus: 

"Tu  quoque,  nee  coeptis  Cylleni  audacibus  usquam 

Defueris,  tibi  nam  puro  de  fonte  perennis 

Rivulus  argentum,  vulgo  quod  vivere  dicunt, 

Sufficit,  et  tantis  praestat  primordia  rebus." 
(You  too,  Cyllenian,  this  bold  enterprise 
Fail  not,  the  stream  from  whose  pure  spring  supplies 
The  silver  men  call  "quick,"  the  primal  state 
And  first  beginning  of  a  work  so  great.  [Trans,  by  A.  S.  B.  Glover.]) 

29  In  the  Western  Roman  Empire  there  is  a  gap  in  this  development,  extending 
from  the  3rd  to  about  the  nth  cent.,  that  is,  to  the  time  of  the  first  translations 
from  the  Arabic. 

232 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS    OF   THE   SELF 

of  matter,  thus  repeating  the  Gnostic  myth  of  the  Nous,  who, 
beholding  his  reflection  in  the  depths  below,  plunged  down  and 
was  swallowed  in  the  embrace  of  Physis.  The  climax  of  this  de- 
velopment was  marked  in  the  eighteenth  century  by  the  French 
Revolution,  in  the  nineteenth  century  by  scientific  materialism, 
and  in  the  twentieth  century  by  political  and  social  "realism," 
which  has  turned  the  wheel  of  history  back  a  full  two  thousand 
years  and  seen  the  recrudescence  of  the  despotism,  the  lack  of 
individual  rights,  the  cruelty,  indignity,  and  slavery  of  the  pre- 
Christian  world,  whose  "labour  problem"  was  solved  by  the 
"ergastulum"  (convict-camp).  The  "transvaluation  of  all  values" 
is  being  enacted  before  our  eyes. 

369  The  development  briefly  outlined  here  seems  to  have  been 
anticipated  in  medieval  and  Gnostic  symbolism,  just  as  the 
Antichrist  was  in  the  New  Testament.  How  this  occurred  I  will 
endeavour  to  describe  in  what  follows.  We  have  seen  that,  as 
the  higher  Adam  corresponds  to  the  lower,  so  the  lower  Adam 
corresponds  to  the  serpent.  For  the  mentality  of  the  Middle 
Ages  and  of  late  antiquity,  the  first  of  the  two  double  pyramids, 
the  Anthropos  Quaternio,  represents  the  world  of  the  spirit,  or 
metaphysics,  while  the  second,  the  Shadow  Quaternio,  repre- 
sents sublunary  nature  and  in  particular  man's  instinctual  dis- 
position, the  "flesh"— to  use  a  Gnostic-Christian  term— which  has 
its  roots  in  the  animal  kingdom  or,  to  be  more  precise,  in  the 
realm  of  warm-blooded  animals.  The  nadir  of  this  system  is 
the  cold-blooded  vertebrate,  the  snake,30  for  with  the  snake  the 
psychic  rapport  that  can  be  established  with  practically  all  warm- 
blooded animals  comes  to  an  end.  That  the  snake,  contrary  to 
expectation,  should  be  a  counterpart  of  the  Anthropos  is  cor- 
roborated by  the  fact— of  especial  significance  for  the  Middle 
Ages— that  it  is  on  the  one  hand  a  well-known  allegory  of  Christ, 
and  on  the  other  hand  appears  to  be  equipped  with  the  gift  of 
wisdom  and  of  supreme  spirituality.31  As  Hippolytus  says,  the 
Gnostics  identified  the  serpent  with  the  spinal  cord  and  the 
medulla.  These  are  synonymous  with  the  reflex  functions. 

37°  The  second  of  these  quaternios  is  the  negative  of  the  first; 
it  is  its  shadow.  By  "shadow"  I  mean  the  inferior  personality,  the 
lowest  levels  of  which  are  indistinguishable  from  the  instinctu- 

3(>  Synonymous  with  the  dragon,  since  draco  also  means  snake. 
31  $&ov  irvevmaTLKwrardv,  'the  most  spiritual  animal.' 

233 


AION 


ality  of  an  animal.  This  is  a  view  that  can  be  found  at  a  very 
early  date,  in  the  idea  of  the  Trpoo-^s  i/o^,  the  'excrescent 
soul' 32  of  Isidorus.33  We  also  meet  it  in  Origen,  who  speaks  of 
the  animals  contained  in  man.34  Since  the  shadow,  in  itself,  is 
unconscious  for  most  people,  the  snake  would  correspond  to 
what  is  totally  unconscious  and  incapable  of  becoming  con- 
scious, but  which,  as  the  collective  unconscious  and  as  instinct, 
seems  to  possess  a  peculiar  wisdom  of  its  own  and  a  knowledge 
that  is  often  felt  to  be  supernatural.  This  is  the  treasure  which 
the  snake  (or  dragon)  guards,  and  also  the  reason  why  the  snake 
signifies  evil  and  darkness  on  the  one  hand  and  wisdom  on  the 
other.  Its  unrelatedness,  coldness,  and  dangerousness  express 
the  instinctuality  that  with  ruthless  cruelty  rides  roughshod 
over  all  moral  and  any  other  human  wishes  and  considerations 
and  is  therefore  just  as  terrifying  and  fascinating  in  its  effects  as 

371  In  alchemy  the  snake  is  the  symbol  of  Mercurius  non  vulgi, 
who  was  bracketed  with  the  god  of  revelation,  Hermes.  Both 
have  a  pneumatic  nature.  The  serpens  Mercurii  is  a  chthonic 
spirit  who  dwells  in  matter,  more  especially  in  the  bit  of  original 
chaos  hidden  in  creation,  the  massa  confusa  or  globosa.  The 
snake-symbol  in  alchemy  points  back  to  historically  earlier 
images.  Since  the  opus  was  understood  by  the  alchemists  as  a 
recapitulation  or  imitation  of  the  creation  of  the  world,  the 
serpent  of  Mercurius,  that  crafty  and  deceitful  god,  reminded 
them  of  the  serpent  in  the  Garden  of  Eden,  and  therefore  of  the 
devil,  the  tempter,  who  on  their  own  admission  played  all  sorts 
of  tricks  on  them  during  their  work.  Mephistopheles,  whose 
"aunt  is  the  snake,"  is  Goethe's  version  of  the  alchemical  famil- 
iar, Mercurius.  Like  the  dragon,  Mercurius  is  the  slippery, 
evasive,  poisonous,  dangerous  forerunner  of  the  hermaphrodite, 
and  for  that  reason  he  has  to  be  overcome. 

372  For  the  Naassenes  Paradise  was  a  quaternity  parallel  with 

32  In  Valentinus  the  "appendages"  are  spirits  indwelling  in  man.  Clement  of 
Alexandria,  Stromata,  II,  20,  112  and  114  (trans.  Wilson,  II,  pp.  641".). 

33  Isidorus  was  the  son  of  Basilides.  See  Clement  of  Alexandria,  ibid.,  II,  20,  113 
(Wilson,  II,  p.  65).  The  "outgrowths"  are  animal  souls,  as  of  wolves,  monkeys, 
lions,  etc. 

34  in  Levit.  hom.  V,  2  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  col.  450):  "So  when  thou  seest  that 
thou  hast  all  the  things  the  world  has,  doubt  not  that  thou  hast  within  thee 
even  the  animals  which  are  offered  in  sacrifice." 

234 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND  DYNAMICS    OF   THE   SELF 

the  Moses  quaternio  and  of  similar  meaning.  Its  fourfold  nature 
consisted  in  the  four  rivers,  Pison,  Gihon,  Hiddekel,  and  Phrat.35 
The  serpent  in  Genesis  is  an  illustration  of  the  personified  tree- 
numen;  hence  it  is  traditionally  represented  in  or  coiled  round 
the  tree.  It  is  the  tree's  voice,  which  persuades  Eve— in  Luther's 
version— that  "it  would  be  good  to  eat  of  the  tree,  and  pleasant 
to  behold  that  it  is  a  lusty  tree."  In  the  fairytale  of  "The  Spirit 
in  the  Bottle,"  Mercurius  can  likewise  be  interpreted  as  a  tree- 
numen.36  In  the  Ripley  "Scrowle"  Mercurius  appears  as  a  snake 
in  the  shape  of  a  Melusina  descending  from  the  top  of  the  Philo- 
sophical Tree  ("tree  of  knowledge").37  The  tree  stands  for  the 
development  and  phases  of  the  transformation  process,38  and  its 
fruits  or  flowers  signify  the  consummation  of  the  work.39  In  the 
fairytale  Mercurius  is  hidden  in  the  roots  of  a  great  oak-tree, 
i.e.,  in  the  earth.  For  it  is  in  the  interior  of  the  earth  that  the 
Mercurial  serpent  dwells. 

For  the  alchemists  Paradise  was  a  favourite  symbol  of  the 
albedo*0  the  regained  state  of  innocence,  and  the  source  of  its 
rivers  is  a  symbol  of  the  aqua  permanens*1  For  the  Church 
Fathers  Christ  is  this  source,42  and  Paradise  means  the  ground 
of  the  soul  from  which  the  fourfold  river  of  the  Logos  bubbles 
forth.43  We  find  the  same  symbol  in  the  alchemist  and  mystic 
John  Pordage:  divine  Wisdom  is  a  "New  Earth,  the  heavenly 
Land.  .  .  .  For  from  this  Earth  grew  all  the  Trees  of  Life.  .  .  . 
Thus  did  Paradise  .  .  .  rise  up  from  the  Heart  and  Centre  of 
this  New  Earth,  and  thus  did  the  lost  Garden  of  Eden  flourish  in 
greenness."  44 

85  Euphrates.  36  "The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  Part  I. 

87  See  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  fig.  257.  88  Ibid.,  par.  357. 

89  Ibid.,  fig.  122,  and  "The  Philosophical  Tree,"  pars.  402ff. 

40  Ripley,  Cantilena,  verse  28  [cf.  Mysterium  Coniunctionis,  p.  317],  and  Chym- 
ische  Schrifften,  p.  51;  also  Mylius,  Phil,  ref.,  p.  124. 

41  "A  land  to  be  watered  with  the  clear  water  of  paradise"  (Hollandus,  "Frag- 
mentum  de  lapide,"  Theatr.  chem.,  II,  p.  142).  The  "Tractatus  Aristotelis  ad 
Alexandrum  Magnum  (conscriptus  et  collectus  a  quodam  Christiano  Philoso- 
pho),"  Theatr.  chem.,  V,  p.  885,  compares  the  "practica  Aristotelis"  with  the 
water  of  paradise,  which  makes  man  "whole"  (incolumem)  and  immortal:  "From 
this  water  all  true  Philosophers  have  had  life  and  infinite  riches." 

42  Didymus  of  Alexandria,  De  trinitate  (Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  39,  col.  456). 

43  St  Ambrose,  Explanationes  in  Psalmos,  Ps.  45,  12  (Corp.  Script.  Eccl.  Lat., 
LXIV,  p.  337).  Cf.  Rahner,  "Flumina  de  ventre  Christi,"  pp.  269^. 

44  Sophia  (1699),  p.  9. 

235 


AION 


374  The  snake  symbol  brings  us  to  the  images  of  Paradise,  tree, 
and  earth.  This  amounts  to  an  evolutionary  regression  from  the 
animal  kingdom  back  to  plants  and  inorganic  nature,  epitomized 
in  alchemy  by  the  secret  of  matter,  the  lapis.  Here  the  lapis  is 
not  to  be  understood  as  the  end  product  of  the  opus  but  rather 
as  its  initial  material.  This  arcane  substance  was  also  called  lapis 
by  the  alchemists.  The  symbolism  here  described  can  be  repre- 
sented diagrammatically  as  another  quaternio  or  double  pyra- 
mid: 

Serpent 


Gihon 


Hiddekel 


Euphrates 


Pison 


Lapis 


C.  The  Paradise  Quaternio 


375  The  lapis  was  thought  of  as  a  unity  and  therefore  often 
stands  for  the  prima  materia  in  general.  But  just  as  the  latter 
is  a  bit  of  the  original  chaos  which  was  believed  to  be  hidden 
somewhere  in  metals,  particularly  in  mercury,  or  in  other  sub- 
stances, and  is  not  in  itself  a  simple  thing  (as  the  name  "massa 
confusa"  shows),  so  too  the  lapis  consists  of  the  four  elements  or 

236 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND  DYNAMICS    OF   THE   SELF 

has  to  be  put  together  from  them.45  In  the  chaos  the  elements 
are  not  united,  they  are  merely  coexistent  and  have  to  be  com- 
bined through  the  alchemical  procedure.  They  are  even  hostile 
to  one  another  and  will  not  unite  of  their  own  accord.  They 
represent,  therefore,  an  original  state  of  conflict  and  mutual 
repulsion.  This  image  serves  to  illustrate  the  splitting  up  or 
unfolding  of  the  original  unity  into  the  multiplicity  of  the 
visible  world.  Out  of  the  split-up  quaternity  the  opus  puts  to- 
gether the  unity  of  the  lapis  in  the  realm  of  the  inorganic.  As 
the  filius  macrocosmi  and  a  living  being,  the  lapis  is  not  just  an 
allegory  but  is  a  direct  parallel  of  Christ 46  and  the  higher  Adam, 
of  the  heavenly  Original  Man,  of  the  second  Adam  (Christ),  and 
of  the  serpent.  The  nadir  of  this  third  quaternio  is  therefore  a 
further  counterpart  of  the  Anthropos. 

As  already  mentioned,  the  constitution  of  the  lapis  rests  on 
the  union  of  the  four  elements,47  which  in  their  turn  represent 
an  unfolding  of  the  unknowable  inchoate  state,  or  chaos.  This  is 
the  prima  materia,  the  arcanum,  the  primary  substance,  which 
in  Paracelsus  and  his  followers  is  called  the  increatum  and  is 
regarded  as  coeternal  with  God— a  correct  interpretation  of  the 
Tehom  in  Genesis  1:2:  "And  the  [uncreated]  earth  was  with- 
out form  and  void,  and  darkness  was  upon  the  face  of  the  deep; 
and  the  Spirit  of  God  [brooded]  over  the  face  of  the  waters." 
This  primary  substance  is  round  (massa  globosa,  rotundum, 
aroixdov  oTpoyyvXov),  like  the  world  and  the  world-soul;  it  is  in 
fact  the  world-soul  and  the  world-substance  in  one.  It  is  the 
"stone  that  has  a  spirit,"  48  in  modern  parlance  the  most  elemen- 
tary building-stone  in  the  architecture  of  matter,  the  atom, 
which  is  an  intellectual  model.  The  alchemists  describe  the 

45  The  lapis  is  made  of  the  four  elements,  like  Adam.  The  centre  of  the  squared 
circle  is  the  "mediator,  making  peace  between  the  enemies  or  elements,  so  that 
they  may  love  one  another  in  a  meet  embrace"  ("Tractatus  aureus,"  Theatr. 
chem.,  IV,  p.  691). 

46  Cf.  the  evidence  for  this  in  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  "The  Lapis-Christ 
Parallel." 

47  Mylius  (Phil,  ref.,  p.  15)  identifies  the  elements  that  constitute  the  lapis  with 
corpus,  spiritus,  and  anima:  corpus  is  matter,  earth,  and  spiritus  is  the  nodus 
(bond)  animae  et  corporis,  and  therefore  corresponds  to  fire.  Water  and  air,  which 
would  properly  characterize  the  anima,  are  also  "spirit."  Three  of  the  elements 
are  "moving,"  one  (earth)  "unmoving."  Cf.  n.  89,  infra. 

48  Quotation  from  Ostanes  in  Zosimos,  "Sur  l'art"  (Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs,  III, 
vi,  5)- 

237 


377 


AION 

"round  element"  now  as  primal  water,  now  as  primal  fire,  or  as 
pneuma,  primal  earth,  or  "corpusculum  nostrae  sapientiae," 
the  little  body  of  our  wisdom.49  As  water  or  fire  it  is  the  uni- 
versal solvent;  as  stone  and  metal  it  is  something  that  has  to  be 
dissolved  and  changed  into  air  (pneuma,  spirit). 

This  lapis  symbolism  can  once  more  be  visualized  diagram- 
matically  as  a  double  pyramid: 

Lapis 


Earth 


Rotundum 

D.  The  Lapis  Quaternio 


Zosimos  calls  the  rotundum  the  omega  element  (fi),  which 
probably  signifies  the  head.50  The  skull  is  mentioned  as  the  ves- 
sel of  transformation  in  the  Sabaean  treatise  "Platonis  liber 
quartorum,"  51  and  the  "Philosophers"  styled  themselves  "chil- 
dren of  the  golden  head,"  52  which  is  probably  synonymous  with 
"filii  sapientiae."  The  vas  is  often  synonymous  with  the  lapis, 
so  that  there  is  no  difference  between  the  vessel  and  its  content; 

49  "Aurora  consurgens,"  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  208. 

50  Cf.  my  remarks  on  the  significance  of  the  head  in  "Transformation  Symbolism 
in  the  Mass,"  pars.  3653.  "Head"  also  means  "beginning,"  e.g.,  "head  of  the  Nile," 
etc.  51  Theatr.  chem.,  V,  p.  151.  52  Berthelot,  III,  x,  1. 

238 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND   DYNAMICS    OF    THE    SELF 

in  other  words,  it  is  the  same  arcanum.53  According  to  the  old 
view  the  soul  is  round 54  and  the  vessel  must  be  round  too,  like 
the  heavens  or  the  world.55  The  form  of  the  Original  Man  is 
round.  Accordingly  Dorn  says  that  the  vessel  "should  be  made 
from  a  kind  of  squaring  of  the  circle,  so  that  the  spirit  and  the 
soul  of  our  material,  separated  from  its  body,  may  raise  the  body 
with  them  to  the  height  of  their  own  heaven."50  The  anony- 
mous author  of  the  scholia  to  the  "Tractatus  aureus"  also  writes 
about  the  squaring  of  the  circle  and  shows  a  square  whose  cor- 
ners are  formed  by  the  four  elements.  In  the  centre  there  is  a 
small  circle.  The  author  says:  "Reduce  your  stone  to  the  four 
elements,  rectify  and  combine  them  into  one,  and  you  will  have 
the  whole  magistery.  This  One,  to  which  the  elements  must  be 
reduced,  is  that  little  circle  in  the  centre  of  this  squared  figure.  It 
is  the  mediator,  making  peace  between  the  enemies  or  ele- 
ments." 57  In  a  later  chapter  he  depicts  the  vessel,  "the  true 
philosophical  Pelican,"  58  as  shown  on  the  next  page.59 

53  "There  is  one  stone,  one  medicine,  one  vessel,  one  method,  one  disposition" 
(Rosarium  philosophorum,  Art.  aurif.,  II,  206).  "In  our  water  all  modes  of  things 
are  brought  about.  ...  In  the  said  water  they  are  made  as  in  an  artificial  vessel, 
which  is  a  mighty  secret"  (Mylius,  Phil,  ref.,  p.  245).  "The  Philosophical  vessel  is 
their  water"  (ibid.,  p.  33).  This  saying  comes  from  de  Hoghelande's  treatise  in 
Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  199.  There  we  find:  "Sulphur  also  is  called  by  Lully  the  vessel 
of  Nature,"  and  Haly's  description  of  the  vessel  as  "ovum."  The  egg  is  content  and 
container  at  once.  The  vas  naturale  is  the  aqua  permanens  and  the  "vinegar"  of 
the  Philosophers.  ("Aurora  consurgens,"  Part  II,  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  203.) 

54  Caesarius  of  Heisterbach,  Dialogue  on  Miracles,  trans.  Scott  and  Bland,  Dist.  I, 
chs.  XXXII  and  XXXIV. 

55  in  Olympiodorus  the  transforming  vessel  is  the  "spherical  phial"  or  Spyavov 
kvkXikop  (circular  apparatus).  (Berthelot,  II,  iv,  44.)  "The  spagiric  vessel  is  to  be 
made  after  the  likeness  of  the  natural  vessel.  For  we  see  that  all  heaven  and  the 
elements  have  the  likeness  of  a  spherical  body"  (Dorn,  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  430). 
"The  end  of  all  this  master-work  is,  that  the  Philosophic  Mercury  be  placed  in  the 
heavenly  sphere"  (ibid,  p.  499).  Trevisanus  calls  the  vessel  the  rotundum  cubile, 
"round  bridal  bed"  ("Liber  de  alchemia,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  790). 

66  "Congeries,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  pp.  574L  57  Ibid.,  IV,  p.  691. 

58  "Nor  is  any  other  to  be  sought  after  in  all  the  world."  The  Pelican  is  a  dis- 
tilling vessel,  but  the  distillate,  instead  of  dripping  into  the  receiver,  runs  back 
into  the  belly  of  the  retort.  We  could  take  this  as  illustrating  the  process  of  con- 
scious realization  and  the  reapplication  of  conscious  insights  to  the  unconscious. 
"It  restored  their  former  security  of  life  to  those  once  near  to  death,"  the  author 
says  of  the  Pelican,  which,  as  we  know,  is  an  allegory  of  Christ. 

59  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  167,  n.  44.  [Also  "Paracelsus  as  a  Spiritual 
Phenomenon,"  fig.  B7.] 

239 


AION 


378  He  comments:  "A  is  the  inside,  as  it  were  the  origin  and 
source  from  which  the  other  letters  flow,  and  likewise  the  final 
goal  to  which  all  the  others  flow  back,  as  rivers  flow  into  the 
ocean  or  into  the  great  sea."  This  explanation  is  enough  to  show 
that  the  vessel  is  nothing  else  but  a  mandala,  symbolizing  the 
self  or  the  higher  Adam  with  his  four  emanations  (like  Horus 
with  his  four  sons).  The  author  calls  it  the  "Septenarius  magicus 
occultus"  (the  hidden  magic  number,  seven).60  Likewise  Maria 


the  Prophetess  says:  "The  Philosophers  teach  everything  except 
the  Hermetic  vessel,  because  that  is  divine  and  is  hidden  from  the 
Gentiles  by  the  Lord's  wisdom;  and  they  who  know  it  not, 
know  not  the  true  method,  because  of  their  ignorance  of  the 
vessel  of  Hermes."  Theobald  de  Hoghelande  adds:  "Senior  says 
that  the  vision  thereof  is  more  to  be  sought  after  than  [knowl- 
edge of]  the  Scriptures."  Maria  the  Prophetess  says:  "This  is  the 
vessel  of  Hermes,  which  the  Stoics  hid,  and  it  is  no  nigromantic 
vessel,  but  is  the  measure  of  thy  fire  [mensura  ignis  tui]."61 

60  That  is,  counting  the  letters  F  and  G  (not  included  in  the  diagram),  which 
signify  Above  and  Below. 

61  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  324;  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  199;  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  323. 

240 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND    DYNAMICS    OF    THE    SELF 

379  It  is  clear  from  these  quotations  that  the  vessel  had  a  great 
and  unusual  significance.62  Philalethes,  summing  up  the  innu- 
merable synonyms  for  Mercurius,  says  that  Mercurius  is  not 
only  the  key  to  the  alchemical  art,  and  "that  two-edged  sword 
in  the  hand  of  the  cherub  who  guards  the  way  to  the  tree  of 
life,"  but  also  "our  true,  hidden  vessel,  the  Philosophic  garden, 
wherein  our  Sun  rises  and  sets."63  This  helps  us  to  understand, 
more  or  less,  the  strange  advice  given  by  Johannes  de  Rupescissa: 
"Have  a  vessel  made  after  the  manner  of  a  cherub,  which  is  the 
figure  of  God,  and  have  six  wings,  after  the  fashion  of  six  arms, 
turning  back  on  themselves;  and  above,  a  round  head  .  .  .  and 
put  within  this  vessel  the  said  burning  water,"  etc.64  The  defini- 
tion of  the  cherub  as  "the  figure  of  God"  suggests  that  Ru- 
pescissa is  referring  here  to  the  vision  of  Ezekiel,  which  was 
arranged  in  such  a  way  that  a  horizontal  section  through  it 
would  produce  a  mandala  divided  into  four  parts.  This,  as  I 
have  already  mentioned,  is  equivalent  to  the  squaring  of  the 
circle,  from  which,  according  to  one  alchemical  recipe,  the  ves- 
sel should  be  constructed.  The  mandala  signifies  the  human  or 
divine  self,  the  totality  or  vision  of  God,  as  in  this  case  is  quite 
clear.  Naturally  a  recipe  of  this  sort  can  only  be  understood 
"philosophically,"  that  is  psychologically.  It  then  reads:  make 
the  Hermetic  vessel  out  of  your  psychic  wholeness  and  pour  into 
it  the  aqua  permanens,  or  aqua  doctrinae,  one  of  whose  syno- 
nyms is  the  vinum  ardens  (cf.  Rupescissa's  "burning  water"). 
This  would  be  a  hint  that  the  adept  should  "inwardly  digest" 
and  transform  himself  through  the  alchemical  doctrine. 

38°  In  this  connection  we  can  also  understand  what  the  Aurora 
consurgens  (Part  II)  means  when  it  speaks  of  the  vas  naturale 
as  the  matrix:  it  is  the  "One  in  which  there  are  three  things, 
namely  water,  air,  and  fire.  They  are  three  glass  alembics,  in 
which  the  son  of  the  Philosophers  is  begotten.  Therefore  they 
have  named  it  tincture,  blood,  and  egg.*' 65  The  three  alembics 
are  an  allusion  to  the  Trinity.  That  this  is  in  fact  so  can  be  seen 
from  the  illustration  on  page  249  of  the  1588  edition  of  Pandora, 
where,  beside  the  three  alembics  immersed  in  a  great  cooking- 
pot,  there  stands  the  figure  of  Christ,  with  blood  pouring  from 

62  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  338.  63  Mus.  herm.,  p.  770. 

64  La  Vertu  et  la  propriete  de  la  quinte  essence  (1581),  p.  26. 

65  Art.  aurif.,  I,  p.  203. 

841 


AION 

the  lance  wound  in  his  breast  ("flumina  de  ventre  Christi"!).66 
The  round  Hermetic  vessel  in  which  the  mysterious  transforma- 
tion is  accomplished  is  God  himself,  the  (Platonic)  world-soul 
and  man's  own  wholeness.  It  is,  therefore,  another  counterpart 
of  the  Anthropos,  and  at  the  same  time  the  universe  in  its 
smallest  and  most  material  form.  So  it  is  easy  to  see  why  the  first 
attempts  to  construct  a  model  of  the  atom  took  the  planetary 
system  as  a  prototype. 


381  The  quaternity  is  an  organizing  schema  par  excellence, 
something  like  the  crossed  threads  in  a  telescope.  It  is  a  system 
of  co-ordinates  that  is  used  almost  instinctively  for  dividing  up 
and  arranging  a  chaotic  multiplicity,  as  when  we  divide  up  the 
visible  surface  of  the  earth,  the  course  of  the  year,  or  a  collec- 
tion of  individuals  into  groups,67  the  phases  of  the  moon,  the 
temperaments,  elements,  alchemical  colours,  and  so  on.  Thus, 
when  we  come  upon  a  quaternio  among  the  Gnostics,  we  find  in 
it  an  attempt,  more  or  less  conscious,  to  organize  the  chaotic 
medley  of  numinous  images  that  poured  in  upon  them.  As  we 
have  seen,  the  arrangement  took  a  form  that  derives  from  the 
primitive  cross-cousin  marriage,  namely  the  marriage  quater- 
nio.68 This  differs  from  the  primitive  form  in  that  the  sister- 
exchange  marriage  has  sloughed  off  its  biological  character,  the 
sister's  husband  no  longer  being  the  wife's  brother  but  another 
close  relative  (such  as  the  wife's  father  in  the  Moses  Quaternio), 
or  even  a  stranger.  The  loss  of  the  cousin-  and  brother-attribute 
is  compensated  as  a  rule  by  magical  qualities,  such  as  more 
exalted  rank,  magical  powers,  and  the  like,  both  in  the  case  of 
the  husband's  sister  and  the  wife's  brother.  That  is  to  say,  an 
anima-animus  projection  takes  place.  This  modification  brings 
with  it  a  great  cultural  advance,  for  the  very  fact  of  projection 
points  to  a  constellation  of  the  unconscious  in  the  husband-wife 
relationship,  which  means  that  the  marriage  has  become  psy- 
chologically complicated.  It  is  no  longer  a  state  of  mere  bio- 

66  "Paracelsus  as  a  Spiritual  Phenomenon,"  fig.  B4. 

67  Marriage  classes  and  settlements. 

68  "Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  pars.  433ff.  [Cf.  Layard,  Stone  Men  of 
Malekula,  chs.  5  and  6,  and  "The  Incest  Taboo  and  the  Virgin  Archetype,"  pp. 
266ff.— Editors.] 

84* 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND   DYNAMICS    OF   THE    SELF 

logical  and  social  coexistence,  but  is  beginning  to  turn  into  a 
conscious  relationship.  This  happens  when  the  original  cross- 
cousin  marriage  becomes  obsolete  as  a  result  of  the  further  dif- 
ferentiation of  marriage  classes  into  a  six-,  eight-,  or  twelve-class 
system.  The  cause  of  the  activation  of  the  unconscious  that  goes 
hand  in  hand  with  this  development  is  the  regression  of  the 
endogamous  tendency— the  "kinship  libido"— which  can  no 
longer  find  adequate  satisfaction  owing  to  the  increasing 
strangeness  of  the  marriage  partner.69 

Besides  the  marriage  quaternio,  the  Gnostics  also  used  the 
quaternity  of  the  rivers  of  Paradise  as  a  means  of  organizing 
their  numerous  symbols.  There  are  thus  two  (compensatory) 
attempts,  in  the  symbols  we  have  listed,  to  organize  the  appar- 
ently disconnected  images.  This  accords  with  our  experience  of 
the  series  of  pictures  produced  during  active  imagination  and  in 
chaotic  psychic  states.  In  both  cases  quaternity  symbols  appear 
from  time  to  time.70  They  signify  stabilization  through  order  as 
opposed  to  the  instability  caused  by  chaos,  and  have  a  compensa- 
tory meaning. 

The  four  quaternios  depicted  above  are  first  and  foremost  an 
attempt  to  arrange  systematically  the  almost  limitless  wealth  of 
symbols  in  Gnosticism  and  its  continuation,  alchemy.  But  such 
an  arrangement  of  principles  also  proves  useful  for  understand- 
ing the  individual  symbolism  of  modern  dreams.  The  images  we 
encounter  in  this  field  are  even  more  varied,  and  so  confusing 
in  their  complexity  that  some  kind  of  organizing  schema  is  abso- 
lutely essential.  As  it  is  advisable  to  proceed  historically,  I  have 
taken  the  Moses  Quaternio  as  a  starting  point,  because  it  derives 
directly  from  the  primitive  schema  of  the  cross-cousin  marriage. 
Naturally  this  quaternio  has  only  a  paradigmatic  significance. 
One  could  base  the  system  just  as  easily  on  any  other  marriage 
quaternio,  but  not  on  any  other  quaternity,  such  as,  for  instance, 
Horus  and  his  four  sons.  This  quaternity  is  not  aboriginal 
enough,  for  it  misses  out  the  antagonistic,  feminine  element.71 

69  "Psychology  of  the  Transference,"  par.  438. 

70  Case  material  in  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  part  II.  Triadic  symbols  also  occur, 
but  they  are  rarer. 

71  The  Gnostic  quaternio  is  naturally  later  than  the  Horus  quaternity  in  point  of 
time,  but  psychologically  it  is  older,  because  in  it  the  feminine  element  reassumes 
its  rightful  place,  as  is  not  the  case  with  the  patriarchal  Horus  quaternio. 

243 


AION 


It  is  most  important  that  just  the  extreme  opposites,  masculine- 
feminine  and  so  on,  should  appear  linked  together.  That  is  why 
the  alchemical  pairs  of  opposites  are  linked  together  in  qua- 
ternities,  e.g.,  warm-cold,  dry-moist.  Applied  to  the  Moses 
Quaternio,  the  following  schema  of  relationships  would  result: 


JETHRO 

Father 


MOSES 

Brother 


MIRIAM 

Sister 


ZIPPORAH 

Daughter 

384  Whereas  the  first  double  pyramid,  the  Anthropos  Quaternio, 
corresponds  to  the  Gnostic  model,  the  second  one  is  a  construc- 
tion derived  psychologically  from  the  first,  but  based  on  the  data 
contained  in  the  Biblical  text  used  by  the  Gnostics.  The  psycho- 
logical reasons  for  constructing  a  second  quaternio  have  already 
been  discussed.  That  the  second  must  be  the  "shadow"  of  the 
first  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  lower  Adam,  the  mortal  man, 
possesses  a  chthonic  psyche  and  is  therefore  not  adequately  ex- 
pressed by  a  quaternity  supraordinate  to  him.  If  he  were,  he 
would  be  an  unsymmetrical  figure,  just  as  the  higher  Adam  is 
unsymmetrical  and  has  to  be  complemented  by  a  subordinate 
quaternity  related  to  him  like  his  shadow  or  his  darker  reflection. 

385  Now  just  as  the  Anthropos  Quaternio  finds  its  symmetrical 
complement  in  the  lower  Adam,  so  the  lower  Adam  is  balanced 
by  the  subordinate  Shadow  Quaternio,  constructed  after  the 
pattern  of  the  upper  one.  The  symmetrical  complement  of  the 
lower  Adam  is  the  serpent.  The  choice  of  this  symbol  is  justified 
firstly  by  the  well-known  association  of  Adam  with  the  snake: 
it  is  his  chthonic  daemon,  his  familiar  spirit.  Secondly,  the  snake 
is  the  commonest  symbol  for  the  dark,  chthonic  world  of  in- 
stinct. It  may— as  frequently  happens— be  replaced  by  an  equiv- 
alent cold-blooded  animal,  such  as  a  dragon,  crocodile,  or  fish. 

244 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND  DYNAMICS   OF   THE   SELF 

But  the  snake  is  not  just  a  nefarious,  chthonic  being;  it  is  also, 
as  we  have  already  mentioned,  a  symbol  of  wisdom,  and  hence 
of  light,  goodness,  and  healing.72  Even  in  the  New  Testament 
it  is  simultaneously  an  allegory  of  Christ  and  of  the  devil,  just 
as  we  have  seen  that  the  fish  was.  Similarly  the  dragon,  which 
for  us  has  only  a  negative  meaning,  has  a  positive  significance 
in  China,  and  sometimes  in  Western  alchemy  too.  The  inner 
polarity  of  the  snake-symbol  far  exceeds  that  of  man.  It  is  overt, 
whereas  man's  is  partly  latent  or  potential.  The  serpent  sur- 
passes Adam  in  cleverness  and  knowledge  and  can  outwit  him. 
She  is  older  than  he,  and  is  evidently  equipped  by  God  with  a 
superhuman  intelligence,  like  that  son  of  God  who  took  over 
the  role  of  Satan.73 

Just  as  man  culminates  above  in  the  idea  of  a  "light"  and 
good  God,  so  he  rests  below  on  a  dark  and  evil  principle,  tradi- 
tionally described  as  the  devil  or  as  the  serpent  that  personifies 
Adam's  disobedience.  And  just  as  we  symmetrized  man  by  the 
serpent,  so  the  serpent  has  its  complement  in  the  second  Naas- 
sene  quaternio,  or  Paradise  Quaternio.  Paradise  takes  us  into 
the  world  of  plants  and  animals.  It  is,  in  fact,  a  plantation  or 
garden  enlivened  by  animals,  the  epitome  of  all  the  growing 
things  that  sprout  out  of  the  earth.  As  serpens  raercurialis,  the 
snake  is  not  only  related  to  the  god  of  revelation,  Hermes,  but, 
as  a  vegetation  numen,  calls  forth  the  "blessed  greenness,"  all 
the  budding  and  blossoming  of  plant  life.74  Indeed,  this  serpent 
actually  dwells  in  the  interior  of  the  earth  and  is  the  pneuma 
that  lies  hidden  in  the  stone.75 

The  symmetrical  complement  of  the  serpent,  then,  is  the 
stone  as  representative  of  the  earth.  Here  we  enter  a  later  de- 
velopmental stage  of  the  symbolism,  the  alchemical  stage,  whose 
central  idea  is  the  lapis.  Just  as  the  serpent  forms  the  lower 
opposite  of  man,  so  the  lapis  complements  the  serpent.  It  corre- 
sponds, on  the  other  hand,  to  man,  for  it  is  not  only  represented 

72  Like,  for  instance,  the  Aesculapian  and  Agathodaimon  serpent. 

73  Scharf,  "Die  Gestalt  des  Satans  im  Alten  Testament,"  p.  151. 

74  "O  blessed  greenness,  which  givest  birth  to  all  things,  whence  know  that  no 
vegetable  and  no  fruit  appears  in  the  bud  but  that  it  hath  a  green  colour.  Like- 
wise know  that  the  generation  of  this  thing  is  green,  for  which  reason  the 
Philosophers  have  called  it  a  bud."  (Ros.  phil.,  Art.  aurif.,  II,  p.  220.) 

75  Cf.  the  Ostanes  quotation  in  Zosimos,  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  par.  405. 

*45 


AION 


in  human  form  but  even  has  "body,  soul,  and  spirit,"  is  an 
homunculus  and,  as  the  texts  show,  a  symbol  of  the  self.  It  is, 
however,  not  a  human  ego  but  a  collective  entity,  a  collective 
soul,  like  the  Indian  hiranyagarbha,  'golden  seed.'  The  stone  is 
the  "father-mother"  of  the  metals,  an  hermaphrodite.  Though 
it  is  an  ultimate  unity,  it  is  not  an  elementary  but  a  composite 
unity  that  has  evolved.  For  the  stone  we  could  substitute  all 
those  "thousand  names"  which  the  alchemists  devised  for  their 
central  symbol,  but  nothing  different  or  more  fitting  would  have 
been  said. 

388  This  choice  of  symbol,  too,  is  not  arbitrary,  but  is  docu- 
mented by  alchemical  literature  from  the  first  to  the  eighteenth 
century.  The  lapis  is  produced,  as  we  have  already  seen,  from 
the  splitting  and  putting  together  of  the  four  elements,  from 
the  rotundum.  The  rotundum  is  a  highly  abstract,  transcendent 
idea,  which  by  reason  of  its  roundness 76  and  wholeness  refers  to 
the  Original  Man,  the  Anthropos. 

389  Accordingly  our  four  double  pyramids  would  arrange  them- 
selves in  a  circle  and  form  the  well-known  uroboros.  As  the 
fifth  stage,  the  rotundum  would  then  be  identical  with  the  first; 
that  is  to  say,  the  heavy  darkness  of  the  earth,  metal,  has  a  secret 
relationship  to  the  Anthropos.  That  is  obvious  in  alchemy,  but 
occurs  also  in  the  history  of  religion,  where  the  metals  grow 
from  Gayomart's  blood.77  This  curious  relationship  is  explained 
by  the  identity  of  the  lowest,  most  material  thing  with  the  high- 
est and  most  spiritual,  which  we  have  already  met  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  serpent  as  a  chthonic  and  at  the  same  time  the 
"most  spiritual"  animal.  In  Plato  the  rotundum  is  the  world- 
soul  and  a  "blessed  God." 78 

76  A  hint  that  rotation  may  be  a  principle  of  matter. 

77  According  to  the  report  of  the  Damdad-Nashk  (Reitzenstein  and  Schader, 
Studien  zum  antiken  Syncretismus  aus  Iran  und  Griechenland,  p.  18).  Gayomart 
is  the  Original  Man  in  the  theosophical  version  of  Zarathustra's  system.  Yima,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  the  Original  Man  of  ancient  Aryan  legend.  His  name  is  Yimo 
kshaito,  'the  shining  Yima.'  According  to  the  Mainyo-i-Khard,  the  metals  were 
created  from  his  body.  (Kohut,  "Die  talmudisch-midraschische  Adamssage,"  pp.  68, 
70.)  In  the  Bundahish,  Gayomart's  body  consisted  of  metals.  (Christensen,  "Le 
Premier  Homme  et  le  premier  roi  dans  l'histoire  legendaire  des  Iraniens,"  p.  21.) 
W  [Cf.  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Dogma  of  the  Trinity,"  par.  185. — 
Editors.] 

246 


THE    STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS    OF    THE    SELF 


39°  We  shall  now  try  to  condense  the  argument  of  the  previous 
chapter  and  represent  it  graphically.  Vertically  arranged,  our 
schema  looks  like  this: 

Anthropot 


Christus    (J  D  D  Diabolut 


Rotundum 

In  the  diagram  I  have  emphasized  the  point  of  greatest  ten- 
sion between  the  opposites,  namely  the  double  significance  of 
the  serpent,  which  occupies  the  centre  of  the  system.  Being  an 
allegory  of  Christ  as  well  as  of  the  devil,  it  contains  and  sym- 
bolizes the  strongest  polarity  into  which  the  Anthropos  falls 
when  he  descends  into  Physis.  The  ordinary  man  has  not 
reached  this  point  of  tension:  he  has  it  merely  in  the  uncon- 
scious, i.e.,  in  the  serpent.79  In  the  lapis,  the  counterpart  of  man, 

79  Most  people  do  not  have  sufficient  range  of  consciousness  to  become  aware  of 
the  opposites  inherent  in  human  nature.  The  tensions  they  generate  remain  for 
the  most  part  unconscious,  but  can  appear  in  dreams.  Traditionally,  the  snake 
stands  for  the  vulnerable  spot  in  man:  it  personifies  his  shadow,  i.e.,  his  weakness 
and  unconsciousness.  The  greatest  danger  about  unconsciousness  is  proneness  to 
suggestion.   The  effect  of  suggestion   is  due   to  the  release  of  an   unconscious 

247 


AION 


the  opposites  are  so  to  speak  united,  but  with  a  visible  seam  or 
suture  as  in  the  symbol  of  the  hermaphrodite.  This  mars  the 
idea  of  the  lapis  just  as  much  as  the  all-too-human  element  mars 
Homo  sapiens.  In  the  higher  Adam  and  in  the  rotundum  the 
opposition  is  invisible.  But  presumably  the  one  stands  in  abso- 
lute opposition  to  the  other,  and  if  both  are  identical  as  in- 
distinguishable transcendental  entities,  this  is  one  of  those 
paradoxes  that  are  the  rule:  a  statement  about  something  meta- 
physical can  only  be  antinomial. 
391  The  arrangement  in  the  uroboros  gives  the  following 
picture: 

Anthropos-Rotundum 


Lapis 


Homo 


Serpens 


This   arrangement   shows   the   stronger   tension   between   an- 
thropos-rotundum  and  serpens  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  lesser 


dynamic,  and  the  more  unconscious  this  is,  the  more  effective  it  will  be.  Hence 
the  ever-widening  split  between  conscious  and  unconscious  increases  the  danger 
of  psychic  infection  and  mass  psychosis.  With  the  loss  of  symbolic  ideas  the  bridge 
to  the  unconscious  has  broken  down.  Instinct  no  longer  affords  protection  against 
unsound  ideas  and  empty  slogans.  Rationality  without  tradition  and  without  a 
basis  in  instinct  is  proof  against  no  absurdity. 


X48 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS   OF   THE   SELF 

tension  between  homo  and  lapis  on  the  other,  expressed  by 
the  distance  of  the  points  in  question  from  one  another.  The 
arrows  indicate  the  descent  into  Physis  and  the  ascent  towards 
the  spiritual.  The  lowest  point  is  the  serpent.  The  lapis,  how- 
ever, though  of  decidedly  material  nature,  is  also  a  spiritual 
symbol,  while  the  rotundum  connotes  a  transcendent  entity  sym- 
bolized by  the  secret  of  matter  and  thus  comparable  to  the  con- 
cept of  the  atom.  The  antinomial  development  of  the  concepts 
is  in  keeping  with  the  paradoxical  nature  of  alchemy. 

The  lapis  quaternity,  which  is  a  product  of  alchemical 
gnosis,  brings  us  to  the  interesting  physical  speculations  of 
alchemy.  In  the  Scrutinium  chymicum  (1687)  of  Michael  Maier 
(1568-1622),  there  is  a  picture80  of  the  four  elements  as  four 
different  stages  of  fire  (Plate  I). 

As  the  picture  shows,  the  four  spheres  are  filled  with  fire. 
The  author  comments  with  the  following  verses: 

Naturae  qui  imitaris  opus,  tibi  quattuor  orbes 
Quaerendi,  interius  quos  levis  ignis  agat. 

Imus  Vulcanum  referat,  bene  monstret  at  alter 
Mercurium,  Lunam  tertius  orbis  habet: 

Quartus,  Apollo,  tuus,  naturae  auditur  et  ignis, 
Ducat  in  arte  manus  ilia  catena  tuas. 

From  this  we  learn  that  the  lowest  sphere  corresponds  to 
Vulcan,  the  earthly  (?)  fire;  the  second  to  Mercurius,  the  vegeta- 
tive life-spirit;  the  third  to  the  moon,  the  female,  psychic  prin- 
ciple; and  the  fourth  to  the  sun,  the  male,  spiritual  principle.  It 
is  evident  from  Maier's  commentary  that  he  is  concerned  on  the 
one  hand  with  the  four  elements  and  on  the  other  with  the  four 
kinds  of  fire  which  are  responsible  for  producing  different  states 
of  aggregation.  His  ignis  elementalis  re  et  nomine  would, 
according  to  its  place  in  the  sequence,  correspond  to  Vulcan; 
the  fire  of  Mercurius  to  air;  the  third  fire  to  water  and  the 
moon;  and  the  fourth,  which  would  correspond  to  the  sun,  he 
calls  "terreus"  (earthly).  According  to  Ripley,  whom  Maier 
quotes,  the  ignis  elementalis  is  the  fire  "which  lights  wood";  it 
must  therefore  be  the  ordinary  fire.  The  sun-fire,  on  the  other 
hand,  seems  to  be  the  fire  in  the  earth,  which  today  we  would 

80  Emblema  XVII,  p.  49. 

249 


AION 

call  "volcanic,"  and  corresponds  to  the  solid  state  of  aggrega- 
tion ("terreus").  We  thus  get  the  following  series: 

VIGENERE    SERIES81  RIPLEY   SERIES 

ignis  mundi  intelligibilis  =  ignis  naturalis82  = 

ignis  caelestis  —  ignis  innaturalis83  = 

ignis  elementaris  —  ignis  contra  naturamM  = 

ignis  infernalis81  =  ignis  elementalis  = 

MAIER   SERIES 

ignis  terreus         =  Sulfura  et  Mercurii  =  Sun  (Apollo)   =  earth 
ignis  aqueus  =  aquae  =  Moon  (Luna)  =  water 

ignis  aerius  =  dracones  =  Mercurius       =  air 

ignis  elementalis  =  ignis  elementalis       =  Ordinary  fire  —  fire 
re  et  nomine  (Vulcan) 

STATES   OF   AGGREGATION 

=  solid 
=  liquid 
=  gas 
=  flame 

394  The  remarkable  thing  about  this  paralleling  of  states  of 
aggregation  with  different  kinds  of  fire  is  that  it  amounts  to  a 
kind  of  phlogiston  theory — not,  of  course,  explicit,  but  clearly 
hinted  at:  fire  is  peculiar  to  all  the  states  of  aggregation  and  is 
therefore  responsible  for  their  constitution.  This  idea  is  old  85 
and  can  be  found  as  early  as  the  Turba,  where  Dardaris  says: 
"The  sulphurs  are  four  souls  [animae]  which  were  hidden  in 
the  four  elements."  86  Here  the  active  principle  (anima)  is  not 
fire,  but  sulphur.  The  idea,  however,  is  the  same,  namely  that 
the  elements  or  states  of  aggregation  can  be  reduced  to  a  com- 
mon denominator.  Today  we  know  that  the  factor  common  to 
antagonistic  elements  is  molecular  movement,  and  that  the  states 

81  Vigenere  comments:  "The  intelligible  fire  of  the  world:  is  all  light.  The  heavenly 
fire:  partakes  of  heat  and  light.  The  elemental  fire:  less  in  light,  heat,  and  glow. 
The  infernal  fire:  opposed  to  the  intelligible,  of  heat  and  burning  without  any 
light."  ("De  igne  et  sale,"  Theatr.  chem.,  VI,  p.  39.)  [Cf.  supra,  par.  203.] 

82  "Is  present  in  everything."  83  "The  heat  of  ashes  and  baths." 

84  "Tortures  bodies,  is  the  dragon."  85  The  oldest  source  is  Heraclitus. 

86  Turba,  ed.  by  Ruska,  Sermo  XLIII,  p.  149. 

250 


I.  The  Four  Elements 
From  Michael  Maier,  Scrutinium  chymicum  (1687) 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND   DYNAMICS    OF    THE    SELF 

of  aggregation  correspond  to  different  degrees  of  this  move- 
ment. Molecular  movement  in  its  turn  corresponds  to  a  certain 
quantum  of  energy,  so  that  the  common  denominator  of  the 
elements  is  energy.  One  of  the  stepping-stones  to  the  modern 
concept  of  energy  is  Stahl's  phlogiston  theory,87  which  is  based 
on  the  alchemical  premises  discussed  above.  We  can  see  in  them, 
therefore,  the  earliest  beginnings  of  a  theory  of  energy.88 

The  phlogiston  theory  adumbrated  by  the  alchemists  did 
not  get  as  far  as  that,  but  it  points  unmistakably  in  that  direc- 
tion. Moreover,  all  the  mathematical  and  physical  elements 
from  which  a  theory  of  energy  could  have  been  constructed  were 
known  in  the  seventeenth  century.  Energy  is  an  abstract  con- 
cept which  is  indispensable  for  exact  description  of  the  be- 
haviour of  bodies  in  motion.  In  the  same  way  bodies  in  motion 
can  only  be  apprehended  with  the  help  of  the  system  of  space- 
time  co-ordinates.  Wherever  movement  is  established,  it  is  done 
by  means  of  the  space-time  quaternio,  which  can  be  expressed 
either  by  the  axiom  of  Maria,  3  -f-  1,  or  by  the  sesquitertian  pro- 
portion, 3  :  4.  This  quaternio  could  therefore  replace  that  of  the 
four  elements,  where  the  unit  that  corresponds  to  the  time-co- 
ordinate, or  the  fourth  in  the  alchemical  series  of  elements,  is 
characterized  by  the  fact  that  one  element  has  an  exceptional 
position,  like  fire  or  earth.89 

The  exceptional  position  of  one  of  the  factors  in  a  quater- 
nity  can  also  be  expressed  by  its  duplex  nature.  For  instance, 
the  fourth  of  the  rivers  of  Paradise,  the  Euphrates,  signifies  the 
mouth  through  which  food  goes  in  and  prayers  go  out,  as  well 
as  the  Logos.  In  the  Moses  Quaternio,  the  wife  of  Moses  plays 
the  double  role  of  Zipporah  and  of  the  Ethiopian  woman.  If 
we  construct  a  quaternity  from  the  divine  equivalents  of  Maier's 

87  G.  E.  Stahl  (1660-1734)  supposed  that  all  combustible  (i.e.,  oxidizable)  sub- 
stances contain  an  igneous  principle.  It  was  assumed  to  be  weightless,  or  even  to 
possess  a  negative  weight.  Cf.  H.  E.  Fierz-David,  Die  Entwicklungsgeschichte  der 
Chemie,  pp.  1481". 

88  Psychologically,  of  course,  the  primitive  idea  of  mana  is  very  much  older,  but 
here  we  are  talking  of  scientific  concepts.  The  sulphur  =  anima  equation  still  con- 
tains a  trace  of  the  original  mana  theory.  Earlier,  mana  was  characteristically  mis- 
understood as  animism. 

89  Fire  as  spiritual,  the  other  elements  material;  earth  unmoving,  the  others 
moving. 

251 


AION 


four  elements— Apollo,  Luna,  Mercurius,  Vulcan— we  get  a  mar- 
riage quaternio  with  a  brother-sister  relationship: 


Apollo 


Luna 


Vulcan 


Mercurius  duplex 


In  alchemy  Mercurius  is  male-female  and  frequently  appears 
as  a  virgin  too.  This  characteristic  (3  +  l>  or  3  :  4)  *s  a^so  appar- 
ent in  the  space-time  quaternio: 


Height 


Depth 


Time 


397 


If  we  look  at  this  quaternio  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
three-dimensionality  of  space,  then  time  can  be  conceived  as  a 
fourth  dimension.  But  if  we  look  at  it  in  terms  of  the  three 
qualities  of  time— past,  present,  future— then  static  space,  in 
which  changes  of  state  occur,  must  be  added  as  a  fourth  term. 
In  both  cases,  the  fourth  represents  an  incommensurable  Other 
that  is  needed  for  their  mutual  determination.  Thus  we  measure 
space  by  time  and  time  by  space.  The  Other,  the  fourth,  corre- 
sponds in  the  Gnostic  quaternities  to  the  fiery  god,  "the  fourth 
by  number,"  to  the  dual  wife  of  Moses  (Zipporah  and  the  Ethi- 
opian woman),  to  the  dual  Euphrates  (river  and  Logos),  to  the 
fire90  in  the  alchemical  quaternio  of  elements,  to  Mercurius 
duplex  in  Maier's  quaternio  of  gods,  and  in  the   "Christian 


90  Bohme  calls  the  "fire  of  Nature"  the  "fourth  form. 
De  signatura  rerum  (1682),  p.  279. 

252 


'Tabula  principiorum," 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND   DYNAMICS    OF   THE    SELF 

Quaternity"— if  such  an  expression  be  permitted 91— to  Mary  or 
the  devil.  These  two  incompatible  figures  are  united  in  the 
Mercurius  duplex  of  alchemy.92 

The  space-time  quaternio  is  the  archetypal  sine  qua  non  for 
any  apprehension  of  the  physical  world— indeed,  the  very  pos- 
sibility of  apprehending  it.  It  is  the  organizing  schema  par  excel- 
lence among  the  psychic  quaternities.  In  its  structure  it  cor- 
responds to  the  psychological  schema  of  the  functions.93  The 
3  :  1  proportion  frequently  occurs  in  dreams  and  in  spontaneous 
mandala-drawings. 

A  modern  parallel  to  the  diagram  of  quaternities  arranged 
on  top  of  one  another  (cf.  par.  390),  coupled  with  the  idea  of 
ascent  and  descent,  can  be  found  among  the  illustrations  to  my 
paper  on  mandala  pictures.94  The  same  idea  also  appears  in 
the  pictures  relating  to  a  case  described  there  at  some  length, 
and  dealing  with  vibrations  that  formed  "nodes."95  Each  of 
these  nodes  signified  an  outstanding  personality,  as  was  true 
also  of  the  picture  in  the  first  case.  A  similar  motif  may  well 
underlie  the  representation  of  the  Trinity  here  appended 
(Plate  II),  from  the  manuscript  of  a  treatise  by  Joachim  of 
Flora.96 

91  The  doctrine  of  Sabellius  (beginning  of  the  2nd  cent.)  concerning  the  preworldly 
Monad,  the  "silent  and  unacting  God"  and  its  three  prosopa  (modes  of  manifesta- 
tion), calls  for  further  investigation,  as  it  bequeathed  to  posterity  the  first  begin- 
nings of  a  quaternary  view  of  the  Deity.  Thus  Joachim  of  Flora  makes  the  follow- 
ing accusation  against  Peter  Lombard:  "Quod  in  suis  dixit  Sententiis,  quoniam 
quaedam  suraraa  res  est  Pater  et  Filius  et  Spiritus  Sanctus  et  ilia  non  est  generans, 
neque  genita,  neque  procedens:  unde  asserit  quod  ille  non  tarn  Trinitatem,  quam 
quaternitatem  astruebat  in  Deo,  videlicet  tres  personas,  et  illam  communem 
essentiam  quasi  quartam."  (As  he  [Peter]  says  in  his  Book  of  Sentences,  For  a  cer- 
tain supreme  Something  is  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost,  and  It  neither  begets,  nor 
is  begotten,  nor  proceeds.  On  this  basis  Joachim  asserts  that  the  Lombard  ascribed 
not  Trinity,  but  Quaternity  to  God,  that  is  to  say,  three  Persons,  and  that  common 
Something  as  a  fourth).  (Fourth  Lateran  Council,  1215.  Decrees,  Cap.  2;  Denzinger 
and  Bannwart,  Enchiridion,  p.  190.)  Cf.  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Dogma 
of  the  Trinity,"  pars.  243ff. 

92  cf  <<The  Spirit  Mercurius,"  pars.  267ft". 

93  The  three  relatively  differentiated  functions  and  one  undifferentiated,  "inferior" 
function.  Cf.  Psychological  Types,  and  the  diagrams  in  Jacobi,  The  Psychology  of 
C.  G.  Jung. 

94  "A  Study  in  the  Process  of  Individuation,"  fig.  2,  p.  309. 

95  Ibid.,  Picture  3  and  accompanying  text. 

96  Zurich  Central  Library,  Graphics  Collection,  B  x  606. 

253 


AION 

400  1  would  like,  in  conclusion,  to  mention  the  peculiar  theory 
of  world  creation  in  the  Clementine  Homilies.  In  God,  pneuma 
and  soma  are  one.  When  they  separate,  pneuma  appears  as  the 
Son  and  "archon  of  the  future  Aeon,"  but  soma,  actual  sub- 
stance (ovma)  or  matter  (vkrj),  divides  into  four,  corresponding  to 
the  four  elements  (wh;ch  were  always  solemnly  invoked  at 
initiations).  From  the  mixing  of  the  four  parts  there  arose  the 
devil,  the  "archon  of  this  Aeon,"  and  the  psyche  of  this  world. 
Soma  had  become  psychized  {liixpvxov):  "God  rules  this  world 
as  much  through  the  devil  as  through  the  Son,  for  both  are  in  his 
hands." 97  God  unfolds  himself  in  the  world  in  the  form  of 
syzygies  (paired  opposites),  such  as  heaven/earth,  day/night, 
male  /female,  etc.  The  last  term  of  the  first  series  is  the  Adam/ 
Eve  syzygy.  At  the  end  of  this  fragmentation  process  there  fol- 
lows the  return  to  the  beginning,  the  consummation  of  the 
universe  (rtkev-rq  tw  iravruv)  through  purification  and  annihila- 
tion.98 

i01  Anyone  who  knows  alchemy  can  hardly  avoid  being  struck 

by  the  likeness  which  pseudo-Clement's  theory  bears  to  the  basic 
conceptions  of  the  alchemists,  if  we  disregard  its  moral  aspects. 
Thus  we  have  the  "hostile  brothers,"  Christ  and  the  devil,  who 
were  regarded  as  brothers  in  the  Jewish-Christian  tradition;  the 
tetrameria  into  four  parts  or  elements;  the  paired  opposites  and 
their  ultimate  unity;  the  parallel  of  the  lapis  and  Mercurius 
with  Christ  and,  because  of  the  snake  or  dragon  symbolism,  also 
with  the  devil;  and  finally,  the  figure  of  Mercurius  duplex  and 
of  the  lapis,  which  unites  the  opposites  indivisibly  in  itself. 


4°2  If  we  look  back  over  the  course  our  argument  has  taken,  we 
see  at  the  beginning  of  it  two  Gnostic  quaternities,  one  of  which 
is  supraordinate,  and  the  other  subordinate,  to  man,  namely  the 
"Positive  Moses"  or  Anthropos  Quaternio,  and  the  Paradise 
Quaternio.99  It  is  probably  no  accident  that  Hippolytus  men- 

97  Harnack,  Dogmengeschichte ,  I,  p.  334. 

98  Condensed  from  the  reconstruction  by  Uhlhorn,  in  Realencyklopddie  fur 
Protestantische  Theologie  und  Kirche,  ed.  by  Hauck,  IV,  pp.  173ft. 

99  To  avoid  misunderstandings  I  would  like  to  emphasize  that  "Paradise"  is  used 
here  not  in  the  metaphorical  sense,  as  "future  heaven"  or  the  Abode  of  the 
Blessed,  but  in  the  sense  of  the  earthly  Garden  of  Eden. 

254 


bar  «3  pbv-  w&  «<  rui»K«rt*»^v<x  xs&u  re$ser£  <^ 
ntaau^  fj  *>$a  ftw  ~&>  cM&wtieno  uf;  A&j?$£0  p 

nrwtec  5*«  tfn<$.fa$  utfe$.  &*<»««&«  e-?«^Kji 
U4$t*  *Qi'«fw<«$:k$*l:.c  txsSxt  fastrau'r  tufas  $ 

from  «ajiwl'  0  «p^  **#*  A  nrfawt  i^utcprfiwu  UUn 

tarti  J*c  tcacr  ivcou  &u  ntanu  1  Nc  lU^mi  .14510 

c  f&  V*e  'fee  nww&mafu*  ^xinariu*qg*. 

fWapr  m*ftt«  u  Kt'^,t^tlrus?iU'm^)g'<4^&'<7c. 

j-vtfcittwu  Set'--  XH-%\A,b\«M%ih%c^«t»0'Xtmut 
cm  i&pztvu-  <$\  l>  4v» .  S3  tm  hvflcwrphi  &  <#  maif 
&w»t  'Me©  ttte»  •-  f»«US  1TUM>1,  n*t^**  ****&<[ 

g,j  btA*)  • fl  >?  c^3**1  «vb*  ^"ta  i  tig  <#"  <>jp*t  <»&» 

\4  Jftm*  fcfcp  *w«i-  c  »<>  «*  •  'M*1*  %tafferr' 
i  ffi  t  «3»a  aglt  6e  f m*  rrulfci  o  fet  2h  1  uku  c  &ie 
*«Ste*9«*i£«  t£^crij£f>  ^tttkiiTt^nertt»j0-maj 
tss«p  *oaf»e#i.|t  ^  &WS  r|»  f  €  dfcef&i  4«j5\?r. 

\n,  j^«*gsMV«*s''^'  hcu"Y«  -Ucer  {<$*»  >uu*u» "  * 
«t  i  *  &j*s  am&f»  %  «$*'  ^  a  pm0n>Aimk  %m  «J>  | 

tea  «§ig*  <^jf „  Jfe^*£Asf*  &»$%$.  3n  fcctfuut"*^  : 

..  I* 


J 


II.  The  Trinity 
From  a  manuscript  by  Joachim  of  Flora 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS   OF   THE   SELF 

tions  precisely  these  two  quaternities,  or  that  the  Naassenes 
knew  only  these,  for  the  position  of  man  is,  in  their  system, 
closely  connected  with  the  higher  Adam  but  is  separated  from 
the  chthonic  world  of  plants  and  animals,  namely  Paradise.  Only 
through  his  shadow  has  he  a  relationship  to  the  serpent  with  its 
dual  meaning.  This  situation  is  altogether  characteristic  of  the 
age  of  Gnosticism  and  early  Christianity.  Man  in  those  days  was 
close  to  the  "kingless  [i.e.,  independent]  race,"  that  is,  to  the 
upper  quaternity,  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  looked  upward. 
But  what  begins  above  does  not  rise  higher,  but  ends  below. 
Thus  we  felt  impelled  to  symmetrize  the  lower  Adam  of  the 
Naassenes  by  a  Shadow  Quaternio,  for  just  as  he  cannot  ascend 
direct  to  the  higher  Adam— since  the  Moses  Quaternio  lies  in 
between— so  we  have  to  assume  a  lower,  shadowy  quaternity 
corresponding  to  the  upper  one,  lying  between  him  and  the 
lower  principle,  the  serpent.  This  operation  was  obviously  un- 
known in  the  Gnostic  age,  because  the  unsymmetrical  upward 
trend  seemed  to  disturb  nobody,  but  rather  to  be  the  very  thing 
desired  and  "on  the  programme."  If,  therefore,  we  insert  be- 
tween Man  and  Serpent  a  quaternity  not  mentioned  in  the 
texts,  we  do  so  because  we  can  no  longer  conceive  of  a  psyche 
that  is  oriented  exclusively  upwards  and  that  is  not  balanced  by 
an  equally  strong  consciousness  of  the  lower  man.  This  is  a 
specifically  modern  state  of  affairs  and,  in  the  context  of  Gnostic 
thinking,  an  obnoxious  anachronism  that  puts  man  in  the  centre 
of  the  field  of  consciousness  where  he  had  never  consciously 
stood  before.  Only  through  Christ  could  he  actually  see  this 
consciousness  mediating  between  God  and  the  world,  and  by 
making  the  person  of  Christ  the  object  of  his  devotions  he  gradu- 
ally came  to  acquire  Christ's  position  as  mediator.  Through  the 
Christ  crucified  between  the  two  thieves  man  gradually  attained 
knowledge  of  his  shadow  and  its  duality.  This  duality  had  al- 
ready been  anticipated  by  the  double  meaning  of  the  serpent. 
Just  as  the  serpent  stands  for  the  power  that  heals  as  well  as 
corrupts,  so  one  of  the  thieves  is  destined  upwards,  the  other 
downwards,  and  so  likewise  the  shadow  is  on  one  side  regrettable 
and  reprehensible  weakness,  on  the  other  side  healthy  instinc- 
tivity  and  the  prerequisite  for  higher  consciousness. 

Thus   the  Shadow   Quaternio   that  counterbalances   man's 

255 


AION 


position  as  mediator  only  falls  into  place  when  that  position  has 
become  sufficiently  real  for  him  to  feel  his  consciousness  of  him- 
self or  his  own  existence  more  strongly  than  his  dependence  on 
and  governance  by  God.  Therefore,  if  we  complement  the  up- 
ward-tending pneumatic  attitude  that  characterizes  the  early 
Christian  and  Gnostic  mentality  by  adding  its  opposite  counter- 
part, this  is  in  line  with  the  historical  development.  Man's 
original  dependence  on  a  pneumatic  sphere,  to  which  he  clung 
like  a  child  to  its  mother,  was  threatened  by  the  kingdom  of 
Satan.  From  him  the  pneumatic  man  was  delivered  by  the  Re- 
deemer, who  broke  the  gates  of  hell  and  deceived  the  archons; 
but  he  was  bound  to  the  kingdom  of  heaven  in  exactly  the 
same  degree.  He  was  separated  from  evil  by  an  abyss.  This 
attitude  was  powerfully  reinforced  by  the  immediate  expecta- 
tion of  the  Second  Coming.  But  when  Christ  did  not  reappear, 
a  regression  was  only  to  be  expected.  When  such  a  great  hope  is 
dashed  and  such  great  expectations  are  not  fulfilled,  then  the 
libido  perforce  flows  back  into  man  and  heightens  his  conscious- 
ness of  himself  by  accentuating  his  personal  psychic  processes; 
in  other  words,  he  gradually  moves  into  the  centre  of  his  field 
of  consciousness.  This  leads  to  separation  from  the  pneumatic 
sphere  and  an  approach  to  the  realm  of  the  shadow.  Accordingly, 
man's  moral  consciousness  is  sharpened,  and,  as  a  parallel  to  this, 
his  feeling  of  redemption  becomes  relativized.  The  Church  has 
to  exalt  the  significance  and  power  of  her  ritual  in  order  to  put 
limits  to  the  inrush  of  reality.  In  this  way  she  inevitably  becomes 
a  "kingdom  of  this  world."  The  transition  from  the  Anthropos 
to  the  Shadow  Quaternio  illustrates  an  historical  development 
which  led,  in  the  eleventh  century,  to  a  widespread  recognition 
of  the  evil  principle  as  the  world  creator. 

404  The  serpent  and  its  chthonic  wisdom  form  the  turning-point 
of  the  great  drama.  The  Paradise  Quaternio  with  the  lapis,  that 
comes  next,  brings  us  to  the  beginnings  of  natural  science 
(Roger  Bacon,  1214-94;  Albertus  Magnus,  1193-1280;  and  the 
alchemists),  whose  main  trend  differs  from  the  pneumatic  not  by 
1800  but  only  by  900— that  is  to  say,  it  cuts  across  the  spiritual 
attitude  of  the  Church  and  is  more  an  embarrassment  for  faith 
than  a  contradiction  of  it. 

4°5         From  the  lapis,  i.e.,  from  alchemy,  the  line  leads  direct  to 

256 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS    OF    THE   SELF 

the  quaternio  of  alchemical  states  of  aggregation,  which,  as  we 
have  seen,  is  ultimately  based  on  the  space-time  quaternio.  The 
latter  comes  into  the  category  of  archetypal  quaternities  and 
proves,  like  these,  to  be  an  indispensable  principle  for  organiz- 
ing the  sense-impressions  which  the  psyche  receives  from  bodies 
in  motion.  Space  and  time  form  a  psychological  a  priori,  an 
aspect  of  the  archetypal  quaternity  which  is  altogether  indis- 
pensable for  acquiring  knowledge  of  physical  processes. 

The  development  from  the  Shadow  to  the  Lapis  Quaternio 
illustrates  the  change  in  man's  picture  of  the  world  during  the 
course  of  the  second  millennium.  The  series  ends  with  the  con- 
cept of  the  rotundum,  or  of  rotation  as  contrasted  with  the  static 
quality  of  the  quaternity,  which,  as  we  have  said,  proves  to  be 
of  prime  importance  for  apprehending  reality.  The  rise  of  scien- 
tific materialism  connected  with  this  development  appears  on 
the  one  hand  as  a  logical  consequence,  on  the  other  hand  as  a 
deification  of  matter.  This  latter  aspect  is  based,  psychologically, 
on  the  fact  that  the  rotundum  coincides  with  the  archetype  of 
the  Anthropos. 

With  this  insight  the  ring  of  the  uroboros  closes,  that  symbol 
of  the  opus  circulare  of  Nature  as  well  as  of  the  "Art." 


Our  quaternio  series  could  also  be  expressed  in  the  form  of 
an  equation,  where  A  stands  for  the  initial  state  (in  this  case  the 
Anthropos)  and  for  the  end  state,  and  BCD  for  intermediate 
states.  The  formations  that  split  off  from  them  are  denoted  in 
each  case  by  the  small  letters  abed.  With  regard  to  the  con- 
struction of  the  formula,  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  we  are  con- 
cerned with  the  continual  process  of  transformation  of  one  and 
the  same  substance.  This  substance,  and  its  respective  state  of 
transformation,  will  always  bring  forth  its  like;  thus  A  will  pro- 
duce a  and  B  b;  equally,  b  produces  B  and  c  C.  It  is  also  assumed 
that  a  is  followed  by  b  and  that  the  formula  runs  from  left  to 
right.  These  assumptions  are  legitimate  in  a  psychological 
formula. 

Naturally  the  formula  cannot  be  arranged  in  linear  fashion 

257 


AION 


but  only  in  a  circle,  which  for  that  reason  moves  to  the  right. 
A  produces  its  like,  a.  From  a  the  process  advances  by  contin- 
gence  to  b,  which  in  turn  produces  B.  The  transformation  turns 
rightwards  with  the  sun;  that  is,  it  is  a  process  of  becoming  con- 
scious, as  is  already  indicated  by  the  splitting  (discrimination) 
of  A  B  C  D  each  time  into  four  qualitatively  discrete  units.100 
Our  scientific  understanding  today  is  not  based  on  a  quaternity 
but  on  a  trinity  of  principles  (space,  time,  causality).101  Here, 
however,  we  are  moving  not  in  the  sphere  of  modern  scientific 
thinking,  but  in  that  of  the  classical  and  medieval  view  of  the 
world,  which  up  to  the  time  of  Leibniz  recognized  the  principle 
of  correspondence  and  applied  it  naively  and  unreflectingly. 
In  order  to  give  our  judgment  on  ^—expressed  by  abc— the  char- 
acter of  wholeness,  we  must  supplement  our  time-conditioned 
thinking  by  the  principle  of  correspondence  or,  as  I  have  called 
it,  synchronicity.102  The  reason  for  this  is  that  our  description 
of  Nature  is  in  certain  respects  incomplete  and  accordingly  ex- 
cludes observable  facts  from  our  understanding  or  else  formu- 
lates them  in  an  unjustifiably  negative  way,  as  for  instance  in 
the  paradox  of  "an  effect  without  a  cause." 103  Our  Gnostic 
quaternity  is  a  naive  product  of  the  unconscious  and  therefore 
represents  a  psychic  fact  which  can  be  brought  into  relationship 
with  the  four  orienting  functions  of  consciousness;  for  the 
rightward  movement  of  the  process  is,  as  I  have  said,  the  expres- 
sion of  conscious  discrimination 104  and  hence  an  application  of 
the  four  functions  that  constitute  the  essence  of  a  conscious 
process. 
410  The  whole  cycle  necessarily  returns  to  its  beginning,  and 
does  so  at  the  moment  when  D,  in  point  of  contingence  the 
state  furthest  removed  from  A,  changes  into  a3  by  a  kind  of 
enantiodromia.  We  thus  have: 

100  Corresponding  to  the  phylokrinesis.  [Cf.  supra,  pars.  118,  133.] 
101 1  am  not  counting  the  space-time  continuum  of  modern  physics. 

102  Cf.  "Synchronicity:  An  Acausal  Connecting  Principle." 

103  [Jeans,  Physics  and  Philosophy,  pp.  127,  151.— Editors.] 

104  The  immediate  cause  is  the  rightward  movement  of  our  writing.  The  right,  so 
to  speak,  is  ruled  by  conscious  reason:  the  right  is  "right"  in  all  senses  (upright, 
downright,  forthright,  etc.).  The  left  is  the  side  of  the  heart,  the  emotions,  where 
one  is  affected  by  the  unconscious. 

*58 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND    DYNAMICS    OF    THE    SELF 

63  d 

c8         a3  =  A  =  a  c 

\  /         \  / 

d3  b 

II  II 

D  B 

II  II 

d>2  b\ 

/  \         /  \ 

«2  C2  =  C  =  Ci  «i 

\  /         \  / 

The  formula  reproduces  exactly  the  essential  features  of  the 
symbolic  process  of  transformation.  It  shows  the  rotation  of  the 
mandala,105  the  antithetical  play  of  complementary  (or  com- 
pensatory) processes,  then  the  apocatastasis,  i.e.,  the  restoration 
of  an  original  state  of  wholeness,  which  the  alchemists  expressed 
through  the  symbol  of  the  uroboros,  and  finally  the  formula 
repeats  the  ancient  alchemical  tetrameria,106  which  is  implicit 

d 

/  \ 

in  the  fourfold  structure  of  unity:  A  =  a         c.  What  the  for- 

\   / 

b 

mula  can  only  hint  at,  however,  is  the  higher  plane  that  is 
reached  through  the  process  of  transformation  and  integration. 
The  "sublimation"  or  progress  or  qualitative  change  consists  in 
an  unfolding  of  totality  into  four  parts  four  times,  which  means 
nothing  less  than  its  becoming  conscious.  When  psychic  con- 
tents are  split  up  into  four  aspects,  it  means  that  they  have  been 
subjected  to  discrimination  by  the  four  orienting  functions  of 
consciousness.  Only  the  production  of  these  four  aspects  makes 
a  total  description  possible.  The  process  depicted  by  our  for- 
mula changes  the  originally  unconscious  totality  into  a  conscious 
one.  The  Anthropos  A  descends  from  above  through  his  Shadow 
B  into  Physis  C  (  =  serpent),  and,  through  a  kind  of  crystalliza- 
tion process  D  (  =  lapis)  that  reduces  chaos  to  order,  rises  again 

105  Cf.  "On  Mandala  Symbolism,"  figs.  19,  21,  37,  60. 

106  Cf.  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  pars.    189  and  sogf.,   in  relation   to  the  four 

regimina  and  dispositiones. 

259 


AION 


to  the  original  state,  which  in  the  meantime  has  been  trans- 
formed from  an  unconscious  into  a  conscious  one.  Consciousness 
and  understanding  arise  from  discrimination,  that  is,  through 
analysis  (dissolution)  followed  by  synthesis,  as  stated  in  sym- 
bolical terms  by  the  alchemical  dictum:  "Solve  et  coagula"  (dis- 
solve and  coagulate).  The  correspondence  is  represented  by  the 
identity  of  the  letters  a,  a1}  a2,  az,  and  so  on.  That  is  to  say,  we 
are  dealing  all  the  time  with  the  same  factor,  which  in  the  for- 
mula merely  changes  its  place,  whereas  psychologically  its  name 
and  quality  change  too.  At  the  same  time  it  becomes  clear  that 
the  change  of  place  is  always  an  enantiodromian  change  of  situa- 
tion, corresponding  to  the  complementary  or  compensatory 
changes  in  the  psyche  as  a  whole.  It  was  in  this  way  that  the 
changing  of  the  hexagrams  in  the  /  Ching  was  understood  by 
the  classical  Chinese  commentators.  Every  archetypal  arrange- 
ment has  its  own  numinosity,  as  is  apparent  from  the  very 
names  given  to  it.  Thus  a  to  d  is  the  "kingless  race,"  «i  to  dx 
is  the  Shadow  Quaternio,  which  is  annoying,  because  it  stands 
for  the  all-too-human  human  being  (Nietzsche's  "Ugliest 
Man"),107  a2  to  d2  is  "Paradise,"  which  speaks  for  itself,  and 
finally  a3  to  d3  is  the  world  of  matter,  whose  numinosity  in  the 
shape  of  materialism  threatens  to  suffocate  our  world.  What 
changes  these  correspond  to  in  the  history  of  the  human  mind 
over  the  last  two  thousand  years  I  need  hardly  specify  in  detail. 
411  The  formula  presents  a  symbol  of  the  self,  for  the  self  is  not 
just  a  static  quantity  or  constant  form,  but  is  also  a  dynamic 
process.  In  the  same  way,  the  ancients  saw  the  imago  Dei  in  man 
not  as  a  mere  imprint,  as  a  sort  of  lifeless,  stereotyped  impres- 
sion, but  as  an  active  force.  The  four  transformations  represent 
a  process  of  restoration  or  rejuvenation  taking  place,  as  it  were, 
inside  the  self,  and  comparable  to  the  carbon-nitrogen  cycle  in 
the  sun,  when  a  carbon  nucleus  captures  four  protons  (two  of 
which  immediately  become  neutrons)  and  releases  them  at  the 
end  of  the  cycle  in  the  form  of  an  alpha  particle.  The  carbon 
nucleus  itself  comes  out  of  the  reaction  unchanged,  "like  the 
Phoenix  from  the  ashes."  108  The  secret  of  existence,  i.e.,  the 
existence  of  the  atom  and  its  components,  may  well  consist  in  a 
continually  repeated  process  of  rejuvenation,  and  one  comes  to 

107  [Cf.  Thus  Spake  Zarathustra,  trans,  by  Common,  pp.  303^.— Editors.] 

108  Gamow,  Atomic  Energy,  p.  72. 

260 


THE    STRUCTURE    AND   DYNAMICS    OF   THE   SELF 

similar  conclusions  in  trying  to  account  for  the  numinosity  of 
the  archetypes. 

4>2  I  am  fully  aware  of  the  extremely  hypothetical  nature  of  this 
comparison,  but  I  deem  it  appropriate  to  entertain  such  reflec- 
tions even  at  the  risk  of  being  deceived  by  appearances.  Sooner 
or  later  nuclear  physics  and  the  psychology  of  the  unconscious 
will  draw  closer  together  as  both  of  them,  independently  of  one 
another  and  from  opposite  directions,  push  forward  into  tran- 
scendental territory,  the  one  with  the  concept  of  the  atom,  the 
other  with  that  of  the  archetype. 

4!3  The  analogy  with  physics  is  not  a  digression  since  the  sym- 
bolical schema  itself  represents  the  descent  into  matter  and 
requires  the  identity  of  the  outside  with  the  inside.  Psyche  can- 
not be  totally  different  from  matter,  for  how  otherwise  could  it 
move  matter?  And  matter  cannot  be  alien  to  psyche,  for  how  else 
could  matter  produce  psyche?  Psyche  and  matter  exist  in  one 
and  the  same  world,  and  each  partakes  of  the  other,  otherwise 
any  reciprocal  action  would  be  impossible.  If  research  could 
only  advance  far  enough,  therefore,  we  should  arrive  at  an  ulti- 
mate agreement  between  physical  and  psychological  concepts. 
Our  present  attempts  may  be  bold,  but  I  believe  they  are  on  the 
right  lines.  Mathematics,  for  instance,  has  more  than  once 
proved  that  its  purely  logical  constructions  which  transcend  all 
experience  subsequently  coincided  with  the  behaviour  of  things. 
This,  like  the  events  I  call  synchronistic,  points  to  a  profound 
harmony  between  all  forms  of  existence. 

4»4  Since  analogy  formation  is  a  law  which  to  a  large  extent  gov- 
erns the  life  of  the  psyche,  we  may  fairly  conjecture  that  our— 
to  all  appearances— purely  speculative  construction  is  not  a  new 
invention,  but  is  prefigured  on  earlier  levels  of  thought.  Gen- 
erally speaking,  these  prefigurations  can  be  found  in  the  multi- 
farious stages  of  the  mystic  transformation  process,  as  well  as  in 
the  different  degrees  of  initiation  into  the  mysteries.  We  also 
find  them  in  the  classical  as  well  as  Christian  trichotomy  con- 
sisting of  the  pneumatic,  the  psychic,  and  the  hylic.  One  of  the 
most  comprehensive  attempts  of  this  kind  is  the  sixteenfold 
schema  in  the  Book  of  Platonic  Tetralogies.109  I  have  dealt  with 

109  An  anonymous  Harranite  treatise  entitled  "Platonis  liber  quartorum,"  printed 
in  Theatr.  chem.,  V  (1622),  pp.  1  i4ff.;  conjectured  to  have  been  translated  from  the 
Arabic  in  the  12  th  cent. 

26l 


AION 


this  in  detail  in  Psychology  and  Alchemy  and  can  therefore  limit 
myself  here  to  the  basic  points.  The  schematization  and  analogy- 
formation  start  from  four  first  principles:  1.  the  work  of  nature, 
2.  water,  3.  composite  natures,  4.  the  senses.  Each  of  these  four 
starting-points  has  three  stages  of  transformation,  which  to- 
gether with  the  first  stage  make  sixteen  parts  in  all.  But  besides 
this  fourfold  horizontal  division  of  each  of  the  principles,  each 
stage  has  its  correspondence  in  the  vertical  series: 


I 

II 

III 

IV 

1. 

Opus  naturalium 

Aqua 

Naturae  compositae 

Sensus 

2. 

Divisio  naturae 

Terra 

Naturae  discretae 

Discretio  intellectualis 

3- 

Anima 

Aer 

Simplicia 

Ratio 

4- 

Intellectus 

Ignis 

Aetheris  simplicioris 

Arcanum 

4»5  This  table  of  correspondences  shows  the  various  aspects  of 
the  opus  alchemicum,  which  was  also  bound  up  with  astrology 
and  the  so-called  necromantic  arts.  This  is  evident  from  the  use 
of  significant  numbers  and  the  invocation  or  conjuring  up  of  the 
familiar  spirit.  Similarly,  the  age-old  art  of  geomancy  no  is  based 
on  a  sixteen-part  schema:  four  central  figures  (consisting  of  Sub- 
or  Superiudex,  Iudex,  and  two  Testes),  four  nepotes  (grand- 
sons), four  sons,  four  mothers.  (The  series  is  written  from  right 
to  left.)  These  figures  are  arranged  in  a  schema  of  astrological 
houses,  but  the  centre  that  is  empty  in  the  horoscope  is  replaced 
by  a  square  containing  the  four  central  figures. 

416  Athanasius  Kircher111  produced  a  quaternity  system  that  is 
worth  mentioning  in  this  connection: 

I.  Unum  =  Monas  monadike  =  Deus  =  Radix  omnium  =  Mens  sim- 
plicissima  =  Divina  essentia  =  Exemplar  divinum. 

(The  One  =  First  Monad  r=  God  =  Root  of  all  things  =  Simplest 
understanding  =  Divine  Essence  =  Divine  Exemplar.) 

II.  10  (1  +  2  +  3+4  =  I0)  —  Secunda  Monas  =  dekadike  =  Dyas  =: 
Mundus  intellectualis  =  Angelica  intelligentia  =  Compositio  ab  uno  et 
altero  =  i.e.,  ex  oppositis. 


no  Fludd,  "De  animae  intellectualis  scientia  seu  Geomantia,"  Fasciculus  geoman- 
ticus  (1687),  pp.  35f. 

in  Arithmologia,  sive  De  abditis  numerorum  mysteriis  (1665),  PP-  26off.  I  have 
to  thank  Dr.  M.-L.  von  Franz  for  calling  my  attention  to  this. 

262 


THE  STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS    OF   THE   SELF 

(.  .  .  Second  Monad  =  tenth  =  duality  =  spiritual  world  =  intel- 
ligence of  the  angels  =  composition  of  the  One  and  the  Other  =  i.e.,  from 
opposites.) 

III.  io2  =  ioo  =  Tertia  Monas  =  hekatontadike  =  Anima  =  Intelli- 
gentia. 

(.  .  .  Third  Monad  =z  hundredth  =  soul  =  intelligence.) 

IV.  10s  =  1000  =  Quarta  Monas  =  chiliadike  =  Omnia  sensibilia  = 
Corpus  =  ultima  et  sensibilis  Unionum  explicatio. 

(.  .  .  Fourth  Monad  =  thousandth  =  all  concrete  things  =  body  = 
final  and  concrete  unfolding  of  unities.) 

Kircher  comments  that  whereas  the  senses  affect  only  the 
body,  the  first  three  unities  are  objects  of  understanding.  So  if 
one  wants  to  understand  what  is  perceived  by  the  senses  (sensi- 
bilia), this  can  only  be  done  through  the  mind.  "Everything 
perceived  by  the  senses  must  therefore  be  elevated  to  reason  or  to 
the  intelligence  or  to  absolute  unity.  When  in  this  way  we  shall 
have  brought  the  absolute  unity  back  to  the  infinitely  simple 
from  all  perceptible,  rational  or  intellectual  multiplicity,  then 
nothing  more  remains  to  be  said,  and  then  the  Stone  too  is  not 
so  much  a  Stone  as  no  Stone,  but  everything  is  the  simplest  unity. 
And  even  as  the  absolute  unity  of  that  concrete  and  rational 
Stone  has  God  for  an  exemplar,  so  likewise  its  intellectual  unity 
is  the  intelligence.  You  can  see  from  these  unities  how  the  per- 
ceiving senses  go  back  to  reason,  and  reason  to  intelligence,  and 
intelligence  to  God,  where  in  a  perfect  cycle  is  found  the  begin- 
ning and  the  consummation."  112  That  Kircher  should  choose 
the  lapis  as  an  example  of  concrete  things  and  of  God's  unity  is 
obvious  enough  in  terms  of  alchemy,  because  the  lapis  is  the  ar- 
canum that  contains  God  or  that  part  of  God  which  is  hidden  in 
matter. 

Kircher's  system  shows  certain  affinities  with  our  series  of 
quaternios.  Thus  the  Second  Monad  is  a  duality  consisting  of 
opposites,  corresponding  to  the  angelic  world  that  was  split  by 
Lucifer's  fall.  Another  significant  analogy  is  that  Kircher  con- 
ceives his  schema  as  a  cycle  set  in  motion  by  God  as  the  prime 
cause,  and  unfolding  out  of  itself,  but  brought  back  to  God 
again  through  the  activity  of  human  understanding,  so  that  the 
end  returns  once  more  to  the  beginning.  This,  too,  is  an  analogy 

112  ibid.,  p.  266.  [The  next  sentence  is  revised  and  transposed  from  par.  418.  (2nd 
edn.)] 

263 


AION 


of  our  formula.  The  alchemists  were  fond  of  picturing  their 
opus  as  a  circulatory  process,  as  a  circular  distillation  or  as  the 
uroboros,  the  snake  biting  its  own  tail,  and  they  made  innumer- 
able pictures  of  this  process.  Just  as  the  central  idea  of  the  lapis 
Philosophorum  plainly  signifies  the  self,  so  the  opus  with  its 
countless  symbols  illustrates  the  process  of  individuation,  the 
step-by-step  development  of  the  self  from  an  unconscious  state 
to  a  conscious  one.  That  is  why  the  lapis,  as  prima  materia, 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  process  as  well  as  at  the  end.113 
According  to  Michael  Maier,  the  gold,  another  synonym  for  the 
self,  comes  from  the  opius  circulatorium  of  the  sun.  This  circle  is 
"the  line  that  runs  back  upon  itself  (like  the  serpent  that  with 
its  head  bites  its  own  tail),  wherein  that  eternal  painter  and 
potter,  God,  may  be  discerned."  114  In  this  circle,  Nature  "has 
related  the  four  qualities  to  one  another  and  drawn,  as  it  were, 
an  equilateral  square,  since  contraries  are  bound  together  by 
contraries,  and  enemies  by  enemies,  with  the  same  everlasting 
bonds."  Maier  compares  this  squaring  of  the  circle  to  the  "homo 
quadratus,"  the  four-square  man,  who  "remains  himself"  come 
weal  come  woe.115  He  calls  it  the  "golden  house,  the  twice- 
bisected  circle,  the  four-cornered  phalanx,  the  rampart,  the  city 
wall,  the  four-sided  line  of  battle."  116  This  circle  is  a  magic 
circle  consisting  of  the  union  of  opposites,  "immune  to  all 
injury." 

4*9  Independently  of  Western  tradition,  the  same  idea  of  the 
circular  opus  can  be  found  in  Chinese  alchemy:  "When  the 
light  is  made  to  move  in  a  circle,  all  the  energies  of  heaven  and 
earth,  of  the  light  and  the  dark,  are  crystallized,"  says  the  text 
of  the  Golden  Flower.117 

420  The  opyavov  kvk\lk6v,  the  circular  apparatus  that  assists  the  cir- 
cular process,  is  mentioned  as  early  as  Olympiodorus.118  Dorn  is 
of  the  opinion  that  the  "circular  movement  of  the  Physio- 
chemists"  comes  from  the  earth,  the  lowest  element.  For  the  fire 
originates  in  the  earth  and  transforms  the  finer  minerals  and 
water  into  air,  which,  rising  up  to  the  heavens,  condenses  there 

113  Documentation  in  Psychology  and  Alchemy,  esp.  pars.  427,  n.  4,  and  431. 

114  De  circulo  physico  quadrato,  p.  16.  H5  Ibid.,  p.  17. 
lie  Ibid.,  p.  19. 

117  Wilhelm,  The  Secret  of  the  Golden  Flower  (1962  edn.),  p.  30. 

118  Berthelot,  Alch.  grecs,  II,  iv,  44. 

264 


THE   STRUCTURE   AND   DYNAMICS    OF  THE   SELF 

and  falls  down  again.  But  during  their  ascent  the  volatilized  ele- 
ments take  "from  the  higher  stars  male  seeds,  which  they  bring 
down  into  the  four  matrices,  the  elements,  in  order  to  fertilize 
them  spagyrically."  This  is  the  "circular  distillation"  119  which 
Rupescissa  says  must  be  repeated  a  thousand  times.120 
4*1  The  basic  idea  of  ascent  and  descent  can  be  found  in  the 
Tabula  smaragdina,  and  the  stages  of  transformation  have  been 
depicted  over  and  over  again,  above  all  in  the  Ripley  "Scrowle" 
and  its  variants.  These  should  be  understood  as  indirect  at- 
tempts to  apprehend  the  unconscious  processes  of  individuation 
in  the  form  of  pictures. 

119  "Physica  genesis,"  Theatr.  chem.,  I,  p.  391. 

120  La  Vertu  et  la  propriiti  de  la  quinte  essence,  p.  s6. 


265 


XV 

CONCLUSION 

422  I  have  tried,  in  this  book,  to  elucidate  and  amplify  the  vari- 
ous aspects  of  the  archetype  which  it  is  most  important  for  mod- 
ern man  to  understand— namely,  the  archetype  of  the  self.  By  way 
of  introduction,  I  described  those  concepts  and  archetypes  which 
manifest  themselves  in  the  course  of  any  psychological  treat- 
ment that  penetrates  at  all  deeply.  The  first  of  these  is  the 
shadow,  that  hidden,  repressed,  for  the  most  part  inferior  and 
guilt-laden  personality  whose  ultimate  ramifications  reach  back 
into  the  realm  of  our  animal  ancestors  and  so  comprise  the  whole 
historical  aspect  of  the  unconscious.  Through  analysis  of  the 
shadow  and  of  the  processes  contained  in  it  we  uncover  the 
anima/animus  syzygy.  Looked  at  superficially,  the  shadow  is  cast 
by  the  conscious  mind  and  is  as  much  a  privation  of  light  as  the 
physical  shadow  that  follows  the  body.  For  this  superficial  view, 
therefore,  the  psychological  shadow  with  its  moral  inferiority 
might  also  be  regarded  as  a  privation  of  good.  On  closer  inspec- 
tion, however,  it  proves  to  be  a  darkness  that  hides  influential 
and  autonomous  factors  which  can  be  distinguished  in  their  own 
right,  namely  anima  and  animus.  When  we  observe  them  in  full 
operation— as  the  devastating,  blindly  obstinate  demon  of  opin- 
ionatedness  in  a  woman,  and  the  glamorous,  possessive,  moody, 
and  sentimental  seductress  in  a  man— we  begin  to  doubt  whether 
the  unconscious  can  be  merely  the  insubstantial  comet's  tail  of 
consciousness  and  nothing  but  a  privation  of  light  and  good. 

423  If  it  has  been  believed  hitherto  that  the  human  shadow  was 
the  source  of  all  evil,  it  can  now  be  ascertained  on  closer  investi- 
gation that  the  unconscious  man,  that  is,  his  shadow,  does  not 
consist  only  of  morally  reprehensible  tendencies,  but  also  dis- 
plays a  number  of  good  qualities,  such  as  normal  instincts, 
appropriate  reactions,  realistic  insights,  creative  impulses,  etc. 
On  this  level  of  understanding,  evil  appears  more  as  a  distortion, 
a  deformation,  a  misinterpretation  and  misapplication  of  facts 

266 


CONCLUSION 


that  in  themselves  are  natural.  These  falsifications  and  carica- 
tures now  appear  as  the  specific  effects  of  anima  and  animus,  and 
the  latter  as  the  real  authors  of  evil.  But  we  cannot  stop  even  at 
this  realization,  for  it  turns  out  that  all  archetypes  spontaneously 
develop  favourable  and  unfavourable,  light  and  dark,  good  and 
bad  effects.  In  the  end  we  have  to  acknowledge  that  the  self  is 
a  complexio  oppositorum  precisely  because  there  can  be  no 
reality  without  polarity.  We  must  not  overlook  the  fact  that 
opposites  acquire  their  moral  accentuation  only  within  the 
sphere  of  human  endeavour  and  action,  and  that  we  are  unable 
to  give  a  definition  of  good  and  evil  that  could  be  considered 
universally  valid.  In  other  words,  we  do  not  know  what  good 
and  evil  are  in  themselves.  It  must  therefore  be  supposed  that 
they  spring  from  a  need  of  human  consciousness  and  that  for 
this  reason  they  lose  their  validity  outside  the  human  sphere. 
That  is  to  say  a  hypostasis  of  good  and  evil  as  metaphysical  en- 
tities is  inadmissible  because  it  would  deprive  these  terms  of 
meaning.  If  we  call  everything  that  God  does  or  allows  "good," 
then  evil  is  good  too,  and  "good"  becomes  meaningless.  But 
suffering,  whether  it  be  Christ's  passion  or  the  suffering  of  the 
world,  remains  the  same  as  before.  Stupidity,  sin,  sickness,  old 
age,  and  death  continue  to  form  the  dark  foil  that  sets  off  the 
joyful  splendour  of  life. 

The  recognition  of  anima  and  animus  is  a  specific  experience 
that  seems  to  be  reserved  mostly,  or  at  any  rate  primarily,  for 
psychotherapists.  Nevertheless,  anyone  who  has  a  little  knowl- 
edge of  belles-lettres  will  have  no  difficulty  in  forming  a  picture 
of  the  anima;  she  is  a  favourite  subject  for  novelists,  particularly 
west  of  the  Rhine.1  Nor  is  a  careful  study  of  dreams  always  neces- 
sary. It  is  not  quite  so  easy  to  recognize  the  woman's  animus,  for 
his  name  is  legion.  But  anyone  who  can  stand  the  animosity  of 
his  fellows  without  being  infected  by  it,  and  is  capable  at  the 
same  time  of  examining  it  critically,  cannot  help  discovering 
that  they  are  possessed.  It  is,  however,  more  advantageous  and 
more  to  the  point  to  subject  to  the  most  rigorous  scrutiny  one's 
own  moods  and  their  changing  influence  on  one's  personality. 
To  know  where  the  other  person  makes  a  mistake  is  of  little 
value.  It  only  becomes  interesting  when  you  know  where  you 

1  The  outstanding  example  in  Swiss  literature  is  Spitteler's  Imago.  [In  English 
literature,  perhaps  Rider  Haggard's  She.— Editors.] 

267 


AION 


make  the  mistake,  for  then  you  can  do  something  about  it.  What 
we  can  improve  in  others  is  of  doubtful  utility  as  a  rule,  if, 
indeed,  it  has  any  effect  at  all. 

425  Although,  to  begin  with,  we  meet  the  anima  and  animus 
mostly  in  their  negative  and  unwelcome  form,  they  are  very  far 
from  being  only  a  species  of  bad  spirit.  They  have,  as  we  have 
said,  an  equally  positive  aspect.  Because  of  their  numinous,  sug- 
gestive power  they  have  formed  since  olden  times  the  archetypal 
basis  of  all  masculine  and  feminine  divinities  and  therefore 
merit  special  attention,  above  all  from  the  psychologist,  but  also 
from  thoughtful  laymen.  As  numina,  anima  and  animus  work 
now  for  good,  now  for  evil.  Their  opposition  is  that  of  the  sexes. 
They  therefore  represent  a  supreme  pair  of  opposites,  not  hope- 
lessly divided  by  logical  contradiction  but,  because  of  the  mu- 
tual attraction  between  them,  giving  promise  of  union  and 
actually  making  it  possible.  The  coniunctio  oppositorum  en- 
gaged the  speculations  of  the  alchemists  in  the  form  of  the 
"Chymical  Wedding,"  and  those  of  the  cabalists  in  the  form  of 
Tifereth  and  Malchuth  or  God  and  the  Shekhinah,2  not  to  speak 
of  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb. 

426  The  dual  being  born  of  the  alchemical  union  of  opposites, 
the  Rebis  or  Lapis  Philosophorum,  is  so  distinctively  marked  in 
the  literature  that  we  have  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  it  as  a 
symbol  of  the  self.  Psychologically  the  self  is  a  union  of  con- 
scious (masculine)  and  unconscious  (feminine).  It  stands  for  the 
psychic  totality.  So  formulated,  it  is  a  psychological  concept. 
Empirically,  however,  the  self  appears  spontaneously  in  the 
shape  of  specific  symbols,  and  its  totality  is  discernible  above  all 
in  the  mandala  and  its  countless  variants.  Historically,  these 
symbols  are  authenticated  as  God-images. 

427  The  anima/animus  stage  is  correlated  with  polytheism,  the 
self  with  monotheism.3  The  natural  archetypal  symbolism,  de- 
scribing a  totality  that  includes  light  and  dark,  contradicts  in 
some  sort  the  Christian  but  not  the  Jewish  or  Yahwistic  view- 
point, or  only  to  a  relative  degree.  The  latter  seems  to  be  closer 
to  Nature  and  therefore  to  be  a  better  reflection  of  immediate 
experience.  Nevertheless,  the  Christian  heresiarchs  tried  to  sail 

2  Hurwitz,  "Archetypische  Motive  in  der  chassidischen  Mystik,"  ch.  VI. 

3  This  thema  is  the  subject  of  an  Oxford  dissertation  by  Amy  I.  Allenby:  A  Psy- 
chological Study  of  the  Origins  of  Monotheism. 

268 


CONCLUSION 


round  the  rocks  of  Manichaean  dualism,  which  was  such  a  dan- 
ger to  the  early  Church,  in  a  way  that  took  cognizance  of  the 
natural  symbol,  and  among  the  symbols  for  Christ  there  are 
some  very  important  ones  which  he  has  in  common  with  the 
devil,  though  this  had  no  influence  on  dogma. 

By  far  the  most  fruitful  attempts,  however,  to  find  suitable 
symbolic  expressions  for  the  self  were  made  by  the  Gnostics. 
Most  of  them— Valentinus  and  Basilides,  for  instance— were  in 
reality  theologians  who,  unlike  the  more  orthodox  ones,  allowed 
themselves  to  be  influenced  in  large  measure  by  natural  inner 
experience.  They  are  therefore,  like  the  alchemists,  a  veritable 
mine  of  information  concerning  all  those  natural  symbols  aris- 
ing out  of  the  repercussions  of  the  Christian  message.  At  the 
same  time,  their  ideas  compensate  the  asymmetry  of  God  pos- 
tulated by  the  doctrine  of  the  privatio  boni,  exactly  like  those 
well-known  modern  tendencies  of  the  unconscious  to  produce 
symbols  of  totality  for  bridging  the  gap  between  the  conscious 
and  the  unconscious,  which  has  widened  dangerously  to  the 
point  of  universal  disorientation. 

I  am  well  aware  that  this  work,  far  from  being  complete,  is 
a  mere  sketch  showing  how  certain  Christian  ideas  look  when 
observed  from  the  standpoint  of  psychological  experience.  Since 
my  main  concern  was  to  point  out  the  parallelism  or  the  differ- 
ence between  the  empirical  findings  and  our  traditional  views, 
a  consideration  of  the  disparities  due  to  time  and  language 
proved  unavoidable.  This  was  particularly  so  in  the  case  of  the 
fish  symbol.  Inevitably,  we  move  here  on  uncertain  ground  and 
must  now  and  then  have  recourse  to  a  speculative  hypothesis 
or  tentatively-  reconstruct  a  context.  Naturally  every  investi- 
gator must  document  his  findings  as  fully  as  possible,  but  he 
should  also  venture  an  occasional  hypothesis  even  at  the  risk 
of  making  a  mistake.  Mistakes  are,  after  all,  the  foundations 
of  truth,  and  if  a  man  does  not  know  what  a  thing  is,  it  is  at 
least  an  increase  in  knowledge  if  he  knows  what  it  is  not. 


269 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

The  items  of  the  bibliography  are  arranged  alphabetically  under 
two  headings:  A.  Ancient  volumes  containing  collections  of  alchemi- 
cal tracts  by  various  authors;  B.  General  bibliography,  including 
cross-references  to  the  material  in  section  A.  Short  titles  of  the 
ancient  volumes  are  printed  in  capital  letters. 


A.     ANCIENT   VOLUMES    CONTAINING 

COLLECTIONS   OF   ALCHEMICAL   TRACTS 

BY   VARIOUS   AUTHORS 

ARS  CHEMICA,  quod  sit  licita  recte  exercentibus,  probationes  doc- 
tissimorum  iurisconsultorum.  .  .  .  Argentorati  [Strasbourg],  1566. 

Contents  quoted  in  this  volume: 

i    Septem  tractatus  seu  capitula  Hermetis  Trismegisti  aurei 

[pp.  7-31;  usually  referred  to  as  "Tractatus  aureus"] 
ii     Tabula  smaragdina  [pp.  32-33] 

ARTIS  AURIFERAE  quam  chemiam  vocant.  .  .  .  Basileae  [Basel], 
[*593]-  2  vols. 

Contents  quoted  in  this  volume: 

VOLUME    I 

i  Turba  philosophorum  [two  versions:  pp.  1-65,  66-139] 

i-a  Allegoriae  super  librum  Turbae  [pp.  139-45] 

ii  Aenigmata  ex  Visione  Arislei  philosophi  et  allegoriis  sapi- 
entum  [pp.  146-54;  usually  referred  to  as  "Visio  Arislei"] 

iii  In  Turbam  philosophorum  exercitationes  [pp.  154-82] 

iv  Aurora  consurgens,  quae  dicitur  Aurea  hora  [pp.  185-246] 

v  [Zosimus]:  Rosinus  ad  Sarratantam  episcopum  [pp.  277-319] 

vi  Maria  Prophetissa:  Practica  ...  in  artem  alchemicam  [pp. 

3 1 9-24] 

273 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


vii     Tractatulus  Aristotelis  de  practica  lapidis  philosophici  [pp. 

36l"73] 
viii     Interpretatio    cuiusdam    epistolae    Alexandri    Macedonum 

regis  [pp.  382-88] 

ix    Tractatulus  Avicennae  [pp.  405-37] 

VOLUME  11 

x    Morienus  Romanus:  Sermo  de  transmutatione  metallica  [pp. 

7-54] 
xi     Rosarium  philosophorum  [pp.  204-384] 

Mangetus,  Joannes  Jacobus  (ed.).  BIBLIOTHECA  CHEMICA 
CURIOSA,  seu  Rerum  ad  alchemiam  pertinentium  thesaurus  in- 
structissimus  .  .  .  Coloniae  Allobrogum  [Geneva],   1702.  2  vols. 

Contents  quoted  in  this  volume: 

volume  1 

i    Allegoriae  sapientum  supra  librum  Turbae  philosophorum 

XXIX  distinctiones  [pp.  467-79] 
ii    Turba  philosophorum   [pp.  445-65;   another  version,   pp. 

480-94] 
iii    Allegoriae  supra  librum  Turbae  [pp.  494-95] 

MUSAEUM  HERMETICUM  reformatum  et  amplificatum  .  .  . 
continens  tractatus  chimicos  XXI  praestantissimos  .  .  .  Franco- 
furti  [Frankfurt  a.  M.],  1678.  For  translation,  see  (B)  Waite,  The 
Hermetic  Museum. 

Contents  quoted  in  this  volume: 

i     [Barcius  (F.  von  Sternberg)]:  Gloria  mundi,  alias  Paradysi 

tabula  [pp.  203-304] 
ii     Lambspringk:  De  lapide  philosophico  figurae  et  emblemata 

^  [PP-  337-72] 
iii     Sendivogius:  Novum  lumen  chemicum  e  naturae  fonte  et 

manuali  experientia  depromptum  [pp.  545-600] 
iv     [Sendivogius:]  Novi  luminis  chemici  Tractatus  alter  de  sul- 

phure  [pp.  601-46] 
v     Philalethes:  Introitus  apertus  ad  occlusum  regis  palatium 

[pp.  647-700] 
vi    Philalethes:  Metallorum  metamorphosis  [pp.  741-74] 

274 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


THEATRUM  CHEMICUM,  praecipuos  selectorum  auctorum 
tractatus  .  .  .  continens.  Ursellis  [Ursel]  and  Argentorati  [Stras- 
bourg], 1602-61.  6  vols.  (Vols.  I— III,  Ursel,  1602;  Vols.  IV-VI, 
Strasbourg,  1613,  1622,  1661  respectively.) 

Contents  quoted  in  this  volume: 

volume  1 

i     Fanianus:  De  arte  metallicae  metamorphoseos  ad  Philo- 

ponum  [pp.  28-48] 
ii     Hoghelande:  Liber  de  alchemiae  difficultatibus  [pp.  121- 

sis] 

iii     Dorn:  Ars  chemistica  [pp.  217-54] 

iv     Dorn:  Speculativae  philosophiae,  gradus  septem  vel  decern 

continens  [pp.  255-310] 
v     Dorn:  Physica  genesis  [pp.  367-404] 
v-a     Dorn:  Physica  Trismegisti  [pp.  405-37] 
vi     Dorn:  Philosophia  meditativa  [pp.  450-72] 
vii     Dorn:    Philosophia  chemica   ad  meditativam  comparata 

[pp.  472-5 1 7] 
viii     Dorn:    Congeries    Paracelsicae    chemicae    de    transmuta- 
tionibus  metallorum  [pp.  557-646] 
ix     Bernardus  Trevisanus:  Liber  de  alchemia  [pp.  773-803] 

VOLUME   11 
x     Ripley:  Duodecim  portarum  axiomata  philosophica  [pp. 

123-39] 
xi     Hollandus:  Fragmentum  de  lapide  [pp.  142-46] 

xii     Dee:  Monas  hieroglyphica  [pp.  218-43] 

VOLUME    III 

xiii    Aristoteles  de  perfecto  Magisterio  [pp.  56-118] 

VOLUME    IV 

xiv     Artefius:  Clavis  maioris  sapientiae  [pp.  221-40] 
xv    Duodecim  tractatus  de  lapide  philosophorum  [pp.  478- 

5°2] 
xvi     Beatus:  Aurelia  occulta  philosophorum  [pp.  525-81] 
xvii     Hermetis  Trismegisti   Tractatus  vere  aureus  de   lapide 
philosophici  secreto  [pp.  672-797;  usually  referred  to  as 
"Tractatus  aureus"] 

275 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


VOLUME   V 

xvii-a     Turba  philosophorum  [pp.  1-57] 
xviii     Allegoriae  sapientum  et  distinctiones  XXIX  supra  librum 
Turbae  [pp.  64-100] 
xix     Platonis  liber  quartorum  [pp.  114-208] 
xx     Tractatus  Aristotelis   alchymistae  ad  Alexandrum  Mag- 
num de  lapide  philosophico  [pp.  880-92] 

VOLUME    VI 

xxi     Blaise  de  Vigenere:  Tractatus  de  igne  et  sale  [pp.  1-139] 
xxii     Collesson:    Idea   perfecta   philosophiae   hermeticae    [pp. 

143-61] 
xxiii    Fidelissima  et  jucunda  instructio  de  arbore  solari  [pp. 

163-194] 
xxiv     Grasseus:  Area  arcani  artificiosissimi  de  summis  naturae 

mysteriis  [pp.  294-381] 
xxv     [Barchius:]  Summa  libri  quae  vocatur  Gloria  mundi,  seu 

Tabula  comprehensa  [pp.  513-17] 
xxvi     Chartier:  Scientia  plumbi  sacri  sapientum  [pp.  569-99] 


B.     GENERAL   BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Abarbanel,  Isaac  (Ishaq  Abravanel  ben  Jehiida).  Mashmi'a  Ye- 
shu'ah  ["Proclamation  of  Salvation"].  (In  Hebrew.)  Salonica,  1526. 

.  Ma'yene  ha-Yeshu'ah  ["Sources  of  Salvation"].  (In  Hebrew.) 

Ferrara,  1551. 

Abot  de  Rabbi  Nathan.  See  Nathan. 


Adam  Scotus.  De  tripartito  tabernaculo.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  148, 
cols.  609-796. 

[Adamantius].  Der  Dialog  des  Adamantius  irepi  r^  ek  Oeov  opOys 
ttiWcos.  Edited  by  Willem  Hendrik  van  de  Sande  Bakhuyzen. 
(Griechischen  Christlichen  Schriftsteller.)  Leipzig,  1908. 

"Aenigmata  ex  Visione  Arislei."  See  (A)  Artis  auri ferae,  ii. 

Ailly,  Pierre  d'  (Petrus  de  Aliaco).  Concordantia  astronomie  cum 
theologia.  Concordantia  astronomie  cum  hystorica  narratione.  Et 
elucidarium  duarum  praecedentium.  Venice,  1490. 

276 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Albumasar.  See  Ja'far  ibn  Muhammad  (Abu  Ma'shar)  al-Balkhi. 

Alciati,  Andrea.  Emblemata.  Padua,  1621  (another  edn.,  1661). 

Aliaco,  Petrus  de.  See  Ailly,  Pierre  d\ 

"Allegoriae  sapientum  et  distinctiones  XXIX  supra  librum  Turbae." 
See  (A)  Mangetus,  Bibliotheca  chemica,  i;  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xviii. 

"Allegoriae  supra  librum  Turbae."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  i-a; 
Mangetus,  Bibliotheca  chemica,  iii. 

Allenby,  Amy  Ingeborg.  A  Psychological  Study  of  the  Origins  of 
Monotheism.  Unpublished  dissertation,  Oxford  University. 

Ambrose,  Saint.  Explanationes  in  Psalmos.  In:  Sancti  Ambrosii 
Opera,  Pars  6.  Edited  by  M.  Petschenig.  (Corpus  Scriptorum  Ec- 
clesiasticorum  Latinorum,  64.)  Leipzig  and  Vienna,  1919. 

Angelus  Silesius  (Johannes  Scheffler).  See  Flitch. 

Anger,  Rudolph.  "Der  Stern  der  Weisen  und  das  Geburtsjahr 
Christi,"  Zeitschrift  fur  die  historische  Theologie  (Leipzig),  1847, 
PP-  347-98- 

Aratus.  Phaenomena.  In:  Callimachus  and  Lycophron;  Aratus. 
Translated  by  A.  W.  and  G.  R.  Mair.  (Loeb  Classical  Library.) 
London  and  New  York,  1921. 

Arisleus.  "Visio  Arislei."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  ii. 

"Aristoteles  de  perfecto  Magisterio."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xiii. 

Artefius.  "Clavis  maioris  sapientiae."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xiv. 

Augurellus,  Joannes  Aurelius.  "Chrysopoeia."  See  Gratarolus. 

Augustine,  Saint.  The  City  of  God.  Translated  by  John  Healey  and 
edited  by  R.  V.  G.  Tasker.  (Everyman's  Library.)  London  and 
New  York,  1945.  2  vols.  (Original:  De  Civitate  Dei.  See  Migne, 
P.L.,  vol.  41,  cols.  13-804.) 

.  The  Confessions:  Books  I-X.  Translated  by  F.  J.  Sheed.  Lon- 
don, 1951.  (Original:  Confessiones.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  32,  cols. 
659-868.) 

277 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


-.  Contra  adversarios  legis  et  prophetarum.  See  Migne,  P.L., 


vol.  42,  cols.  603-666. 

-.  Contra  Faustum.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  42,  cols.  207-518.  For 


translation,  see:  Reply  to  Faustus  the  Manichaean.  Translated  by 
Richard  Stothert.  (Works  of  Aurelius  Augustinus,  edited  by 
Marcus  Dods,  5.)  Edinburgh,  1872. 

.  De  diversis  quaestionibus  LXXXIII.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol. 


40,  cols.  11-100. 

.  Dialogus  Quaestionum  LXV.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  40,  cols. 

733-752. 


.  De  Trinitate.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  42,  cols.  819-1098.  For 

translation,  see:  Augustine:  Later  Works.  Selected  and  translated 
by  John  Burnaby.  (Library  of  Christian  Classics,  8.)  London,  1955. 
(Pp.  37-181.) 

.  Enarrationes  in  Psalmos.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vols.  36,  37. 


.  Liber  Sententiarum  ex  Augustino.  See:   Prosperi  Aquitani 

Sententiae  ex  Augustino  delibatae  liber  unus.  Being  Vol.  X,  Part 
2,  of  5.  Aurelii  Augustini  .  .  .  opera  omnia  .  .  .  ,  opere  et  studio 
monachorum  O.S.B.  e  Congregatione  S.  Mauri.  Paris,  1835-39. 
11  vols. 

.  Retractationes.  In  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  32,  cols.  583-656. 


.  Sermo  I.   See:    Sermones  supposititii.   Being  Vol.   V  of   S. 

Aurelii  Augustini  .  .  .  opera  omnia  .  .  .  ,  opere  et  studio  mona- 
chorum O.S.B.  e  Congregatione  S.  Mauri.  Paris,  1835-39.  11  vols. 

.  Sermo  XC.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  38,  cols.  559-66. 

.  Sermo  CCXXXVII.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  38,  cols.  1122-24. 


.  Tractatus  in  Joannis  Evangelium.  In  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  35. 

For  translation,  see:  Lectures  or  Tractates  on  the  Gospel  accord- 
ing to  Saint  John,  Vol.  II.  Translated  by  James  Innes.  (Works  of 
Aurelius  Augustinus,  edited  by  Marcus  Dods,  11.)  Edinburgh, 
1874. 

"Aurora  consurgens."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  iv. 

Bahman  Yast.  In:  Pahlavi  Texts,  Part  I.  Translated  by  E.  W.  West. 
(Sacred  Books  of  the  East,  5.)  Oxford,  1880. 

278 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Baruch,  Apocalypse  of.  See  "2  Baruch  (The  Syrian  Apocalypse  of 
Baruch)"  in  Charles,  Apocrypha,  II,  pp.  470-526. 

Basil  the  Great,  Saint.  Quod  Deus  non  est  auctor  malorum.  See 
Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  31,  cols.  329-54. 

.  Homiliae  in  Psalmos.  In  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  29,  cols.  209-494. 


.  Homiliae  in  Hexaemeron.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.   29,  cols. 

3-208.  For  translation,  see:  The  Treatise  De  Spiritu  Sancto,  the 
Nine  Homilies  of  the  Hexaemeron  and  the  Letters  of  St.  Basil  the 
Great.  Translated  by  the  Rev.  Blomfield  Jackson.  (Select  Library 
of  Nicene  and  Post-Nicene  Fathers  of  the  Christian  Church,  Sec- 
ond Series,  8.)  Oxford  and  New  York,  1895. 

Bauer,  Walter.  Griechisch-Deutsches  Worterbuch  zu  den  Schriften 
des  neuen  Testaments.  3rd  edn.,  Berlin,  1937. 

Beatus,  Georgius.  "Aurelia  occulta."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xvi. 

Benoist,  Jean.  Histoire  des  Albigeois  et  des  Vaudois.  Paris,  1691. 
2  vols. 

Bereshith  Rabba.  See:  Midrash  Rabbah  translated  into  English. 
Edited  by  H.  Freedman  and  Maurice  Simon.  London,  1951.  10 
vols. 

Bernard  of  Clairvaux,  Saint.  Tractatus  de  gradibus  superbiae.  See 
Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  182,  cols.  957-72. 

Bernardus  Trevisanus.  "Liber  de  alchemia."  See  (A)  Theatrum 
chemicum,  ix. 

Berthelot,  Marcellin.  Collection  des  anciens  alchimistes  grecs. 
Paris,  1887-88.  3  vols. 

Bible.  The  following  versions  are  cited  textually: 

[AV]  Authorized  ("King  James")  Version  (cited  unless  otherwise 

indicated). 

[DV]  Douay-Reims  Version. 

Bohme,  Jakob.  "Aurora,  oder  die  Morgenrote  im  Aufgang."  In:  Des 
gottseligen,  hocherleuchteten  .  .  .  Schrifften,  q.v.  For  translation, 
see:  Aurora.  Translated  by  John  Sparrow.  London,  1914. 

279 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


'Tabula  principiorum."   See   pp.   269-87   of  De  signatura 


rerum  etc.,  in:  Des  gottseligen,  hocherleuchteten  .  .  .  Schrifften, 
q.v. 

.  Des  gottseligen,  hocherleuchteten  Jacob  Bohmen  Teutonici 


Philosophi  Alle  Theosophische  Schrifften.  Amsterdam,  1682.  (This 
edition  of  Bohme's  works  consists  of  a  number  of  parts,  each  sepa- 
rately paginated,  and  variously  bound  up.) 

Boll,  Franz  Johannes.  Sphaera.  Leipzig,  1903. 

.  Aus  der  Offenbarung  Johannis.  (2TOIXEIA,  Heft  I.)  Leipzig 


and  Berlin,  1914. 
Bouche-Leclercq,  Auguste.  L'Astrologie  grecque.  Paris,  1899. 

Bousset,  Wilhelm.  The  Antichrist  Legend.  Translated  by  A.  H. 
Keane.  London,  1896.  (Original:  Der  Antichrist.  Gottingen,  1895.) 

.  Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis.  (Forschungen  zur  Religion  und 


Literatur  des  Alten  und  Neuen  Testaments,  10.)  Gottingen,  1907. 

Brihadaranyaka  Upanishad.  See:  Upanishads. 

Brugsch,  Heinrich.  Religion  und  Mythologie  der  alten  Agypter. 
Leipzig,  1885. 

Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis.  The  Gods  of  the  Egyptians.  London,  1904. 
2  vols. 

.  The  Papyrus  of  Ani.  London,  1895. 

Cabrol,  Fernand,  and  Leclercq,  Henri.  Dictionnaire  d'archeologie 
chretienne  et  de  liturgie.  Paris,  1907-53.  15  vols. 

Caesarius  of  Heisterbach.  Dialogue  on  Miracles.  Translated  by 
H.  von  E.  Scott  and  C.  C.  S.  Bland.  London,  1929.  (Original:  Dia- 
logus  Miraculorum.  Edited  by  Joseph  Strange.  Cologne,  1851.) 

Campbell,  Colin.  The  Miraculous  Birth  of  King  Amon-Hotep  III. 
Edinburgh  and  London,  1912. 

Cardan,  Jerome  (Hieronymus  Cardanus,  Girolamo  Cardano).  "Com- 
mentarium  in  Ptolemaeum  De  astrorum  Judiciis."  In:  Opera 
Omnia.  Lyons,  1663.  10  vols.  (Vol.  V,  pp.  93-368.) 

280 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Caussin,  Nicholas.  [Polyhistor  symbolicus.]  De  symbolica  Aegyp- 
tiorum  sapientia.  Polyhistor  symbolicus,  Electorum  symbolorum, 
&  Parabolarum  historicarum  stromata.  Paris,  [1618  and]  1631. 

Chartier,  Jean.  "Scientia  plumbi  sacri  sapientum."  See  (A)  The- 
atrum  chemicum,  xxvi. 

Charles,  R.  H.  (ed.).  The  Apocrypha  and  Pseudepigrapha  of  the 
Old  Testament  in  English.  Oxford,  1913.  2  vols. 

Christensen,  Arthur  [Emanuel].  Le  Premier  Homme  et  le  premier 
roi  dans  Vhistoire  legendaire  des  Iraniens.  (Archives  d'fitudes 
orientales,  14.)  Stockholm,  1918,  1934.  2  parts. 

Chwolsohn,  Daniel  (Khwolson,  Daniil  Avraamovich).  Die  Ssabier 
und  der  Ssabismus.  St.  Petersburg  [Leningrad],  1856.  2  vols. 

Clement  of  Alexandria.  Paedagogus  ("The  Instructor").  See 
Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  8,  cols.  247-684.  For  translation,  see  Writings, 
below. 

■ .  Stromata  ("Miscellanies").  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  8,  col.  685  - 


vol.  9,  col.  602.  For  translation,  see  Writings,  below. 

.  The  Writings  of  Clement  of  Alexandria.  Translated  by  Wil- 


liam Wilson.  (Ante-Nicene  Christian  Library,  4,  12.)  Edinburgh, 
1867-69.  2  vols. 

Clement  of  Rome,  Saint  (Pope  Clement  I) .  Second  Epistle  to  the 
Corinthians.  In:  The  Apostolic  Fathers.  With  an  English  transla- 
tion by  Kirsopp  Lake.  (Loeb  Classical  Library.)  London  and  New 
York,  1912-13.  2  vols.  (Vol.  I,  pp.  128-63). 

,  pseud.  The  Clementine  Homilies  and  the  Apostolical  Con- 


stitutions. Translated  by  Thomas  Smith,  Peter  Peterson,  and 
James  Donaldson.  (Ante-Nicene  Christian  Library,  17.)  Edin- 
burgh, 1870. 

Collesson,  Johannes.  "Idea  perfecta  philosophiae  hermeticae."  See 
(A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  xxii. 

Compendium  theologicae  veritatis.  See  Hugh  of  Strasbourg. 

Cremer,  Hermann.  Biblisch-theologisches  Worterbuch  der  Neutesta- 
mentlichen  Grazitat.  10th  edn.  (edited  by  Julius  Kogel),  Gotha, 

281 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Cumont,  Franz.  Les  Religions  orientales  dans  le  paganisme  romain. 
4th  edn.,  Paris,  1929. 

.  Textes  et  monuments  figures  relatifs  aux  mysteres  de  Mithra. 

Brussels,  1894-99.  2  vols. 

Dee,  John.  "Monas  hieroglyphica."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xii. 

de  Gubernatis,  Angelo.  Zoological  Mythology.  London,  1872.  2  vols. 

Delatte,  Louis.  Textes  latins  et  vieux  francais  relatifs  aux  Cy- 
ranides.  (Bibliotheque  de  la  Faculte  de  Philosophic  et  Lettres  de 
TUniversite  de  Liege,  fasc.  93.)  Liege,  1942. 

Denzinger,  Heinrich,  and  Bannwart,  Klemens.  Enchiridion  sym- 
bolorum.  6~7th  edn.,  Freiburg,  i.  B.,  1928. 

Deussen,  Paul.  Allgemeine  Geschichte  der  Philosophie.  Leipzig, 
1894-1917.  2  vols,  in  6  parts. 

Didymus  of  Alexandria.  De  trinitate  libri  tres.  See  Migne,  P.G., 
vol.  39,  cols.  269-992. 

Dieterich,  Albrecht.  Die  Grabschrift  des  Aberkios.  Leipzig,  1896. 

.  Eine  Mithrasliturgie.  Leipzig,  1903.  2nd  edn.,  1910. 

Dionysius  the  Areopagite,  pseud.  De  divinis  nominibus.  In  Migne, 
P.G.,  vol.  3,  cols.  585-996.  For  translation,  see:  Works  of  Dionysius 
the  Areopagite.  Translated  by  John  Parker.  Oxford,  1897-99. 
2  vols. 

Doelger,  Franz  Josef.  IX0Y2:  Das  Fischsymbol  in  friXhchristlicher 
Zeit.  Rome  and  Munster,  1910-27.  4  vols. 

Dorn,  Gerhard  (Gerardus).  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  iii-viii. 

Dozy,  Reinhart,  and  de  Goeje,  M.  J.  "Nouveaux  documents  pour 
l'etude  de  la  religion  des  Harraniens."  In:  Actes  du  sixieme  Con- 
gres  international  des  Orientalistes  (1883).  Leiden,  1885. 

Dragomanov,  M.  "Zabelezhki  vrkhy  slavyanskite  religioznoeticheski 
Legendi,"  Sbornik  za  narodnaya  umortvoreniya  (Sofia) ,  X  (1894), 
3-68. 

Drews,  Arthur.  Der  Sternhimmel  in  der  Dichtung  und  Religion  der 
alten  Volker  und  des  Christentums.  Jena,  1923. 

282 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


du  Cange,   Charles.   Glossarium  ad  scriptores  mediae  et   infinae 
latinitatis.  Paris,  1733-36.  6  vols.  New  edn.:  Graz,  1954.  10  vols. 

"Duodecim  tractatus  de  lapide  philosophorum."  See  (A)  Theatrum 
chemicum,  xv. 

Eckhart,  Meister.  See:  Pfeiffer,  Franz  (ed.).  Deutsche  Mystiker 
des  Vierzehnten  Jahrhunderts.  Leipzig,  1845-57.  2  vo^s-  (Vol.  II.) 

.  [Wor&s.]  Translated  by  C.  de  B.  Evans.  London,   1924-52. 


2  vols. 

Eisler,  Robert.  "Der  Fisch  als  Sexualsymbol,"  Imago  (Leipzig  and 
Vienna),  III  (1914),  165-93. 


.  Orpheus— The  Fisher.  London,  1921.  (An  unpublished  sec- 
ond volume  of  this  work  is  preserved  in  typescript  in  the  British 
Museum,  London.) 

.  The  Royal  Art  of  Astrology.  London,  1946. 


Eleazar,  R.  Abraham.  Uraltes  Chymisches  Werk.  Leipzig,  1760. 

Ephrem  the  Syrian,  Saint.  Hymni  et  sermones.  Edited  by  Thomas 
Joseph  Lamy.  Mechlin,  1882-1902.  4  vols. 

Epictetus.  Enchiridion.  See:  Epictetus;  The  Discourses,  etc.  Edited 
and  translated  by  W.  A.  Oldfather.  (Loeb  Classical  Library.)  Lon- 
don and  New  York,  1926-28.  2  vols.  (Vol.  II,  pp.  479-537-) 

Epiphanius,  Saint.  Ancoratus.  In:  Epiphanius,  Vol.  I.  Edited  by 
Karl  Holl.  (Griechische  Christliche  Schriftsteller.)  Leipzig,  1915. 

.  Panarium   [Adversus  octoginta   haereses].   Edited  by   Fran- 

ciscus  Oehler.  Berlin,  1859-61.  3  parts. 

Erman,  Adolf.  Die  Religion  der  Agypter.  Berlin  and  Leipzig,  1934. 

Esdras,  Second  (or  Fourth)  Book  of.  In:  Charles,  Apocrypha  and 
Pseudepigrapha,  q.v.  (Vol.  II,  pp.  561-624.) 

Eucherius  of  Lyons,  Saint.  Liber  formularum  spiritalis  intelli- 
gence. See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  50,  cols.  727-72. 

Euthymios  Zigabenos.  Panoplia  Dogmatica.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol. 
130  (entire). 

Fanianus,  Joannes  Chrysippus.  "De  arte  metallicae  metamorphoseos 
ad  Philoponum."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  i. 

283 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Ferguson,  John.  Bibliotheca  Chemica.  Glasgow,  1906.  2  vols. 

"Fidelissima  et  jucunda  instructio  de  arbore  solari."  See  (A)  The- 
atrum  chemicum,  xxiii. 

Fierz-David,  Hans  Eduard.  Die  Entwicklungsgeschichte  der  Chemie. 
(Wissenschaft  und  Kultur,  2.)  Basel,  1945. 

Fierz-David,  Linda.  The  Dream  of  Poliphilo.  Translated  by  Mary 
Hottinger.  (Bollingen  Series  XXV.)  New  York,  1950. 

Firmicus  Maternus,  Julius.  De  errore  profanarum  religionum. 
Edited  by  Charles  Halm.  (Corpus  Scriptorum  Ecclesiasticorum 
Latinorum,  2.)  Vienna,  1867. 

Flitch,  J.  E.  Crawford  (trans.).  Angelus  Silesius:  Selections  from 
The  Cherubinic  Wanderer.  London,  1932. 

Fludd,  Robert.  Animae  intellectualis  scientia  seu  De  geomantia.  In: 
Fasciculus  Geomanticus,  in  quo  varia  variorum  opera  geomantica 
continentur,  Verona,  1687. 

Franz,  Marie-Louise  von.  "Die  Passio  Perpetuae."  In:  C.  G.  Jung. 

Aion:  Untersuchungen  zur  Symbolgeschichte.  (Psychologische  Ab- 
handlungen,  VIII.)  Zurich,  1951. 

(ed.).  Aurora  Consurgens:  A  Document  attributed  to  Thomas 


Aquinas  on  the  Problem  of  Opposites  in  Alchemy.  Translated  by 
R.  F.  C.  Hull  and  A.  S.  B.  Glover.  New  York  (Bollingen  Series) 
and  London,  1966. 

Frobenius,  Leo.  Das  Zeitalter  des  Sonnengottes.  Berlin,  1904. 

Gaedechens,  Rudolf.  Der  Marmorne  Himmelsglobus  des  Furstlich 
Waldeckischen  Antikencabinets  zu  Arolsen.  Gottingen,  1862. 

Gamow,  George.  Atomic  Energy.  Cambridge,  1947. 

Garnerius.  Sancti  Victoris  Parisiensis  Gregorianum.  See  Migne,  P.L., 
vol.  193,  cols.  23-462. 

Gerhardt,  Oswald.  Der  Stern  des  Messias.  Leipzig,  Erlangen,  1922. 

"Gloria  mundi."  See  (A)  Musaeum  hermeticum,  i. 

Goodenough,  Erwin  R.  Jewish  Symbols  in  the  Greco-Roman  Period. 
(Bollingen  Series  XXXVII.)  New  York,  1953-68.  13  vols.  (Vol.  V, 
Fish,  Bread,  and  Wine,  contains  two  chapters  on  fish  symbolism.) 

284 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Grasseus,  Johannes.  "Area  arcani  artificiosissimi  de  summis  naturae 
mysteriis."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  xxiv. 

Gratarolus,  Gulielmus.  Verae  alchemiae  artisque  metallicae,  citra 
aenigmata,  doctrina,  etc.  Basel,  1561.  (Pp.  269-86  contain  Augurel- 
lus'  "Chrysopoeia.") 

Gregory  the  Great,  Saint.  Expositiones  in  librum  I  Regum.  See 
Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  79,  cols.  17-468. 

.  In  Expositionem  beati  Job  Moralia.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  75, 


col.  615  -  vol.  76,  col.  782. 

Grenfell,  Bernard  P.,  and  Hunt,  Arthur  S.  New  Sayings  of  Jesus 
and  Fragment  of  a  Lost  Gospel  from  Oxyrhynchus.  New  York  and 
London,  1904. 

Guignebert,  Charles.  "Quelques  remarques  stir  la  perfection  et  ses 
voies  dans  le  mystere  paulinien,"  Revue  d'histoire  et  de  philo- 
sophic religieuses  (Strasbourg),  Annee  8  (1928),  pp.  412-29. 

Haggard,  H.  Rider.  She.  London,  1887. 

Hahn,  Christoph  Ulrich.  Geschichte  der  Ketzer  im  Mittelalter. 
Stuttgart,  1845-50.  3  vols. 

Harnack,  Adolf.  Lehrbuch  der  Dogmengeschichte.  5th  edn.,  Tu- 
bingen, 1931. 

Hauck,  Albert  (ed.).  Realencyklopadie  fiir  protestantische  Theo- 
logie  und  Kirche.  Leipzig,  1896-1913.  24  vols. 

Heidegger,  Johann  Heinrich.  Quaestiones  ad  Tex  turn  Lucae  VII, 
12-17-  1655. 

Hellwig,  Christoph  von.  Neu  eingerichtetes  Lexicon  Medico- 
chymicum,  oder  Chymisches  Lexicon.  Frankfurt  a.  M.  and  Leipzig, 
1711. 

Hennecke,  Edgar  (ed.).  Neutestametitliche  Apokryphen.  2nd  edn., 
Tubingen,  1924. 

Hermas.  The  Shepherd.  In:  The  Apostolic  Fathers.  With  an  English 
translation  by  Kirsopp  Lake.  (Loeb  Classical  Library.)  London 
and  New  York,  1912-13.  2  vols.  (Vol.  II,  pp.  6-305.) 

285 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Hermes  Trismegistus.  Tractatus  vere  aureus  de  lapidis  philo- 
sophici  secreto.  Opere  et  studio  Dominici  Gnosii  in  lucem  editus. 
Leipzig,  1610.  See  also  (A)  Ars  chemica,  i;  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xvii. 

Hertz,  Martin.  De  P.  Nigidii  Figuli  Studiis  atque  operibus.  Berlin, 
1845. 

Hippolytus.  Commentary  on  Daniel  (Eis  ton  Daniel).  See:  Hip- 
polytus'  Werke,  Vol.  I.  Edited  by  G.  N.  Bonwetsch  and  H.  Achelis. 
(Griechische  Christliche  Schriftsteller.)  Leipzig,  1897. 

.  Elenchos.  See:  Hippolytus'  Werke,  Vol.  III.  Edited  by  Paul 


Wendland.  (Griechische  Christliche  Schriftsteller.)  Leipzig,  1916. 
For  translation,  see:  Philosophumena;  or,  The  Refutation  of  All 
Heresies.  Translated  by  Francis  Legge.  (Translations  of  Christian 
Literature.)  London  and  New  York,  1921.  2  vols. 

Hoghelande,  Theobald  de.  "Liber  de  Alchemiae  difficultatibus." 
See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  ii. 

Holderltn,  Friedrich.  Sdmtliche  Werke.  Berlin,  1943.  3  vols. 

Hollandus,  Joannes  Isaacus.  "Fragmentum  de  lapide."  See  (A) 
Theatrum  chemicum,  xi. 

Homer.  The  Iliad.  Translated  by  E.  V.  Rieu.  (Penguin  Classics.) 
Harmondsworth,  1954. 

.  The  Odyssey.  Translated  by  E.  V.  Rieu.  (Penguin  Classics.) 


Harmondsworth,  1955.  Also:  The  Story  of  Odysseus.  Translated 
by  W.  H.  D.  Rouse.  London  and  New  York,  1937. 

Honorius  of  Autun.  Speculum  de  mysteriis  ecclesiae.  In  Migne, 
P.L.,  vol.  172,  cols.  807-1108. 

Hugh  of  Strasbourg.  Compendium  theologicae  veritatis.  Venice, 
1492. 

Hurwitz,  Sigmund.  "Archetypische  Motive  in  der  chassidischen  Mys- 
tik."  In:  Zeitlose  Dokumente  der  Seele.  (Studien  aus  dem  C.  G. 
Jung-Institut,  3.)  Zurich,  1952. 

/  Ching,  or  Book  of  Changes.  The  Richard  Wilhelm  [German]  trans- 
lation rendered  into  English  by  Cary  F.  Baynes.  New  York 
(Bollingen  Series  XII)  1950;  London,  1951.  2  vols. 

286 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Ideler,  Christian  Ludwig.  Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Ursprung  und 
die  Bedeutung  der  Sternnamen.  Berlin,  1809. 

[Ignatius  of  Loyola,  Saint.]  The  Spiritual  Exercises  of  St.  Ignatius 
Loyola.  Edited  and  translated  by  Joseph  Rickaby,  S.J.  2nd  edn., 
London,  1923. 

"Instructio  de  arbore  solari."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  xxiii. 

"In  Turbam  philosophorum  exercitationes."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae, 
iii. 

"Interpretatio  cuiusdam  epistolae  Alexandri  Macedonum  regis."  See 
(A)  Artis  auriferae,  viii. 

Irenaeus,  Saint.  Adversus  [or  Contra]  haereses  libri  quinque.  See 
Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  7,  cols.  433-1224.  For  translation,  see:  The  Writ- 
ings of  Irenaeus.  Translated  by  Alexander  Roberts  and  W.  H. 
Rambaut.  (Ante-Nicene  Christian  Library,  5,  9.)  Edinburgh, 
1868-69.  2  vols. 

Isidore  of  Seville,  Saint.  Liber  etymologiarum.  In  Migne,  P.L.,  vol. 
82,  cols.  73-728. 

Jacobi,  Jolande.  The  Psychology  of  C.  G.  Jung.  Translated  by  K.  W. 
Bash.  Revised  edn.,  New  Haven  and  London,  1951. 

Ja'far  ibn  Muhammad  (Abu  Ma'shar)  al-BalkhI  (Albumasar).  De 
magnis  coniunctionibus.  Venice  and  Augsburg,  1489. 

James,  Montague  Rhodes  (trans.).  The  Apocryphal  New  Testament. 
Oxford,  1924. 

Jeremias,  Alfred.  The  Old  Testament  in  the  Light  of  the  Ancient 
East.  Translated  by  C.  L.  Beaumont.  London  and  New  York, 
1911.  2  vols. 

John  Chrysostom,  St.  Responsiones  ad  orthodoxas.  (Among  the 
works  falsely  attributed  to  St.  Justin  Martyr.)  See  Migne,  P.G., 
vol.  6,  cols.  1249-1400. 

Josephus,  Flavius.  Contra  Apionem.  In:  Josephus.  With  an  English 
translation  by  H.  St.  J.  Thackeray  and  R.  Marcus.  (Loeb  Classical 
Library.)  London  and  New  York,  1926-  .9  vols,  (not  yet  com- 
plete). (Vol.  I,  pp.  325ft.) 

287 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Jung,  Carl  Gustav.  Alchemical  Studies.  Collected  Works,*  Vol.  13. 
New  York  and  London,  1968. 

.  "Answer  to  Job."  In:  Psychology  and  Religion:  West  and 


East,  q.v. 


.    Archetypes    and    the    Collective    Unconscious.    Collected 

Works,*  Vol.  9,  Part  I.  New  York  and  London;  2nd  edn.,  1968. 

.   Commentary  on    The  Secret   of  the   Golden   Flower.   In: 


Alchemical  Studies,  q.v. 


-.  "Concerning  Mandala  Symbolism."  In:  Archetypes  and  the 


Collective  Unconscious,  q.v. 


-.  "Concerning  Rebirth."  In:  Archetypes  and  the  Collective 


Unconscious,  q.v. 

.  "Instinct  and  Unconscious."  In:  The  Structure  and  Dynamics 


of  the  Psyche,  q.v. 

.  Memories,  Dreams,  Reflections.   Recorded   and  edited  by 


Aniela  Jaffe*.  Translated  by  Richard  and  Clara  Winston.  New 
York  and  London,  1963.  (U.S.  and  Brit.  edns.  separately  pagi- 
nated.) 

.  Mysterium  Coniunctionis.  Collected  Works,*  Vol.  14.  New 


York  and  London,  1963;  2nd  edn.,  1970. 

.  "On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche."  In:  The  Structure  and  Dy- 


namics of  the  Psyche,  q.v. 

.  "On  Psychic  Energy."  In:  The  Structure  and  Dynamics  of 


the  Psyche,  q.v. 

.  Paracelsus  the  Physician."  In:  The  Spirit  in  Man,  Art,  and 


Literature,  q.v. 

.  "Paracelsus  as  a  Spiritual  Phenomenon."  In:   Alchemical 


Studies,  q.v. 
•  For  details  of  the  Collected  Works  of  C.  G.  Jung,  see  end  of  this  volume. 

288 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


-.  "The  Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairytales."  In:  Arche- 


types and  the  Collective  Unconscious,  q.v. 

.  "The  Philosophical  Tree."  In:  Alchemical  Studies,  q.v. 


.  "A  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Dogma  of  the  Trinity." 

In:  Psychology  and  Religion:  West  and  East,  q.v. 


.  Psychological  Types.  Collected  Works,*  Vol.  6.  (Alternate 

source:   translation  by  H.  G.  Baynes,  London  and  New  York, 
1923.) 
.  Psychology  and  Alchemy.  Collected  Works*  Vol.   12.  New 


York  and  London,  2nd  edn.,  1968. 

.  "The  Psychology  of  the  Child  Archetype."  In:   The  Arche- 


types and  the  Collective  Unconscious,  q.v. 

.  "The  Psychology  of  Eastern  Meditation."  In:  Psychology  and 


Religion:  West  and  East,  q.v. 

.  "Psychology  and  Religion"  (The  Terry  Lectures).  In:   Psy- 


chology and  Religion:  West  and  East,  q.v. 

-.  Psychology  and  Religion:  West  and  East.  Collected  Works* 


Vol.  11.  New  York  and  London,  1958;  2nd  edn.,  1969. 

-.  "The  Psychology  of  the  Transference."  In:  The  Practice  of 


Psychotherapy.  Collected  Works,*  Vol.  16.  New  York  and  Lon- 
don, 2nd  edn.,  1966. 

.  "The  Psychology  of  the  Trickster  Figure."  In:   The  Arche- 


types and  the  Collective  Unconscious,  q.v. 

.  "The  Relations  between  the  Ego  and  the  Unconscious."  In: 


Two  Essays  on  Analytical  Psychology.  Collected  Works,*  Vol.  7. 
New  York  and  London,  2nd  edn.,  1966. 

— .  The  Spirit  in  Man,  Art,  and  Literature.  Collected  Works,* 


Vol.  15.  New  York  and  London,  1967. 

.  "The  Spirit  Mercurius."  In:  Alchemical  Studies,  q.v. 


.    The    Structure   and    Dynamics    of    the   Psyche.    Collected 

Works*  Vol.  8.  New  York  and  London,  i960. 

For  details  of  the  Collected  Works  of  C.  G.  Jung,  see  end  of  this  volume. 

289 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


.  "A  Study  in  the  Process  of  Individuation."  In:  Archetypes 

and  the  Collective  Unconscious,  q.v. 

.  Symbols  of  Transformation.  Collected  Works  *  Vol.  5.  New 


York  and  London,  1956;  2nd  edn.,  1967. 

.  "Synchronic^ ty:  An  Acausal  Connecting  Principle."  In:  The 


Structure  and  Dynamics  of  the  Psyche,  q.v. 


-.  "Transformation  Symbolism  in  the  Mass."  In:  Psychology 


and  Religion:  West  and  East,  q.v. 

.  "Uber  das  Selbst,"  Eranos  Jahrbuch  1948  (Zurich,    1949). 


(Became  ch.  IV  of  the  present  work.) 

Kelchner,  Ernst.  Der  Enndkrist.  Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1891. 

Kena  Upanishad.  See  Upanishads. 

Kepler,  Johann.  Discurs  von  der  grossen  Conjunction.  In:  Johannis 
Kepleri  Astronomi  Opera  Omnia.  Edited  by  Ch.  Frisch.  Frank- 
furt a.  M.,  1858-71.  8  vols.  (Vol.  VII,  pp.  697-711.) 

Khunrath,  Heinrich  Conrad.  Von  hylealischen,  das  ist,  pri-material- 
ischen  catholischen,  oder  algemeinem  natiirlichen  Chaos.  Magde- 
burg* J597- 

Kircher,  Athanasius.  Arithmologia,  sive  De  abditis  numerorum 
mysteriis.  Rome,  1665. 

Kirchmaier,  Georg  Caspar.  Disputationes  zoologicae.  Jena,  1736. 

Knapp,  Martin  Johann.  Antiskia:  Ein  Beitrag  zum  Wissen  um  die 
Prazession  im  Altertum.  Basel,  1927. 

Kohut,  Alexander.  "Die  talmudisch-midraschische  Adamssage," 
Zeitschrift  der  deutschen  morgenldndischen  Gesellschaft  (Leipzig), 
XXV  (1871),  59-94. 

[Koran.]  The  Meaning  of  the  Glorious  Koran.  An  Explanatory 
Translation.  By  Marmaduke  Pickthall.  London,  1930. 

Lagarde,  Paul  Anton  de  (previously  P.  A.  Boetticher).  Clementina. 

Leipzig,  1865. 
•  For  details  of  the  Collected  Works  of  C.  G.  Jung,  see  end  of  this  volume. 

290 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Laiblin,  Wilhelm.  "Vom  mythischen  Gehalt  unserer  Marchen,"  in: 
Wilhelm  Schloz  and  Laiblin.  Vom  Sinn  des  Mythos.  Stuttgart, 
i936- 

Lambspringk.  "De  Lapide  philosophico  figurae  et  emblemata."  See 
(A)  Musaeum  hermeticum,  ii. 

Layard,  John.  "The  Incest  Taboo  and  the  Virgin  Archetype," 
Eranos-Jahrbuch  (Zurich),  XII  (1945).  (Volume  for  C.  G.  Jung  on 
His  Seventieth  Birthday.) 

.  Stone  Men  of  Malekula:  Vao.  London,  1942. 


Lexicon  Medico-chymicum.  See  Hellwig. 

Libavius,  Andreas.  Alchymia  .  .  .  recognita,  emendata,  et  aucta. 
Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1606. 

Lightfoot,  Joseph  Barber.  Notes  on  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul.  London, 
1895- 

Maag,  Victor.  "Jahwas  Heerscharen,"  Schweizerische  theologische 
Umschau  (Bern),  XX  (1950),  27-52. 

Macrobius,  Ambrosius  Theodosius.   Commentarium   in  Somnium 
Scipionis.  In:  Opera.  Edited  by  F.  Eyssenhardt.  Leipzig,  1893. 

Maier,  Michael.  De  circulo  physico  quadrato.  Oppenheim,   1616. 

.  Secretions  naturae  secretorum  scrutinium  chymicum.  Frank- 
furt a.  M.,  1687. 

.  Symbola  aureae  mensae  duodecim  nationum.  Frankfurt  a.  M., 


1617. 

Maimonides,  Moses.   [More  Nebuchim.]   The  Guide  for  the  Per- 
plexed. Translated  by  M.  Friedlander.  London,  1928. 

Mangetus,  Joannes  Jacobus.  See  under  (A). 

Maria  Prophetissa.  "Practica  ...  in  artem  alchemicam."  See  (A) 
Artis  auri ferae,  vi. 

Mariette,  Francois  Auguste  Ferdinand.  Dende'rah.  Paris  (printed 
in  Alexandria),  1875.  Plates,  5  vols.,  Paris,  1870-74. 

Masenius,  Jacobus.  Speculum  imaginum  veritatis  occultae.  Cologne, 
1714.  2  vols. 

291 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Mechthild,  Saint.  Liber  gratiae  spiritualis.  Venice,  1522.  For  trans- 
lation, see:  The  Revelations  of  Mechthild  of  Magdeburg,  or  The 
Flowing  Light  of  the  Godhead.  Translated  by  Lucy  Menzies.  Lon- 
don, 1953. 

Meerpohl,  Franz.  Meister  Eckharts  Lehre  vom  Seelenfiinklein. 
(Abhandlungen  zur  Philologie  und  Psychologie  der  Religion,  10.) 
Wiirzburg,  1926. 

Meyer,  Karl  H.  Altkirchenslavisch-griechisches  Worterbuch  des 
Codex  Suprasliensis.  Gliickstadt  and  Hamburg,  1935. 

Midrash  Tanchuma  (Shemoth).  (In  Hebrew.)  Edited  by  Solomon 
Buber.  Vilna,  1885. 

Migne,  Jacques  Paul  (ed.).  Patrologiae  cursus  completus. 
[P>L.]  Latin  series.  Paris,  1844-64.  221  vols. 
[P.G.]  Greek  series.  Paris,  1857-66.  166  vols. 

(These  works  are  referred  to  as  "Migne,  P.L."  and  "Migne,  P.G." 
respectively.) 

Morienus  Romanus.  "Sermo  de  transmutatione  metallica."  See  (A) 
Artis  auriferae,  x. 

Muhammad  ibn  Jarir  Abu-Jafar  al-Tabari.  Chronique.  Translated 
(into  French)  by  Hermann  Zotenberg.  4  vols.  Paris  and  (vol.  4) 
Nogent-le-Rotrou,  1867-74. 

Muenter,  Frederik  Christian  Karl  Henrik.  Sinnbilder  und  Kunst- 
vorstellungen  der  alt  en  Christen.  Altona,  1825.  2  vo^s- 

(as  Muenter,  Friedrich).  Der  Stern  der  Weisen.  Copenhagen, 


1827. 

Mylius,  Johann  Daniel.  Philosophia  reformata.  Frankfurt  a.  M., 
1622. 

Nathan,  Rabbi.  Abot  de  Rabbi  Nathan.  See:  The  Fathers  according 
to  Rabbi  Nathan.  Translated  by  Judah  Goldin.  (Yale  Judaica 
Series,  10.)  New  Haven,  1955. 

Nelken,  Jan.  "Analytische  Beobachtungen  uber  Phantasien  eines 
Schizophrenen,"  Jahrbuch  fur  psychoanalytische  und  psycho- 
pathologische  Forschungen  (Vienna  and  Leipzig),  IV  (1912),  504ff. 

Neumann,  Erich.  The  Great  Mother.  Translated  by  Ralph  Man- 
heim.  New  York  (Bollingen  Series  XL VII)  and  London,  1955. 

292 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


-.  The  Origins  and  History  of  Consciousness.  Translated  by 


R.  F.  C.  Hull.  New  York  (Bollingen  Series  XLII)  and  London, 
1954- 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  Thus  Spake  Zarathustra.  Translated  by 
Thomas  Common,  revised  by  O.  Levy  and  J.  L.  Beevers.  London, 

Nigidius  Figulus,  Publius.  See  Hertz. 

Nostradamus,  Michel  (Nostredame).  The  Complete  Prophecies  of 
Nostradamus.  Translated  and  edited  by  Henry  C.  Roberts.  New 
York,  1949.  (Original:  Vrayes  Centuries  et  Propheties  de  Maistre 
Michel  Nostredame.  Amsterdam,  1667.) 

"Novi  luminis  chemici  Tractatus.  .  .  ."  See  (A)  Musaeum  her- 
meticum,  iv. 

"Novum  lumen  chemicum."  See  (A)  Musaeum  hermeticum,  iii. 

Onians,  Richard  Broxton.  The  Origins  of  European  Thought.  2nd 
edn.,  Cambridge,  1954. 

Origen.  Commentaria  in  Genesim.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  cols. 
47-92. 


.  Contra  Celsum.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  11,  cols.  641-1632.  For 

translation,  see:  Contra  Celsum.  Translated  by  Henry  Chadwick. 
Cambridge,  1953. 

.  De  principiis.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.   11,  cols.   115-414.  For 


translation,  see:  On  First  Principles.  Translated  by  G.  W.  Butter- 
worth.  London,  1936. 

.  De  oratione.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  2,  cols.  415-562.  For  trans- 


lation, see:  Alexandrian  Christianity.  Selected  Translations  of 
Clement  and  Origen.  ...  By  John  Ernest  Leonard  Oulton  and 
Henry  Chadwick.  (Library  of  Christian  Classics,  2.)  London,  1954. 
(Origen  "On  Prayer,"  pp.  180-387.) 

.  In  Genesim  homiliae.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  cols.  145-262. 

.  In  Leviticum  homiliae.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  cols.  405-574. 

.  In  Lucam  homiliae.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  13,  cols.  1801-1902. 

.  In  Numeros  homiliae.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  cols.  583-806. 

293 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


-.  Selecta  in  Genesim.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  12,  cols.  91-146. 
-.  See  also  Adamantius. 


Orosius.  "Ad  Aurelium  Augustum  commonitorium  de  errore 
Priscillianistarum  et  Origenistarum."  In:  Corpus  Scriptorum  Ec- 
clesiasticorum  Latinoru.m,  Vol.  XVIII.  Edited  by  Georg  Schepss. 
Vienna  and  Leipzig,  1889.  (Pp.  151-57.) 

Pantheus,  Joannes  Augustinus.  Ars  transmutationis  metallicae. 
Venice,  1519. 

[Paracelsus  (Theophrastus  Bombastus  of  Hohenheim).]  Theophrast 
von  Hohenheim  genannt  Paracelsus  Samtliche  Werke.  Edited  by 
Karl  Sudhoff.  Munich  and  Berlin,  1922-35.  15  vols.  (Vol.  Ill  con- 
tains: De  vita  longa,  pp.  247ff.;  De  mumia  libellus,  pp.  375L;  Frag- 
mentarische  Ausarbeitungen  zur  Anatomie,  pp.  459ft.) 

.  Volumen  Paramirum  und  Opus  Paramirum.  Edited  by  Franz 


Strunz.  Jena,  1904.  (De  causis  Morborum  invisib ilium,  pp.  29 iff.) 

Pauli,  W.  "The  Influence  of  Archetypal  Ideas  on  the  Scientific 
Theories  of  Kepler."  Translated  by  Priscilla  Silz.  In:  C.  G.  Jung 
and  Pauli.  The  Interpretation  of  Nature  and  the  Psyche.  New 
York  (Bollingen  Series  LI)  and  London,  1955. 

Paulinus  of  Nola,  Saint.  See:  S.  Pontii  M.  Paulini  Carmina.  Edited 
by  Wilhelm  Hartel.  (Corpus  Scriptorum  Ecclesiasticorum  Lat- 
inorum,  30.)  Vienna,  1894. 

Pernety,  A.  J.  Dictionnaire  mytho-hermetique.  Paris,  1787. 

Peters,  Christian  Heinrich  Friedrich,  and  Knobel,  Edward  Bell. 
Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars:  A  Revision  of  the  Almagest.  Wash- 
ington, 1915. 

Petrus  de  Aliaco.  See  Ailly. 

Philalethes,  Eirenaeus.  "Introitus  apertus  .  .  ."  See  (A)  Musaeum 
hermeticum,  v. 


-.  "Metallorum  metamorphosis."  See  (A)  Musaeum  hermeticum, 


VI. 


Picinelli,    Filippo    (Philippus    Picinellus).    Mundus    symbolicus. 
Cologne,  1680-81. 

294 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Pistis  Sophia.  Translated  by  George  Robert  Stow  Mead.  London, 
1896. 

"Platonis  liber  quartorum."  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  xix. 

Pliny  (Gaius  Plinius  Secundus).  Natural  History.  Translated  by 
H.  Rackham  and  W.  H.  S.  Jones.  (Loeb  Classical  Library.)  Lon- 
don and  New  York,  1938-  (not  yet  completed). 

Plotinus.  The  Enneads.  Translated  by  Stephen  MacKenna.  2nd 
edn.,  revised  by  B.  S.  Page.  London  and  New  York,  1956. 

Plutarch.  De  Iside  et  O  stride.  In:  Plutarch's  M  or  alia.  With  an  Eng- 
lish translation  by  Frank  Cole  Babbitt.  (Loeb  Classical  Library.) 
London  and  New  York,  1927  ff.  14  vols.  (Vol.  V,  pp.  6-191.) 

.   Quaestiones  convivales.  In:   Plutarchi  Moralia.  Edited  by 


C.  Hubert  and  others.  Vol.  IV.  Leipzig,  1925. 

Pohl,  Otto.  Das  Ichthysmonument  von  Autun.  Berlin,  1880. 

Polemon.  De  physiognomia  liber.  Edited  by  Georg  Hoffmann.  In: 
Scriptores  Physiognomici  Graeci  et  Latini.  Edited  by  P.  Richard 
Foerster.  Leipzig,  1893.  2  vols.  (Vol.  I,  pp.  93-294.) 

Pordage,  John.  Sophia:  das  ist  Die  Holdseelige  ewige  Jungfrau  der 
gottlichen  Weisheit.  Amsterdam,  1699. 

Preisendanz,  Karl.  Papyri  Graecae  Magicae.  Leipzig  and  Berlin, 
1928-31.  2  vols. 

Priscillian.  Opera  quae  supersunt.  (Corpus  Scriptorum  Ecclesias- 
ticorum  Latinorum,  18.)  Edited  by  Georg  Schepss.  Vienna  and 
Leipzig,  1889. 

Prosper  of  Aquitaine.  See  Augustine,  Liber  Sententiarum. 

Psellus,  Michael.  De  daemonibus.  In:  Iamblichus  de  Mysteriis 
Aegyptiorum,  etc.  Edited  by  Marsilio  Ficino.  Venice,  1497. 
(fol.  N-N  vi\) 

Quispel,  Gilles.  "Philo  und  die  altchristliche  Haresie,"  Theo- 
logische  Zeitschrift  (Basel),  V  (1949),  429-36. 

.  "Note  sur  'Basilide',"  Vigiliae  Christianae  (Amsterdam) ,  II 

(1948),  115-16. 

295 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Rahner,  Hugo.  "Flumina  de  ventre  Christi,"  Biblica  (Rome),  XXII 
(1941),  269-302;  367-403. 

Ramsay,  William  Mitchell.  "The  Cities  and  Bishoprics  of 
Phrygia,"  Journal  of  Hellenic  Studies  (London),  IV  (1883) ,  370- 
436. 

Rashi  (Solomon  ben  Isaac  of  Troyes).  See:  Pentateuch  with  Targum 
Onkelos  .  .  .  and  Rashi's  Commentary.  Translated  by  M.  Rosen- 
baum  and  A.  M.  Silbermann.  London,  1929-34.  5  vols. 

Reitzenstein,  Richard.  Poimandres.  Leipzig,  1904. 

and  Schader,  H.  H.  Studien  zum  antiken  Syncretismus  aus 

Iran  und  Griechenland.  (Studien  der  Bibliothek  Warburg,  7.) 
Leipzig  and  Berlin,  1926. 

Rhabanus  Maurus.  Allegoriae  in  Sacram  Scripturam.  See  Migne, 
P.L.,  vol.  112,  cols.  849-1088. 

Rig-Veda.  See:  Nicol  MacNicol  (ed.).  Hindu  Scriptures.  (Every- 
man's Library.)  London  and  New  York,  1938. 

Ripley,  George.  "Duodecim  portarum  axiomata  philosophica."  See 
(A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  x. 

.  Chymische  Schrifften.  Erfurt,  1624. 

.  Opera  omnia  chemica.  Kassel,  1649. 

Roberts,  R.  "Jesus  or  Christ?— a  Reply,"  The  Quest  (London),  II 
(1911),  108-25. 

Rosarium  philosophorum.  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  xi. 

Roscher,  Wilhelm  Heinrich.  Ausfiihrliches  Lexikon  der  griech- 
ischen  und  romischen  Mythologie.  Leipzig,  1884-1937.  6  vols. 

"Rosinus  ad  Sarratantam."  See  (A)  Artis  auri ferae,  v. 

Rousselle,  Erwin.  "Seelische  Fiihrung  im  lebenden  Taoismus," 
Eranos-Jahrbuch  1933  (Zurich,  1934),  135-99- 

Ruland,  Martin.  Lexicon  alchemiae.  Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1612.  Trans- 
lated as:  A  Lexicon  of  Alchemy.  [London,  1892.] 

Rupescissa,  Joannes  de.  "De  confectione  veri  lapidis."  See  Gra- 
tarolus,  in  whose  work  it  is  contained. 

.  La  Vertu  ei  la  propriete  de  la  quinte  essence.  Lyons,  1581. 

296 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Ruska,  Julius  Ferdinand.  Tabula  Smaragdina;  ein  Beitrag  zur  Ge- 
schichte  der  hermetischen  Literatur.  Heidelberg,  1926. 

.  Turba  Philosophorum.  Berlin,  1931. 

.    "Die   Vision   des   Arisleus."   In:    Historische   Studien    und 


Skizzen  zu  Natur-  und  Heilwissenschaft.  Festschrift   fiir  Georg 
Sticker.  Berlin,  1930. 

Scharf,  Riwkah.  "Die  Gestalt  des  Satans  im  Alten  Testament."  In: 
C.  G.  Jung.  Symbolik  des  Geistes.  Zurich,  1953. 

Scheftelowitz,  I.  "Das  Fisch-Symbol  im  Judentum  und  Christen- 
tum,"  Archiv  fiir  Religionswissenschaft  (Leipzig),  XIV  (1911), 
i-53»  321-92- 

Schoettgen,  Christian.  Horae  Hebraicae  et  Talmudicae.  Dresden 
and  Leipzig,  1733-42.  2  vols. 

Schreber,  Daniel  Paul.  Memoirs  of  My  Nervous  Illness.  Trans- 
lated by  Ida  Macalpine  and  Richard  A.  Hunter.  London,  1955. 
(Original:  Denkwiirdigkeiten  eines  Nervenkranken.  Leipzig,  1903.) 

Scott,  Walter  (ed.).  Hermetica.  Oxford,  1924-36.  4  vols. 

Senard,  Marcelle.  Le  Zodiaque.  Lausanne,  1948. 

Sendivogius,  Michael.  "Novi  luminis  chemici."  See  (A)  Musaeum 
hermeticum,  iv. 

Shaare  Kedusha.  See  Vital,  Hayim. 

Shatapatha  Brahmana.  Translated  by  Julius  Eggeling.  (Sacred  Books 
of  the  East,  12,  26,  41,  43,  44.)  Oxford,  1882-1900.  5  vols. 

Sibylline  Oracles.  See:  Oracula  Sibyllina.  Edited  by  John  Geffken. 
(Griechische  Christliche  Schriftsteller.)  Leipzig,  1902. 

Silberer,  Herbert.  Der  Zufall  und  die  Koboldstreiche  des  Unbe- 
wussten.  (Schriften  zur  Seelenkunde  und  Erziehungskunst,  3.)  Bern 
and  Leipzig,  1921. 

Smith,  E.  M.  The  Zodia.  London,  1906. 

Soderberg,  Hans.  La  Religion  des  Cathares.  Uppsala,  1949. 

Spiegelberg,  W.  "Der  Fisch  als  Symbol  der  Seele,"  Archiv  fiir  Re- 
ligionswissenschaft (Leipzig),  XII  (1909),  574-75. 

297 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Stephen  of  Canterbury.  Liber  Allegoricus  in  Habacuc.  [Facts  un- 
available.—Editors.] 

Strauss,  Heinz  Arthur.  Die  Astrologie  des  Johannes  Kepler.  Munich 
and  Berlin,  1926. 

Synesius  of  Cyrene.  Hymni  et  Opuscula.  Edited  by  Nicholas 
Terzaghi.  Rome,  1944.  2  vols. 

Tabari.  See  Muhammad  ibn  Jarir  Abu-Jafar  al  TabarT. 

Tabula  smaragdina.  See  (A)  Ars  chemica,  ii;  Ruska. 

Tacitus,  P.  Cornelius.  Historiarum  Liber:  The  Histories.  Edited  by 
W.  A.  Spooner.  London,  1891.  For  translation,  see:  The  Histories. 
Translated  by  W.  Hamilton  Fyfe.  Oxford,  1912.  2  vols. 

Talmud.  The  Babylonian  Talmud.  Translated  into  English  under 
the  editorship  of  Isidore  Epstein.  London,  1935-52.  35  vols. 
(Abbr.:  BT.) 

Targum.  The  Targum  to  The  Song  of  Songs.  Translated  by  Her- 
mann Gollancz.  London,  1908. 

Tatian.  Oratio  adversus  Graecos.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol.  6,  cols.  803- 
888.  For  translation,  see:  The  Writings  of  Tatian,  etc.  Translated 
by  B.  P.  Pratten  [and  others].  (Ante-Nicene  Christian  Library,  3.) 
Edinburgh,  1867. 

Tertullian.  Adversus  Marcionem.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  2,  cols. 
239-526.  For  translation,  see:  The  Five  Books  of  Tertullianus 
against  Marcion.  Translated  by  Peter  Holmes.  (Ante-Nicene 
Christian  Library,  7.)  Edinburgh,  1868. 

.  Apologeticus  adversus  gentes  pro  Christianis.  See  Migne,  P.L., 


vol.  1,  cols.  257-536.  For  translation,  see:  The  Writings  of  Quin- 
tus  Septimus  Tertullianus.  Vol.  I.  Translated  by  S.  Thelwall. 
(Ante-Nicene  Christian  Library,  11.)  Edinburgh,  1869.  (Pp.  53- 
140.) 

.  De  baptismo.  See  Migne,  P.L.,  vol.  1,  cols.  1197-1224.  For 


translation,  see:  The  Writings  (as  above).  (Pp.  231-56.) 

Theodor  Bar-Kuni.  Inscriptions  mandaites  des  coups  de  Khouabir. 
Edited  by  H.  Pognon.  Paris,  1898-99.  3  parts  (consecutively  pagi- 
nated). 

298 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Theophilus  of  Antioch.  Ad  Autolycum.  See  Migne,  P.G.,  vol,  6, 
cols.  1023-1168. 

Thiele,  Georg.  Antike  Himmelsbilder.  Berlin,  1898. 

Thomas  Aquinas,  Saint.  Summa  contra  Gentiles.  Translated  by  the 
English  Dominican  Fathers.  London,  1924-29.  5  vols. 

.  Summa  theologica.  Translated  by  the  Fathers  of  the  English 


Dominican  Province.  London,  1911-22.  18  vols. 

Thomas  Aquinas,  pseud.  "Aurora,  sive  Aurea  hora."  In:  [H.  Con- 
deesyanus,  pseud.,  i.e.,  J.  Grasseus.]  Harmoniae  imperscrutabilis 
chymico-philosophicae,  sive  Philosophorum  antiquorum  consen- 
tientium  .  .  .  Decas  I  .  .  .  collectae  ab  H.C.D.  .  .  .  Decas  II 
.  .  .  collecta  studio  et  industria  Joannis  Rhenani,  M.  D.  Frank- 
furt a.  M.,  1625.  See  also  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  iv. 

Thorndike,  Lynn.  A  History  of  Magic  and  Experimental  Science. 
New  York,  1923-57.  8  vols. 

Titus  of  Bostra.  Adversus  Manichaeos  libri  HI.  See  Migne,  P.G., 
vol.  18,  cols.  1069-1256. 

"Tractatulus  Avicennae."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  ix. 

"Tractatus  Aristotelis.  .  .  ."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  vii;  Theatrum 
chemicum,  xx. 

"Tractatus  aureus."  See  (A)  Ars  chemica,  i;  Theatrum  chemicum, 
xvii. 

Turba  philosophorum.  See  Ruska,  Turba  Philosophorum;  (A)  Artis 
auriferae,  i;  Mangetus,  Bibliotheca  chemica,  ii;  Theatrum  chem- 
icum, xvii-a. 

Upanishads.  See:  The  Principal  Upanishads.  Translated  by  Sarva- 
palli  Radhakrishnan.  London,  1953. 

Usener,  Hermann.  Das  Weihnachtsfest.  2nd  edn.,  Bonn,  1911. 

[Vaughan,  Thomas.]  The  Works  of  Thomas  Vaughan:  Eugenius 
Philaletha.  Edited  by  A.  E.  Waite.  London,  1919. 

Vigenere,  Blaise  de.  See  (A)  Theatrum  chemicum,  xxi. 

Virolleaud,  Charles.  "Note  comple^mentaire  sur  le  poeme  de  Mot 
et  Alein,"  Syria  (Paris),  XII  (1931),  350-57. 

299 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


"La  Legende  de  Baal,  Dieu  des  Pheniciens,"  Revue  d 'etudes 


semitiques  (Paris),  C  (1935),  iii-xxi. 

"Visio  Arislei."  See  {A)  Artis  auriferae,  ii. 

Vital,  Hayim.  Shaare  Kedusha  ("The  Gates  of  Holiness").  (In  He- 
brew.) Jerusalem,  1926.  (Orig.,  Constantinople,  1731.) 

Vollers,  Karl.  "Chidher,"  Archiv  fiir  Religionswissenschaft  (Leip- 
zig), XII  (1909),  234-84. 

Wackerbarth,  Graf  August  Joseph  Ludwig  von.  Merkwiirdige  Ge- 
schichte  des  weltberilhrnten  Gog  und  Magog.  Hamburg,  1820. 

Waite,  Arthur  Edward.  Lives  of  Alchemystical  Philosophers.  Lon- 
don, 1888  (reprinted,  1955). 

(trans.).  The  Hermetic  Museum  Restored  and  Enlarged.  Lon- 


don, 1893.  2  vols.  (Original:  (A)  Musaeum  hermeticum.) 
.  See  also  Vaughan. 


Weiss,  Johannes.  The  History  of  Primitive  Christianity.  London, 
1937.  2  vols.  (Original:  Das  Urchristentum.  Gottingen,  1914-17.) 

White,  Victor,  O.P.  "Eranos,  1947,  1948."  In  his:  Dominican 
Studies.  Oxford,  1949.  2  vols.  (Vol.  II,  pp.  399-400.) 

Wickes,  Frances  Gillespy.  The  Inner  World  of  Man.  New  York 
and  London,  1950. 

Wilhelm,  Richard.  The  Secret  of  the  Golden  Flower.  With  a  Euro- 
pean commentary  by  C.  G.  Jung.  Translated  by  Cary  F.  Baynes. 
London  and  New  York,  1932. 

Wirth,  Albrecht.  Aus  orientalischen  Chroniken.  Frankfurt  a.  M., 
1894. 

Wischnitzer-Bernstein,  Rahel.  Symbole  und  Gestalten  der  jiid- 
ischen  Kunst.  Berlin,  1935. 

Wunsche,  August.  n'BWI  'TTtf '  or  Die  Leiden  des  Messias.  Leipzig, 
1870. 

Zohar,  The.  Translated  by  Harry  Sperling  and  Maurice  Simon.  Lon- 
don, 1931-34. 5  vols. 

Zosimus.  "Rosinus  ad  Sarratantam."  See  (A)  Artis  auriferae,  v. 

300 


INDEX 


INDEX 


In  entries  relating  to  the  books  of  the  Bible,  the  numbers  in  parentheses 
indicate  the  chapter  and  verse(s)  referred  to. 


Aaron,  107,  228 

abaissement  du  niveau  mental,  28, 

202 
Abarbanel,  Isaac,  74,  107 
Abba,  Rabbi,  80 
Abercius   inscription,   73,  89ft,    103, 

ablution,  187 

Abot  de  Rabbi  Nathan,  113ft 

Abraham,  59 

Abraham  ben  Hiyya,  Rabbi,  74 

Abu      Ma'shar/Abu     Mansor,     see 

Albumasar 
accentuation,    moral,    of    opposites, 

70 
acetum,  160;  see  also  vinegar 
Achamoth,  see  Sophia 
act  of  God,  25 
Acts  of  the  Apostles,  (2  :  3),   135ft; 

(7  :  43).  75";  (17  :  29>  30),  19m 
Acts  of  Thomas,  see  Thomas,  Acts 

of 
Adam,  199;  Adam/Eve  syzygy,  254; 
carries  Eve  with  him,  206;  Christ 
and,  39,  197,  232;  Eve's  birth 
from,  205/;  first  and  second,  37; 
higher,  197,  214,  232,  237,  240, 
248,  255;  — ,  and  lower,  227, 
233;  lower,  244,  255;  male/female, 
204;  mystic,  36;  original  man/ 
Anthropos/Archanthropos,  200, 
203,  208,  218ft;  relation  to  creator 
and  creatures,  189;  as  "rock,"  88, 
208;  second,  201,  204;  and  ser- 
pent, 233,  244/ 


Adamantius,  dialogue  of,  54*1 

Adamas  (arch-man),  208 

adamas  (steel),  161 

Adam  Scotus,  100/ 

adaptation,  weak,  and  emotion,  9 

Adar,  month  of,  119 

Adech,  213 

Adler,  Alfred,  165 

Adonis,  121,  199 

"Aenigmata     ex     Visione     Arislei," 

126,  12772,  137-38,  142 
Aeon:  Autopator  as,  191;  birth  from 

Kore,  104 
aeon,  Christian,  ix 
"aes  Hermetis,"  156 
Aesculapius,  serpent  of,   245ft 
affects,    9;    and   anima/animus,    16; 

feeling-tone,  33 
Africa,  96,  175 
agape,  90 
Agathodaimon,  186;  serpent  as,  188, 

230,  245ft 
ages,  two,  in  pseudo-Clement,  55 
aggregation,  states  of,  250/,  257 
dyvoia,  191 

ayvuxTia,    190-92,    193ft;   God's,    194 
Ailly,  Pierre  d',  75ft,  76ft,  77ft,  82, 

®3>  96>  97»  9%n>  99 

Aipolos,  216 

air,  249 

Akathriel,  60 

albedo,  148,  235 

Albertus  Magnus,  7772,  80ft,  87,  256 

Albigenses,  150 

Albumasar  (Ja'far  ibn  Muhammad 
[Abu  Ma'shar]  al-Balkhi),  75,  76- 
78ftft,  80ft,  95ft,  96,  97,  99 


303 


INDEX 


alchemy/alchemists,  89  et  passim; 
beginnings  of,  173;  Catharism 
and,  150;  Chinese,  264;  and 
Christ,  182;  Christ-image  in,  67; 
compensation  in,  124;  conjunction 
of  opposites  in,  40;  dragon  in, 
120;  eagle  in,  64/2;  fish  in,  126/f; 
Latin,  beginnings  of,  87;  motive 
of,  171;  and  natural  science,  176; 
Negroes  in,  210;  pagan  currents 
in,  176;  phenomenology  of  sym- 
bols in,  179;  physical  speculations 
of,  249/?;  quaternio  in,  232/f;  rise 
of,  150;  significance  of  matter  in, 
66;  and  "theoria,"  179;  uncon- 
scious in,  142 

Alciati,  Andrea,  158 

alcohol,  225 

alembics,  three,  241 

Alexandria,  89,   104,   15671 

Alexius  Comnenus,  148 

"Allegoriae  sapientum  supra  librum 
Turbae,"  126 

"Allegoriae  super  librum  Turbae," 
12571,  126,  12771 

allegories,  see  symbols 

Allenby,  Amy  Ingeborg,  26871 

Almaricus,  see  Amalric  of  Bene 

Amalric  of  Bene,  83 

ambivalence,     13;    of    fish    symbol, 

Ambrose,  St.,  88,  23572 

Amen,  206 

Amitabha  land,  vision  of,  15  m 

Amon,  78 

Amoraim,  8on 

Amos,  Book  of,  (5  :  26),  74/ 

Anacreon,  beaker  of,  211 

analogy  formation,  261 

analysis,  260 

anamnesis,  40,  180 

Andrew,  St.,  89 

androgyny,  of  Christ,  204,  205 

angels,  146,  195 

Angelus  Silesius,  206 

Anger,   Rudolph,  7471 

Ani,  Papyrus  of,  7672 


anima,  8,  10,  i%ff,  30/,  187,  266;  and 
Eros,  14;  feeling-value  of,  28; 
liberty  as,  30;  Miriam  as,  210, 
228;  novelists  and,  267;  personi- 
fication of  unconscious,  nn;  pos- 
session by,  23;  see  also  anima/ 
animus 

anima/animus:  appearance  of  con- 
tents, 19;  cannot  be  integrated, 
20;  effects  on  ego,  16/;  fear  of, 
33;  feeling-value  of,  28;  as  func- 
tions, 20;  positive  aspect,  268; 
recognition  of,  22,  267;  relation 
to  each  other,  15 

anima  Christiana,  36 

anima  mundi,  136,  142,  160,  198, 
242 

anima  rationalis,  38/,  21272 

anima  rerum,  157-5871 

animals,  helpful,  145,  186 

animosity,  16,  267 

animus,  8,  10,  14/f,  30/,  33,  266, 
267;  and  logos,  14,  16,  21;  posi- 
tive aspect  of,  16;  see  also  anima/ 
animus 

annunciation,  of  Christ-figure,  189 

Anthropos,  246,  247,  259;  Christ  as, 
204;  figures,  ix,  65,  204;  Gnostic, 
197/;  — ,  names  of,  189;  and 
Hermes,  230;  king  as,  198;  ser- 
pent/snake and,  232/;  symbol  for 
God,  195;  vessel  as  counterpart 
of,  242;  see  also  Adam;  Archan- 
thropos;  Man,  original;  Protan- 
thropos 

Anthropos  quaternio,  231,  233,  244, 

254 
Anthropus  primus,  Saturn  as,  197 
Antichrist,    ix,   36,    61,    62,    63,    94, 
106;  astrological  origin,  76;  astro- 
logical prediction  of,  99;  as  half 
archetype  of  self,  44;  as  King  of 
the  Jews,  7972,  107;  Nostradamus 
on,  101;  problem  of,  42/;  prophe- 
cies of,   109;   second,  96,   102;  as 
shadow  of  self,  42,  44 
antimimon  pneuma,  35,  42 

304 


INDEX 


Antony,  Mark,  144 

Anu,  124 

Apelles,  75 

Apep,  76 

Aphrodite,  21,   104,   112,  217 

Apocalypse,  ix,  36,  90,  105-6,  110; 
see  also  Revelation  of  St.  John 

apocatastasis,  40,  169,  259 

Apollo,  81,  252 

Apollonius  of  Tyana,  12672 

Apophis-serpent,  230 

apperception,  169 

aqua,  160;  abyssi,  215;  doctrinae, 
159,  180,  185,  187,  188,  215,  241; 
permanens,  88,  150,  158,  18772, 
235,  23971,  241;  roris  nostri,  158 

Aquarius  (£?),  82,  87,  91,  92,  93 

Aquilo,  100,  125 

Arab  tradition,  fish  in,  123 

Aratus,  9272 

arcane  substance/araz/iwm,  152,  157, 
159,  160,  163,  18771;  artifex  as, 
155;  fishes  as,  150;  healing  power 
of,  180;  called  lapis,  236;  mag- 
nesia as,  156;  in  man  and  with- 
out,  162;  refers  to  self,   145 

Archanthropos,  197,  203,  209;  see 
also  Adam\  Anthropos;  Man,  or- 
iginal; Protanthropos 

Archegonos,  20172 

archetic  appetite,  133,  134 

archetype(s),  8,  16/,  et  passim;  in 
art  history,  68;  assimilation  of, 
222;  autonomous  factors,  21;  de- 
notes completeness,  68;  good  and 
bad  effects  of,  267;  image  of  in- 
stinct, 179;  numinosity  of,  18472, 
196;  self  as,  167,  169;  of  the  Spirit, 
85;  totality  of,  196;  unconscious 
organizers  of  our  ideas,  179;  see 
also  anima;  animus;  brothers, 
hostile;  Christ;  God-man;  mar- 
riage quaternio;  mother,  chthon- 
ic;  mother-son  marriage;  Re- 
deemer; self;  shadow;  spirit  of 
gravity;  wholeness;  wise  old  man 

Archeus,  13372,  213 


archon(s):  Christ  and,  65;  demiurge, 
190;  of  future/this  Aeon,  254; 
Gnostic,  57,  230;  Ialdabaoth,  75, 
208;  Sabaoth,  76 

argument,  animus  and,  15 

Aries  (f),  7472,  82,  9072,  98,  103; 
see  also  Ram 

Arisleus,  143;  vision  of,  13072;  — , 
see  also  "Aenigmata  ex  Visione 
Arislei" 

"Aristoteles  de  perfecto  Magisterio," 
156 

Aristotle,  51 

Armilus,  107 

Ars  chemica,  18772 

art,  history  of,  archetype  in,  68 

Artefius,  13272 

Artis  aurijerae,  12672,  130/2,  19772, 
23872,  24072,  24172 

"as  if,"  203 

ascendent,  8272,  148 

ascension,  65 

Ascension  of  Isaiah,  57 

aspersion,  187 

ass,  75/ 

assimilation,  189;  ego/self,  24/;  by 
projection-making  factor,  24 

Assumptio  Mariae,  see  Mary 

assumptions,  15 

Astarte,  112 

astrology,  262;  Fishes  in,  111;  Ori- 
ental, 93;  Saturn  in,  75/f 

Atargatis,  73,  104,  111,  112,  121 

atheism,  109 

Athens:  Little  Metropolis,  91;  St. 
Paul  and,  176,   191 

atman,  32,  69,  144,  167,  194,  222 

atom,  237,  242,  249,  260 

attention,  24 

Attis,  213,  21777;  as  Ichthys,  15272; 
"holy  shepherd,"  8972;  polymor- 
phous, 199;  Shepherd  and,  103 

Augurellus,  Joannes  Aurelius,  23271 

Augustine,  St.,  38-40^7172,  46,  49-51, 
52,  7272,  7971,  80,  9072,  100,  113, 
120,  147,  158,  182 

Augustus,  144 


305 


INDEX 


Aurelia  occulta,  18771 

Aurora  consurgens,  88tj,  156/1,  22071, 
23872,  239n>  H1 

aurum  nostrum,  127 

Authades,  19771 

authority,  inner,  25-26 

autism,  9 

autoerotism,  projections  and,  9 

Autogenes,  19771 

autonomy:  of  anima/animus,  20,  28; 
of  archetypes,  21;  of  character- 
istics of  shadow,  8 

Autopator,  190/ 

Autun,  89 

avatar,  176 

Aztecs,  144 


B 


Baal,  119 

Baba  Bathra,  see  Talmud 

Baba  Kamma,  see  Talmud 

Babylon,  121 

Babylonian  tradition,  124 

Bacchus,  199 

Bacon,  Roger,  87,  97,  256 

Bactria,  74 

Bahman  Yast,  108 

Balaam,  59,  117 

Balak,  59 

baptism,  89,  90,  1  88;  see  also  font 

Barabbas,  91 

barbel,  122 

Barbelo,  195,  19771;  Barbelo-Gnosis, 

19671,  19771 
Bardesanes,  54 

Bar-Kuni,  see  Theodor  Bar-Kuni 
Baruch,    Apocalypse    of,    115,    116, 

118 
Basil  the  Great,  St.,  46-48,  82,  129 
Basilides/Basilidians,   64,   66,    18571, 

190,  230,  23472,  269 
Basilius  (Bogomil  bishop),  148 
bath  kol,  106 
Baubo,  chthonic,  13 
Bauer,  Walter,  21371 


bear,  as  symbol,  226 

Bear,  Great,  see  Great  Bear 

Beasts,  Lady  of  the,  116 

Beatus,  Giorgius,  18771 

beetle,  226 

Beghards,  84,  150 

Beguins,  150 

Behemoth,  11571,  118,  120,  121,  123, 

14771;  battle  with  Leviathan,  80, 

118;  eucharistic  food,  116 
being,  in  God,  193 
Belinus,  12671 
beloved,  12,  13 
Benat  na'sh,  124 
Benedict,  St.,  82-83,  85 
Benoist,  Jean,  145 
Berakoth,  see  Talmud 
Bereshith  Rabba(ti),  5972,  106 
Bernard  of  Clairvaux,  St.,  125 
Bernardus  Trevisanus,   143,  23971 
Berthelot,     Marcellin,     6571,     12771, 

14371,  15671,  15971,  23871,  26472 
Bethlehem,  106 
Bible,  Protestants  and,  178 
bin,  121 
bird(s):   allegory  of  Christ,  72;  two 

fighting,    150;    white    and    black, 

226 
body,  64-65;  in  Basilides,  66 
body/spirit  triads,  55 
Bogomils,  58,  147,  150 
Bohme,  Jakob,  61,  125,  171,  25271 
Boll,    Franz    Johannes,    8172,    9072, 

9172,  10472,  105 
Bouch£-Leclercq,  Auguste,  7572,  7672, 

8 172,    10472,    11272 

Bousset,   Wilhelm,   7572,   10872,   109, 

19772,  19872,  2o8n,  21972,  22072 

Brahe,  Tycho,  8172 

brahman,  222 

"Bread  through  God,"  84 

breasts,  Christ's,  205 

Brethren  of  the  Free  Spirit,  84,  150 

brh,  119 

Brihaddranyaka  Upanishad,  223 

Brimos,  217 

brother-sister  pair,  31,  210 


306 


INDEX 


brothers,  hostile,  Son,  81,  87,   254; 

monsters  as,  119 
Brugsch,  Heinrich,  207/2 
Buddha,  symbol  for  God,  195 
Buddhism,   136;  and  yoga,   176;  see 

also  Zen 
Budge,   Ernest  Alfred  Wallis,  88/1, 

122/2.,    123,    207n 

bull:  Behemoth  as,  120;  Mithras 
and,  124;  one-horned,  199;  as 
symbol,  226 

Bundahish,  246/1 


Cabala/cabalism/cabalists,     58,     61, 

125,  173,  218/2,  268 
Cabiros/Cabiri,  201,  212 
Cabrol,     Fernand,     and     Leclercq, 

Henri,  89/1 
Caesarius  of  Heisterbach,  239/1 
calendar,  revolutionary,  98 
Caligula,  144 
Campbell,  Colin,  198 
Cana,  miracle  of,  211 
Canopic  jars,  122 
Canticles,  see  Song  of  Solomon 
Capricorn   (y$)  ,92,  111 
caput  corvi,  210 
carbon-nitrogen  cycle,  260 
Carcassonne,  145 

Cardan,  Jerome,  76/2,  77/1,  82,  95/2 
Carthage,  121 
Cams,  Paul,  6 
Cassino,  Monte,  83 
castle,  as  symbol,  224 
Castor,  81 
cat,  black,  30 
Cathari/Cathars,  58,  83,   146^;  and 

alchemy,  150 
causation,  psychological,  62 
causes,  165 

Caussin,  Nicholas,  128,  192 
Celsus,  75 
centre,    224;    in    alchemy,    169;    in 

man,  and  God-image,  171;  in  one- 


self and  environment,  170;  in 
Plotinus,  219;  psychic  and  al- 
chemical, 171 

cerebellum,  "Son"  and,  186 

cerebrum,   "Father"   and,   186 

Chaldaeans,  111 

chalybs,  132 

chaos,  79,  148,  155,  194,  234,  236- 
37;  and  cosmos,  32;  magnesia  as, 
156;  see  also  massa  confusa 

Charles,  R.  H.,  115/2,  118/2,  147/2 

Chartier,  Jean,  139/2 

chemical    processes,    alchemy    and, 

157 
cherub/cherubim,  123,  241 
child:   divine,  31;  symbol  for  God, 

195 

China:  circular  opus  in,  264; 
dragon  symbolism  in,  245;  re- 
ligions of,  70 

"chirographum,"  230  &  n 

Chiun,  74,  75/2 

choice:  four  elements  and,  56;  free, 

5 
Christ,  32,  255;  and  age  of  fishes, 
92,  114;  as  Anthropos,  204;  and 
Antichrist,  61,  115;  archetype  of 
self,  37;  —  of  wholeness,  x,  40; 
assimilation  into  psyche,  221; 
attributes  of,  and  self,  44;  as 
avatar  of  Vishnu,  176;  childhood 
of,  103;  common  symbols  with 
devil,  72;  and  contents  of  uncon- 
scious, 181;  death  of,  35;  descent 
into  hell,  39;  dualistic  aspects, 
111;  both  ego  and  self,  110;  as 
fish,  see  fish(es);  and  horoscope, 
136-37;  horoscopes  of,  77/2;  hu- 
man soul  of,  39;  as  inner  man, 
203;  as  king  and  priest,  39,  147; 
lamb  and,  105-6;  male /female, 
205;  and  Mary,  in  Gnostic  legend, 
202;  as  new  aeon,  90;  the  perfect 
man,  69;  pre-existent,  148;  as 
quaternion  of  opposites,  63;  as 
rock,  88;  scriptural  symbols  of, 
221;  second,  65;  and  self,  parallel, 


307 


INDEX 


Christ  (cont.):  pseudo-Clement,    see    Clementine 

42,    44;    and    serpent,    186,    232;  Homilies 

and  shadow,  4m,  110;  spouse  of  Clementine    Homilies,    54/f,    10m, 

the   Church,    21;    subjective   par-  19271,  254 

allel  of,  182;  symbol  for  God,  195;  cloud,  155 

—  of  self,  36/f,  62n;  synoptic  and  Cnidaria,  128 

Johannine,  72;  transfiguration  of,  Codex  Ashburnham  1166,  232 

i22n;     "uncomeliness"     of,     140;  cognition,  61,  69 

"within,"  183;  as  younger  son  of  collective  unconscious,  7,   164,  223, 

God,    57,    147;    see    also    Adam;  234;  archetypes  and,  8;  autonomy 


androgyny;  Ichthys 

Christ-figure:  annunciation  of,  189; 
significance  of,   203-4 

Christ-image:  anthropomorphic,  67; 
perfection  of,  68-69 

Christensen,  Arthur,  7772,  24671 

Christian  doctrine:  and  nature,  173; 
and  the  psyche,  174 

Christianity:  astrological  origin,  76; 
divine  syzygy  in,  21;  Germanic 
acceptance  of,  175;  myths  under- 
lying, 179;  place  in  Western  life, 

175 
Christmas  Eve,  111 
Chronos,  139 

chthonic  world,  shadow  and,  34 
Church:   as  Bride  of  Christ/Lamb, 
21,  204;  as  female,  2  in;  in  mod- 
ern world,    176;  soul  as,   206;   as 
symbol,  224 
Chwolsohn,  Daniel,  75^  ig7n 
cinedian  fish/stone,  138-39 
circle(s):     character    of    wholeness, 
224n;  God  as,  153;  magic,  32;  in 
Maier,    264;    soul    as,    219;    and 


of,  20;  dogma  and,  174-75;  and 
mythology,  179 

Collesson,  Johannes,  160,  162 

collision,  of  conscious  and  uncon- 
scious, 194 

colly  Hum,  127 

Colossians,  Epistle  to  the,  (2  :  14), 
23on 

commissure,  93,  148 

compass,   134 

Compendium  theologicae  veritatis, 
Son 

compensation:  function  of  uncon- 
scious, 20;  in  man  and  woman,  14 

completeness:  and  perfection,  68, 
69,  111;  voluntary,  70;  see  also 
wholeness 

complexio  oppositorum,  6m,  225, 
267;  see  also  coniunctio  opposi- 
torum 

compulsion,  140;  c.  neurosis,  10 

concept,  33;  merely  a  name,  32; 
metaphysical,  34 

Concorricci,  83,   14671 

concupiscentia,  112,  129 


square /squaring  of,    224-25,    239,       confusion,  194 

241,    264;    squared,    of   self,    204;       coniunctio,  of  Adam  and  Eve,  206 


symbols,   194;  —  of  God,  195;  — , 

self  in,  190 
circumambulation,   224 
citrinitas,  127 
city:  heavenly,  37;  in  Oxyrhynchus 

sayings,  145;  as  symbol,  224 
Clement   of   Alexandria,    22,    H3n, 

121,  222,  234n 
Clement    of    Rome,     125;     Second 

Epistle   to   Corinthians,   2 in;  for 


coniunctio(nes)   maxima(e),   82,   96, 

97,  98,  111 
coniunctio    oppositorum,    31,     152, 

159,   167,  268;  see  also  opposites, 

conjunction  of 
conscientiousness,  24 
consciousness:    in    Autopator,    191; 

broadening    of,    and    opus,    148; 

cannot  comprehend  whole,    110- 

11;    and    causes    and    ends,    165; 


308 


INDEX 


differentiation  of,  191;  and  dis- 
crimination, 260;  ego  and,  3,  24; 
ego  as  subjective,  164;  founded 
on  unconsciousness,  30;  God- 
image  and,  194;  limits  of  its  field, 
3;  monsters  and  development  of, 
18 1;  myths  and  coming  of,  148; 
relation  of  unconscious  manifes- 
tations to,  225;  and  splitting  of 
Original  Man,  204;  threshold  of, 
4;  see  also  ego 

consensus  omnium  j  consensus  gen- 
eralis,  29,  30,  47,  178 

constellations,  29 

consummation  of  universe,  254 

conversion,  40 

copulation,  206;  self-,  207 

coral,   12571 

Corinthians,  First  Epistle  to,  (5  :  2), 
23^;  (10  :  4),  88;  (10  :  16),  11571; 
(15  :  47),  3972;  Second  Epistle  to 
(Clement  of  Rome),  2in 

Cornarius,  191 

corpus  mysticum,  32 

correspondence:  in  opus  alchemi- 
cum,  262;  principle  of,  258;  see 
also  synchronicity 

cortex,  127,  137-38 

corybants,    2 1 1 

Corybas,  see  Korybas 

cosmos,  and  chaos,  32;  see  also 
chaos 

Cramer,  H.,  21371 

crazes,  169 

creation:  Heliopolitan  story  of,  207; 
and  opus,  148;  of  world  by  devil, 
146 

creator:  as  dreaming,  192;  Gnostic 
symbols  for,  196 

creed,  174,  179 

crocodile,  244 

cross,  6572,  182,  189;  as  quaternity 
symbol,  204,  224;  and  snake,  7872; 
as  symbol  of  God,  195 

crucifixion,  69,  70;  punishment  for 
slaves,  7871 

crystal,  224 


culture  hero,  Christ  as,  36 
Cumont,  Franz,  gin,  11571,  121 
Curetes,  211 
Cybele,  121 
Cyprian,   St.,    11 272 
Cyranides,  138 


Dactyls,  212 

Dagon,  11572,  121 

daimon(ion),  27,  199,  226 

Damdad-Nashk,   24672 

damnation,  eternal,  6in 

Daniel,  Book  of,  74;  (2  :  34), 
20872;  (2  :  35),  20972;  (2  :  45),  8872; 
(3;24/)>  199;  (3:25),  12372; 
(11  :  36/f),  3672 

Dardaris,  50 

daughter,  12;  and  father,  14,  16 

David,  79 

dawn-state,  148 

dealbatio,  148 

Dee,  John,  221 

Degenhardus,  139 

De  Gubernatis,  Angelo,  114 

"De  igne  et  sale,"  13272 

deliberation,  16 

Demeter,  12 

demiurge,  110,  230;  Basilidian,  190; 
devil  as,  150,  232;  Esaldaios,  208; 
Gnostic,  150,  196,  197-98;  igno- 
rant, myth  of,  189;  Satanael  as, 
147-48;  son  of,   190 

Democritus  (alchemist),   14372,  159 

Denderah,  7672,  91 

Denzinger,  Heinrich,  and  Bann- 
wart,  Klemens,  5272,  8372,  25372 

Derceto,  73,  104,  111 

descensus  ad  inferos,  39 

Deus  absconditus,  135 

Deussen,  Paul,  15272 

Deuteronomy,         (32  :  17),         107; 

(32  :  39).  55 
devaluation,  of  sexuality,  226 


309 


INDEX 


devil:  as  Adversary,  42;  his  body 
of  fire,  132^;  in  Christian  dogma, 
124;  counterpart  of  God,  61;  as 
demiurge,  150,  232;  and  evil,  48; 
fourth  person,  208;  God  ruling 
world  through,  254;  in  Joachim 
of  Flora,  86;  Origen  and  fate  of, 
110;  in  Protestantism,  41;  serpent 
as,  188,  230;  symbols,  in  common 
with  Christ,  72;  world  created  by, 
146;  see  also  Satan 

dharma,  21771 

Didymus  of  Alexandria,  235/1 

Dieterich,  Albrecht,  89,   124ft 

dilemma,  of  one  and  three,  195, 
224,  225 

din,  58 

Diodoros  (Megarian  philosopher), 
76ft 

Diodorus,  76 

Dionysius  the  Areopagite,  46,  49,  51 

Dionysus,  81,  158 

Diorphos,  121 

Dioscorides,  156ft 

Dioscorus,  159ft 

Dioscuri,  81 

Diotima,   27 

discrimination,  121,  258,  260;  of  the 
natures,  79 

distillation,  circular,  265 

disturbance,  symptoms  of,   29 

divisio,  168,   187;  see  also  separatio 

doctrinairism,  86 

doctrine,  Christian,  see  Christian 
doctrine 

Doelger,  Franz  Josef,  73,  89,  113ft, 
114ft,  J15>  J2i 

dog,  150 

dogma(s),  169,  174-75;  barbarian 
peoples  and,  175;  "belief"  in,  178; 
believers  and,  178ft;  drift  from, 
179;  prejudice  against,  175;  rea- 
son for  insistence  on,  179;  and 
"sacred  history,"  179;  see  also 
doctrine 

Dominican  order,  83 

Domitian,  110 


Dorn,  Gerhard,  157,  159,  160-64, 
166,  169-71,  174,  181,  187ft,  197^, 
220,  221ft,  239,  264 

dove,  115ft,  *39»  *97 

Dozy,  Reinhart,  and  de  Goeje, 
M.  J.,  75ft 

drachates  j  draconites  /  dracontias, 
138,  139,  140 

draconite,  see  drachates 

Dragomanov,  M.,  147ft 

dragon,  155,  197;  in  China,  245; 
head  of,  100;  and  snake,  233ft, 
244;  stone  of,  138/;  winged  and 
wingless,  120;  and  woman,  12, 
103-4;  see  also  snake 

dream-analysis,  203 

dreams,  25,  30,  35,  142,  223,  243; 
anima/animus  in,  19;  childhood, 
190;  of  disoriented  student,  134; 
fire  in,  137ft;  °f  fishes,  151-52; 
image  of  self  in,  67;  instinctual 
foundation  of,  203ft;  mandalas  in, 
31;  of  Passion  play  and  snake, 
78ft;  quaternary  symbols  in,  132ft; 
shadow  in,  120;  symbolism  in, 
202 

Drews,  Arthur,  90ft 

dualism:  in  archetypal  self,  42;  in 
Christ-figure,  111;  God's  human- 
ity and,  110;  Manichaean,  49,  55, 
57ft,  58,  61,  269 

duality:  man's,  255;  symbol  for 
God,   195 

du  Cange,  Charles,  128ft,  138ft,  154ft 

"Duodecim  portarum  axiomata  phi- 
losophica,"  131ft 

"Duodecim  tractatus,"  156ft,  158 

duty,  conflicts  of,  25,  45 

dyad,  194 

Dyophysites,  110 


Ea,  121 

eagle,  64,  72,  120 


310 


INDEX 


earth,  264 

East,  Philosophical,  132 

Ebionites,  44,  81,  147,  197 

Ecclesiasticus  (9 :  i8[25]),  1$5> 
(48:  1),  129 

echeneis,  140-42,  144,  145,  154-55 

echinus,  see  echeneis 

Eckhart,  Meister,  87,  135,  189,  193- 
94,206,219 

ecliptic,  93,  124 

Eden,  225,  234;  see  also  Paradise 

education,  modern,  and  dissocia- 
tion, 181 

egg,  220/2,  2397* 

ego,  190;  acquired  during  lifetime, 
5;  approximation  to  self,  23; 
archetypes  and,  8;  as  centre  of 
personality,  6;  Christ's  corre- 
spondence to,  110;  complex  na- 
ture of,  3;  conscious  and  uncon- 
scious in,  4;  dependence  on 
unconscious,  7;  effects  of  anima/ 
animus  on,  16;  exponent  of  self, 
223;  individuality  of,  6;  inflation 
of,  23-24;  its  knowledge  of  itself, 
163-64;  and  metaphysical  ideas, 
34;  not  coincident  with  conscious 
personality,  4;  overpowering  of, 
23;  perplexity  of,  189;  relative 
abolition  of,  45;  somatic  and  psy- 
chic bases  of,  3,  4;  subjective  con- 
sciousness, 164;  subordinate  to 
self,  5;  as  total  consciousness,  5; 
what  it  is,  3;  see  also  assimilation; 
personality 

ego-consciousness:  differentiation 
from  unconscious,  24;  and  psyche, 
164;  shadow  and,  28 

Egypt,  209/2;  fish-cult  in,  121;  flight 
of  Christ  to,  103;  and  Israel,  com- 
mon symbols,  123;  Jews  in,  78; 
slaying  of  firstborn  in,  58/1 

eidos,  34 

eight,  224 


Eisler,  Robert,  90/2,  gin,  10311,  104/2, 
116/2,  12m 

Eleazar,  Abraham,  131 

electron,  187/1 

elements,  four,  251,  254,  264/,  Plate 
I;  contained  in  lapis,  166,  237  8c 
n;  hate  and  love  of,  17;  quaternity 
of,  86,  197/2;  as  stages  of  fire,  249 

elephant,  226 

Elephantine,  121 

Eleusis:  mysteries  of,  217;  priests  of, 
217/2 

Elias,  106,  122/2 

elixir  vitae,  127,  180 

Elogabal,  89/2 

Elysian  Fields,  30 

Emmaus,  113 

emotion:  not  an  activity,  9;  and  the 
shadow,  8-9 

emotionality,  female,  55 

Empedocles,  17 

enantiodromia,  ix,  43,  93,  95,  102, 
108,  149,  225,  258 

ends,  165 

energy,  251 

enkekalymmenos,  18 

Enlightenment,  the,  43,  150 

hvoia,  191,  197/2;  see  also  conscious- 
ness 

"Entkrist,"  101 

Enurna  Elish,  124 

environment:  influence  of,  21;  pro- 
jections and,  9-10 

Ephesians,  Epistle  to  the:  (3  :  18), 
88/2;  (4  :  23),   193/2;  (5  :  14),  208 

Ephrem  the  Syrian,  St.,  140 

Epictetus,  213/2 

Epidaurus,  188 

Epiphanius,  44/2,  57,  66,  72/2,  76/2, 
81/2,88,  104,  114,  147,  159/2,  190/2, 
197,  202,  208/ 

Epiphany,  104 

epiphenomenon,  psyche  as,  174 

equation,  quaternio  as,  257/^ 

equinoctial  point,  77^/2 

Erman,  Adolf,  78 


31 


INDEX 


Eros,  11,  12,  19;  anima  and,  14,  16, 

21;  a  mighty  daimon,  27 
Esaldaios,   197;  "the  fourth,"  208 
eschatological  state,  169 
eschatology,  in  New  Testament,  36 
Esdras    II,     12m;    (6:49/7),     14772; 

(13  :  2ff),    120;    (13  :  25),    11572 
"Ethiopian  woman,"  228,  251,  252 
Ethiopians,  210 
Eubulides,  i8n 
eucharist,  fish  and,   113,   11572,  121, 

152 

eucharistic:  act  of  integration,  144; 
feast,  of  Ophites,  188;  food,  Levi- 
athan as,  119/ 

Eucherius,  7272,  100 

Euchites,  44,  148 

Euphrates,  104,  184-85,  199/,  211, 
225,  235,  251,  252 

Euthymios  Zigabenos,  148 

evangelists,  four,  36,  195;  symbols 
of,  123 

Eve,  204,  205/,  206,  235;  see  also 
Adam 

Everlasting  Gospel,  see  Gospel 

evil,  41,  46/f;  absolute,  10;  anima/ 
animus  and,  267;  Christianity 
and,  109;  and  disposition  of  soul, 
61;  Gnostics  and,  230;  and  good, 
44-4572,  46/7,  267;  and  the  north, 
124;  principle  of,  as  creator,  256; 
shadow  and,  266-67;  see  also 
privatio  boni 

evolution,  180 

exallatio,  of  Aphrodite,  112 

exaltation,    15672 

Exodus,  Book  of:  (2  :  4ff),  210; 
(12:22),  58;  (15:6),  59; 
(15  :  20/),     210;     (18  :  27),     22972; 

(33  =  5)»  58 

experience:  intersexual,  21/?;  sen- 
sory and  immediate,  3 

extrasensory  perception,   18472 

eyes,  seven,  10572 

Ezekiel,  101,  10572,  124,  132,  195, 
241;  (1  :  22),  123;  (1  :  26),  123 

3 


factors:  causal  and  final,  of  psychic 
existence,  165;  see  also  subjective 
factor 

fairytales,  149,  169,  180 

faith:  is  absolute,  174;  crumbling 
away  of  content,  178;  and  dogma, 
178;  rift  from  knowledge,  173/ 

Fall,  the,  37,  39 

Fallopius,  Gabriel,  158 

Fanianus,  Joannes  Chrysippus,   157 

Farnese  Atlas  (Naples),  91 

father:  and  daughter,  14;  demiurge 
as,  190;  in  female  argumentation, 
15;  God  as,  193;  idea  of,  18/;  in 
Moses  quaternio,  227;  "signs  of 
the,"  190;  as  unconscious,  191 

father-animus,  210 

father-mother,  symbol  for  God,  195 

fear,  of  unconscious,  33 

feeling,  31,   178;  function  of  value, 

32 
feeling-tones,  28,  33;  subjective  and 

objective,  29 
feeling-value,  28,  31 
female,  see  male  and  female 
femininity,  man's,  2in 
Ferguson,  John,  13372 
"Fidelissima    et   jucunda   instructio 

de  arbore  solari,"  14072,  154 
Fierz-David,  Hans  Eduard,  25171 
Fierz-David,  Linda,  1372 
fifth,  the,  225 

filius  macrocosmi,  66,  127,  155,  237 
fdius  philosophorum,  66,    127,   155, 

213 
fire,  101,  264;  in  alchemy,  130^,  252; 

as     dream-symbol,     13272,     13772; 

four   aspects   of,    132,   249/f;   and 

water,  225 
firmament,  164 

Firmicus  Maternus,  Julius,  88 
firstborn,  slaying  of  the,  5872 
fish(es):    189,  244;   aeon  of  the,  62; 

allegory  of  the  damned,   122;   in 

Arab  tradition,   123;  assimilation 


12 


INDEX 


of  Christ-figure,  182;  Atargatis 
cult  and,  121;  bad  qualities  of, 
112;  beneath  the  earth,  145; 
Christ  and,  92,  113,  120;  Christ 
and  age  of,  92,  111;  and  Christ  as 
Ichthys,  115;  Christian  significance 
of,  114;  direction  of,  91;  "drawn 
from  the  deep,"  7gn,  120;  eaten 
by  Christ,  12m;  and  fire,  135-36; 
golden,  dream  of,  151-52;  great, 
as  shadow  of  God,  119;  — ,  split- 
ting of,  119;  historical  significance 
of,  103/f;  in  Jewish  symbolism, 
115,  121;  Lambspringk's  symbol 
of  reversed,  150;  and  Leviathan, 
120;  miraculous  draught  of,  89; 
as  mother  and  son,  111,  114; 
originally  one,  111;  pagan  sym- 
bolism, 115/;  Platonic  month  of, 
ix,  149;  in  primitive  Christianity, 
188;  "round,"  127/f,  137-38,  140, 
144;  as  ruling  powers,  147,  149;  as 
sepulchral  symbol,  115;  and  ser- 
pent, 186;  sign  (K)  of  the,  72/f, 
91;  — ,  a  double  sign,  111;  — , 
twelfth,  of  zodiac,  118;  Southern, 
n in,  112;  symbol,  ambivalence 
of,  n8#;  -,  of  Christ,  67,  72/?, 
89;  — ,  in  Eastern  religions,  73; 
— ,  of  love  and  religion,  129;  — , 
of  self,  226;  — ,  of  soul,  122;  sym- 
bolism of,  and  self,  183;  yoked, 
145,  147,  148-49;  zodiacal,  in 
Lambspringk,  145 

fish-deities,  Semitic,  121 

fisherman,   112 

fish-glue,  127/1 

five,  224 

fixation,  168 

Flaccianus,  72*2 

flatus  vocis,  32 

"flesh,"  the,  233 

flood,  god  who  dwells  in,  211 

flower,  as  symbol  of  self,  226 

Fludd,   Robert,   26271 

Fomalhaut,    11  in,    112 

font,   baptismal,   73 


formlessness,  66 

four,  see  elements  s.v.  four 

"fourth,"  the,  184,  252 

Franciscan  order,  83 

Franz,  Marie-Louise  von,  ix,  88n, 
2  ion, 22on, 262n 

Free  Spirit:  Brethren  of  the,  84, 
150;  and  Eckhart,  194 

freedom:  of  ego,  limited,  7;  moral, 
26;  subjective  feeling  of,  5 

French  Revolution,  43,  98,  233 

Freud,  Sigmund,  165,  20371;  sexual- 
istic  approach  to  psyche,  226 

frivolity,  and  evil,  61-62 

Frobenius,  Leo,  11  in 

fructificatio,  83 

functions:  anima/animus  as,  20; 
differentiated  and  undifferenti- 
ated, 195;  four,  of  consciousness, 
258,  259;  quaternity  of,  196;  ra- 
tional, 28;  reflex,  233;  sensory, 
rivers  as,  199;  and  space-time 
quaternio,  253 


Gaedechens,  Rudolf,  9m 

Galileo,  34 

gall,  fish's,  137 

Gamaliel  the  Elder,  ii3n 

Gamow,  George,  26on 

garbha  griha,  2i^n 

Gargaros,  2o6n 

Garnerius,   100,   125ft 

gate,  narrow,  200 

Gayomart,  246 

Gehenna,  fire  of,  131 

Gemini  (X),  77,  8on,  81,  83n 

Genesis,  Book  of,  204,  235;  (1  :  2), 
148,  237;  (1  :  7),  i84n;  (18  :  23), 
59;   (28  :  17),  21472;  (44  :  5),   21m 

Genesis,  Johannine,  80 

"genius,"  man's,  45 

geomancy,  261 

Gerard  of  Borgo  San  Donnino,  82 

Gerhardt,  Oswald,  74n,  75n,  77 

Germanic  peoples,  175 


313 


INDEX 


Geryon,  211 

Gihon,  199,  225,  235 

"Gloria  mundi,"  8872,  130 

Gnosticism/Gnostics,  58,  93,  181, 
192,  196/f,  269;  and  alchemy,  173, 
232;  Christ-figure  in,  203;  and 
demiurge,  15072;  Eckhart  and, 
194;  and  evil,  41,  46,  109/;  and 
Holy  Ghost,  86;  and  magnetism, 
154;  and  psyche,  174;  as  psycholo- 
gists, 222;  quaternio  among, 
242/f,  254/f;  and  symbols  of  self, 
184/f;  and  unconscious,  190-91; 
and  water,  159/2 

god:  dying,  206;  "earthly,"  Mercu- 
rius  as,  232 

God:  absolute,  143;  of  Basilidians, 
190;  fish  as  shadow  of,  119;  and 
man,  affinity,  209;  in  Old  and 
New  Testaments,  192;  pneuma 
and  soma  in,  254;  quaternary 
view  of,  25372;  symbols  for,  195; 
threefold  sonship,  64;  two  sons  of, 
147;  union  of  natures  in,  110; 
will  of,  26/;  without  conscious- 
ness, 192;  of  wrath  and  of  love, 
192 

God-eating,  144 

Godhead:  in  Eckhart,  193;  Second 
Person  of,   196;  unconscious,   193 

God-image:  alchemy  and,  125; 
anthropomorphic,  55,  67;  centre 
as,  219;  in  Christ  and  man,  38; 
Christian  doctrine  as  expressing, 
174;  an  experience,  194;  human 
element  in,  121;  incomplete,  120; 
reformation  of,  40;  results  of  de- 
struction of,  109;  self  as,  63,  109; 
and  transcendent  centre  in  man, 
171;  transformations  of,  and 
changes  in  consciousness,  194; 
and  wholeness,  198;  Yahwistic, 
58;  see  also  Imago  Dei 

God-man,  archetype,  181-82 

"gods":  anima/animus  as,  21;  ithy- 
phallic,  211;  theriomorphic  at- 
tributes of,  29 


goddess,  heavenly,  13 
Goethe,  J.  W.  von,  208,  234 
Gog  and  Magog,  79,  8072,  107 
gold,  in  alchemy,  264 
good  and  evil,  see  evil 
Goodenough,   Erwin   R.,   7372,  9072, 

11372,   11572,    117,    12072,   12272,   14572 

Gospel,  Everlasting,  82,  85,  88 
gospels:  miraculous  element  in,  177; 

synoptic,  93 
grace:      divine,      129;      restoration 

through,  39;  state  of,  34 
grape,  200 

Grasseus,  Johannes,  139 
Gratarolus,  Gulielmus,   14672,  23272 
gravity,  spirit  of,  11672 
Great  Bear,  123,  124 
Great  Mother(s),  8972,  112,  199,  210 
green /greenness,  30,  245 
Gregory  the  Great,  St.,   101,   20572, 

20672 
Grenfell,  B.  P.,  and  Hunt,  A.  S.,  3771 
ground,  universal,  195,  200;  Gnostic 

symbols  for,  196/? 
Guignebert,  Charles,  21372 
gyne  (woman),  10472 


H 


Habakkuk,  Book  of,  (2  :  3),  60 

Haggard,  H.  Rider,  26772 

Hahn,  Christoph  Ulrich,  84,   14572, 

14672 
Haly,  23972 

Hanan  ben  Tahlifa,  Rabbi,  8072 
handwriting,  230 
Hapi,  123 

Harnack,  Adolf,  5472,  25472 
Harran,  126 
Hartmann,  E.  von,  6 
Hathor,  Temple  of,  91 
heaven(s),     155;     in     Ascension     of 

Isaiah,   57;    four   pillars   of,    123; 

iron    plate    in,    122-23;    kingdom 

of,   145;   lapis  in,    170;   northern, 


23 


314 


INDEX 


Heb-Sed  festival,  198 

Hecate,  21 

Heidegger,  Johann  Heinrich,  7671 

Heimarmene,  9371,  137/1 

Helen  (Selene),  21 

Helen  (in  Simon  Magus),  19771 

Heliogabalus,  8971 

hell,  135;  St.  Basil  on,  129;  eternity 
of,  110;  fire  of,  131,  132;  God's 
love  in,  125 

hemispheres,  134 

hemlock,  21771 

Hennecke,  Edgar,  5771 

Henry  II,  of  France,  95 

heptad,   19771 

Hera,  20671;  Babylonian,  116 

Heracles,  81 

Heraclitus,  219,  250 

heresies,  150 

hermaphrodite,  159,  211,  234,  248; 
and  elevated  places,  206;  Original 
Man  as,  204;  stone  as,  246;  sym- 
bol for  God,  195 

Hermaphroditus,  127 

Hennas,  "Shepherd"  of,  88ti,  103, 
22471 

Hermes,  21,  155,  209,  234,  245;  bird 
of,  221;  ithyphallic,  230;  Krioph- 
oros,  103;  Kyllenian/Kyllenios, 
201,  211,  212,  232;  Naassene  view 
of,  208;  "Ter  Unus,"  177;  see  also 
Mercurius/  Mercury 

Hertz,  Martin,  13671 

Heru-ur,  78,  122-23,  13271 

hesed,  58 

hexad,  228 

hexagrams,  260 

Hiddekel,  225,  235 

hieros  gamos,  12,  39-40,  8971,  206 

Hierosolymus,  7671 

Hinduism,  and  Buddhism,  176 

Hipparchus,  81,  91 

Hippocrates,  20m 

Hippolytus,  1,  64,  6571,  66,  7571, 
88/i,  114,  139,  173,  184,  186,  187, 
191,  198,  199,  200,  201,  202,  208/f, 
222,  22371,  226,  23071,  233,  254 


hiranyagarbha,  246 

Hitler,  Adolf,  102 

Hoghelande,  Theobald  de,  137, 
23971,  240 

Holderlin,  Friedrich,  29 

Hollandus,  Johannes  Isaacus,   23571 

Holy  Ghost,  135,  162;  age  of,  82- 
83,  85-86;  espousal  of,  86;  fire  of, 
129,  131;  indwelling  of,  88; 
movement,   85-86,   87,   89,    150 

Homer:  Iliad,  20671,  21871;  Odyssey, 
20871,  209,  216 

homo:  altus,  232;  coelestis,  39; 
maximus,  198;  quadratus,  264 

homosexual,  12 

homunculus,  232,  246 

Honorius  of  Autun,  101  n 

hook,  fish-,  11271 

horos,  6571 

horoscope,  136-37,  224;  zodia  in, 
148 

horse,  226 

Horus,  104,  122;  four  sons  of,  122, 
123,  124,  132,  240,  243;  "older," 
78;  quaternio,  243;  see  also  Heru- 
ur 

house,  as  symbol,  224/ 

Hugh  of  Strasbourg,  8071,  10271 

human  figure,  as  symbol  of  self,  225, 
226 

Hurwitz,  Sigmund,  22671,  26871 

hyacinth,  139 

hydromedusa,   134 

hyle,  79 

hypochondriac  ideas,  169 

hysteria,  20371;  collective,  181 


Ialdabaoth,  75,  208 

Ibn  Ezra,  108 

/  Ching,  11871,  260 

Ichthys:  Adonis  as,   121;   Christ  as, 

183;    Christ    or    Attis    as,    15271; 

Christian,    112,    119-20,    121;   son 

of    Derceto,    104,    111;    see    also 

fish(es) 


315 


INDEX 


ideals,  collective,  29 

Idechtrum,  213 

Ideler,  Christian  Ludwig,   124ft 

identification,       with       intellectual 

standpoint,  31 
identity,    18;    of   hunter   and   prey, 

112;  of  lowest  and  highest,  246 
Ides/Ideus,  213 
idiosyncrasy (-ies),  169,  200 
Ignatius  Loyola,  St.,  165 
ignis,  see  fire 
ignorance,  191 

illusion,  11,  16;  see  also  may  a 
image  of  God:  Christ  and  the  soul 

as,  37;  see  also  imago  Dei 
imagination,  active,  19,  223,  243 
imago,  of  mother,  11,  12,  14 
imago  Dei,  31,  37,  3871,  41,  260;  see 

also  God-image;  image  of  God 
Imhullu,  120 
"immutability  in  the  new  rock,"  84, 

87 

impulses,  27 

"In  Turbam  philosophorum  exer- 
citationes,"  126 

incarnation,  179;  fish  and,  121 

incest,  206,  210,  228,  229 

incompletude,  sentiment  d',  9 

increatum,  237 

India:  development  of  symbol  in, 
176,  217ft;  Eckhart  and,  194;  fish 
in,  114;  religions  of,  70;  thought 
of,  175 

Indian  influences,  223 

Indies,  133-34 

individuality,  and  ego,  6 

individuation,  39,  40,  45,  200;  apoc- 
atastasis  in,  169;  Christianity  and, 
70;  as  mysterium  coniunctionis, 
64;  opus  and,  264;  repressed,  70; 
self  and,  167;  stone  compared 
with,  170;  symbolized  in  dreams, 

*53 
infans,  127 

infection,  psychic,  24871 
inferiority,  9,  17 
inflation,   25;   of  ego,   23-24;   nega- 


tive, 62;  peril  of,  24;  religious,  84 
inhabitant,  of  house,  225 
initiation,  in  mysteries,  261 
Innocent  III,  Pope,  83,  99 
innocents,  massacre  of,  103 
Inquisition,  145 
insight,  intellectual,  insufficiency  of, 

33 
instinct(s),    21,   26,   31,   40-41,    145, 

179,  234;  archetype  image  of,  179; 

individual  and  common,  7;  snake 

symbol  of,  244 
"Instructio  de  arbore  solari,"  14071, 

154 
integration,  30,  40,  200;  of  collective 

unconscious,    39;    of   contents   of 

anima/animus,  20;  mandala  and, 

32;  of  shadow,  22;  of  unconscious 

contents,  23 
intellect,  and  values,  32 
intellectualism,  86,  150 
intensity,  of  idea,  28 
"Interpretatio  .  .  .  epistolae    Alex- 
andria 16771 
Interrogationes      maiores     Mariae, 

202,  207 
Irenaeus,  4m,  45-46,  54,  6571,  6671, 

lion,  15071,  196,  19771,  2i8n,  21971 
Iron  Age,  fourth,  108 
iron-stone,  magnetic,  15671 
irrationality,  17 
Isaac,  9071 
Isaiah,  Ascension  of,  see  Ascension 

of  Isaiah 
Isaiah,    Book    of:     (14  :  12/f),     100; 

(14  :  31),      ioiti;      (26  :  20),      59; 

(27  :  1),  118,  119;  (28  :  10),  21071; 

(30  :  18),      60;      (33  :  14),      14471; 

(66  :  7),  105  ^ 
Ishmael,  Rabbi,  60 
Ishtar,  112 

Isidore  of  Seville,  St.,  15471 
Isidorus  (Gnostic),  234 
Isis,  104 

Islam,  5471,  76,  9571,  99,  176 
Israel  and  Egypt,  common  symbols, 

123 


316 


INDEX 


Jacob,  214 

Jacobi,  Jolande,  253*2 

Ja'far   ibn    Muhammad    (Abu    Ma'- 

shar)  al-Balkhl,  see  Albumasar 
James,  Epistle  of,  135;  (3  :  5),  13572; 

(3  =  6),  135 

James  of  Sarug,  75 

James,  Montague  Rhodes,  3772, 
19772 

Jeans,  Sir  James,  25872 

jelly-fish,   128,   134,   137-38,   15472 

Jeremiah,  Book  of:  (1  :  13),  101; 
(1  :  14),  100 

Jeremias,  Alfred,  7372,  74,  112,  12472 

Jesuits,  58 

Jesus,  1,  65,  144,  201;  faith  and  per- 
sonality of,  178-79;  as  God-man, 
35;  Makarios,  200;  Passion  of,  64, 
65,  67;  in  Pistis  Sophia,  78-79; 
relation  to  Christ,  67;  and  separa- 
tion of  categories,  64;  as  third 
sonship,  67;  a  trichotomy,  65;  as 
"truth  sprouting  from  earth,"  79; 
see  also  Christ 

Jethro,  20972,  210,  228/,  244 

Joachim  of  Flora,  82-83,  84,  86,  87, 
149,  150,  253,  Plate  II 

Job,  60,  108,  120 

Job,  Book  of,  42,  58,  118;  (26:7), 
100;  (26  :  12),  120;  (26  :  13),  12072; 
(27  :  21),   101;   (41),   11972 

Jochanan,  Rabbi,  60 

Johannes  de  Lugio,  14672 

John,  St.,  145;  Epistles  of,  43,  68; 
First  Epistle  of  (4  :  3),  3672;  Reve- 
lation of,  see  Revelation 

John,  Gospel  of,  148;  (1),  21872; 
{11  iff),  211;  (1:2),  148;  (i:4)» 
211;  (3  :  12),  202,  203;  (4  :  10), 
18472,  185,  19972;  (5  :  2),  13  m; 
(6:54),  202;  (7:38),  214;  (10:9). 
18572;  (10  :  34),  89,  20972;  (14  :  6), 
200;  (18  :  36),  3772 

John  the  Baptist,  19272 

John  Chrysostom,  St.,  48/ 


John  of  Paris,  8072 

Jonah,  117;  sign  of,  111 

Jonathan,  Rabbi,  60 

Jordan,  210-11 

Joseph  (father  of  Jesus),  78-79 

Josephus,  76 

Joshua,  111 

jot,  218 

Jothor,  209,  210 

Judaeus  (son  of  Set),  7672 

Judaism,  58/f;  Messianism  in,  107 

judgments:  good/evil  as,  53;  moral, 
47-48 

Jung,  Carl  Gustav: 

cases:  student  who  dreamed  of 
jelly-fish,  134;  young  woman 
with  intense  inner  life  who 
dreamed  of  fishes,  151-52 
works:  "Answer  to  Job,"  8772; 
Commentary  on  The  Secret  of 
the  Golden  Flower,  18272; 
"Concerning  Mandala  Symbol- 
ism," 4072,  21972;  "Concerning 
Rebirth,"  11172;  "Instinct  and 
Unconscious,"  872;  Memories, 
Dreams,  Reflections,  13472;  Mys- 
terium  Coniunctionis,  1372, 
23572;  "On  the  Nature  of  the 
Psyche,"  4,  872,  2472,  16472,  17472, 
17972;  "On  Psychic  Energy," 
2972;  "Paracelsus  the  Physi- 
cian," 13372,  21372;  "Paracelsus 
as  a  Spiritual  Phenomenon," 
21172,  21472,  23972,  24272;  "The 
Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in 
Fairytales,"  5572,  8572,  9972, 
15972,  20372,  22472,  22972;  "The 
Philosophical  Tree,"  23572;  "A 
Psychological  Approach  to  the 
Dogma  of  the  Trinity,"  3772, 
8672,  15272,  15372,  22472,  24672, 
253^;  Psychological  Types,  2872, 
11672,  15972,  22372,  22472,  25372; 
Psychology  and  Alchemy,  3172, 
3772,  4072,  6372,  6472,  6772,  7872, 
87,  11672,  12572,  13472,  13672, 
14072,    15272,    15572,    182,    19071, 


317 


INDEX 


Jung,  Carl  Gustav  (cont.): 

19771,  19971,  23771,  23971,  24m, 
24371,  24571,  25971,  262,  26471; 
"The  Psychology  of  the  Child 
Archetype,"  3  m;  "The  Psy- 
chology of  Eastern  Medita- 
tion," 13571,  15  in,  20471; 
"Psychology  and  Religion," 
8771,  18271;  "Psychology  of  the 
Transference,"  1371,  2271,  6471, 
15971,  16771,  20971,  22571,  22871, 
22971,  24271,  24371;  "The  Psy- 
chology of  the  Trickster  Fig- 
ure," 20371;  "The  Relations 
between  the  Ego  and  the  Un- 
conscious," 2171,  2371,  6371, 
18271;  "The  Spirit  Mercurius," 
4371,  8671,  13671,  15271,  16871, 
20371,  21271,  23271,  23571,  25371; 
"A  Study  in  the  Process  of  In- 
dividuation," 6571,  6771,  19071, 
20471,  21971,  25371,  25971;  Sym- 
bols of  Transformation,  10171, 
inn,  13271;  "Synchronicity," 
18471,  25871;  "Transformation 
Symbolism  in  the  Mass,"  14471, 
22071,  23871;  "t)ber  das  Selbst," 
2371 

Jupiter  (u),  74,  76,  77,  78,  81,  82, 
8371,  95,  97;  moons  of,  34 

jurisprudence,  and  consciousness,  5 

justice,  of  Yahweh,  see  Yahweh 

Justin  Martyr,  173,  177,  230 


K 


Ka-mutef,  206 
Kant,  Immanuel,  6 
karma,  14071,  27m 
Kaulakau,  210 
Kelchner,  Ernst,   10271 
Kena  Upanishad,  223 
Kepler,  Johann,  7771,  173,  207 
kerygmatics,  177 
Keshava,  114 
Kewan,  7571 
Khidr  legend,  1 1 1 

Khunrath,    Heinrich    Conrad,    88, 
156,  220 


kibla,  124 

king(s),   deification   of,    198;   divine 

right  of,  177 
kingdom(s),    heavenly/of    God,    37; 

two,  in  pseudo-Clement,  55 
"kingless  race,"  260 
Kings,  First  Book  of,  59;   (22  :  19), 

59 
kingship,  and  self,  198 
Kircher,  Athanasius,   262/ 
Kirchmaier,  Georg  Caspar,   11671 
Klaus,  Brother,  25 
Knapp,  Martin  Johann,  8171 
Kohut,  Alexander,  24671 
Kolorbas,  195 
Korah,  children  of,  106 
Koran,   11171 
Kore,  104 
Korion,  104 
Korybas,  199,  211-12 
krater,  6571,  19171 
Kurma,  176 
Kyrios,  182 


lac  virginis,  160 

"Ladder  of  the  Twin  Gods,"  122 

Lagarde,  Paul  A.  de,  5671 

Laiblin,  Wilhelm,  14971 

lake,  as  symbol  of  self,  226 

Lamb,     103;     in    Apocalypse,    9071, 

105/;   Church   as    Bride   of,    204; 

marriage  of  the,   12,  36,  268 
Lambspringk,    9271,    145,    150 
lamp,  112 
lapis  (philosophorum),  68,  87,   127, 

i39»  J43'  *55»  *59>  l82>  2o8>  236#> 
247#,  263;  fish  as  symbol  of,  126/f; 
found  only  in  heaven,  170;  par- 
allel of  Christ,  237;  quaternio, 
238^;  as  rock,  88;  and  serpent, 
245;  symbol  of  self,  268;  thousand 
names  of,  182,  189;  "uncomeli- 
ness"  of,  140;  union  of  opposites 
in,  247/;  see  also  stone 

lapis  angularis  (Christ),  208 

lapis  animalis,  157 


3 


18 


INDEX 


lapis  exilis,  30 

lapis  vegetabilis,  159 

Lateran  Council,  Fourth,  52/1,  82, 
83^  253/1 

lawlessness,  man  of,  3672 

Layard,  John  Willoughby,   24271 

lead,   139 

Leda,  81 

left,  see  right  and  left 

legends,  169 

Leibniz,  Gottfried  Wilhelm,  6,  16411, 
258 

lethargia,  20872 

Lethe,  and  unconscious,  20872 

Leto,  104 

Leviathan,  123,  147ft,  J^2'  battle 
with  Behemoth,  80,  108;  eucha- 
ristic  food,  112,  120;  fish  and,  120; 
male  and  female,  118 

Levy-Bruhl,  Lucien,  29 

Lexicon  medico-chymicum,   15472 

Libavius,  Andreas,  158 

liberty,  idea  of,  29 

libido,  13271,  256;  kinship,  243 

Libra  (=o=),  7772,  83 

Libya,  138 

life-process,  psychic  interpretation 
of,  4 

light,  transcendent  nature  of,  6371 

Lightfoot,  Joseph  Barber,  21371 

lime,  unslaked,  130;  see  also  quick- 
lime 

lingam,  21772 

lion(s),  120;  Michael  and,  75;  sym- 
bol of  Christ,  72;  of  the  tribe  of 
Judah,  105;  two,  150 

lodestone,  18972;  see  also  magnet 

Logos,  148,  187/,  201,  252;  animus 
and,  14,  16,  21;  cosmogonic,  211; 
Gnostic,  202;  Hermes  as,  201;  as 
magnetic  agent,  188;  Protan- 
thropos  as,  209;  serpent  as,  188, 
232 

X670S  airepfiariKos,  207 

love:  fish  as  symbol  of,  129;  at  first 
sight,  15;  God's,  in  hell,  125;  lan- 
guage of,  15 


love-magic,  140 

love-potion,  138 

Loyola,  see  Ignatius 

Lucian,  212 

lucidus,  13872,  13972 

Lucifer,  72,  125 

Lugio,  Johannes  de,  146 

Luke,  Gospel  of:  (5  :  10),  89; 
(6  :  35)»  89>  20972;  (11  :  29/),  inn; 
(16  :  8),  14672;  (16  :  17),  21872; 
(17  :  2o#),  37;  (19:  i2#),  166; 
(19  :  27),  10672;  (24  :  42),  12172; 
(24:43),  113 

Lully  (Lull),  Raymond,  23972 

Luna,  235;  see  also  moon 

Luther,  Martin,  89,  235;  as  Anti- 
christ, 102 

Lycia,  121 


M 


Maag,  Victor,  18272 

Macrobius,   Ambrosius   Theodosius, 

21972 
macrocosm,  214 
Magi,  89,  132 
magic,  140,  242 
magnesia,  155-57,  159,  160 
magnet,  133,  154/?,  184,  18772;  of  the 

wise,  142,  155 
magnetic  agent,  three  forms  of,  188 
magnetism,     13372;     of     fish,     154; 

Gnostics  and,  184/? 
Magog,  see  Gog  and  Magog 
Magus,  16772 

Mahomet,  97;  see  also  Mohammed 
Maier,  Michael,  18772,  220,  249,  252, 

264,  pi.  I 
Maimonides,   Moses,    11671,   11971 
Mainyo-i-Khard,  24672 
Majui,  8ot2 
maladaptation,  27 
Malchuth,  268 
male  and  female,  55 
man:     complete,     water     as,     200; 

higher,  in  Moses  quaternio,  228; 


319 


INDEX 


man  (cont.): 

inner,  208/,  228;  One,  205;  Orig- 
inal, 198,  200,  201,  203,  204,  211, 
214,  216,  237,  239,  see  also  Adam, 
Anthropos,  Archanthropos,  Pro- 
tanthropos;  perfect,  212/;  pneu- 
matic, 256;  primordial,  36 

"man,"  in  II  Esdras,  120 

mana,  25171 

Mandaeans,  124 

mandala(s),  64,  152,  219,  241,  253; 
Christ  in  Christian,  36;  rotation 
of,  259;  in  student's  dream,  134; 
symbols  of  order,  31/,  135;  totality 
images,  40,  268;  and  unconscious 
personality,  204;  vessel  as,  240 

Manget,  Jean  Jacques  (Joannes 
Jacobus  Mangetus),  i26n 

Manichaeans/Manichaeism,  48,  49, 
55»  57"->  58>  6in;  99,  see  also 
dualism 

Manu,  73;  fish  of,  113/ 

Marcionites,  49 

Marduk,  120,  124 

Maria,  axiom  of,  153,  251 

Maria  the  prophetess,  240 

Mariam,  see  Miriam 

Mariette,  Francois  A.  F.,  7671 

Marinus,  54 

Mark,  Gospel  of,  (10  :  18),  58/1 

marriage:  of  Christ  and  the  Church, 
39;  classes,  22;  as  conscious  rela- 
tionship, 243;  constellation  of  un- 
conscious in,  242;  cross-cousin,  22, 
2ogn,  229,  242/;  mingling  of 
subtle  with  dense,  16771;  of 
mother  and  son,  12;  quaternio, 
22,  64,  209,  210,  229,  242,  252 

Mars  (  $  ),  7972,  95 

Marxism,  181 

Mary:  as  fountain,  116;  in  Gnostic 
symbolism,  202,  204,  205;  in  Pistis 
Sophia,  78 

Mary,  the  Virgin,  205;  Assumption, 
87;  Immaculate  Conception,  8771; 
as  substitute  for  Church,  2 in 

masculinity,  woman's,  2  m 


Masenius,  Jacobus,    15471 

mass  man  and  evil,  166 

massa  confusa,  148,  155,  234,  236 

Mater  Alchimia,  173,  232 

materialism,  109,  150,  176,  181,  233, 

257,  260 
mathematics,  261 
Matsya,  176 

matter,  numinosity  of,  66,  260 
Matthew,    Gospel    of,    loin,    20 in; 

(2  :  iff),  89;  (3  :  2),  i92n;  (4  :  19), 

89;  (5  :  3)»  193;  (5  =  8).  2i7n; 
(5:18),  2i8tz;  (5:48),  69n; 
(7  :  14),  20on;  (10  :  34),  187; 
(12:39),  inn;  (13:24).  37"; 
03:45)'  37";  (16:4),  in"; 
(17:4),  i22n;  (18:23),  37"; 
(19  :  17),  58n,  20m;  (21  :  19), 
io6n;  (22  :  2),   37n;  (22  :  7),  26n; 

(27  =  i5ff)>  90 
may  a,  11,  13 
meaning,  27 

Mechthild  of  Magdeburg,  St.,  205/ 
mediator,  237n,  239;  animus  as,  16; 

man  as,  255/ 
medicament,  incorrupt,  170 
medulla,  205,  233 
medusa,  126$ 
Meerpohl,  Franz,  219 
megalomania,   17 
Meir  ben  Isaac,  118 
Melusina,  235 
memory,  4 

mendicant  orders,  82,  83 
Mephistopheles,  234 
Mercurius/ Mercury    (  £  ),   76,   77n, 

78>  95>  97»  i3°»  131*  i6i>  171*  i87' 
232,  249/,  252;  as  anima  mundi, 
136;  and  double  aspect  of  water, 
180;  double/duplex  nature  of, 
150,  252/,  254;  "non  vulgi,"  155, 
234;  philosophical,  see  Mercurius 
"non  vulgi";  and  the  Pole,  133, 
135;  synonyms  for,  241;  as  tree- 
numen,  235;  as  trickster,  203n; 
as  Virgo,  127 
mercy,  of  Yahweh,  59,  60 


320 


INDEX 


Mesopotamia,  74,  214 

Messahala,  82/2 

Messiah(s),  106/f,  121;  ben  Joseph 
and  ben  David,  107;  birth  of, 
105,  149;  coming  of,  74,  118; 
two,  107,  108;  in  Zohar,  214 

Mestha,   123 

metals,  246 

fierdvoia,    192 

metaphysical  ideas,  34,  35 

metaphysics:  Jung  and,  195/1;  psy- 
chology and,  54,  61,  67,  194,  198 

Metatron,  214 

Meyer,  Karl  H.,  146 

Michael  (angel),  75 

Michaias,  57 

microcosm/microcosmos,  155,  164, 
214;  wandering,  213 

microphysics,  174 

Midrashim,  59;  Midrash  Tanchuma 
(Shemoth),  5971,  118/2,  119/2 

mind,  transformation  of,  192 

Miriam,  209,  210,  228,  244 

Mithraic:  liturgy,  124;  monuments, 

91 

Mithras,  121,  124 

modesty,  25 

Mohammed,  102;  see  also  Mahomet 

molecular  movement,  250/ 

mollusc,  128 

monad(s),  189,  218/;  Kircher's,  262- 
63;  in  Sabellius,  253/1 

monasticism,    82/,   85,   89 

monks,  as  fishes,  113 

Monoimos,  218/,  222/ 

Monophysites,   110 

monotheism,  268 

monsters:  attributes  of  death,  120; 
horned,  105;  sea,  see  Behemoth, 
Leviathan;   splitting  of,   119/ 

moods,   17 

Moon  ( ]) ),  76,  77,  155,  249;  celes- 
tial horn  of,  211 

morality,  25 

Morienus  Romanus,  166,  168 

morphomata,  81 


Moses,    74,    107,    122/2,    209/1,    210, 

227#,  244 
Moses   quaternio,    227/?,   243/,   251, 

254/ 
Moses  ha-Darshan,   106 
mother,    155;   chthonic,    22;   higher, 

in   Moses  quaternio,   228;   search 

for,    11;   as  symbol,    1 1 ;   and  son, 

12;     see    also    Great    Mother(s); 

imago 
mountain,   203,   209;    as  symbol  of 

self,  226 
Muenter,  Friedrich,  74 
mumia,  213/ 

mummy,   122;  see  also  mumia 
Mundus,  137 
Musaeum    hermeticum,    88/2,    130/2, 

13m,     133/1,     145/1,     150/1,    22m, 

24m 
mussel-shell,  127/ 
Mut,  206 

"mutilation  of  the  soul,"  evil  as,  48 
Mylius,    Johann    Daniel,    88/2,    139, 

156/1,  187/1,  197/2,  221,  235/2,  237/2, 

239/2 
mysteries,  Eleusinian,  217 
mysterium  coniunctionis,  64 
mysterium  iniquitatis,  44,  86 
mysticism,  Jewish,  108 
mythologem:   of  Amen,   206;   dying 

god,  206;  fish  as,  138 
"mythological"  aspects,  30 
mythology,     35;     comparative,     34; 

and  dogma,  179 
myths,    35,    149;    cosmogonic,    148; 

gods    in,    177;    and    unconscious 

processes,  180 


N 


Naas,  199,  230,  232 

Naassenes,  64,  75,  88,  89,  184/,  197, 

198,     199,    200,    201,    208/,    241, 

226/;  see  also  quaternio 
name,  and  thing,  32 
Nanni,  Giovanni,   102/2 


321 


INDEX 


naphtha,  185 

Naples:  Farnese  Atlas,  91 

Nathan,  Rabbi,  11371 

nature:  Christianity  and,  174;  im- 
provement of,  143;  individual,  of 
Christ's  disciples,  211;  rejoices  in 
nature,  159;  two  powers  of,  123 

natures,  changing  of  the,  166 

Nazis,  102 

necromancy,  262 

negligence,  evil  and,  62 

Negroes,  210 

nekyia,  209 

Nelken,  Jan,  3371 

Nematophora,  128 

Neoplatonists,   126 

Nero,  102 

Neumann,  Erich,   11671,  14871,  18371 

neurosis(es),  20,  180,  181,  189 

neurotic  disturbances,  169 

New  Testament:  devil  in,  86;  escha- 
tology,  36;  Jesus  in,  179;  snake  in, 
245;  see  also  names  of  individual 
books 

Nicholas  of  Cusa,  22571 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich  Wilhelm,  260 

night-heron,   72 

night  sea  journey,  111 

Nigidius  Figulus,  Publius,  136 

nigredo,  148,  149,  194,  210;  see  also 
chaos 

Nina,  121 

Nippur,  124 

nirdvandva,  191 

nodes,  253 

North,  the,  99/f;  in  ancient  history, 
125;  Ezekiel  and,  124;  King  of 
the,  125;  Mithras  and,  124 

North  Star,  133 

Nostradamus,  Michel,  95/f,  125,  126 

"nothing  but,"  179 

nous,  21;  descent  to  Physis,  233; 
krater  filled  with,  19  m;  Mercu- 
rius  symbol  of,  168;  serpent  as, 
186,  188,  230,  232;  unconscious, 
20371 


"Novi    luminis    chemici    Tractatus 

alter  de  sulphure,"  13171 
Numbers,    Book   of:    (12  :  10),    210; 

(16),  10671;  (24  :  16),  5971;  (24  :  17), 

11771 
Numbers,   see   dyad;    triad;   quater- 

nity;  heptad;  ogdoad;  three;  four; 

five;   eight;   twelve 
Nun,  111,  121 


Oannes,  73,  112,  121,  201 

observation,  uncertainty  of,  226 

obsessions,  169 

obsidian,  138,  13971 

ocean /Oceanus,  209,  212,  214,  218 

Oehler,  Franciscus,  191 

ogdoad,  110,  196,  19771,  226;  archon 
of  the,   190 

Old  Testament,  70;  see  also  names 
of  individual  books 

olive,  200 

Olympiodorus,  23971,  264 

Olympus,  164 

omega  element,  238 

Onians,  Richard  Broxton,  21271 

Ophites,  188 

Ophiuchus,   111 

opinionatedness,  16 

opinions,  21:  archetypes  and,  17; 
Logos  and,   15 

opposites:  alchemical,  linked  to- 
gether, 244;  anima/animus,  268; 
annihilation  of,  70;  Christ/Satan, 
44-4571;  cinedian  stone  and,  139; 
coincidence  of,  124;  — ,  in  God- 
head, 193;  conjunction  of,  40,  70, 
194,  see  also  coniunctio  opposi- 
torum;  day/night,  123;  equiva- 
lence of,  61;  Father  as  without, 
191;  good/evil,  47,  123;  Heru-ur/ 
Set,  123;  husband/ wife,  204; 
identity  of,  symbols  and,  129/; 
kosmos/chaos,  123;  life/death, 
123;    light /darkness,    223;    moral 


322 


INDEX 


accentuation  of,  70;  never  unite 
at  own  level,  180;  pairs  of,  see 
also  syzygy(ies);  problem  of,  and 
neurosis,  180;  serpents,  11872; 
tension  of,  31,  91,  247/;  union  of, 
264;  — ,  in  astrology,  77,  87;  — , 
and  salvation,  195;  — ,  in  stone, 
170;  — ,  and  unconsciousness,  193 

opsianus,  138 

opus,  237;  as  apocatastasis,  169;  and 
creation  of  world,  148,  234;  and 
individuation,  264 

Oracula  sibyllina,  7372 

order:  mandalas  symbols  of,  31; 
principle  of,  195 

Origen,  37,  38/2,  41,  44-4572,  75,  81, 
9071,  11472,  204/,  215,  234;  and 
the  devil,  110 

Orion,  136 

Orosius,  23071 

Orpheus,  103 

Orphos,  121 

Osiris,  122,  123,  198,  199,  201 

Osob,   146,  147/1,,  200 

Ostanes,  15971,  23771,  24572 

oxen,  fishes  and,  145,  147,  148/ 

Oxford  English  Dictionary,  25 

oxyrhynchus  (fish),  122 

Oxyrhynchus,  fish- worship  at,  121 

Oxyrhynchus  fragments,  3772,  144, 
145 


paganism,  96;  return  of,  in  Europe, 

176 
pair,  royal,  in  Moses  quaternio,  228 
Palestine,  74,  138 
Pan,  199 
Pandolfus,  156 
Pandora,  241 
panic,  33 
panspermia,  200 

Pantheus,  Joannes  Augustinus,  13972 
Papa,  213 
Papyri   Graecae  Magicae,   126 


Paracelsus,  164,  181,  213,  214,  237 

para-da,  152 

Paradise:  four  rivers  of,  184,  199, 
215,  227,  235,  243;  Garden  of 
Eden,  25472;  Leviathan  eaten  in, 
113;  quaternio,  234/,  236/,  243, 
245,  254;  as  symbol,  189 

paradox,  70 

Parmenides,  13772,  143 

parthenogenesis,   35 

Parthenon,  20372 

Passion,  of  Jesus,  see  Jesus 

Passover,   119 

Patarenes,  83 

patience,  24 

Paul,  St.,  39,  174,  176,  177,  178,  191; 
Epistles  of,  68;  see  also  names  of 
separate  Epistles 

Pauli,  W.,  20772 

Paulicians,  148 

Paulinus  of  Nola,  6572 

pearl,  round,  12772 

Pectorios  inscription,  8972,  113,  11672 

pelican,  239 

penetration,  12072 

Pentecost,  129 

Pepi  I,  88n,  122 

Peratic  doctrine,  185/ 

perception(s):  conversion  of  stimuli 
into,  4;  endosomatic,  3;  psyche 
and,  32 

Perdition,  Son  of,  36 

peregrinatio,  133 

perfection:  Christ  as,  39;  and  com- 
pleteness, 68/;  evil  as  lack  of,  41 

perforation,   1 2072 

Pernety,  Antoine  Joseph,  155,  160/ 

Perpetua,  St.,  Passion  of,  210 

Persephone,  12,  21,  217 

personality:  changes  of,  6;  dissocia- 
tion of,  180;  double,  120;  ego  as 
centre  of,  6;  inferior,  see  shadow; 
of  Jesus,  178/;  not  coincident 
with  ego,  5;  self  as  total,  5;  total 
description  of,  impossible,  5 

perversions,  intellectual,  169 

Pesahim,  see  Talmud 


323 


INDEX 


Peter,      St.,      89;      in      Clementine 

Homilies,  56 
Peter,   First  Epistle   of;    (2  :  4),  88; 

(2:4/),  17m;  (2:5),  88 
Peter  Damian,  St.,  113 
Peter  Lombard,  25371 
Peters,  C.  H.  F.,  and  Knobel,  E.  B., 

11",  9371 
phallicism:     Gnostic,     232;     uncon- 
scious, 226 
phallus,  201/,  226 
pharmakon  athanasias,  116 
phenomenology,      individual,      and 

collective  unconscious,  179 
Philalethes,    Eirenaeus,    132,    13371, 

241 
Philippians,  Epistle  to  the  (3  :  12), 

212 
phlogiston  theory,  250/ 
phobias,   169 
Phrat,  see  Euphrates 
Phrygians,   198,  213;  see  also  Naas- 

senes 
phylokrinesis,  64,  79,  25871 
physics:    collision    of    psyche    with, 

174;  nuclear,  261;  and  psychology, 

261 
Physis,   198,  233,  247,   249,  259 
Phyton,  131 
Picinellus,    Philippus,     11 2ft,    11371, 

12272,  129,  135 
Pisces:   aeon,  middle  of,   150;  zodi- 
acal  sign   for,   91,    114;   see   also 

fish(es) 
pisciculi   Christianorum,   103 
piscina,  89 

Piscis  Austrinus,  mn 
Pison,   199,  225,  235 
Pistis  Sophia,  7572,  78/,  9371,   12271, 

13772,  19772 
Pius  IX,  Pope,  8772 
planets,  influence  of,  148 
Plato,  246;  Phaedrus,  64;  Timaeus, 

136 

Platonic   Tetralogies,  Book   of,  see 
"Platonis  liber  quartorum" 


"Platonis  liber  quartorum,"  19772, 
238,  26172 

Pleiades,  136 

pleroma,  4172,  46,  6672,  21972 

Pliny,  128,  138,  144,  15672,  177 

Plotinus,  219 

plough,   148/ 

Plutarch,  76,   121,  12272 

pneuma,  21,  83;  and  Barbelo,  19772; 
feminine,  206;  in  God,  254;  hid- 
den in  stone,  245;  of  Jesus,  79; 
winged  beings  as,  120 

Trvev/JLariKos  (-ot),  21  2^72,  21 972 

Pohl,   Otto,    11372 

Poimandres,  103 

Poimen,  see  Hermas 

point,  189,  198/,  218,  222;  in  al- 
chemy, 220/ 

pole,  133-34;  centre  in  North,  171; 
heavenly,  123/,  224;  North,  hid- 
den God  at,  135;  — ,  magnetism 
of,   154 

Polemon,  7672 

Pollux,  81 

polydemonism,    175 

polytheism,  175,  268 

Poor  Men  of  Lyons,  83,  146,  150 

Pordage,  John,  16372,  235 

Poseidon,  216 

Prajapati,  20772 

precession  of  equinoxes,  81,  92,  95 

prefigurations,  261 

Preisendanz,  Karl,  12672 

Priapus,  230 

prima  materia,  132,  142,  161,  162, 
237;  alchemical  laborant  as,  168; 
anima  and,  187;  lapis  as,  127,  236, 
264;  production  of,  155;  as  psy- 
chic situation,  155;  synonyms  of, 
160 

primum  mobile,  131 

principium  individuationis,  64 

Priscillian,  88,  136,  23072 

privatio  from'/privation  of  good,  41, 
4572,  46,  48,  50,  52,  54,  58,  61,  6272, 
110,  269;  see  also  evil 

problems,  moral,  25/ 


324 


INDEX 


projection (s):  anima  and,  13;  ani- 
ma/animus,  17,  242;  dissolution 
of,  18/;  effect  of,  9/;  impersonal 
withdrawal  of,  23;  mandala  and, 
32;  in  Mary,  204;  and  mother- 
imago,  12;  reality  of  factor  mak- 
ing, 24;  and  reality  of  psyche, 
66n;  shadow  and,  9 

Protanthropos,  213;  and  Korybas, 
211;  as  Logos,  209;  Sophia  and, 
197;  see  also  Adam;  Anthropos; 
Man,  original;  Archanthropos 

Protestantism/Protestants,  150,  178 

Proteus,  216/ 

Protoplast,  214 

Protothoma,  213 

Prunicus/npouyiKos,  19671;  see  also 
Sophia 

Psalms:  (2  :  9),  105;  (82  [81]  :  6), 
209;  (89),  108/ 

Psellus,  Michael,  4472,  14871 

psyche,  142,  255;  aspects  of,  32; 
begetter  of  all  knowledge,  173; 
ego-consciousness  of,  164;  and 
evil,  62;  field  of  consciousness,  6; 
horoscope  and,  136;  and  life-proc- 
esses, 4;  man's  knowledge  of,  165; 
and  matter,  261;  objective  reality 
of,  scientists  and,  174;  outside 
consciousness,  6;  reality  of,  66n; 
reasons  for  undervaluation  of,  62 

"psychic,"  use  of  term,  4 

psychoanalysis,    20371 

psychology,  and  good/evil,  53 

psychopathology,  30 

psychopomp(os):  anima  as,  30;  ani- 
mus as,  16;  fishes  as  symbols  for, 
145;  Proteus  as,  216 

psychosis,  33;  mass,  24871 

psychotherapy:  and  anima/animus, 
267;  and  problem  of  opposites, 
180 

Ptolemy,  7472,,  9471 

puer,  127 

"puffed-up-ness,"  24;  see  also  infla- 
tion 


pulmo  marinus,  128 

punctum J punctus   solis,    22on;   see 

also  point 
purusha,  167,  194 
Pyramid  Texts,  122 
Python,  104 


Qazvini,  123 

Qebhsennuf,  123 

'qltn,  119 

quaternio/quaternity,  159,  194,  210, 
211,  226^;  its  character  of  whole- 
ness, 224;  of  Christ,  204;  Chris- 
tian, 253;  and  circle,  motif,  224; 
defective,  three  as,  224;  in  fire, 
132;  in  Irenaeus,  19771;  Kircher's, 
262/;  in  man,  22;  Naassene,  2271, 
7971;  of  opposites,  in  self  and 
Christ,  63/;  as  organizing  schema, 
242;  Osiris  and,  123;  self  as,  42; 
static  quality  of,  257;  as  symbols, 
31,  195;  — ,  for  God,  195;  — ,  self 
in,  190;  unity  complement  of, 
224;  see  also  Anthropos  quater- 
nio;  Horus  quaternio;  lapis  qua- 
ternio;  marriage  quaternio; 
Moses  quaternio;  Paradise  qua- 
ternio; shadow  quaternio;  space- 
time  quaternio 

quick-lime,  158 

quicksilver,  139,  155 

"quicksilver  system,"  Indian,  152 

quid/quis  distinction,  164,  169 

Quinta  Essentia,  15971 

Quispel,  Gilles,  66  &  n,  190,  191 


Ra,  122 

Radhakrishnan,    Sarvapalli,    22371 
radius,  see  ray 
Rahab,  120 


325 


INDEX 


Rahner,  Hugo,  21572,  23571 
Raison,  Deesse,  98 
Ram  (cf),  7772;  see  also  Aries 
ram:    Christ   as,   90,   92;   daemonic, 

105/;  symbol  of  Christ  and  Attis, 

103;  see  also  lamb 
Rameses  II,  78 

Ramsay,  William  Mitchell,  7371 
Raphael,  113 

Rashi,  see  Solomon  ben  Isaac 
Ras  Shamra,  119 
rationalism,  86,  150,  221 
rationality,  24872;  male,  55 
raven,  72 
ray,  18772 

realism,  150,  176,  233 
reality:    psychic,    48;    requires    po- 
larity, 267 
realization,  conscious,  23972 
rebirth,  212 
Rebis,  159,  268 
Red  Sea,  74 
Redeemer:    archetype    of,    183;    as 

fish   and   serpent,    186;    Gnostic/ 

Gnosticism  and,  79,  184;  and  un- 

scious,  affinity  of,   181 
redemption,   35,  70,   175,    191,  256; 

of  the  dead,  39 
reflection,  16 
Reformation,    the,    93,     102,     178; 

Holy  Ghost  movement  and,  87 
reformation,  of  God-image,  40 
Reguel,  229;  see  also  J e thro 
Reitzenstein,     Richard,     7572,     103; 

and  Schader,  H.  H.,  24672 
relationship,    17;    function    of,    14, 

16;  inadequate,  19;  to  partner,  22 
remora,  140/,  144,  15472 
Rempham,  7572 
Renaissance,  the,  43,  94,  98 
renovatio,  9872 
renovation  of  the  age,  98 
repentance,  192 
representations  collectives,  29 
repression,  226 
resentment,  16 


resistances,  shadow  and,  9 
responsibility,  in  jurisprudence,  5 
Revelation  of  St.  John:  (5  :  5),  105; 

(5  :  6),       10571;       (5  :  6ff),       105; 

(6:i5#),       105;       (12:1),       103; 

(12:9),      23072;      (14:4)'      217' 

(17:  14),    105;    (20:7/),   7972;  see 

also  Apocalypse 
revolution,  9872 
Rex  gloriae,  195,  204 
Rhabanus  Maurus,  100 
Rhea,   199 
Rhine,  J.  B.,  18472 
right  and  left,  54,  59,  25871 
righteousness,  70 
Rig-Veda,  19272 
Ripley,  Sir  George,  13m,  139,  144, 

14872,  149,  23572,  249 
Ripley  "Scrowle,"  235,  265 
ritual,  256;  Protestantism  and,  178 
rivers,  four,  of  Paradise,   184,   199, 

215,  225,  227,  235,  243 
Roberts,  R.,  22m 
rock:  Christ  as,  87/;  inner  man  as, 

208 
roes,  two,  107 
Romans,    Epistle    to:    (7:21),    6971; 

(12  :  2),  40 
Romulus,  10772 
room,  as  symbol,  224/ 
Rosarium      philosophorum,      15672, 

i97n^  23972,  24572 
Roscher,   Wilhelm   Heinrich,   21172, 

21272 

Rosenkreutz,  Christian,  210 

Rosinus,  156,  157,  167/ 

rota  nativitatis,  136 

rotation,  24672,  257 

rotundum,  238,  23972,  246,  248/,  257 

Rousselle,  Erwin,  11 72 

Ruland,   Martin,    13372,    13872,    139, 

15672 
Rupescissa,  Johannes  de,   146,  241, 

265 
Ruska,    Julius,    12672,    13072,    13772, 

22072 


326 


INDEX 


Sabaeans,  75,  124,  19771 

Sabaoth,  76 

Sabbath,  75 

Sabellius,  25371 

Sagittarius,  7471 

sailor,  112 

sal  ammoniac,  15471 

sal  sapientiae,  133,  161 

Salmanas,  procedure  of,  12771 

salt,  133,  157;  in  alchemy,  161;  "of 

the  metals,"  139 
salvation,  195 
Salvator  mundi,  127 
Sammael,  57 
Samothrace,  211,  212 
Sanhedrin,  see  Talmud 
sapientia,  160,  220 
Sapientia  Dei,  127 
Sassanids,  116 
Satan,  43/,   10571;  as  elder  son   of 

God,  57,  61;  in  Old  Testament, 

192;   state   before  fall,    145;   and 

two  fishes,  148 
Satanael,  43,  147 
satori,  169 

Satorneilos,  see  Saturninus 
Saturn   ( 1?  ),   74^,  7771,  81,  82,   83, 

96,  97,  98,  99;  and  Esaldaios,  208; 

as   Gnostic   symbol,    197;    Jewish 

thought  and,  74/;  and  quicksilver, 

139;  stone  and,  138/ 
Saturnia  (plant),  139 
Saturninus,  219 
Saulasau,  210 
Saviour,      compounded      of      four 

things,   19771 
Scharf,    Riwkah,    4272,     12 in,    192, 

24571 
Scheftelowitz,    I.,    11372,    116,    117, 

n8n,  119 
Schelling,  F.  W.  J.,  6 
schizophrenia,  33 
Schoettgen,  Christian,  10772,  21472 
scholasticism,  172 
Schopenhauer,  Arthur,  6 


Schreber,  Daniel  Paul,  3372 

Schwestrones,  8472 

science:  alchemy  and,  176;  and 
faith,  173/;  natural,  27;  — ,  rise 
of,  150;  modern,  89;  trinity  in, 
258 

scintilla  vitae,  219 

Scott,  Walter,  19172 

sculptures,  obscene,  21772 

scurrility:  in  dreams,  203;  of  Gnos- 
tic nomenclature,  230 

scyphomedusa,  128 

sea,  155;  "our,"  142 

sea-hawk,  18772;  centre  of  the,  189 

seal,  seventh,  opening  of,  82 

seals,  216 

sea-nettle,  128/2 

sea-urchin,  15472 

Second  Coming,  ix;  expectation  of, 
256 

Secret  of  the  Golden  Flower,  18272, 
224,  264 

secret  of  the  wise,  143 

sects,  96/ 

Secundus,  non 

Selene,  21 

self,  23/f,  33,  34;  Anthropos  and, 
189;  antinomial  character,  225; 
apotheosis  of  individuality,  62; 
appearance  of  in  unconscious 
products,  190;  appears  in  all 
shapes,  226;  as  archetype,  167;  as 
brahman  and  atman,  222;  Christ 
as  archetype /symbol  of,  36/f,  6272, 
182;  Christ's  correspondence  to, 
110;  dream-symbols  and,  132; 
"fixation"  of,  in  mind,  168/; 
Gnostic  symbols  of,  184/f,  226/f;  a 
God-image,  22,  205;  impersonal 
unconscious  and,  169;  lapis  as, 
127,  167;  a  product  of  cognition, 
69;  as  quaternion  of  opposites, 
63/;  relation  to  ego,  6;  religious 
mythologem,  30;  round  fish  as, 
142,  144;  supraordinate  to  ego,  3; 
as  total  personality,  5;  transcen- 
dental), 62/,  170;  union  of  con- 


327 


INDEX 


self  (cont.): 

scious  and  unconscious,  268;  see 
also  assimilation;  atman;  God- 
image 

self-aggrandizement,  24;  see  also  in- 
flation 

self-criticism,  25 

self-fertilization,  207 

self-knowledge,  16,  162/f,  222;  and 
alchemy,  166/?;  and  ends,  165/; 
increased,  19,  23/f;  and  knowl- 
edge of  ego,  164;  shadow  and,  8 

Senard,  Marcelle,  92/1 

senarius,  228,  230 

Sendivogius,  Michael,   13m 

Senior,  240 

sense-perception,  see  perception 

sentimentality,  16 

separa^'o/separation,  168,  170;  see 
also  divisio 

Sephiroth,  Tree  of  the,  58 

Sephora,  209,  210 

septenarius,  240 

serpens  mercurialisjMercurii,  160, 
234>  245 

serpent(s),  111,  189,  232,  255;  fight- 
ing, 118;  as  magnetic  agent,  188; 
Naas,  199;  in  Peratic  doctrine, 
185/;  in  shadow  quaternio,  230, 
244;  and  stone,  245;  and  tension 
of  opposites,  247;  see  also  dragon; 
snake;  uroboros 

Set,  76,  78,  99,  122/,  124,  132 

Sethians,   186/,  219 

sexual  theory,  of  psychic  substance, 
20m 

sexuality,  90-9171;  undervaluation 
of,  226 

Shaare  Kedusha,  21872 

shadow,  8-10,  17,  30,  33,  155,  233/, 
255,  259,  260;  Antichrist  as,  41; 
of  arcane  substance,  18772;  as- 
similation into  conscious  person- 
ality, 9;  in  Christ's  birth,  4.111, 
110;  consciousness  of,  8;  doubling 
of,  120;  fear  of,  33;  fish  as  shadow 


of  God,  119;  good  qualities  of, 
266;  integration  of,  22;  and  Moses 
quaternio,  228,  244;  has  negative 
feeling-value,  28;  personal  un- 
conscious and,  169;  quaternio, 
22972,  230/,  233/,  244,  255/,  260; 
represents  chthonic  world,  34 

Shatapatha  Brahmana,  11372,  11472 

sheep,  land  of,  16 

Shekinah,  268 

shepherd,  103;  good,  103 

Shu,  207 

Shulamite,  210 

Sibyls,  Erythraean,  7272 

Silberer,  Herbert,  16472 

Simon  Magus,  197,  220 

sister,  12 

skull,  238 

slave's  post,  7672,  78 

Smith,  E.  M.,  9272,  9472 

smoke,  101 

snail,  226 

snake,  72,  233^;  Aesculapian,  188; 
allegory  of  Christ,  233,  245,  247; 
on  cross,  7872;  Mercurius  as,  232; 
in  New  Testament,  245;  signifies 
evil/wisdom,  234;  and  Son,  188; 
symbolism  of,  186;  as  symbol,  of 
instinct,  244;  — ,  of  self,  226;  — , 
of  wisdom,  245 

Soderberg,  Hans,   14772 

Sodom,  59 

sol  niger,  Saturn  as,  197 

Solomon  ben  Gabirol,  74 

Solomon  ben  Isaac,  80,  81 

solvents,  160 

soma,  in  God,  254 

son,  185,  186;  as  Father's  thought  of 
own  being,  193;  and  mother,  11/; 
symbol  for  God,  195 

son  of  God,  serpent  as,  188 

son  of  Man,  203,  218;  pictures  of, 

195 

sons  of  God,  two,  42/,  57,  58 
Song  of  Solomon:  (1  :  1),  205;  (1  :  5), 
210;  (4:  5),  107;  (8  :  7),  129 


328 


INDEX 


sonship,  threefold,  of  God,  64/ 
Sophia,      6571;     Achamoth,      19771; 

Prounikos,  54,  196/ 
"Soul,  My  Lady,"   13 
soul:   64,   142;  and  anima,   13;   ani- 
mal,  11 72;  as  bride  of  Christ,  39; 
"excrescent,"  234;  fish  as  symbol 
of,  122;  human,  of  Christ,  39;  as 
second  Eve,  206;  as  sphere,   136; 
"twittering,"      209;      world-,     see 
anima  mundi 
"soul  in  fetters,"   19772,  20871 
space-time  continuum,  24,  25871 
space-time  quaternio,  251,  252,  253, 

257 
spark,  219/ 

Sphere,  the,  9371;  soul  as,  136 
spider,  226 

Spiegelberg,  W.,   12271 
spinal  cord,  233 
Spinning  Woman,  11 
spirit,    64,     142;    animus    and,    16; 

archetype  of,  85/;  of  the  world, 

142 
"Spirit  in  the  Bottle,  the,"  235 
spirits,  seven,  10571 
spiritus,  160,  187 
Spitteler,  Carl,  13,  26771 
splitting,   119/,   12071;  of  conscious/ 

unconscious,  247-4871;  of  Original 

Man,  204 
spondilo,  138 
spring-point,  93 
square,  and  circle,  224/,  264 
stabilization,  243 
stag,  150 
Stahl,  G.  E.,  251 
star,   rising  of,   and  birth  of  hero, 

117 
"star  of  the  sea,"  128 
starfish,  128/,  15471 
steel,  133;  alchemical,  161;  see  also 

chalybs 
stella  marina,  128/ 
Stella  maris,  135,  137 
Stephen,  St.,  7571 


Stephen  of  Canterbury,  112 

sterility,  feeling  of,  9 

stimuli:  endosomatic,  3;  uncon- 
scious, 4 

stone:  animate,  159;  as  Christ- 
image,  67;  cinedian,  138/;  com- 
plement of  serpent,  245;  derived 
from  circle  and  quaternity  motif, 
224;  dragon's,  138;  Heracleian, 
185;  inner  man  as,  208;  making 
the,  a  "human  attitude,"  166; 
projection  of  unified  self,  170; 
psychic  relationship  to  man,  167; 
symbol  of  self,  246;  unity  of,  170; 
see  also  lapis 

Strauss,  Heinz  Arthur,  8271 

subject,  necessary  to  consciousness, 
3;  and  object,  differentiation  in 
consciousness,   193 

"subjective  factor,"  223 

sublimation,  259 

subliminal,  see  unconscious 

substance,  metaphysical,  161 

sucking-fish,  140 

sulphur(s),  171,  23971,  250 

Summa  Fratris  Reneri,  14671 

Summum  Bonum,  God  as,  45/,  52 

sun,  249,  260 

Sutech,  78 

swan,  81 

Swedenborg,  Emanuel,  198 

Switzerland,  225 

sword,  187 

Syene,  121 

symbol(s):  in  alchemy,  179;  autono- 
mous, 31;  of  Christ  and  the  devil, 
72;  dogma  as,  175;  Gnostic,  196^; 
for  God,  195;  Indian,  175;  mean- 
ing of,  73;  of  opposite  sex,  10; 
pictorial,  psychology  and,  194; 
polarity  of,  129/;  quaternary,  in 
dreams,  132;  theriomorphic,  186; 
triadic,  24371;  uniting,  194;  of 
unity  and  totality,  31;  see  also 
anima;  animus;  mandala 

symbolism:  sexual,  Christ  and,  202; 
theriomorphic,  of  self,  226 


329 


INDEX 


"symbolum":  as  aqua  doctrinae, 
180;  creed  as,  174 

symptoms,  localization  of,  186 

synchronicity,  85,  150,  168,  258;  of 
archetype,  184 

Synesius  of  Cyrene,   116,   1597* 

synthesis,  260 

Syria:  cult  of  fish  in,  121;  dove  and 
fish  in,  115;  round  fish  in,  138 

syzygy(-ies)>  33>  l91>  254;  Adam/ 
Eve,  254;  anima/animus,  n/f, 
266;  in  Clementine  Homilies,  54; 
divine,  in  Christianity,  21;  proto- 
type of  divine  couples,  34;  Valen- 
tinian,  228;  wholeness  superior  to, 
31;  see  also  opposites 


Tabari,  Chronique  of,  79ft,  107 

Tabula  smaragdina,  126,  265 

Tacitus,  76 

talents,  parable  of  the,  166 

Talmud,  Babylonian,  5872,  5971,  6072, 
79,  8on,  83,  107,  116,  117,  118, 
149;  and  astrology,  81 

Tanit,  121 

tanninim,  79,  80,  81 

Tantrism,  21771 

Tao,  58,  69;  symbol  for  God,  195; 
as  "valley  spirit,"  180 

Targums,   10771 

Tatian,  46 

tebund,  120 

Tefnut,  207 

Tehom,  237 

WXetos,  212,  21371 

reXe/oxm,  see  completeness 

temperature,  Arctic,  52 

tension:  conscious/ unconscious,  20; 
signified  by  Christ's  advent,  44; 
in  uroboros,  248/;  see  also  oppo- 
sites 

tentacles,  128 

teoqualo,  144 


Tertullian,  37,  76,  gon 

tetrads,  191 

tetrameria,  254;  alchemical,  259 

Tetramorph,  36 

Thabit  ibn  Qurrah,  126 

Thales,  157,  199 

Theatrum  chemicum,  13071,  13m, 
1327*,  13771,  13971,  14071,  14371, 
15671,    15771,    15872,     16072,    16371, 

18772,  19772,  22072,  22172,  23572, 
23772,  23872,  23972,  24072,  26l72, 
26572 

thema,  136 

Theodor  Bar-Kuni,   197 

Theologia  Germanica,  89 

Theophilus  of  Antioch,  46 

Theophrastus,   141,  222 

theoria,  142,  171,  179,   181 

Thessalonians,    Second    Epistle    to 

the:  (2  :  3/f),  3672 
Thiele,  Georg,  gin 
thieves,  two,  at  crucifixion,  44,  69, 

255 

thinking,  32 

third,  superordinate,  180 

Thomas,  Acts  of,  116,  197 

Thomas  Aquinas,  St.,  51/,  87, 
17872 

Thorndike,  Lynn,  9672,  98/2,  10272 

Thracian  riders,  73 

three:  as  defective  quaternity,  224; 
and  one,  motif,  225,  253;  see  also 
dilemma 

Tiamat,  120 

Tifereth,  268 

Tigris,  199 

Timaeus,  136 

Timochares,  planisphere  of,  91 

tincture,  synonyms  for,  137 

Titus  of  Bostra,  48 

Tobit,  113 

tongue(s),  135,  137;  fiery,  129,  i35n 

tortoise,  226 

totality,  34,  143/;  becoming  con- 
scious, 259;  Christ  as  divine,  37, 
39,    41;    chthonic,    224;    idea    of, 


330 


INDEX 


62n;  images  of,  40;  spiritual,  224; 

symbols    of,     31,     190;     see    also 

wholeness 
"Tractatulus  Avicennae,"    16771 
"Tractatus   Aristotelis  .  .  .,"    235*1 
Tractatus  aureus,  18771,  220,   237/1, 

239 
tradition,  181 
transference,  229 
transformation:       Christian,       169; 

formula    of,    259;    prefigurations 

in,   261;   skull   as  vessel  of,   238; 

tree  as  symbol  of,  235 
transition,  from  waking  to  sleeping, 

28 
treasure,  guarded  by  dragon /snake, 

234 

tree:  philosophical,  235;  and  ser- 
pent, 235;  as  symbol  of  self,  226 

Trevisanus,  see  Bernardus  Trevi- 
sanus 

triad:  lower,  99,  224;  male  and 
female,  in  pseudo-Clement,  55; 
in  man,  22;  Naassene,  209;  op- 
posed to  trinity,  224 

trichotomies,  65/ 

trickster,  Mercurius  as,  20371 

Trinity,  the,  35,  131,  253,  Plate  II; 
devil  lacking  in,  86;  divine  sphere 
of,  57;  dogma  of,  177;  Jesus'  soul 
as,  201;  Kepler  and,  207;  Naas- 
sene, 197,  226;  space/ time/causal- 
ity, 258;  spiritual  totality,  224; 
triad  opposed  to,  224 

Troad,  the,  15671 

truth(s),  171;  first,  178;  psychologi- 
cal, 27 

Tuamutef,  123 

Tuat,   122 

Turba    philosophorum,     126,     137, 

143,    22071,    250 

Turukalukundram,   21771 

twelve,  224 

Twins,  the,  see  Gemini;  Saviour  of 

the,  7971,  12271 
Typhon,  99,  121,  122 


U 


Ugarit,  119 

Uhlhorn,  25471 

umbra  Jesu,  106 

Unas,  122 

uncertainty  relationship,  between 
conscious  and  unconscious,  226 

uncomeliness,  outward,  140 

unconscious:  alchemy  and  symbol- 
ism of  unconscious  processes,  179; 
cannot  be  "done  with,"  20;  col- 
lective, see  collective  unconscious; 
compensation  in,  124;  contents 
of,  and  man's  totality,  140;  con- 
tents of  ego,  three  groups,  4,  7; 
dawn-state  and,  148;  fear  of,  33; 
fishes  as  product  of,  149;  frighten- 
ing figures  in,  225;  Gnostics  and, 
190;  in  Hippolytus  and  Epiphan- 
ius,  66;  importance  of,  5;  integra- 
tion of  contents,  23;  organizing 
principle  of,  204;  "our  sea" 
symbol  of,  142;  personal  and  im- 
personal, 7,  169;  problems  of  inte- 
gration of,  181;  processes,  com- 
pensatory to  conscious,  204; 
Proteus  personifying,  216;  self 
and  the,  3;  soul  as  projection  of, 
142;  theriomorphism  and,  145;  as 
the  unknown  in  the  inner  world, 
3;  without  qualities,  191 

unconsciousness:  and  proneness  to 
suggestion,  247-4871;  sin  of,  19271 

uncontrollable  natural  forces,  ac- 
tion of,  25/ 

underworld,  gods  of,  224 

unicorn,  150 

unity,  31,  34;  complement  of  qua- 
ternity,  224;  in  Kircher,  263;  as 
symbol  of  self,  226;  transcendent, 
stone  as,  170 

Unknown,  the:  ego  and,  3;  two 
groups  of  objects  in,  3 

Upanishads,  see  Brihaddranyaka 
and  Kena 

Urania,  8971 


33 


INDEX 


uroboros,    190,   246,   248,    257,   259, 
264 


Valentinians,   6571,    190,    191,    19771, 

228 
Valentinus,  4m,  110,  23471,  269 
value,   27/f;  feeling  as  function  of, 

32 
value  quanta,  29 
values,  reversal  of,  233 
Vamana,  176 
vas,    238;    naturale,    241;    see    also 

vessel 
Vaughan,  Thomas,  13372 
Vedas,  204 
"veiled  one,"  18 
Venus  (  $  ),  76,  7771,  112,  155 
Veritas,   160,   161,   171,    181;   prima, 

17871 
vessel:  in  alchemy,  238/f;  Hermetic/ 

nigromantic,  240;  as  symbol,  224/ 
Vigenere,  Blaise  de,  132,  139,  197*1, 

250 
vinegar,  23972;  see  also  ace  turn 
viper,  72 
Vir  Unus,  205 

virgin,  mother-goddess  as,  104 
Virgo    (TTJ2),    77^,    8072,    10472,    105; 

Mercurius  as,  127 
Virolleaud,  Charles,  119 
virtues,  24,  25 
Vishnu,  113,  11472,  176 
"Visio  Arislei,"  see  "Aenigmata  ex 

Visione  Arislei" 
visions,  223 
Vitus,  Richardus,  1372 
voice,  fourfold,  of  Christ,  206 
"volatile,"  winged  beings  as,  120 
Voltaire,  9872 
Vollers,  Karl,  11  in 
Vulcan,  249/,  252 

W 

Wackerbarth,    Graf    August    J.    L. 
von,  80 


Waite,  Arthur  Edward,  13372 

Waldenses,  83,  150 

wand,  golden,  of  Hermes,  208 

water:  in  alchemy,  159/,  180,  249; 
baptismal,  180;  bright,  139;  in 
dreams,  225;  of  life,  155;  living, 
184,  199/,  207;  magical,  187;  as 
magnetic  agent,  188;  prime  sub- 
stance, 199;  real,  used  in  ritual, 
188;  of  rivers  of  Paradise,  199/; 
symbol  and,  180 

"wedding,  chymical,"  40,  268 

Weiss,  Johannes,   21372 

Werblowsky,  Zwi,  58 

West,  and  Eastern  thought,  176 

whale-dragon,  111,  118 

wheat-sheaf,  105 

wheel:  as  symbol,  224;  of  birth,  136, 
137,  224;  of  heaven,  136 

White,  Victor,  O.P.,  6m,  17872 

whitening,  148;  see  also  albedo; 
dealbatio 

whole:  present  in  ego,  111;  pro- 
creative  nature  of,  201 

wholeness,  169,  183;  archetype  of, 
40;  in  Christ,  41,  6272;  empirical, 
31;  image  of,  x,  24;  of  individual, 
195;  knowledge  as,  222;  para- 
doxical, 145;  psychic,  and  God- 
image,  198;  restoration  of,  259; 
symbols  of,  40,  171,  194,  195,  198; 
— ,  and  God,  195;  see  also  com- 
pleteness; totality 

Wickes,  Frances  G.,  22072 

Wilhelm,  Richard,  26472 

will:  free,  5/;  of  God,  26/;  and  im- 
pulses, 27;  omnipotence  of,  26; 
and  psyche,  4 

wind,  north,  100,  120,  12572 

wine,  225 

Wirth,  Albrecht,   11672,  11772 

Wischnitzer-Bernstein,  Rahel,    11572 

wise  old  man,  22,  152,  210,  229 

witches,  175 

wolf,  150 

woman:  in  Apocalypse,  105;  clothed 
with  the  sun,  103;  image  of,   13; 


332 


INDEX 


from    side    of    Christ,    204;    star- 
crowned,   12,   103/ 
Word,  the,  200;  see  also  Logos 
world  situation,  present,  70 
world-soul/world   spirit,   see  anima 

mundi 
world-views,  parallel,  173 
World  War,  second,  36 
wrath,  of  Yahweh,  see  Yahweh 
"wrath-fire,"  God's,  61 
Wunsche,  August,   106/1,  107/1 


Yahweh,  46,  229;  changing  concept 
of,  192;  demiurge,  65,  75;  in- 
justice of,  55;  justice  of,  59; 
monsters  of,  116,  118,  123,  see 
also  Behemoth,  Leviathan;  Saturn 
and,  197;  unreliability  of,  108; 
wrath  of,  58/,  105 

Yajiiavalkya,    223 

Yajui,  Son 


Yama,  217/1 

yang/yin  relationship,  58,  180 

year:  Christ  as,  204;  Platonic,  8 in 

Yehoshua/Yeshua,  see  Joshua 

Yima,  24671 

yod,  2i8n 

yoga,  Buddhism  and,  176 


Zarathustra,  246/1 
Zechariah,  Book  of:  (4  :  10),  105/1 
Zeesar,  210-11 
Zen  Buddhism,  169 
Zeus,  206/1 

Zipporah,  209/1,  227/,  244,  251,  252 
zodia,  118,  148 

zodiac,  94/1;  signs  of,  81,  230/1 
Zohar,   107/1,   117,   214 
Zoroaster,    220/1 

Zosimos,  65/1,  157/1,  182,  197/*,  237/1, 
238,  245/1 


333 


THE   COLLECTED   WORKS   OF 

C.  G.  JUNG 


A  he  publication  of  the  first  complete  edition,  in  English,  of  the  works 
of  C.  G.  Jung  was  undertaken  by  Routledge  and  Kegan  Paul,  Ltd.,  in 
England  and  by  Bollingen  Foundation  in  the  United  States.  The  Ameri- 
can edition  is  number  XX  in  Bollingen  Series,  which  since  1967  has  been 
published  by  Princeton  University  Press.  The  edition  contains  revised 
versions  of  works  previously  published,  such  as  Psychology  of  the  Uncon- 
scious, which  is  now  entitled  Symbols  of  Transformation;  works  originally 
written  in  English,  such  as  Psychology  and  Religion;  works  not  previously 
translated,  such  as  Aion;  and,  in  general,  new  translations  of  virtually  all 
of  Professor  Jung's  writings.  Prior  to  his  death,  in  1961,  the  author  super- 
vised the  textual  revision,  which  in  some  cases  is  extensive.  Sir  Herbert 
Read  (d.  1968),  Dr.  Michael  Fordham,  and  Dr.  Gerhard  Adler  compose 
the  Editorial  Committee;  the  translator  is  R.  F.  C.  Hull  (except  for  Volume 
2)  and  William  McGuire  is  executive  editor. 

The  price  of  the  volumes  varies  according  to  size;  they  are  sold  sepa- 
rately, and  may  also  be  obtained  on  standing  order.  Several  of  the  volumes 
are  extensively  illustrated.  Each  volume  contains  an  index  and,  in  most 
cases,  a  bibliography;  the  final  volume  will  contain  a  complete  bibliography 
of  Professor  Jung's  writings  and  a  general  index  to  the  entire  edition. 

In  the  following  list,  dates  of  original  publication  are  given  in  paren- 
theses (of  original  composition,  in  brackets).  Multiple  dates  indicate 
revisions. 


•l.    PSYCHIATRIC  STUDIES 

On  the  Psychology  and  Pathology  of  So-Called  Occult  Phenomena 

(1902) 
On  Hysterical  Misreading    (1904) 
Cryptomnesia    (1905) 
On  Manic  Mood  Disorder    (1903) 

A  Case  of  Hysterical  Stupor  in  a  Prisoner  in  Detention   (1902) 
On  Simulated  Insanity    (1903) 

A  Medical  Opinion  on  a  Case  of  Simulated  Insanity   (1904) 
A  Third  and  Final  Opinion  on  Two  Contradictory  Psychiatric  Diag- 
noses (1906) 
On  the  Psychological  Diagnosis  of  Facts  (1905) 

2.    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES 

Translated  by  Leopold  Stein  in  collaboration  with  Diana  Riviere 

STUDIES  IN  WORD  ASSOCIATION    (1904-7) 

The  Associations  of  Normal  Subjects  (by  Jung  and  F.  Riklin) 

Experimental  Observations  on  Memory 

The  Psychological  Diagnosis  of  Evidence 

An  Analysis  of  the  Associations  of  an  Epileptic 

The  Association  Method  (1910) 

The  Family  Constellation  (1910) 

Reaction-Time  in  the  Association  Experiment 

Disturbances  in  Reproduction  in  the  Association  Experiment 

The  Psychopathological  Significance  of  the  Association  Experiment 

Psychoanalysis  and  Association  Experiments 

Association,  Dream,  and  Hysterical  Symptom 

PSYCHOPHYSICAL   RESEARCHES     (1907-8) 

On  Psychophysical  Relations  of  the  Association  Experiment 
Psychophysical  Investigations  with  the  Galvanometer  and  Pneumo- 
graph in  Normal  and  Insane  Individuals    (by  F.  Peterson  and 
Jung) 
Further  Investigations  on  the  Galvanic  Phenomenon  and  Respiration 
in  Normal  and  Insane  Individuals  (by  C.  Ricksher  and  Jung) 

f3.    THE  PSYCHOGENESIS  OF  MENTAL  DISEASE 
The  Psychology  of  Dementia  Praecox  (1907) 
The  Content  of  the  Psychoses  (1908/1914) 
On  Psychological  Understanding  (1914) 
A  Criticism  of  Bleuler's  Theory  of  Schizophrenic  Negativism   (1911) 

*  Published  1957;  2nd  edn.,  1970.  f  Published  i960. 


On  the  Importance  of  the  Unconscious  in  Psychopathology  (1914) 

On  the  Problem  of  Psychogenesis  in  Mental  Disease  (1919) 

Mental  Disease  and  the  Psyche  (1928) 

On  the  Psychogenesis  of  Schizophrenia  (1939) 

Recent  Thoughts  on  Schizophrenia  (1957) 

Schizophrenia    (1958) 

*4.    FREUD  AND  PSYCHOANALYSIS 

Freud's  Theory  of  Hysteria:  A  Reply  to  Aschaffenburg   (1906) 

The  Freudian  Theory  of  Hysteria   (1908) 

The  Analysis  of  Dreams  (1909) 

A  Contribution  to  the  Psychology  of  Rumour  (1910-11) 

On  the  Significance  of  Number  Dreams   (1910-11) 

Morton  Prince,  "The  Mechanism  and  Interpretation  of  Dreams":  A 

Critical  Review  (1911) 
On  the  Criticism  of  Psychoanalysis  (1910) 
Concerning  Psychoanalysis  (1912) 
The  Theory  of  Psychoanalysis  (1913) 
General  Aspects  of  Psychoanalysis  (1913) 
Psychoanalysis  and  Neurosis  (1916) 
Some  Crucial  Points  in  Psychoanalysis:   A  Correspondence  between 

Dr.  Jung  and  Dr.  Loy   (1914) 
Prefaces  to  "Collected  Papers  on  Analytical  Psychology"   (1916,  1917) 
The   Significance   of  the  Father  in   the   Destiny   of  the  Individual 

(19°9/1949) 
Introduction  to  Kranefeldt's  "Secret  Ways  of  the  Mind"  (1930) 
Freud  and  Jung:  Contrasts  (1929) 

f5.    SYMBOLS  OF  TRANSFORMATION    (1911-12/1952) 

PART    I 

Introduction 

Two  Kinds  of  Thinking 

The  Miller  Fantasies:  Anamnesis 

The  Hymn  of  Creation 

The  Song  of  the  Moth 

PART  11 
Introduction 
The  Concept  of  Libido 
The  Transformation  of  Libido 
The  Origin  of  the  Hero  (continued) 

*  Published  1961. 

f  Published  1956;  2nd  edn.,  1967.  (65  plates,  43  text  figures.) 


5.  (continued) 

Symbols  of  the  Mother  and  of  Rebirth 

The  Battle  for  Deliverance  from  the  Mother 

The  Dual  Mother 

The  Sacrifice 

Epilogue 

Appendix:  The  Miller  Fantasies 

6.  PSYCHOLOGICAL  TYPES    (1921) 
Introduction 

The  Problem  of  Types  in   the  History  of  Classical   and   Medieval 

Thought 
Schiller's  Ideas  on  the  Type  Problem 
The  Apollinian  and  the  Dionysian 
The  Type  Problem  in  Human  Character 
The  Type  Problem  in  Poetry 
The  Type  Problem  in  Psychopathology 
The  Type  Problem  in  Aesthetics 
The  Type  Problem  in  Modern  Philosophy 
The  Type  Problem  in  Biography 
General  Description  of  the  Types 
Definitions 
Epilogue 
Four  Papers  on  Psychological  Typology  (1913,  1925,  1931,  1936) 

•7.    TWO  ESSAYS  ON  ANALYTICAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

On  the  Psychology  of  the  Unconscious  (1917/1926/1943) 
The  Relations  between  the  Ego  and  the  Unconscious   (1928) 
Appendices:  New  Paths  in  Psychology   (1912);  The  Structure  of  the 
Unconscious  (1916)   (new  versions,  with  variants,  1966) 

f8.    THE  STRUCTURE  AND  DYNAMICS  OF  THE  PSYCHE 
On  Psychic  Energy  (1928) 
The  Transcendent  Function  ([1916]/ 1957) 
A  Review  of  the  Complex  Theory  (1934) 

The  Significance  of  Constitution  and  Heredity  in  Psychology   (1929) 
Psychological  Factors  Determining  Human  Behavior  (1937) 
Instinct  and  the  Unconscious  (1919) 
The  Structure  of  the  Psyche  (1927/1931) 
On  the  Nature  of  the  Psyche  (1947/1954) 

*  Published  1953;  2nd  edn.,  1966. 
f  Published  i960;  2nd  edn.,  1969. 


General  Aspects  of  Dream  Psychology  (1916/1948) 

On  the  Nature  of  Dreams  (1945/1948) 

The  Psychological  Foundations  of  Belief  in  Spirits  (1920/1948) 

Spirit  and  Life  (1926) 

Basic  Postulates  of  Analytical  Psychology  (1931) 

Analytical  Psychology  and  Weltanschauung  (1928/1931) 

The  Real  and  the  Surreal  (1933) 

The  Stages  of  Life   (1930-1931) 

The  Soul  and  Death  (1934) 

Synchronicity:  An  Acausal  Connecting  Principle  (1952) 

Appendix:  On  Synchronicity  (1951) 

*9.    part  1.     THE  ARCHETYPES  AND  THE 
COLLECTIVE  UNCONSCIOUS 

Archetypes  of  the  Collective  Unconscious   (1934/1954) 

The  Concept  of  the  Collective  Unconscious  (1936) 

Concerning  the  Archetypes,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Anima 

Concept  (1936/1954) 
Psychological  Aspects  of  the  Mother  Archetype  (1938/1954) 
Concerning  Rebirth  (1940/1950) 
The  Psychology  of  the  Child  Archetype  (1940) 
The  Psychological  Aspects  of  the  Kore  (1941) 
The  Phenomenology  of  the  Spirit  in  Fairytales  (1945/1948) 
On  the  Psychology  of  the  Trickster-Figure  (1954) 
Conscious,  Unconscious,  and  Individuation  (1939) 
A  Study  in  the  Process  of  Individuation  (1934/1950) 
Concerning  Mandala  Symbolism  (1950) 
Appendix:  Mandalas  (1955) 

*g.    part  11.     AION    (1951) 

RESEARCHES    INTO   THE    PHENOMENOLOGY    OF    THE    SELF 

The  Ego 

The  Shadow 

The  Syzygy:  Anima  and  Animus 

The  Self 

Christ,  a  Symbol  of  the  Self 

The  Sign  of  the  Fishes 

The  Prophecies  of  Nostradamus 

The  Historical  Significance  of  the,  Fish 

The  Ambivalence  of  the  Fish  Symbol  (continued) 

*  Published  1959;  2nd  edn.,  1968.  (Part  I:  79  plates,  with  29  in  colour.) 


9.     (continued) 

The  Fish  in  Alchemy 

The  Alchemical  Interpretation  of  the  Fish 

Background  to  the  Psychology  of  Christian  Alchemical  Symbolism 

Gnostic  Symbols  of  the  Self 

The  Structure  and  Dynamics  of  the  Self 

Conclusion 

*io.    CIVILIZATION  IN  TRANSITION 
The  Role  of  the  Unconscious  (1918) 
Mind  and  Earth  (1927/1931) 
Archaic  Man    (1931) 

The  Spiritual  Problem  of  Modern  Man  (1928/1931) 
The  Love  Problem  of  a  Student  (1928) 
Woman  in  Europe  (1927) 

The  Meaning  of  Psychology  for  Modern  Man  (1933/1934) 
The  State  of  Psychotherapy  Today  (1934) 

Preface  and  Epilogue  to  "Essays  on  Contemporary  Events"  (1946) 
Wotan  (1936) 

After  the  Catastrophe  (1945) 
The  Fight  with  the  Shadow  (1946) 
The  Undiscovered  Self  (Present  and  Future)  (1957) 
Flying  Saucers:  A  Modern  Myth  (1958) 
A  Psychological  View  of  Conscience  (1958) 
Good  and  Evil  in  Analytical  Psychology  (1959) 
Introduction  to  Wolff's  "Studies  in  Jungian  Psychology"  (1959) 
The  Swiss  Line  in  the  European  Spectrum  (1928) 
Reviews  of  Keyserling's  "America  Set  Free"    (1930)  and  "La  Revo- 
lution Mondiale"   (1934) 
The  Complications  of  American  Psychology   (1930) 
The  Dreamlike  World  of  India   (1939) 
What  India  Can  Teach  Us   (1939) 
Appendix:  Documents   (1933-1938) 

fn.    PSYCHOLOGY  AND  RELIGION:  WEST  AND  EAST 

WESTERN    RELIGION 

Psychology  and  Religion  (The  Terry  Lectures)  (1938/1940) 

A  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Dogma  of  the  Trinity   (1942/1948) 

Transformation  Symbolism  in  the  Mass  (1942/1954) 

*  Published  1964;  2nd  edn.,  1970.  (8  plates.) 
f  Published  1958;  2nd  edn.,  1969. 


Forewords  to  White's  "God  and  the  Unconscious"  and  Werblowsky's 

"Lucifer  and  Prometheus"  (1952) 
Brother  Klaus  (1933) 
Psychotherapists  or  the  Clergy  (1932) 
Psychoanalysis  and  the  Cure  of  Souls  (1928) 
Answer  to  Job  (1952) 

EASTERN    RELIGION 

Psychological  Commentaries  on   "The  Tibetan  Book  of  the  Great 
Liberation"   (1939/1954)  and  "The  Tibetan  Book  of  the  Dead" 

(i935/1953) 

Yoga  and  the  West   (1936) 

Foreword  to  Suzuki's  "Introduction  to  Zen  Buddhism"    (1939) 

The  Psychology  of  Eastern  Meditation  (1943) 

The  Holy  Men  of  India:  Introduction  to  Zimmer's  "Der  Weg  zum 

Selbst"  (1944) 
Foreword  to  the  "I  Ching"  (1950) 

*i2.    PSYCHOLOGY  AND  ALCHEMY    (1944) 

Prefatory  Note  to  the  English  Edition  ([1951?]  added  1967) 
Introduction  to  the  Religious  and  Psychological  Problems  of  Alchemy 
Individual  Dream  Symbolism  in  Relation  to  Alchemy  (1936) 
Religious  Ideas  in  Alchemy  (1937) 
Epilogue 

fi3.    ALCHEMICAL  STUDIES 

Commentary  on  "The  Secret  of  the  Golden  Flower"  (1929) 
The  Visions  of  Zosimos  (1938/1954) 
Paracelsus  as  a  Spiritual  Phenomenon  (1942) 
The  Spirit  Mercurius  (1943/1948) 
The  Philosophical  Tree  (1945/1954) 

+  14.    MYSTERIUM  CONIUNCTIONIS    (1955-56) 

AN    INQUIRY    INTO    THE    SEPARATION    AND 
SYNTHESIS    OF    PSYCHIC   OPPOSITES    IN    ALCHEMY 

The  Components  of  the  Coniunctio 

The  Paradoxa 

The  Personification  of  the  Opposites 

Rex  and  Regina  (continued) 

*  Published  1953;  2nd  edn.,  completely  revised,  1968.  (270  illustrations.) 
•f  Published  1968.  (50  plates,  4  text  figures.) 
j  Published  1963;  2nd  edn.,  1970.  (10  plates.) 


14.     (continued) 
Adam  and  Eve 
The  Conjunction 

♦15.    THE  SPIRIT  IN  MAN,  ART,  AND  LITERATURE 
Paracelsus  (1929) 
Paracelsus  the  Physician  (1941) 
Sigmund  Freud  in  His  Historical  Setting  (1932) 
In  Memory  of  Sigmund  Freud  (1939) 
Richard  Wilhelm:  In  Memoriam  (1930) 
On  the  Relation  of  Analytical  Psychology  to  Poetry  (1922) 
Psychology  and  Literature  (1930/1950) 
"Ulysses":  A  Monologue  (1932) 
Picasso  (1932) 

fi6.    THE  PRACTICE  OF  PSYCHOTHERAPY 

GENERAL    PROBLEMS    OF    PSYCHOTHERAPY 

Principles  of  Practical  Psychotherapy  (1935) 

What  Is  Psychotherapy?  (1935) 

Some  Aspects  of  Modern  Psychotherapy  (1930) 

The  Aims  of  Psychotherapy  (1931) 

Problems  of  Modern  Psychotherapy  (1929) 

Psychotherapy  and  a  Philosophy  of  Life  (1943) 

Medicine  and  Psychotherapy  (1945) 

Psychotherapy  Today  (1945) 

Fundamental  Questions  of  Psychotherapy  (1951) 

SPECIFIC    PROBLEMS    OF    PSYCHOTHERAPY 

The  Therapeutic  Value  of  Abreaction  (1921/1928) 
The  Practical  Use  of  Dream-Analysis  (1934) 
The  Psychology  of  the  Transference  (1946) 

Appendix:  The  Realities  of  Practical  Psychotherapy    ([1937]  added, 
1966) 

+  17.    THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  PERSONALITY 
Psychic  Conflicts  in  a  Child  (1910/1946) 

Introduction  to  Wickes's  "Analyse  der  Kinderseele"    (1927/1931) 
Child  Development  and  Education  (1928) 

Analytical  Psychology  and  Education:  Three  Lectures  (1926/1946) 
The  Gifted  Child  (1943) 

*  Published  1966. 

f  Published  1954;  2nd  edn.,  revised  and  augmented,  1966.  (13  illustrations.) 

X  Published  1954. 


The  Significance  of  the  Unconscious  in  Individual  Education  (1928) 
The  Development  of  Personality  (1934) 
Marriage  as  a  Psychological  Relationship  (1925) 

18.  MISCELLANY 

Posthumous  and  Other  Miscellaneous  Works 

19.  BIBLIOGRAPHY  AND  INDEX 

Complete  Bibliography  of  C.  G.  Jung's  Writings 
General  Index  to  the  Collected  Works 


THE  COLLECTED  WORKS  OF  C.  G.  JUNG 

This  edition,  in  eighteen  or  more  volumes,  will  contain 
revised  versions  of  earlier  works  by  Jung,  works  not 
previously  translated,  and  works  originally  written  in 
English.  In  general,  it  will  present  new  translations  of 
the  major  body  of  Jung's  writings.  The  entire  edition 
constitutes  No.  XX  in  Bollingen  Series. 

1.  Psychiatric  Studies  ( 1 957) 

2.  Experimental  Researches  (in  preparation) 

3.  The  Psychogenesis  of  Mental  Disease 
(1960) 

4.  Freud  and  Psychoanalysis  (1961) 

5.  Symbols  of  Transformation 
(1956;  2nd  edn.,  1967) 

6.  Psychological  Types  (in  preparation) 

7.  Two  Essays  on  Analytical  Psychology 
(1953;  2nd  edn.,  1966) 

8.  The  Structure  and  Dynamics  of  the 
Psyche  (7960/  2nd  edn.,  1969) 

9.  part  I.  The  Archetypes  and  the  Collective 
Unconscious  (7  959;  2nd  edn.,  1968) 

9.  part  ii.  Aion:  Researches  into  the 
Phenomenology  of  the  Self  (7959; 
2nd  edn.,  1968) 

10.  Civilization  in  Transition  (1964) 

1 1 .  Psychology  and  Religion:  West  and  East 
(1958;  2nd  edn.,  1969) 

12.  Psychology  and  Alchemy 
(7953;  2nd  edn.,  1968) 

13.  Alchemical  Studies  (7 968) 

14.  Mysterium  Coniunctionis 
(7  963;  2nd  edn.,  1970) 

15.  The  Spirit  in  Man,  Art,  and  Literature 
(7966J 

16.  The  Practice  of  Psychotherapy 
(1954;  2nd  edn.,  1966) 

17.  The  Development  of  Personality 
(1954;  2nd  pr.,  1964) 

Final  Volumes:  Miscellaneous  Works, 
Bibliography,  and  General  Index 

PRINTED  IN  THE  U.S.A.